As filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on October 1,
2010
Registration
No. 333-
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND
EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C.
20549
Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
RigNet, Inc.
(Exact Name of Registrant as
Specified in its Charter)
|
|
|
|
|
Delaware
|
|
4899
|
|
76-0677208
|
(State or Other Jurisdiction
of
Incorporation or Organization)
|
|
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
|
|
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)
|
1880 S. Dairy Ashford,
Suite 300
Houston, Texas
77077-4760
Telephone:
281-674-0100
(Address, Including
Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code, of
Registrants Principal Executive Offices)
William D. Sutton
General Counsel
RigNet, Inc.
1880 S. Dairy Ashford, Suite 300
Houston, Texas
77077-4760
Telephone:
281-674-0100
(Name, Address,
Including Zip Code, and Telephone Number, Including Area Code,
of Agent for Service)
Copies to:
|
|
|
Brian P. Fenske
Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
Fulbright Tower
1301 McKinney, Suite 5100
Houston, Texas 77010
(713) 651-5557
|
|
Jeffrey D. Karpf
Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP
One Liberty Plaza
New York, New York 10006
(212) 225-2000
|
Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the
public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of
this Registration Statement.
If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be
offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to
Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the
following
box.
o
If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an
offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act,
please check the following box and list the Securities Act
registration statement number of the earlier effective
registration statement for the same
offering.
o
If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering.
o
If this form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to
Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following
box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of
the earlier effective registration statement for the same
offering.
o
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large
accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the definitions of
large accelerated filer, accelerated
filer and smaller reporting company in
Rule 12b-2
of the Exchange Act. (Check one):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Large accelerated filer
o
|
|
Accelerated filer
o
|
|
Non-accelerated filer
þ
|
|
Smaller reporting company
o
|
|
|
|
|
(Do not check if a smaller reporting company)
|
|
|
CALCULATION OF
REGISTRATION FEE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proposed Maximum
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
Title of Each Class of
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
Registration
|
|
Securities to be Registered
|
|
|
Offering Price(1)(2)
|
|
|
|
Fee
|
|
Common Stock, $0.001 par value per share
|
|
|
$
|
86,250,000
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,150
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Estimated solely for the purposes
of computing the registration fee in accordance with
Rule 457(o) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Includes offering price of shares
of common stock that the underwriters have the option to
purchase to cover over-allotments, if any.
|
The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on
such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective
date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which
specifically states that this Registration Statement shall
thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a)
of the Securities Act of 1933 or until the Registration
Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission,
acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.
The
information in this prospectus is not complete and may be
changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these
securities until the registration statement filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus
is not an offer to sell these securities and we and the selling
stockholders are not soliciting offers to buy these securities
in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.
|
Subject to Completion. Dated
October 1, 2010.
RigNet, Inc.
This is the initial public offering of RigNet, Inc. We are
offering shares
of our common stock. Selling stockholders are offering an
additional shares
of our common stock. We will not receive any proceeds from the
sale of shares by the selling stockholders. We anticipate that
the initial public offering price will be between
$ and
$ per share. We intend to apply to
have our common stock listed on The NASDAQ Global Market under
the symbol RNET.
Investing in our common stock involves risks. See Risk
Factors beginning on page 13.
Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state
securities commission has approved or disapproved of these
securities or passed upon the adequacy or accuracy of this
prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal
offense.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
Total
|
|
Initial public offering price
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Underwriting discounts and commissions
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds to RigNet, before expenses
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Proceeds to selling stockholders, before expenses
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
We have granted the underwriters the right to purchase up
to
additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.
The underwriters expect to deliver the shares against payment in
New York, New York on or
about ,
2010.
|
|
Deutsche
Bank Securities
|
Jefferies & Company
|
Simmons &
Company
International
Prospectus
dated ,
2010.
PROSPECTUS
SUMMARY
This summary highlights information contained elsewhere in
this prospectus and does not contain all of the information that
you should consider in making your investment decision. Before
investing in our common stock, you should carefully read this
entire prospectus, including our consolidated financial
statements and the related notes and the information set forth
under the headings Risk Factors and
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, in each case included
elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
We are a leading data network infrastructure provider serving
the remote communications needs of the oil and gas industry.
Through a controlled and managed Internet Protocol/Multiprotocol
Label Switching, or IP/MPLS, global network, we deliver voice,
data, video and other value-added services such as real-time
management and telemedicine services, under a multi-tenant
model. These turnkey solutions simplify the management of
communications services, freeing our customers to focus
attention on their core drilling and production operations. Our
customers use our secure communications and private extranet to
manage information flows and execute mission-critical operations
primarily in remote areas where conventional telecommunications
infrastructure is either unavailable or unreliable. We offer our
clients what is often the sole means of communications with
their remote operations, including offshore and land-based
drilling rigs, offshore production facilities, energy support
vessels and support offices. To ensure the maximum reliability
demanded by our customers, we deliver our services through our
IP/MPLS global network, tuned and optimized for remote
communications with satellite endpoints, that serves oil and gas
customers in both North America and internationally. As of
June 30, 2010, we were operating as the primary provider of
remote communications and collaborative applications to over 375
customers in over 750 physical locations in approximately 30
countries on six continents.
The emergence of highly sophisticated processing and
visualization systems has allowed oil and gas companies to make
decisions based on reliable and secure real-time information
carried by our network from anywhere in the world to their home
offices. We supply our customers with solutions to enable
broadband data, voice and video communications with quality,
reliability, security and scalability that is superior to
conventional switched transport networks. We do not own
satellites or earth stations/teleports and procure bandwidth and
equipment from third parties on behalf of our customers on a
provider-neutral basis. Key aspects of our services include:
|
|
|
|
|
managed solutions offered at a per rig, per day subscription
rate primarily through customer agreements with terms that
typically range from one month to three years, with some
customer agreement terms as long as five years;
|
|
|
|
enhanced
end-to-end
IP/MPLS global network to ensure significantly greater network
reliability, faster trouble shooting and service restoration
time and quality of service for various forms of data traffic;
|
|
|
|
enhanced
end-to-end
IP/MPLS network allows new components to be plugged into our
network and be immediately available for use
(plug-and-play);
|
|
|
|
a network designed to accommodate multiple customer groups
resident at a site, including rig owners, drillers, operators,
service companies and
pay-per-use
individuals;
|
|
|
|
value-added services, such as WiFi hotspots, Internet kiosks,
video conferencing and telemedicine, benefiting the multiple
customer groups resident at a site;
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
proactive network monitoring and management through a network
operations center that actively manages network reliability at
all times and serves as an in-bound call center for trouble
shooting, 24 hours per day, 365 days per year;
|
|
|
|
engineering and design services to determine the appropriate
product and service solution for each customer;
|
|
|
|
installation of
on-site
equipment designed to perform in extreme and harsh environments
with minimal maintenance; and
|
|
|
|
maintenance and support through locally-deployed engineering and
service support teams and warehoused spare equipment inventories.
|
Our business operations are divided into three reportable
segments: eastern hemisphere, western hemisphere and
U.S. land.
Eastern
Hemisphere
Our eastern hemisphere segment services are performed out of our
Norway, Qatar, United Kingdom and Singapore based offices for
customers and rig sites located on the eastern side of the
Atlantic Ocean primarily off the coasts of the U.K., Norway and
West Africa, around the Indian Ocean in Qatar, Saudi Arabia and
India, around the Pacific Ocean near Australia, and within the
South China Sea. As of June 30, 2010, this segment was
serving approximately 144 jackup, semi-submersible and drillship
rigs and approximately 116 other sites, which include production
facilities, energy support vessels, land rigs, and related
remote support offices and supply bases.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, our eastern
hemisphere segment produced revenues of $60.9 million,
representing 75.3% of our total revenue, Adjusted EBITDA of
$32.0 million, compared to our total Adjusted EBITDA of
$29.1 million and net income of $24.7 million,
compared to our total net loss of $19.6 million. Adjusted
EBITDA is not a financial measure under U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, and is included in this
prospectus to provide investors with a supplemental measure of
our operating performance. See Summary Consolidated
Financial Data below for our description of Adjusted
EBITDA and reconciliation from net income, the most directly
comparable GAAP financial measure. See the notes to our
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus for more segment financial information.
Western
Hemisphere
Our western hemisphere segment services are performed out of our
United States and Brazil based offices for customers and rig
sites located on the western side of the Atlantic Ocean
primarily off the coasts of the United States, Mexico and
Brazil, and within the Gulf of Mexico, but excluding land rigs
and other land-based sites in North America. As of June 30,
2010, this segment was serving approximately 84 jackup,
semi-submersible and drillship rigs and approximately 133 other
sites, which include production facilities, energy support
vessels and related remote support offices and supply bases.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, our western
hemisphere segment produced revenues of $11.2 million,
representing 13.9% of our total revenue, Adjusted EBITDA of
$4.6 million, compared to our total Adjusted EBITDA of
$29.1 million, and net income of $2.2 million,
compared to our total net loss of $19.6 million.
U.S.
Land
Our U.S. land segment provides remote communications
services for drilling rigs and production facilities located
onshore in North America. Our U.S. land segment services
are performed out of our Louisiana based office for customers
and rig sites located in the
2
continental United States. As of June 30, 2010, this
segment was serving approximately 323 onshore drilling rigs and
other remote sites. Our product suite consists of broadband
voice, data and Internet access services along with rig location
communications such as wired and wireless intercoms and two-way
radios. This segment leverages the same network infrastructure
and network operations center used in our western hemisphere
segment. We provide installation and service support from nine
service centers and equipment depots located in key oil and gas
producing areas around the continental United States.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, our U.S. land
segment produced revenues of $9.9 million, representing
12.2% of our total revenue, Adjusted EBITDA of
$2.0 million, compared to our total Adjusted EBITDA of
$29.1 million, and net loss of $4.5 million, compared
to our total net loss of $19.6 million.
Our Market
Opportunity
Oil and gas companies operate their remote locations through
global always-on networks driving demand for
communications services and managed services solutions that can
operate reliably in increasingly remote areas under harsh
environmental conditions.
Oil and gas companies with geographically dispersed operations
are particularly motivated to use secure and highly reliable
broadband networks due to several factors:
|
|
|
|
|
oil and gas companies rely on secure real-time data collection
and transfer methods for the safe and efficient coordination of
remote operations;
|
|
|
|
long-term growth of global demand for crude oil and natural gas
and increases in commodity prices are expected to improve the
outlook for new rig construction and dormant rig reactivation;
|
|
|
|
technological advances in drilling techniques, driven by
declining production from existing oil and gas fields and strong
hydrocarbon demand, have enabled increased exploitation of
offshore deepwater reserves and development of unconventional
reserves (e.g. shales and tight sands) and require real time
data access to optimize performance; and
|
|
|
|
transmission of increased data volumes and real-time data
management and access to key decision makers enable customers to
maximize operational results, safety and financial performance.
|
Competitive
Strengths
Our mission is to continue to establish ourselves as the leading
data network infrastructure provider within the oil and gas
industry. We seek to maximize our growth and profitability
through focused capital investments that enhance our competitive
strengths. We believe that our competitive strengths include the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
mission-critical services delivered by a trusted provider with
deep industry expertise and multi-national operations;
|
|
|
|
operational leverage and multiple paths to growth supported by a
plug-and-play
IP/MPLS global platform;
|
|
|
|
scalable systems using standardized equipment that leverages our
global infrastructure;
|
|
|
|
flexible, provider-neutral technology platform;
|
|
|
|
high-quality customer support with full time monitoring and
regional service centers; and
|
|
|
|
long-term relationships with leading companies in the oil and
gas industry.
|
3
Growth
Strategy
We increased revenues from $29.2 million in 2006 to
$89.9 million in 2008, substantially through the successful
execution of our business plan. Our revenues in 2009 were
$80.9 million, despite challenging industry conditions in
2009 driven by the global economic downturn.
To serve our customers and grow our business, we intend to
pursue aggressively the following strategies:
|
|
|
|
|
expand our share of growing onshore and offshore drilling rig
markets;
|
|
|
|
increase secondary customer penetration;
|
|
|
|
commercialize additional value-added products and services;
|
|
|
|
extend our presence into adjacent upstream energy segments and
other remote communications segments; and
|
|
|
|
selectively pursue strategic acquisitions.
|
Risks Associated
with Our Business
Our business is subject to numerous risks, including those
described in the section entitled Risk Factors
immediately following this prospectus summary. These risks
represent challenges to the implementation of our strategy and
the success of our business and the occurrence of any of these
risks could harm our business, financial condition and results
of operations. These risks include the following:
|
|
|
|
|
The recent oil spill from the Macondo well in the Gulf of Mexico
has led to the United States governments imposition of a
temporary moratorium on drilling offshore the United States in
waters greater than 500 feet, which may reduce the need for our
services in the United States Gulf of Mexico until the
moratorium is lifted, and we cannot assure you that these rigs
will be redeployed to other locations where we provide services.
When the moratorium was announced, we were servicing 11 of the
35 rigs then in the Gulf of Mexico (including one en route)
subject to the moratorium. In addition, the United States
governments newly-formed Bureau of Ocean Energy Management
has slowed the issuance of drilling permits in the United States
Gulf of Mexico shallow water regions (known as the Shelf), which
may reduce the need for our services in the United States Gulf
of Mexico shallow waters.
|
|
|
|
The recent oil spill in the Gulf of Mexico has led to tighter
safety requirements and other restrictions on offshore drilling
in the Gulf of Mexico and this oil spill and other similar
spills that may occur may lead to other restrictions or
regulations on offshore drilling in the Gulf of Mexico or in
other areas around the world, which may reduce drilling and thus
the need for our services in those areas.
|
|
|
|
We rely on third parties to provide satellite capacity for our
services and are subject to service interruptions, capacity
restraints or other failures by the third party satellite and
other communications providers we utilize.
|
|
|
|
We are subject to the volatility of the global oil and gas
industry and our business is likely to fluctuate with the level
of global activity for oil and natural gas exploration,
development and production.
|
|
|
|
We may face difficulties in obtaining regulatory approvals for
our provision of telecommunication services, and we may face
changes in regulation in the future.
|
|
|
|
We have identified a material weakness, a significant deficiency
and other deficiencies in our internal controls for the year
ended December 31, 2009 and a significant deficiency and
other deficiencies in our internal controls for the year ended
December 31, 2008 that,
|
4
|
|
|
|
|
if not properly remediated, could result in material
misstatements in our financial statements in future periods and
impair our ability to comply with the accounting and reporting
requirements applicable to public companies.
|
Corporate
Information
We were incorporated in Delaware on July 6, 2004. Our
predecessor began operations in 2000 as RigNet Inc., a Texas
corporation. In July 2004, our predecessor merged into us. Our
principal executive offices are located at
1880 S. Dairy Ashford, Suite 300, Houston, Texas
77077-4760
and our telephone number is +1
(281) 674-0100.
Our corporate website address is
www.rig.net
. We do not
incorporate the information contained on, or accessible through,
our corporate website into this prospectus, and you should not
consider it part of this prospectus.
For convenience in this prospectus, RigNet, the
Company, we, us and
our refer to RigNet, Inc. and its subsidiaries,
taken as a whole, unless otherwise noted.
5
THE
OFFERING
|
|
|
Common stock offered by RigNet
|
|
shares
|
|
Common stock offered by the selling stockholders
|
|
shares
|
|
Total common stock offered
|
|
shares
|
|
Total common stock to be outstanding after this offering
|
|
shares
|
|
Use of proceeds
|
|
We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering as follows:
|
|
|
|
$400,000 of the proceeds will be used to pay an IPO
success bonus to some of our key employees, including some of
our named executive officers, upon completion of this offering.
For more information about this bonus, see Use of
Proceeds and Executive Compensation.
|
|
|
|
The remaining proceeds will be used for working
capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include
the acquisition of other businesses, products or technologies.
We do not, however, have agreements or commitments for any
specific acquisitions at this time.
|
|
|
|
We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares of our
common stock by the selling stockholders. See Use of
Proceeds.
|
|
Risk factors
|
|
See Risk Factors for a discussion of factors that
you should consider carefully before deciding whether to
purchase shares of our common stock.
|
|
Proposed NASDAQ symbol
|
|
RNET
|
The number of shares of our common stock to be outstanding after
this offering is based on the number of shares outstanding as of
June 30, 2010. Such number of shares excludes:
|
|
|
|
|
3,420,750 shares of our common stock issuable upon the
exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2010 with a
weighted average exercise price of $1.76 per share; and
|
|
|
|
3,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future
issuance under our 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan.
|
Unless otherwise indicated, the information in this prospectus
reflects and assumes:
|
|
|
|
|
the conversion, which will occur immediately prior to the
closing of the offering, of all of our outstanding shares of
preferred stock and accrued and unpaid dividends on our
series B and series C preferred stock into an
aggregate of 15,663,258 shares of our common stock, plus
approximately 2,500 additional shares of our common
stock for each
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
day after June 30, 2010 for the daily accrual of unpaid
dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
|
|
the issuance
of shares
of our common stock, plus an
additional shares
of our common stock for each day
after ,
2010 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our
series B and series C preferred stock, based on the
assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, which is the midpoint
of the range included on the cover page of this prospectus, to
pay our preferred stockholders the major event preference, which
will occur immediately prior to the closing of the offering;
|
|
|
|
the exercise of all of our outstanding cashless warrants for an
aggregate of approximately 3,030,526 shares of our common
stock immediately prior to the closing of the offering;
|
|
|
|
the exercise of all of our outstanding warrants with an exercise
price of $0.01 per share for an aggregate of
3,617,302 shares of our common stock immediately prior to
the closing of the offering;
|
|
|
|
the exercise of all of our outstanding warrants with an exercise
price of $1.75 per share for an aggregate of 46,264 shares
of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of the
offering;
|
|
|
|
the exercise of all of our outstanding anti-dilution warrants
with an exercise price of $0.01 per share for an aggregate of
174,266 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the
closing of the offering;
|
|
|
|
the -to-one reverse split of our common stock
on ,
2010;
|
|
|
|
the filing of our post-offering certificate of incorporation and
adoption of our post-offering bylaws immediately prior to the
closing of the offering; and
|
|
|
|
no exercise by the underwriters of their option to purchase up
to an
additional shares
of our common stock from us to cover over-allotments.
|
7
SUMMARY
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth a summary of our consolidated
statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss),
balance sheets and other data for the periods indicated. The
summary consolidated statements of income (loss) and
comprehensive income (loss) data for the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009 have been derived from our
audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus. The summary consolidated statements of loss and
comprehensive loss data for the six months ended June 30,
2009 and 2010 and the summary consolidated balance sheet data as
of June 30, 2010 have been derived from our unaudited
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus. You should read this information together with
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations and our consolidated
financial statements contained elsewhere in this prospectus.
Unaudited pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to
RigNet, Inc. common stockholders and unaudited pro forma
weighted-average shares outstanding reflect:
|
|
|
|
|
the conversion of all outstanding shares of our convertible
preferred stock and accrued and unpaid dividends on our
series B and series C preferred stock into shares of
our common stock, which will occur immediately prior to the
closing of this offering; and
|
|
|
|
the issuance
of shares
of our common stock, plus an
additional shares
of our common stock for each day
after ,
2010 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series B
and series C preferred stock, based on the assumed initial
public offering price of $ per
share, which is the midpoint of the range included on the cover
page of this prospectus, to pay our preferred stockholders the
major event preference, which will occur immediately prior to
the closing of the offering.
|
We have presented the summary balance sheet data as of
June 30, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
on an actual basis;
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma basis to give effect to (i) the conversion of all
outstanding shares of our convertible preferred stock and
accrued and unpaid dividends on our series B and
series C preferred stock into an aggregate of
15,663,258 shares of our common stock, plus approximately
2,500 additional shares of our common stock for each day
after June 30, 2010 for the daily accrual of unpaid
dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock, and (ii)
the issuance
of shares
of our common stock, plus an
additional shares
of our common stock for each day
after ,
2010 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series B
and series C preferred stock, based on the assumed initial
public offering price of $ per
share, which is the midpoint of the range included on the cover
page of this prospectus, to pay our preferred stockholders the
major event preference, each of which will occur immediately
prior to the closing of this offering; and
|
|
|
|
on a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to our
sale
of shares
of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share,
which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, after deducting estimated underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
payable by us.
|
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share,
which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the number of
shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this
offering by
approximately shares,
the pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to
RigNet, Inc. common stockholders by approximately: Basic
$ and Diluted
$ , and the pro forma weighted
average shares outstanding by approximately: Basic
$
8
and Diluted $ , assuming that the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same.
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share,
which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, would increase or decrease each of cash and
cash equivalents, total assets and total RigNet, Inc.
stockholders equity on a pro forma as adjusted basis by
approximately $ million,
assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth
on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, after
deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated expenses payable by us. The pro forma as adjusted
information presented in the summary balance sheets data is
illustrative only and will change based on the actual initial
public offering price and other terms of this offering
determined at pricing.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) and Comprehensive
Income (Loss) Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
67,164
|
|
|
$
|
89,909
|
|
|
$
|
80,936
|
|
|
$
|
40,880
|
|
|
$
|
44,370
|
|
Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
29,747
|
|
|
|
39,294
|
|
|
|
35,165
|
|
|
|
17,767
|
|
|
|
20,726
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
9,451
|
|
|
|
10,519
|
|
|
|
12,554
|
|
|
|
6,360
|
|
|
|
7,788
|
|
Impairment of goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,898
|
|
|
|
2,898
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing
|
|
|
2,405
|
|
|
|
2,605
|
|
|
|
2,187
|
|
|
|
1,027
|
|
|
|
894
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
20,338
|
|
|
|
21,277
|
|
|
|
16,444
|
|
|
|
7,061
|
|
|
|
10,271
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total expenses
|
|
|
61,941
|
|
|
|
73,695
|
|
|
|
69,248
|
|
|
|
35,113
|
|
|
|
39,679
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
5,223
|
|
|
|
16,214
|
|
|
|
11,688
|
|
|
|
5,767
|
|
|
|
4,691
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(5,497
|
)
|
|
|
(2,464
|
)
|
|
|
(5,146
|
)
|
|
|
(4,061
|
)
|
|
|
(762
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
(250
|
)
|
Change in fair value of preferred stock derivatives
|
|
|
(1,156
|
)
|
|
|
2,461
|
|
|
|
(21,009
|
)
|
|
|
(6,721
|
)
|
|
|
(12,446
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(1,493
|
)
|
|
|
16,238
|
|
|
|
(14,163
|
)
|
|
|
(4,888
|
)
|
|
|
(8,767
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
(628
|
)
|
|
|
(5,882
|
)
|
|
|
(5,457
|
)
|
|
|
(2,314
|
)
|
|
|
(2,292
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(2,121
|
)
|
|
|
10,356
|
|
|
|
(19,620
|
)
|
|
|
(7,202
|
)
|
|
|
(11,059
|
)
|
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-redeemable, non-controlling interest
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
162
|
|
Redeemable, non-controlling interest
|
|
|
971
|
|
|
|
1,715
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to RigNet, Inc. stockholders
|
|
$
|
(3,259
|
)
|
|
$
|
8,406
|
|
|
$
|
(19,922
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,402
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11,246
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to RigNet, Inc. common
stockholders
|
|
$
|
(3,931
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,190
|
)
|
|
$
|
(22,118
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,370
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12,741
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share attributable to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RigNet, Inc. common stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.04
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.39
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.60
|
)
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.04
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.39
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.60
|
)
|
Weighted average shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
21,116
|
|
|
|
21,206
|
|
|
|
21,248
|
|
|
|
21,231
|
|
|
|
21,274
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
21,116
|
|
|
|
21,206
|
|
|
|
21,248
|
|
|
|
21,231
|
|
|
|
21,274
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP measure)
|
|
$
|
17,536
|
|
|
$
|
30,409
|
|
|
$
|
29,093
|
|
|
$
|
15,308
|
|
|
$
|
13,605
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
5,352
|
|
|
|
19,655
|
|
|
|
26,189
|
|
|
|
14,748
|
|
|
|
8,574
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
Net cash used by investing activities
|
|
|
(7,204
|
)
|
|
|
(9,363
|
)
|
|
|
(19,305
|
)
|
|
|
(13,519
|
)
|
|
|
(6,563
|
)
|
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
|
|
|
5,871
|
|
|
|
(1,669
|
)
|
|
|
(10,774
|
)
|
|
|
(6,141
|
)
|
|
|
(4,512
|
)
|
Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RigNet, Inc. common stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to RigNet,
Inc. common stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
As Adjusted
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
7,468
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Restricted cashcurrent portion
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cashlong-term portion
|
|
|
7,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
86,342
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt
|
|
|
8,637
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
16,701
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock derivatives
|
|
|
43,872
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
17,873
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total RigNet, Inc. stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(30,611
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We define Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) plus net interest
expense, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and
amortization, impairment of goodwill, (gain) loss on sale of
property and equipment, change in fair value of derivatives,
stock-based compensation expense and initial public offering
costs and related bonuses. Adjusted EBITDA is a financial
measure that is not calculated in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, or GAAP. The table below
provides a reconciliation of this non-GAAP financial measure to
net income (loss), the most directly comparable financial
measure calculated and presented in accordance with GAAP.
Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered as an alternative to
net income (loss), operating income (loss) or any other measure
of financial performance calculated and presented in accordance
with GAAP. Our Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to
similarly titled measures of other companies because other
companies may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA or similarly titled
measures in the same manner as we do. We prepare Adjusted EBITDA
to eliminate the impact of items that we do not consider
indicative of our core operating performance. We encourage you
to evaluate these adjustments and the reasons we consider them
appropriate.
10
We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating
our operating performance for the following reasons:
|
|
|
|
|
securities analysts use Adjusted EBITDA as a supplemental
measure to evaluate the overall operating performance of
companies, and we anticipate that our investor and analyst
presentations after we are public will include Adjusted
EBITDA; and
|
|
|
|
by comparing our Adjusted EBITDA in different periods, our
investors can evaluate our operating results without the
additional variations caused by items that we do not consider
indicative of our core operating performance and which are not
necessarily comparable from year to year.
|
Our management uses Adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
to indicate profit contribution and cash flow availability for
growth
and/or
debt
retirement;
|
|
|
|
for planning purposes, including the preparation of our annual
operating budget and as a key element of annual incentive
programs;
|
|
|
|
to allocate resources to enhance the financial performance of
our business; and
|
|
|
|
in communications with our board of directors concerning our
financial performance.
|
Although Adjusted EBITDA is frequently used by investors and
securities analysts in their evaluations of companies, Adjusted
EBITDA has limitations as an analytical tool, and you should not
consider it in isolation or as a substitute for analysis of our
results of operations as reported under GAAP. Some of these
limitations are:
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect our cash expenditures or future
requirements for capital expenditures or other contractual
commitments;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect changes in, or cash
requirements for, our working capital needs;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect interest expense;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect cash requirements for income
taxes;
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect a non-cash component of
employee compensation;
|
|
|
|
although depreciation and amortization are non-cash charges, the
assets being depreciated or amortized will often have to be
replaced in the future, and Adjusted EBITDA does not reflect any
cash requirements for these replacements; and
|
|
|
|
other companies in our industry may calculate Adjusted EBITDA or
similarly titled measures differently than we do, limiting its
usefulness as a comparative measure.
|
11
The following table presents a reconciliation of net income
(loss) to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods presented. Net
income (loss) is the most comparable GAAP measure to Adjusted
EBITDA.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(2,121
|
)
|
|
$
|
10,356
|
|
|
$
|
(19,620
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,202
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11,059
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
5,497
|
|
|
|
2,464
|
|
|
|
5,146
|
|
|
|
4,061
|
|
|
|
762
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
9,451
|
|
|
|
10,519
|
|
|
|
12,554
|
|
|
|
6,360
|
|
|
|
7,788
|
|
Impairment of goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,898
|
|
|
|
2,898
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
320
|
|
Change in fair value of preferred stock derivatives
|
|
|
1,156
|
|
|
|
(2,461
|
)
|
|
|
21,009
|
|
|
|
6,721
|
|
|
|
12,446
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
Initial public offering costs
|
|
|
2,783
|
|
|
|
3,510
|
|
|
|
1,261
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
838
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
|
5,882
|
|
|
|
5,457
|
|
|
|
2,314
|
|
|
|
2,292
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP measure)
|
|
$
|
17,536
|
|
|
$
|
30,409
|
|
|
$
|
29,093
|
|
|
$
|
15,308
|
|
|
$
|
13,605
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
RISK
FACTORS
An investment in our common stock involves a high degree of
risk. You should carefully consider the risks described below
before deciding to invest in our common stock. Our business,
prospects, financial condition or operating results could be
materially adversely affected by any of these risks, as well as
other risks not currently known to us or that we currently
consider immaterial. The trading price of our common stock could
decline due to any of these risks, and you may lose all or part
of your investment. In assessing the risks described below, you
should also refer to the other information contained in this
prospectus, including our consolidated financial statements and
the related notes, before deciding to purchase any of our common
stock.
Risks Related to
Our Business
The recent oil
spill from the Macondo well in the Gulf of Mexico has led to the
U.S. governments imposition of a temporary moratorium
on deepwater drilling offshore the United States, which may
reduce the need for our services in the Gulf of Mexico until the
moratorium is lifted.
The recent oil spill from the Macondo well in the Gulf of Mexico
caused what may be one of the worst environmental disasters in
United States history. As a result of the oil spill and the
inability to stop the oil spill quickly, a six-month moratorium
has been placed on all drilling in waters greater than
500 feet offshore the United States, which is scheduled to
be in place until late November 2010. We cannot assure you that
the moratorium will not be extended or expanded. When the
moratorium was announced on May 27, 2010 by the United
States Department of the Interior, we were servicing 11 of the
35 rigs then in the Gulf of Mexico (including one rig en route)
subject to the moratorium. We cannot assure you that these rigs
will be redeployed to other locations where we can provide our
services or that we will continue to receive service revenue
related to those rigs during the moratorium. For the year ended
December 31, 2009 and the six months ended June 30,
2010, approximately 2.5% and 4.2%, respectively, of our revenue
was generated from deepwater drilling in the areas of the Gulf
of Mexico affected by the moratorium. If the moratorium is not
lifted or the rigs are not redeployed to other locations where
we can provide our services, our business, financial condition
and results of operations would be materially harmed. In
addition, the United States governments newly-formed
Bureau of Ocean Energy Management has slowed the issuance of
drilling permits in the United States Gulf of Mexico shallow
water regions (known as the Shelf), which may reduce the need
for our services in the United States Gulf of Mexico shallow
waters. For the year ended December 31, 2009 and the six
months ended June 30, 2010, approximately 4.3% and 5.1%,
respectively, of our revenue was generated from shallow water
(Shelf) drilling in the Gulf of Mexico impacted by the slowdown
in the issuance of drilling permits.
The recent oil
spill in the Gulf of Mexico and other similar spills that may
occur may lead to other restrictions or regulations on drilling
in the Gulf of Mexico, offshore the United States or in other
areas around the world, which may reduce the need for our
services in those areas.
We do not yet know the extent to which the oil spill in the Gulf
of Mexico and other similar spills that may occur may cause the
United States or other countries to restrict or further regulate
offshore drilling. For example, on June 8, 2010, new safety
requirements were imposed for United States offshore drilling
that include requirements for offshore drillers to provide third
party safety certifications and certifications by their chief
executive officers. In addition, there have been discussions
concerning increasing the liability limits under existing
regulations for companies working in the offshore drilling
industry for damaging oil spills. The new safety requirements,
possible increased liability and any other new governmental
13
regulations relating to drilling, exploration and production
activities offshore the United States may reduce drilling and
the need for our services offshore the United States. If the
United States or other countries where we operate enact stricter
restrictions on offshore drilling or further regulate offshore
drilling, our business, financial condition and results of
operations could be materially harmed.
Any loss of a
rig on which our equipment is located will likely lead to a
complete loss of our equipment on that rig and a loss of the
revenue related to that rig.
At the commencement of a new service contract for a rig, we
generally install approximately $100,000 to $400,000 worth of
equipment on each offshore drilling rig. If a rig were to sink
or incur substantial damage for any reason, we would most likely
lose all of our equipment. We do not insure for such losses as
we believe the cost of such insurance outweighs the risk of
potential loss. In addition to the loss of the equipment, we
would likely lose the revenue related to that rig under the
terms of most of our existing contracts. Also, we may be
committed to paying the costs to secure satellite bandwidth for
that rig under agreements with third party satellite
communication providers even after the rig is no longer in
service. For example, on May 13, 2010, PetroMarines
Aban Pearl
semi-submersible drilling rig sank offshore
Venezuela causing a complete loss of our equipment onboard and
the loss of the revenue related to the contract for that rig.
Many of our
contracts with customers may be terminated by our customers on
short notice without penalty, which could harm our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
Customers can usually switch service providers without incurring
significant expense relative to the annual cost of the service,
and our agreements generally provide that in the event of
prolonged loss of service or for other good reasons, our
customers may terminate service without penalty. In addition,
many of our customer agreements can be terminated by our
customers for no reason and upon short notice. Terms of customer
agreements typically vary with a range of one month to three
years, with some customer agreement terms as long as five years,
and work orders placed under such agreements may have shorter
terms than the relevant customer agreement. As a result, we may
not be able to retain our customers through the end of the terms
specified in the customer agreements. If we are not able to
retain our customers, we would not receive expected revenues and
may continue to incur costs, such as costs to secure satellite
bandwidth for such customers under agreements with third party
satellite communication services providers which may not be as
easily or as quickly terminated without penalty, resulting in
harm to our business, financial condition and results of
operations. The loss of a drilling contractor customer site can
limit or eliminate our ability to provide services to other
customers on the affected drilling rigs.
A significant
portion of our revenue is derived from two customers and the
loss of either of these customers would materially harm our
business, financial condition and results of
operations.
We receive a significant part of our revenue from a relatively
small number of large customers. For the year ended
December 31, 2009, our two largest customers, Noble
Corporation and Ensco plc, represented approximately 10.9% and
7.3% of our consolidated revenue. For the six months ended
June 30, 2010, Noble Corporation and Ensco plc represented
approximately 10.6% and 6.7% of our consolidated revenue. If
either of these two customers terminates or significantly
reduces its business with us, our business, financial condition
and results of operations would be materially harmed.
14
Our future
performance depends on renewing existing contracts and receiving
new contract awards.
Our future performance depends on if and when we will receive
new contract awards and whether customers will renew existing
contracts. Events outside our control, such as general market
conditions and competition, often affect contract awards. If an
expected contract award is delayed or not received, we would not
receive expected revenues and might possibly incur costs that
could harm our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Our industry
is highly competitive and if we do not compete successfully, our
business, financial condition and results of operations will be
harmed.
The telecommunications industry is generally highly competitive,
and we expect both product and pricing competition to persist
and intensify. Increased competition could cause reduced
revenue, price reductions, reduced gross margins and loss of
market share. Our industry is characterized by competitive
pressures to provide enhanced functionality for the same or
lower price with each new generation of technology. As the
prices of our products decrease, we will need to sell more
products
and/or
reduce the
per-unit
costs to improve or maintain our results of operations. Our
competitors include CapRock Communications, Inc., which was
recently acquired by Harris Corporation, Schlumberger Ltds
Global Connectivity Services division, and the Stratos Broadband
Division of Inmarsat plc. Some of our competitors have longer
operating histories, substantially greater financial and other
resources for developing new solutions as well as for recruiting
and retaining qualified personnel. Their greater financial
resources may also make them better able to withstand downturns
in the market, expand into new areas more aggressively or
operate in developing markets without immediate financial
returns. In addition, in certain markets outside of the United
States, we face competition from local competitors that provide
their services at a lower price due to lower overhead costs,
including lower costs of complying with applicable government
regulations, and due to their willingness to provide services
for a lower profit margin. Strong competition and significant
investments by competitors to develop new and better solutions
may make it difficult for us to maintain our customer base,
force us to reduce our prices or increase our costs to develop
new solutions.
Furthermore, competition may emerge from companies that we have
previously not perceived as competitors or consolidation of our
industry may cause existing competitors to become bigger and
stronger with more resources, market awareness and market share.
As we expand into new markets and geographic regions we may
experience increased competition from some of our competitors
that have prior experience or other business in these markets or
geographic regions. In addition, some of our customers may
decide to insource some of the communications services and
managed services solutions that we provide, in particular our
terrestrial communication services (e.g., terrestrial
line-of-sight
transport, microwave, WiMax), which do not require the same
level of maintenance and support as our other services. Our
success will depend on our ability to adapt to these competitive
forces, to adapt to technological advances, to develop more
advanced products more rapidly and less expensively than our
competitors, to continue to develop an international sales
network, and to educate potential customers about the benefits
of using our solutions rather than our competitors
products and services or insourced solutions. Our failure to
successfully respond to these competitive challenges could harm
our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Service
interruptions or other failures by third party satellite and
other communications providers we utilize could harm our
business and reputation and result in loss of customers and
revenue.
A significant part of our operations depends on third party
providers delivering reliable communications connections and
networks, which is beyond our control. These
15
communications connections include broadband satellite
communications, subsea fiber, microwave and Worldwide
Interoperability for Microwave Access, or WiMax, terrestrial
landlines and long-distance telephony. We also co-locate our
communications and networking equipment in teleport facilities
and data centers that are operated by third parties. Failure or
saturation of such connection points, networks and third-party
facilities may lead to customers experiencing interruptions when
using our communication services. Although we do not typically
depend on only one provider, interruptions in such connections
could impair our ability to provide communication services to
our customers. To provide customers with guaranteed levels of
service, we must protect our network infrastructure, equipment
and customer files against damage from human error, natural
disasters, unexpected equipment failure, power loss or
telecommunications failures and sabotage or other intentional
acts of vandalism. Even if we take precautions, the occurrence
of a natural disaster, equipment failure or other unanticipated
problems could result in interruption in the services we provide
to customers. Any of these occurrences could harm our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
For many of our customers, we lease satellite transponder
capacity from fixed satellite service providers in order to send
and receive data communications to and from our very small
aperture terminal, or VSAT, based networks. Satellites are
subject to in-orbit risks including malfunctions, commonly
referred to as anomalies, and collisions with meteoroids,
decommissioned spacecraft or other space debris. Anomalies occur
as a result of various factors, such as satellite manufacturing
errors, problems with the power systems or control systems of
the satellites and general failures resulting from operating
satellites in the harsh space environment.
Our contracts for satellite transponder capacity often do not
obligate the service provider to provide an alternative should a
problem arise with a satellite. We may not be able to obtain
backup capacity at similar prices, or at all in some markets. In
addition, an increased frequency of anomalies could impact
market acceptance of our services. Any failure on our part to
perform our VSAT service contracts or provide satellite
broadband access as a result of satellite failures could result
in: (i) loss of revenue despite continued obligations under
our leasing arrangements; (ii) possible cancellation of
customer contracts; (iii) incurrence of additional expenses
to reposition customer antennas to alternative satellites or
otherwise find alternate service; and (iv) damage to our
reputation, which could negatively affect our ability to retain
existing customers or to gain new business. Under most of our
contracts with satellite service providers, our satellite
service providers do not indemnify us for such loss or damage to
our business resulting from satellite failures.
We rely on
third parties to provide satellite capacity for our services and
any capacity constraints could harm our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
We compete for satellite capacity with a number of commercial
entities, such as broadcasting companies, and governmental
entities, such as the military. In certain markets, the
availability and pricing of capacity could be subject to
competitive pressure, such as during renewals, and there is no
guarantee that we will be able to secure the capacity needed to
conduct our operations at current rates or levels going forward.
This could harm our business, financial condition and results of
operations. In certain markets, the availability of bandwidth
may be restricted by the local government when needed to support
its military, and in the event of such an action, there is no
guarantee that we will be able to secure the capacity needed to
conduct our operations, which could have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
16
We could incur
costs and suffer damage to our reputation and business if any of
the third party products we provide fail or are
defective.
Our business relies on third-party products to provide our
end-to-end
managed solutions for customers. These products fall into three
basic areas: core communications equipment such as satellite
modems and antennas; IP networking equipment such as routers,
switches, servers and access points; and customer-facing end
devices such as IP phones. We may be subject to claims
concerning these products by virtue of our involvement in
marketing or providing access to them, even if we do not
manufacture or directly provide these products. Our agreements
with third-party suppliers do not always indemnify us against
such liabilities or the indemnification provided is not always
adequate. It is also possible that if any products provided
directly by us are negligently provided to customers, third
parties could make claims against us. Investigating and
defending any of these types of claims is expensive, even if the
claims do not result in liability. If any potential claims do
result in liability, we could be required to pay damages or
other penalties, which could harm our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
We are subject
to the volatility of the global oil and gas industry and our
business is likely to fluctuate with the level of global
activity for oil and natural gas exploration, development and
production.
Our business depends on the oil and natural gas industry and
particularly on the level of activity for oil and natural gas
exploration, development and production. Demand for our remote
communication services and collaborative applications depends on
our customers willingness to make operating and capital
expenditures to explore, develop and produce oil and natural gas
in the regions in which we operate or can operate. Our business
will suffer if these expenditures decline. Our customers
willingness to explore, develop and produce oil and natural gas
depends largely upon prevailing market conditions that are
influenced by numerous factors over which we have no control,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
the supply and demand for oil and natural gas;
|
|
|
|
oil and natural gas prices and expectations about future prices;
|
|
|
|
the expected rate of decline in production;
|
|
|
|
the discovery rate of new oil and gas reserves;
|
|
|
|
the ability of the Organization of Petroleum Exporting
Countries, or OPEC, to influence and maintain production levels
and pricing;
|
|
|
|
the level of production in non-OPEC countries;
|
|
|
|
the worldwide political and military environment, including
uncertainty or instability resulting from an escalation or
additional outbreak of armed hostilities or other crises in oil
or natural gas producing areas of the Middle East and other
crude oil and natural gas producing regions or further acts of
terrorism in the United States, or elsewhere;
|
|
|
|
the impact of changing regulations and environmental and safety
rules and policies following oil spills and other pollution by
the oil and gas industry;
|
|
|
|
advances in exploration, development and production technology;
|
|
|
|
the global economic environment;
|
|
|
|
the political and legislative framework governing the activities
of oil and natural gas companies; and
|
|
|
|
the price and availability of alternative fuels.
|
17
The level of activity in the oil and natural gas exploration and
production industry has historically been volatile and cyclical.
Although we believe our customers will be dependent upon
real-time voice and data communication services to optimize
their oil and gas production and development in an environment
with lower energy prices, a prolonged significant reduction in
the price of oil and natural gas will likely affect oil and
natural gas production levels and therefore affect demand for
the communication services we provide. In addition, a prolonged
significant reduction in the price of oil and natural gas could
make it more difficult for us to collect outstanding account
receivables from our customers. A material decline in oil and
natural gas prices or oil and natural gas exploration,
development or production activity levels could harm our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
An increase in
the size of our U.S. land segment relative to our other segments
could decrease our margins and increase the volatility of our
operating results.
Our U.S. land segment is characterized by higher rate
competition and shorter term contracts than our western
hemisphere or eastern hemisphere segments. In addition, the
number of operating U.S. land drilling rigs is more cyclical and
volatile than the number of operating offshore drilling rigs in
our western hemisphere or eastern hemisphere segments. Thus if
the size of our U.S. land segment increases relative to the size
of our western hemisphere and eastern hemisphere segments, our
overall margins may decrease and the volatility of our operating
results may increase.
Bad weather in
the Gulf of Mexico or other areas where we operate could harm
our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
Certain areas in and near the Gulf of Mexico and other areas in
which our clients operate experience unfavorable weather
conditions, including hurricanes and other extreme weather
conditions, on a relatively frequent basis. A major storm or
threat of a major storm in these areas can harm our business.
Our clients drilling rigs, production platforms and other
vessels in these areas are susceptible to damage
and/or
total
loss by these storms, which may cause them to no longer need our
communication services. Our equipment on these rigs, platforms
or vessels could be damaged causing us to have service
interruptions and lose business. Even the threat of a very large
storm will sometimes cause our clients to limit activities in an
area and thus harm our business.
Our networks
and those of our third-party service providers may be vulnerable
to security risks and any unauthorized access to our
clients data or systems could harm our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
We expect the secure transmission of confidential information
over public networks to continue to be a critical element of our
operations. Our networks and those of our third-party service
providers and our customers may be vulnerable to unauthorized
access, computer viruses and other security problems. Persons
who circumvent security measures could wrongfully obtain or use
information on the network or cause interruptions, delays or
malfunctions in our operations, any of which could harm our
business, financial condition and results of operations. We may
be required to expend significant resources to protect against
the threat of security breaches or to alleviate problems,
including reputational harm and litigation, caused by any
breaches. In addition, our customer contracts, in general, do
not contain provisions which would protect us against liability
to third-parties with whom our customers conduct business.
Although we have implemented and intend to continue to implement
industry-standard security measures, these measures may prove to
be inadequate and result in system failures and delays that
could lower system availability and have a material adverse
effect on our business, financial condition and results of
operations.
18
We depend on a
limited number of suppliers to provide key portions of our
equipment and the loss of any of these key suppliers could
materially harm our ability to service our clients and could
result in loss of customers and harm our reputation, business,
financial condition and results of operations
revenue.
We currently rely upon and expect to continue to rely upon a
limited number of third-party suppliers to supply the equipment
required to provide our services, such as the equipment we
install on offshore drilling rigs in order to provide remote
communication services. Although this equipment is commercially
available from more than one supplier, there are a limited
number of suppliers of such equipment and price and quality vary
among suppliers. If the suppliers enter into competition with
us, or if our competitors enter into exclusive or restrictive
arrangements with our suppliers, the availability and pricing of
the equipment that we purchase could be materially adversely
affected. In addition, we like to use a small group of suppliers
and standardized equipment as much as possible so that we are
installing generally the same equipment and we can maintain
smaller quantities of replacement parts and equipment in our
warehouses. If we have to change suppliers for any reason, we
will incur additional costs due to the lack of uniformity and
need to warehouse a broader array of replacement parts and
equipment.
If we fail to
upgrade our information technology systems effectively, we may
not be able to accurately report our financial results or
prevent fraud.
As part of our efforts to continue improving our internal
control over financial reporting, we plan to continue to upgrade
our existing financial information technology systems in order
to automate several controls that are currently being performed
manually. We may experience difficulties in transitioning to
these upgraded systems, including loss of data and decreases in
productivity, as personnel become familiar with these new
systems. In addition, our management information systems will
require modification and refinement as we grow and as our
business needs change, which could prolong any difficulties we
experience with systems transitions, and we may not always
employ the most effective systems for our purposes. We must also
integrate these systems with our international operations so
that the data produced can be utilized around the world. If we
experience difficulties in implementing new or upgraded
information systems or experience significant system failures,
or if we are unable to successfully modify our management
information systems or respond to changes in our business needs,
we may not be able to effectively manage our business and we may
fail to meet our reporting obligations. In addition, as a result
of the automation of these manual processes, the data produced
may cause us to question the accuracy of previously reported
financial results.
If we fail to
manage our growth effectively, our business may
suffer.
We have experienced rapid growth in our business in recent
periods, which has strained our managerial, operational,
financial and other resources. We plan to continue to grow our
business and anticipate that continued growth of our operations
will be required to satisfy increasing customer demand and avail
ourselves of new market opportunities. The expanding scope and
geographic breadth of our business and growth in the number of
our employees, customers and locations will continue to place a
significant strain on our management team, information
technology systems and other resources and may distract key
personnel from other key operations. To properly manage our
growth, we may need to hire and retain personnel, upgrade our
existing operational, management and financial reporting
systems, and improve our business processes and controls and
implement those processes and controls in all of our geographic
locations. Failure to effectively manage our growth in a
cost-effective manner could result in declines in service
quality and customer satisfaction, increased costs or disruption
of our operations. Our rapid growth also makes it difficult for
us to adequately
19
predict the investments we will need to make in the future to
effectively manage our world-wide operations.
Geographic
expansion may reduce our operating margins.
When we expand into a new geographic area, we incur set up costs
for new personnel, office facilities, travel, inventory and
related expenses in advance of securing new customer contracts.
In addition, we may price our services more aggressively as we
seek to obtain market share in the new region. As a result, our
results of operations may decline while we are pursuing such
geographic expansion.
The loss of
key personnel or the failure to attract and retain highly
qualified personnel could compromise our ability to effectively
manage our business and pursue our growth
strategy.
Our future performance depends on the continued service of our
key technical, development, sales, services and management
personnel. We rely on our executive officers and senior
management to execute our existing business plans and to
identify and pursue new opportunities. We rely on our technical
and development personnel for product innovation. The loss of
key employees could result in significant disruptions to our
business, and the integration of replacement personnel could be
costly and time consuming, could cause additional disruptions to
our business, and could be unsuccessful. We do not carry key
person life insurance covering any of our employees.
Our future success also depends on our continued ability to
attract and retain highly qualified technical, development,
sales, services and management personnel, including personnel in
all of the various regions of the world in which we operate. The
current increase in the activity level in the oil and gas
industry and the limited supply of skilled labor has made the
competition to retain and recruit qualified personnel intense. A
significant increase in the wages paid by competing employers
could reduce our skilled labor force, increase the wages that we
must pay to motivate, retain or recruit skilled employees or
both.
In addition, wage inflation and the cost of retaining our key
personnel in the face of competition for such personnel may
increase our costs faster than we can offset these costs with
increased prices or increased sales volume.
If we infringe
or if third parties assert that we infringe third party
intellectual property rights we could incur significant costs
and incur significant harm to our business.
Third parties may assert infringement or other intellectual
property claims against us, which could result in substantial
damages if it is ultimately determined that our services
infringe a third partys proprietary rights. Even if claims
are without merit, defending a lawsuit takes significant time,
may be expensive and may divert managements attention from
our other business concerns.
Most of our
contracts are on a fixed price basis and if our costs increase,
we may not be able to recover these cost
increases.
Most of our contracts provide for a fixed price per month for
our services. If our costs increase to provide those services,
such as the cost to secure bandwidth or personnel costs, we may
not be able to offset some or all of our increased costs by
increasing the rates we charge our customers, which could have a
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
20
Many of our
contracts are governed by
non-U.S.
law, which may make them more difficult or expensive to enforce
than contracts governed by United States law.
Many of our customer contracts are governed by
non-U.S. law,
which may create both legal and practical difficulties in case
of a dispute or conflict. We operate in regions where the
ability to protect contractual and other legal rights may be
limited compared to regions with better-established legal
systems. In addition, having to pursue litigation in a
non-U.S. country
may be more difficult or expensive than pursuing litigation in
the United States.
Our industry
is characterized by rapid technological change, and if we fail
to keep up with these changes or if access to telecommunications
in remote locations becomes easier or less expensive, our
business, financial condition and results of operations will be
harmed.
The telecommunications industry is characterized by rapid
changes in technology, new evolving standards, emerging
competition and frequent new product and service introductions.
As an example of technological change, in August 2010, Inmarsat
plc announced a major commitment to a new constellation of
satellites using the Ka frequency band, compared to our use of
the Ku-band and C-band satellite space segment today. When this
Ka-band
service is available a few years from now, we will have to adapt
to its use, which might impair our business if other providers
are more successful in using the
Ka-band
to
meet customer needs than we are. Our future business prospects
largely depend on our ability to meet changing customer
preferences, to anticipate and respond to technological changes
and to develop competitive products. If telecommunications to
remote locations becomes more readily accessible or less
expensive than our services, our business will suffer. New
disruptive technologies could make our VSAT-based networks or
other services obsolete or less competitive than they are today,
requiring us to reduce the prices that we are able to charge for
our services. We may not be able to successfully respond to new
technological developments and challenges or identify and
respond to new market opportunities, services or products
offered by competitors. In addition, our efforts to respond to
technological innovations and competition may require
significant capital investments and resources. Furthermore, we
may not have the necessary resources to respond to new
technological changes and innovations and emerging competition.
Failure to keep up with future technological changes could harm
our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Many of our
potential clients are resistant to new solutions and
technologies which may limit our growth.
Although there is a strong focus on technology development
within the oil industry, some of the companies in the upstream
oil and gas industry are relatively conservative and risk
adverse with respect to adopting new solutions and technologies.
Some drilling contractors, oil and gas companies and oilfield
service companies may choose not to adopt new solutions and
technology, such as our remote communications and collaboration
applications solutions, which may limit our growth potential.
The market for IP/MPLS based communication services is in a
relatively early stage, and some oil and gas companies may
choose not to adopt our IP/MPLS based communications technology.
This may in turn limit our growth.
Regulatory and
Political Risks
We may face
difficulties in obtaining regulatory approvals for our provision
of telecommunication services, and we may face changes in
regulation, each of which could adversely affect our
operations.
In a number of countries where we operate, the provision of
telecommunication services is highly regulated. In such
countries, we are required to obtain approvals from national and
local
21
authorities in connection with most of the services that we
provide. In many jurisdictions, we must maintain such approvals
through compliance with license conditions or payment of annual
regulatory fees.
Many of our customers utilize our services on mobile vessels or
drilling platforms that can enter into new countries on short
notice. If we do not already have a license to provide our
service in that country, we may be required to obtain a license
or other regulatory approval on short notice, which may not be
feasible in some countries. Failure to comply with such
regulatory requirements could subject us to various sanctions
including fines, penalties, arrests or criminal charges, loss of
authorizations and the denial of applications for new
authorizations or for the renewal of existing authorizations or
cause us to delay or terminate our service to such vessel or
platform until such license or regulatory approval can be
obtained.
In some areas of international waters, it is ambiguous as to
which countrys regulations apply, if any, and thus
difficult and costly for us to determine which licenses or other
regulatory approvals we should obtain. In such areas, we could
be subject to various penalties or sanctions if we fail to
comply with the applicable countrys regulations.
Future changes to the regulations under which we operate could
make it difficult for us to obtain or maintain authorizations,
increase our costs or make it easier or less expensive for our
competitors to compete with us.
Changes in the
regulatory framework under which we operate could adversely
affect our business prospects or results of
operations.
Our domestic services are currently provided on a private
carrier basis and are therefore subject to light regulation by
the Federal Communications Commission, or FCC, and other
federal, state and local agencies. As a private carrier, we may
not market and provide telecommunications service to the general
public or otherwise hold our services out
indifferently to the public as a common carrier. As
a private carrier, we are not entitled to certain rights
afforded to or subject to certain obligations imposed on common
carriers.
Our international operations are regulated by various
non-U.S. governments
and international bodies. These regulatory regimes frequently
require that we maintain licenses for our operations and conduct
our operations in accordance with prescribed standards. The
adoption of new laws or regulations, changes to the existing
regulatory framework, new interpretations of the laws that apply
to our operations, or the loss of, or a material limitation on,
any of our material licenses could materially harm our business,
results of operations and financial condition.
Changes to the
FCCs USF Regime or state universal service fund regimes or
findings that we have not complied with USF requirements or
state universal service fund regimes may adversely affect our
financial condition.
A proceeding pending before the FCC has the potential to
significantly alter our Universal Service Fund, or USF,
contribution obligations. The FCC is considering changing the
basis upon which USF contributions are determined from a revenue
percentage measurement, as well as increasing the breadth of the
USF contribution base to include certain services now exempt
from contribution. Adoption of these proposals could have a
material adverse effect on our costs, our ability to separately
list USF contributions on end-user bills, and our ability to
collect these fees from our customers. We are unable to predict
the timing or outcome of this proceeding.
We cannot predict the application and impact of changes to the
federal or state universal service fund contribution
requirements on the communications industry generally and on
certain of our business activities in particular. We are
currently reassessing the nature and
22
extent of our federal and state universal service fund
obligations. If the FCC or any state determines that we have
incorrectly calculated or failed to remit any required universal
service fund contribution, we could be subject to the assessment
and collection of past due remittances as well as interest and
penalties thereon. Changes in the federal or state universal
service fund requirements or findings that we have not met our
obligations could materially increase our universal service fund
contributions and have a material adverse effect on our
business, financial condition and results of operations.
We may be
subject to a variety of federal and state regulatory actions
that may affect our ability to operate.
Federal and state telecommunications regulators have the right
to sanction a service provider or to revoke licenses if a
service provider violates applicable laws or regulations. If any
regulatory agency were to conclude that we were providing
telecommunications services without the appropriate authority or
are otherwise not in compliance with applicable regulations, the
agency could initiate enforcement actions, which could result
in, among other things, revocation of authority, the imposition
of fines, a requirement to disgorge revenues, or refusal to
grant regulatory authority necessary for the future provision of
services.
Our operations
in Qatar have historically benefited from restrictions on
telecommunication services that have kept many of our
competitors from providing their services in Qatar, but the
recent easing of these restrictions may increase competition and
our business, financial condition and results of operations may
be harmed.
Qatar, like many countries in which we operate, has strict
regulations on telecommunication services. Historically, we have
complied with those regulations and are able to operate there,
but many of our competitors were unable to obtain the necessary
approvals and licenses to provide their services in Qatar. Qatar
is currently in the process of easing the restrictions and has
granted three new VSAT licenses to telecommunications providers,
including us, and renewed the two existing VSAT licenses. We
anticipate that, as a result of these new licenses, we may face
increased competition in the future and our business may be
harmed as a result of the increased competition.
Our business
operations in countries outside the United States are subject to
a number of United States federal laws and regulations,
including restrictions imposed by the Foreign Corrupt Practices
Act as well as trade sanctions administered by the Office of
Foreign Assets Control of the United States Department of
Treasury and the United States Department of Commerce, which
could adversely affect our operations if violated.
We must comply with all applicable export control laws and
regulations of the United States and other countries. We cannot
provide services to certain countries subject to United States
trade sanctions administered by the Office of Foreign Asset
Control of the United States Department of the Treasury or the
United States Department of Commerce unless we first obtain the
necessary authorizations. In addition, we are subject to the
Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, that, generally, prohibits bribes
or unreasonable gifts to
non-U.S. governments
or officials. Violations of these laws or regulations could
result in significant additional sanctions including fines, more
onerous compliance requirements, more extensive debarments from
export privileges or loss of authorizations needed to conduct
aspects of our international business. In certain countries, we
engage third party agents or intermediaries to act on our behalf
in dealings with government officials, such as customs agents,
and if these third party agents or intermediaries violate
applicable laws, their actions may result in penalties or
sanctions being assessed against us.
23
Our
international operations are subject to additional or different
risks than our United States operations, which may harm our
business and financial results.
We operate in approximately 30 countries around the world,
including countries in Asia, the Middle East, Africa, Latin
America and Europe and intend to continue to expand the number
of countries in which we operate. There are many risks inherent
in conducting business internationally that are in addition to
or different than those affecting our United States operations,
including:
|
|
|
|
|
sometimes vague and confusing regulatory requirements that can
be subject to unexpected changes or interpretations;
|
|
|
|
import and export restrictions;
|
|
|
|
tariffs and other trade barriers;
|
|
|
|
difficulty in staffing and managing geographically dispersed
operations and culturally diverse work forces and increased
travel, infrastructure and legal compliance costs associated
with multiple international locations;
|
|
|
|
differences in employment laws and practices among different
countries, including restrictions on terminating employees;
|
|
|
|
differing technology standards;
|
|
|
|
fluctuations in currency exchange rates;
|
|
|
|
imposition of currency exchange controls;
|
|
|
|
potential political and economic instability in some regions;
|
|
|
|
legal and cultural differences in the conduct of business;
|
|
|
|
less due process and sometimes arbitrary application of laws and
sanctions, including criminal charges and arrests;
|
|
|
|
difficulties in raising awareness of applicable United States
laws to our agents and third party intermediaries;
|
|
|
|
potentially adverse tax consequences;
|
|
|
|
difficulties in enforcing contracts and collecting receivables;
|
|
|
|
difficulties and expense of maintaining international sales
distribution channels; and
|
|
|
|
difficulties in maintaining and protecting our intellectual
property.
|
Operating internationally exposes our business to increased
regulatory and political risks in some
non-U.S. jurisdictions
where we operate. In addition to changes in laws and
regulations, changes in governments or changes in governmental
policies in these jurisdictions may alter current interpretation
of laws and regulations affecting our business. We also face
increased risk of incidents such as war or other international
conflict and nationalization, and possible expropriation of our
assets. If a
non-U.S. country
were to nationalize our industry or expropriate our assets, we
could lose not only our investment in the assets that we have in
that country, but also all of our contracts and business in that
country.
Many of the countries in which we operate have legal systems
that are less developed and less predictable than legal systems
in Western Europe or the United States. It may be difficult for
us to obtain effective legal redress in the courts of some
jurisdictions, whether in respect of a breach of law or
regulation, or in an ownership dispute because of: (i) a
high degree of discretion on the part of governmental
authorities, which results in less predictability; (ii) a
lack of judicial or administrative guidance on interpreting
applicable rules and regulations;
24
(iii) inconsistencies or conflicts between or within
various laws, regulations, decrees, orders and resolutions;
(iv) the relative inexperience of the judiciary and courts
in such matters or (v) a predisposition in favor of local
claimants against United States companies. In certain
jurisdictions, the commitment of local business people,
government officials and agencies and the judicial system to
abide by legal requirements and negotiated agreements may be
unreliable. In particular, agreements may be susceptible to
revision or cancellation and legal redress may be uncertain or
time-consuming. Actions of governmental authorities or officers
may adversely affect joint ventures, licenses, license
applications or other legal arrangements, and such arrangements
in these jurisdictions may not be effective or enforced.
The authorities in the countries where we operate may introduce
additional regulations for the oil and gas and communications
industries with respect to, but not limited to, various laws
governing prospecting, development, production, taxes, price
controls, export controls, currency remittance, expropriation of
property, foreign investment, maintenance of claims,
environmental legislation, land use, land claims of local
people, water use, labor standards, occupational health network
access and other matters. New rules and regulations may be
enacted or existing rules and regulations may be applied or
interpreted in a manner which could limit our ability to provide
our services. Amendments to current laws and regulations
governing operations and activities in the oil and gas industry
and telecommunications industry could harm our operations and
financial results.
Compliance with and changes in tax laws or adverse positions
taken by taxing authorities could be costly and could affect our
operating results. Compliance related tax issues could also
limit our ability to do business in certain countries. Changes
in tax laws or tax rates, the resolution of tax assessments or
audits by various taxing authorities, disagreements with taxing
authorities over our tax positions and the ability to fully
utilize our tax loss carry-forwards and tax credits could have a
significant financial impact on our future operations and the
way we conduct, or if we conduct, business in the affected
countries.
Risks Related to
Healthcare Regulation
Government
regulation of healthcare creates risks and challenges with
respect to our compliance efforts and business
strategies.
The healthcare industry is highly regulated and is subject to
changing political, legislative, regulatory and other
influences. Existing and new federal and state laws and the laws
of
non-U.S. countries,
and regulations affecting the healthcare industry could create
unexpected liabilities for us, could cause us to incur
additional costs and could restrict our operations. Many
healthcare laws are complex, and their application to specific
products and services may not be clear. In particular, many
existing healthcare laws and regulations, when enacted, did not
anticipate the telemedicine services that we provide. However,
these laws and regulations may nonetheless be applied to our
telemedicine services. Our failure to accurately anticipate the
application of these laws and regulations, or other failure to
comply, could create liability for us, result in adverse
publicity and negatively affect our telemedicine services. In
addition, it is difficult to predict with certainty the impact
that future legislation will have on us and our telemedicine
business strategy.
Medical
professional regulation creates risks and challenges with
respect to our compliance efforts and business
strategies.
The practice of most healthcare professions requires licensing
under applicable state law and the laws of
non-U.S. countries.
Since our telemedicine business will include interactions with
licensed physicians and other licensed healthcare professionals,
then by extension we may be at risk for failing to comply with
any applicable state, federal or national licensure law, where a
patient who seeks a telemedicine consult is in a different
jurisdiction than the licensed
25
physician or other healthcare provider. In addition, the laws in
some states and countries prohibit business entities from
practicing medicine. If a state or other jurisdiction determines
that some portion of our business violates these laws, it may
seek to have us discontinue conducting business in that state or
jurisdiction and subject us to penalties
and/or
licensure requirements. Any determination that we are a
healthcare provider and have acted improperly as a healthcare
provider may result in liability to us. In addition, even if we
are not directly considered a healthcare provider under
applicable state law or the law of another jurisdiction, we may
be liable for malpractice claims asserted against a healthcare
professional on one or more vicarious liability theories and for
aiding or abetting the unlawful practice of medicine by
healthcare professionals who are not licensed in the state or
jurisdiction in which they are determined to be providing
healthcare advice.
We may be
subject to regulations safeguarding personal health records and
any breach of these regulations could harm our business,
financial condition and results of operations.
The American Recovery and Reinvestment Act of 2009, or ARRA, was
signed into law on February 17, 2009. ARRA includes the
Health Information Technology for Economic and Clinical Health
Act, or the HITECH Act, which significantly expands the Privacy
Rule and Security Standards as established by the Health
Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, or HIPAA,
described in more detail below. The HITECH Act contains a
proposed rule that would require notification to the Federal
Trade Commission, or FTC, and consumers of a security breach of
a consumers personal health records, or PHR. A PHR is a
health record that is typically initiated and maintained by an
individual. In particular, vendors of PHR, PHR-related entities
and third-party service providers would be subject to these
notification requirements. If we are considered a vendor of PHR
or PHR-related entity, then we may have to comply with these
notice requirements, which would result in stricter government
enforcement and a higher risk of liability for us.
We may be
liable for privacy and security breaches pertaining to the
protected health information we transmit on behalf of our
customers.
It is a high priority in the United States to safeguard the
privacy and security of individually identifiable health
information, which is referred to as Protected Health
Information under HIPAA. HIPAA requires the adoption of
standards for the electronic exchange of health information, in
order to encourage the simplification, effectiveness and
efficiency of the healthcare industry. Among other things, HIPAA
requires healthcare providers and other Covered
Entities such as health plans and healthcare
clearinghouses to adopt federal rules protecting privacy and
security of Protected Health Information. The Privacy Rule and
Security Standards address the use and disclosure of Protected
Health Information as well as the rights of patients to know and
control how such information is used and disclosed. The Privacy
Rule and Security Standards also require Covered Entities to
implement administrative, physical and technical safeguards to
protect the security of Protected Health Information.
Under HIPAA, Covered Entities are required to sign agreements
with their Business Associates that obligate the
Business Associates to act in accordance with the Privacy Rule
and Security Standards. A Business Associate is a person or
entity that arranges, performs or assists the Covered Entity in
an activity involving the use or disclosure of Protected Health
Information. It is possible that we could be considered a
Business Associate. Until recently, Business Associates were
only subject to the HIPAA Privacy Rule and Security Standards
pursuant to their contractual agreements with Covered Entities.
However, the HITECH Act amended HIPAA and, as of
February 17, 2010, makes Business Associates directly
subject to (i) the Privacy Rules restrictions on uses
and disclosures of Protected Health Information, and
(ii) the Security Standards administrative, physical
and
26
technical safeguards as well as the applicable requirements to
maintain compliance policies, procedures and documentation.
Currently under HIPAA, a Covered Entity does not have an
affirmative duty to notify an individual of unauthorized
disclosures of his or her Protected Health Information. The
HITECH Act, however, requires Covered Entities to notify the
Secretary of the Department of Health and Human Services and the
individual (to whom the information relates) within 60 days
of discovery of the breach of the individuals
Unsecured Protected Health Information. Business
Associates are required to report a security breach to the
Covered Entity within the same time frame or be subject to
direct enforcement and penalties. The HITECH Act contains
specific requirements pertaining to the process for providing
the notice as well as describes additional requirements for
breaches involving 500 or more individuals.
Under the HITECH Act, if we are determined to be a Business
Associate, we will be directly subject to HIPAAs criminal
and civil penalties for any noncompliance. In addition, under
the HITECH Act, state attorneys generals will be able to pursue
causes of action against Business Associates on behalf of the
residents who are impacted by a HIPAA violation. We cannot
provide assurance that we will adequately prevent and address
the risks created by the HIPAA Privacy Rule and Security
Standards. Any new legislation or laws in the area of privacy or
security of Protected Health Information could have an adverse
affect on the way we operate our business.
We face
potential liability stemming from state laws and laws of other
jurisdictions governing the privacy and security of health
information.
Many states and
non-U.S. jurisdictions
have passed laws that provide additional privacy and security
protections for health information. To the extent a particular
state law for regulating privacy
and/or
security conflicts with HIPAA, but is more stringent and
provides more protections than HIPAA, then the state laws
restrictions are enforced. As a result, in addition to the HIPAA
Privacy Rule and Security Standards, it is likely that we will
be subject to state and
non-U.S. laws
that are more stringent than HIPAA, which will increase our
exposure to government enforcement and possibly private lawsuits.
Financial
Risks
Our term loan
agreement places financial restrictions and operating
restrictions on our business, which may limit our flexibility to
respond to opportunities and may harm our business, financial
condition and results of operations.
The operating and financial restrictions and covenants in our
term loan agreement restricts and any future financing
agreements could restrict our ability to finance future
operations or capital needs or to engage, expand or pursue our
business activities. For example, our term loan agreement
restricts our ability to:
|
|
|
|
|
dispose of property;
|
|
|
|
enter into a merger, consolidate or acquire capital in other
entities;
|
|
|
|
incur additional indebtedness;
|
|
|
|
incur liens on the property secured by the term loan agreement;
|
|
|
|
make certain investments;
|
|
|
|
enter into transactions with affiliates;
|
|
|
|
pay dividends;
|
27
|
|
|
|
|
commit to make capital expenditures not in the ordinary course
of business; and
|
|
|
|
enter into sales and lease back transactions.
|
These limitations are subject to a number of important
qualifications and exceptions. Our term loan agreement also
requires us to maintain specified financial ratios. Our
compliance with these provisions may materially adversely affect
our ability to react to changes in market conditions, take
advantage of business opportunities we believe to be desirable,
obtain future financing, fund needed capital expenditures,
finance acquisitions, equipment purchases and development
expenditures, or withstand a future downturn in our business.
Our ability to comply with the covenants and restrictions
contained in our term loan agreement may be affected by events
beyond our control. If market or other economic conditions
deteriorate, our ability to comply with these covenants may be
impaired. If we violate any of the restrictions, covenants,
ratios or tests in our term loan agreement, a significant
portion of our indebtedness may become immediately due and
payable, and our lenders commitment to make further loans
to us may terminate. We might not have, or be able to obtain,
sufficient funds to make these accelerated payments. Even if we
could obtain alternative financing, that financing may not be on
terms that are favorable or acceptable to us. If we are unable
to repay amounts borrowed, the holders of the debt could
initiate a bankruptcy proceeding or liquidation proceeding
against the collateral. In addition, our obligations under our
term loan agreement are secured by substantially all of our
assets and if we are unable to repay our indebtedness under our
term loan agreement, the lenders could seek to foreclose on our
assets.
We may need to
raise additional funds to pursue our growth strategy or continue
our operations, and if we are unable to do so, our growth may be
impaired.
We plan to pursue a growth strategy. We have made significant
investments to grow our business. Additional investments will be
required to pursue further growth and to respond to
technological innovations and competition. There is no guarantee
that we will be able to obtain additional financing or financing
on favorable terms. If financing is not available on
satisfactory terms, or at all, we may be unable to expand our
business or to develop new business at the rate desired and our
business, financial condition and results of operations may be
harmed.
Changes in
effective tax rates or adverse outcomes resulting from
examination of our income or other tax returns could adversely
affect our operating results and financial
condition.
Our future effective tax rates could be subject to volatility or
adversely affected by a number of factors, including:
|
|
|
|
|
earnings being lower than anticipated in countries where we have
lower statutory rates and higher than anticipated earnings in
countries where we have higher statutory rates;
|
|
|
|
changes in the valuation of our deferred tax assets;
|
|
|
|
repatriation of cash; or
|
|
|
|
expiration or non-utilization of net operating losses or credits.
|
We conduct our worldwide operations through various
subsidiaries. Tax laws and regulations are highly complex and
subject to interpretation. Consequently, we are subject to
changing tax laws, treaties and regulations in and between
countries in which we operate, including treaties between the
United States and other nations. Our income tax expense is based
upon our interpretation of the tax laws in effect in various
countries at the time that the expense was incurred. A change in
these tax laws, treaties or regulations, including those in
28
and involving the United States, or in the interpretation
thereof, could result in a materially higher tax expense or a
higher effective tax rate on our worldwide earnings.
In addition, we are subject to the continuous examination of our
income tax returns by the Internal Revenue Service and other tax
authorities. We regularly assess the likelihood of adverse
outcomes resulting from these examinations to determine the
adequacy of our provision for income taxes. Outcomes from these
continuous examinations could have a material adverse effect on
our financial condition, results of operations or cash flows.
Our 2008 United States federal income tax return is currently
under audit by the United States Internal Revenue Service.
We are subject
to fluctuations in currency exchange rates and limitations on
the expatriation or conversion of currencies, which may result
in significant financial charges, increased costs of operations
or decreased demand for our products and services.
During the year ended December 31, 2009, 22.8% of our
revenues were earned in
non-U.S. currencies,
while a significant portion of our capital and operating
expenditures and all of our outstanding debt, was priced in
U.S. dollars. In addition, we report our results of
operations in U.S. dollars. Accordingly, fluctuations in
exchange rates relative to the U.S. dollar could have a
material adverse effect on our earnings or the value of our
assets.
Any depreciation of local currencies in the countries in which
we conduct business may result in increased costs to us for
imported equipment and may, at the same time, decrease demand
for our products and services in the affected markets. If our
operating companies distribute dividends in local currencies in
the future, the amount of cash we receive will also be affected
by fluctuations in exchange rates. In addition, some of the
countries in which we have operations do or may restrict the
expatriation or conversion of currency.
We have not implemented any hedging strategies to mitigate risks
related to the impact of fluctuations in exchange rates. Even if
we were to implement hedging strategies, not every exposure can
be hedged, and, where hedges are put in place based on expected
non-U.S. exchange
exposure, they are based on forecasts which may vary or which
may later prove to have been inaccurate. Failure to hedge
successfully or anticipate currency risks accurately could harm
our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Risks Related to
This Offering
Some of our
stockholders could together exert control over our Company after
completion of this offering.
As of June 30, 2010, funds affiliated with Altira Group
LLC, or Altira, beneficially owned in the aggregate shares
representing approximately % of our
outstanding voting power. A managing member of the general
partner of Altira, Dirk McDermott, currently serves on our board
of directors. After the completion of this offering, funds
affiliated with Altira will beneficially own in the aggregate
shares representing approximately %
of our outstanding voting power, or
approximately % if the underwriters
exercise their over-allotment option in full. As of
June 30, 2010, funds associated with Sanders Morris Harris
Group, Inc., or Sanders Morris, beneficially owned in the
aggregate shares representing
approximately % of our outstanding
voting power. One managing member of the general partner of
Sanders Morris, Charles L. Davis, currently serves on our board
of directors. After the completion of this offering, funds
affiliated with Sanders Morris will beneficially own in the
aggregate shares representing
approximately % of our outstanding
voting power, or approximately % if
the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full.
Additionally, as of June 30, 2010, funds associated with
Cubera Secondary (GP) AS, or Cubera, beneficially owned in the
aggregate shares representing
approximately % of our outstanding
voting power. One
29
managing member of the general partner of Cubera, Ørjan
Svanevik, currently serves on our board of directors. After
completion of this offering, affiliates of Cubera will
beneficially own in the aggregate shares representing
approximately % of our outstanding
voting power, or approximately % if
the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full.
As a result, these stockholders could together control all
matters presented to our stockholders for approval, including
election and removal of our directors and change of control
transactions. The interests of these stockholders may not always
coincide with the interests of the other holders of our common
stock.
As a public
company, we will incur additional cost and face increased
demands on our management and key employees.
We have never operated as a public company. As a public company,
we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses,
as well as Board of Director related expenses, that we did not
incur as a private company. In addition, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002, as well as rules implemented by the Securities and
Exchange Commission, or the SEC, and The NASDAQ Global Market,
or the NASDAQ, impose various requirements on public companies.
Our management and other personnel will devote substantial
amounts of time to these requirements, and we will hire
additional people and increase the salaries of others to
compensate them for the additional duties that they will have to
perform. We expect these requirements to significantly increase
our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some
activities more time-consuming and costly. In addition, we will
incur additional costs associated with our public company
reporting requirements. These rules and regulations also make it
more difficult and more expensive for us to obtain director and
officer liability insurance. We cannot predict or estimate the
amount of additional costs we may incur or the timing of such
costs. If our profitability is harmed by these additional costs,
it could have a negative effect on the trading price of our
common stock.
We have
identified a material weakness, a significant deficiency and
other deficiencies in our internal controls for the year ended
December 31, 2009 and a significant deficiency and other
deficiencies in our internal controls for the year ended
December 31, 2008 that, if not properly remediated, could
result in material misstatements in our financial statements in
future periods and impair our ability to comply with the
accounting and reporting requirements applicable to public
companies.
In relation to our consolidated financial statements for the
year ended December 31, 2009, we identified a material
weakness, a significant deficiency and other deficiencies in our
internal controls over financial reporting. We identified a
material weakness in our internal controls over our financial
close and reporting cycle, a significant deficiency in our
internal controls over our property and equipment records and
accounting, and deficiencies in our internal controls relating
to our accounting for revenue, expenditure, payroll, income
taxes, as well as general computer controls.
A deficiency in internal control over financial
reporting exists when the design or operation of a control does
not allow management or employees, in the normal course of
performing their assigned functions, to prevent or detect and
correct misstatements on a timely basis. A deficiency in design
exists when (a) a control necessary to meet the control
objective is missing, or (b) an existing control is not
properly designed so that, even if the control operates as
designed, the control objective would not be met. A deficiency
in operation exists when (a) a properly designed control
does not operate as designed, or (b) the person performing
the control does not possess the necessary authority or
competence to perform the control effectively.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination
of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting,
such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material
misstatement
30
of the entitys financial statements will not be prevented,
or detected and corrected on a timely basis.
A significant deficiency is a deficiency, or
combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial
reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet
important enough to merit attention by those charged with
governance.
In relation to our consolidated financial statements for the
year ended December 31, 2008, we identified a significant
deficiency in our internal controls over our year end financial
reporting process and other deficiencies relating to our control
environment, general corporate controls and business cycle
controls.
Our independent registered public accounting firms audit
for the years ended December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009
included consideration of internal control over financial
reporting as a basis for designing their audit procedures, but
not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the
effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting.
If such an evaluation had been performed or when we are required
to perform such an evaluation, additional material weaknesses,
significant deficiencies and other deficiencies may have been or
may be identified. Ensuring that we have adequate internal
financial and accounting controls and procedures in place to
help produce accurate financial statements on a timely basis is
a costly and time-consuming effort that needs to be evaluated
frequently. We will incur increased costs and demands upon
management as a result of complying with the laws and
regulations affecting public companies relating to internal
controls, which could harm our business, financial condition and
results of operations.
Because of the deficiencies identified, there is heightened risk
that a material misstatement of our annual or quarterly
financial statements relating to the periods that these
deficiencies existed was not prevented or detected. We have
taken steps to remediate these deficiencies, including hiring
additional accounting and finance personnel, upgrading our
accounting system and engaging consultants. Although we believe
we have started the process to remediate these deficiencies, we
cannot be certain that our efforts will be successful or that
similar deficiencies will not recur. See Managements
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
OperationsInternal Control over Financial Reporting
for a discussion of our remediation efforts.
Our internal growth plans will also put additional strains on
our internal controls if we do not augment our resources and
adapt our procedures in response to this growth. As a public
company, we will be required to comply with the requirements of
Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 regarding
internal controls beginning with our fiscal year ending
December 31, 2011. In the event that we have not adequately
remedied these deficiencies, and if we fail to maintain proper
and effective internal controls in future periods, we could
become subject to potential review by the NASDAQ, the SEC or
other regulatory authorities, which could require additional
financial and management resources, could result in our
delisting by the NASDAQ, could compromise our ability to run our
business effectively and could cause investors to lose
confidence in our financial reporting.
If securities
analysts do not publish research or reports about our business
or if they publish negative evaluations of our stock, the price
of our stock could decline.
The trading market for our common stock depends in part on the
research and reports that industry or financial analysts publish
about us or our business. We do not currently have and may never
obtain research coverage by industry or financial analysts. If
no or few analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of
our stock would likely decrease. Even if we do obtain analyst
coverage, if one or more of the analysts covering our business
downgrade their
31
evaluations of or recommendations regarding our stock, or if one
or more of the analysts cease providing research coverage on our
stock, the price of our stock could decline.
We will retain
broad discretion in using the net proceeds from this offering
and may spend a substantial portion in ways with which you do
not agree.
Our management will retain broad discretion to allocate the net
proceeds of this offering. The net proceeds may be applied in
ways with which you and other investors in the offering may not
agree, or which do not increase the value of your investment. We
intend to use $0.4 million to pay an IPO success bonus to
some of our key employees, including some of our named executive
officers. We anticipate that we will use the remainder of the
net proceeds for working capital and other general corporate
purposes, which may include the acquisition of other businesses,
products or technologies. We have not allocated these remaining
net proceeds for any specific purpose. Our management might not
be able to yield a significant return, if any, on any investment
of these net proceeds.
We do not know
whether a market will develop for our common stock or what the
market price of our common stock will be and as a result, it may
be difficult for you to sell your common stock.
Before this offering, there was no public trading market for our
common stock. If a market for our common stock does not develop
or is not sustained, it may be difficult for you to sell your
shares of our common stock at an attractive price or at all. We
cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade.
The initial public offering price for our common stock will be
determined through negotiations with the underwriters and may
not bear any relationship to the market price at which the
common stock will trade after this offering or to any other
established criteria regarding our value. It is possible that in
one or more future periods our results of operations may be
below the expectations of public market analysts and investors
and, as a result of these and other factors, the price of our
common stock may fall.
Sales of
outstanding shares of our common stock into the market in the
future could cause the market price of our common stock to drop
significantly, even if our business is doing well.
If our existing stockholders sell or indicate an intention to
sell substantial amounts of our common stock in the public
market, the trading price of our common stock could decline
substantially. After this offering,
approximately million shares
of our common stock will be outstanding. Of these shares,
the million shares of our
common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable,
without restriction, in the public market and more
than % of the remaining shares are
subject to
180-day
contractual
lock-up
agreements with our underwriters. Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
may, in its discretion, permit our directors, officers,
employees and current stockholders who are subject to these
contractual
lock-ups
to
sell shares prior to the expiration of the
lock-up
agreements. These
lock-ups
are
subject to extension for up to an additional 34 days under
some circumstances. See Shares Eligible for Future
SaleLock-Up
Agreements.
After the
lock-up
agreements pertaining to this offering expire, up to an
additional
approximately million shares
will be eligible for sale in the public market,
approximately million of
which are held by directors and executive officers and their
affiliates and will be subject to volume limitations under
Rule 144 under the Securities Act of 1933, or the
Securities Act. In addition, the
approximately million shares
underlying options and restricted stock grants that are either
subject to the terms of our equity compensation plans or
reserved for future issuance under our equity compensation plans
will become eligible for sale in the public market to the extent
permitted by the provisions of various option agreements, the
lock-up
32
agreements and Rules 144 and 701 under the Securities Act.
For additional information, see Shares Eligible for
Future Sale.
You will
experience immediate and substantial dilution in your
investment.
The offering price of the common stock is substantially higher
than the net tangible book value per share of our common stock,
which on a pro forma basis was $
per share of common stock as of June 30, 2010. As a result,
you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in pro
forma net tangible book value when you buy common stock in this
offering. This means that you will pay a higher price per share
than the amount of our total tangible assets, less our total
liabilities, divided by the number of shares of common stock
outstanding. Holders of our common stock will experience further
dilution if: the underwriters over-allotment option to
purchase additional common stock from us pursuant to this
offering is exercised; options or other rights to purchase our
common stock that are outstanding or that we may issue in the
future are exercised or converted; or we issue additional shares
of our common stock at prices lower than our net tangible book
value at such time.
Provisions in
our organizational documents and in the Delaware General
Corporation Law may prevent takeover attempts that could be
beneficial to our stockholders.
Provisions in our post-offering certificate of incorporation and
post-offering bylaws and in the Delaware General Corporation
Law, may make it difficult and expensive for a third-party to
pursue a takeover attempt we oppose even if a change in control
of our Company would be beneficial to the interests of our
stockholders. Any provision of our post-offering certificate of
incorporation or post-offering bylaws or Delaware law that has
the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could
limit the opportunity for our stockholders to receive a premium
for their shares of our common stock, and could also affect the
price that some investors are willing to pay for our common
stock. In our post-offering certificate of incorporation, our
board of directors will have the authority to issue up to
10,000,000 shares of preferred stock in one or more series
and to fix the powers, preferences and rights of each series
without stockholder approval. The ability to issue preferred
stock could discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or make
it more difficult for a third party to gain control of our
Company, or otherwise could adversely affect the market price of
our common stock. Further, as a Delaware corporation, we are
subject to Section 203 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law. This section generally prohibits us from engaging in
mergers and other business combinations with stockholders that
beneficially own 15% or more of our voting shares, or with their
affiliates, unless our directors or stockholders approve the
business combination in the prescribed manner. However, because
funds affiliated with Altira, Sanders Morris and Cubera acquired
their shares prior to this offering, Section 203 is
currently inapplicable to any business combination or
transaction with them or their affiliates. Our post-offering
bylaws require that any stockholder proposals or nominations for
election to our board of directors must meet specific advance
notice requirements and procedures, which make it more difficult
for our stockholders to make proposals or director nominations.
We do not plan
to pay dividends on our common stock and consequently, the only
opportunity to achieve a return on an investment in our common
stock is if the price of our common stock
appreciates.
We do not plan to declare dividends on our common stock for the
foreseeable future and do not plan to pay dividends on our
common stock. In addition, our term loan agreement limits our
ability to pay dividends on our common stock. The only
opportunity to achieve a positive return on an investment in our
common stock for the foreseeable future may be if the market
price of our common stock appreciates.
33
SPECIAL
NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This prospectus, including the sections entitled
Prospectus Summary, Risk Factors,
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations, and Our
Company, contains forward-looking statements. We may, in
some cases, use words such as project,
believe, anticipate, plan,
expect, estimate, intend,
should, would, could,
potentially, will, or may,
or other words that convey uncertainty of future events or
outcomes to identify these forward-looking statements.
Forward-looking statements in this prospectus include statements
about:
|
|
|
|
|
potential impact of the recent rig explosion in the Gulf of
Mexico and resulting oil spill;
|
|
|
|
competition and competitive factors in the markets in which we
operate;
|
|
|
|
demand for our products and services;
|
|
|
|
the advantages of our services compared to others;
|
|
|
|
changes in customer preferences and our ability to adapt our
product and services offerings;
|
|
|
|
our ability to develop and maintain positive relationships with
our customers;
|
|
|
|
our ability to retain and hire necessary employees and
appropriately staff our marketing, sales and distribution
efforts;
|
|
|
|
our spending of the proceeds from this offering;
|
|
|
|
our cash needs and expectations regarding cash flow from
operations;
|
|
|
|
our ability to manage and grow our business and execute our
business strategy;
|
|
|
|
our financial performance; and
|
|
|
|
the costs associated with being a public company.
|
Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the
forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee
future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements.
There are a number of important factors that could cause actual
results to differ materially from the results anticipated by
these forward-looking statements, which apply only as of the
date of this prospectus. These important factors include those
that we discuss in this prospectus under the caption Risk
Factors and elsewhere. You should read these factors and
the other cautionary statements made in this prospectus as being
applicable to all related forward-looking statements wherever
they appear in this prospectus. If one or more of these factors
materialize, or if any underlying assumptions prove incorrect,
our actual results, performance or achievements may vary
materially from any future results, performance or achievements
expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. We
undertake no obligation to publicly update any forward-looking
statements, whether as a result of new information, future
events or otherwise, except as required by law.
MARKET, INDUSTRY
AND OTHER DATA
Unless otherwise indicated, information contained in this
prospectus concerning our industry and the markets in which we
operate, including our general expectations and market position,
market opportunity and market size, is based on information from
various sources, on assumptions that we have made that are based
on that information and other similar sources and on our
knowledge of the markets for our services. That information
involves a number of assumptions and limitations, and you are
cautioned not to give undue weight to such estimates. We have
not independently verified any third party information and
cannot assure you of its accuracy or completeness. While we
believe the market position, market
34
opportunity and market size information included in this
prospectus is generally reliable, such information is inherently
imprecise. In addition, projections, assumptions and estimates
of our future performance and the future performance of the
industry in which we operate is necessarily subject to a high
degree of uncertainty and risk due to a variety of factors,
including those described in Risk Factors and
elsewhere in this prospectus. These and other factors could
cause results to differ materially from those expressed in the
estimates made by the independent parties and by us.
INVESTORS OUTSIDE
THE UNITED STATES
For investors outside the United States: we have not, the
selling stockholders have not and the underwriters have not done
anything that would permit this offering or possession or
distribution of this prospectus in any jurisdiction where action
for that purpose is required, other than in the
United States. Persons outside the United States who come
into possession of this prospectus must inform themselves about,
and observe any restrictions relating to, the offering of the
shares of common stock and the distribution of this prospectus
outside of the United States.
35
USE OF
PROCEEDS
We estimate that the net proceeds we will receive from this
offering will be approximately
$ million (or approximately
$ million if the underwriters
exercise their option to purchase additional shares of common
stock in full), based on the assumed initial public offering
price of $ per share, which is the
midpoint of the range included on the cover page of this
prospectus, and after deducting the estimated underwriting
discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses
payable by us. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of
shares of common stock by the selling stockholders. A $1.00
increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering
price of $ per share would
increase or decrease the net proceeds we receive from this
offering by approximately
$ million, assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same, and after deducting the
estimated underwriter discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by us.
We expect to use $400,000 of the proceeds to pay an IPO success
bonus to some of our key employees, including some of our named
executive officers, upon completion of this offering. See
Executive CompensationIPO Success Bonus for
more information concerning this bonus.
We expect to use the remainder of the net proceeds for working
capital and other general corporate purposes, which may include
the expansion of our current business through acquisitions or
investments in other complementary businesses, products or
technologies. We have no agreements or commitments with respect
to any acquisitions at this time. We will have broad discretion
in the way we use the net proceeds.
Pending use of the net proceeds from this offering described
above, we intend to invest the net proceeds in short- and
intermediate-term interest-bearing obligations, investment-grade
instruments, certificates of deposit or direct or guaranteed
obligations of the United States government.
The primary purposes of this offering are to raise additional
capital, create a public market for our common stock, allow us
easier and quicker access to the public markets should we need
more capital in the future, increase the profile and prestige of
our Company with existing and possible future customers, vendors
and strategic partners, and make our stock more valuable and
attractive to our employees and potential employees for
compensation purposes.
DIVIDEND
POLICY
We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital
stock. We currently intend to retain all available funds and any
future earnings to support the operation of and to finance the
growth and development of our business. Accordingly, we do not
anticipate paying any cash dividends in the foreseeable future.
Any future determination to declare cash dividends will be made
at the discretion of our board of directors, subject to
compliance with certain covenants under our credit facility,
which restricts or limits our ability to pay dividends, and will
depend on our financial condition, operating results, capital
requirements, general business conditions and other factors that
our board of directors may deem relevant.
36
CAPITALIZATION
The following table sets forth our cash and cash equivalents,
our current maturities of long-term debt and our capitalization
as of June 30, 2010 on:
|
|
|
|
|
an actual basis;
|
|
|
|
a pro forma basis after giving effect to (i) the conversion of
all outstanding shares of our preferred stock and accrued and
unpaid dividends on our series B and series C
preferred stock into an aggregate of 15,663,258 shares of
our common stock, plus approximately 2,500 additional
shares of our common stock for each day after June 30, 2010
for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our series B and
series C preferred stock, and (ii) the issuance
of shares
of our common stock, plus an
additional shares
of our common stock for each day
after ,
2010 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our
series B and series C preferred stock, based on the
assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, which is the midpoint
of the range included on the cover page of this prospectus, to
pay our preferred stockholders the major event preference, each
of which will occur immediately prior to the closing of this
offering; and
|
|
|
|
a pro forma as adjusted basis to give further effect to
(i) our filing of our post-offering certificate of
incorporation, which authorizes 10,000,000 shares of
non-designated preferred stock, does not authorize series A
preferred stock, series B preferred stock and series C
preferred stock and increases the number of shares of authorized
common stock to 190,000,000, and (ii) the sale by us
of shares
of common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share, the
midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, and our receipt of the estimated net proceeds from
that sale after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts
and commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
|
You should read the following table in conjunction with the
sections titled Selected Consolidated Financial
Data, Managements Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations and our
financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in
this prospectus.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma As
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except share and
|
|
|
|
per share data)
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
7,468
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted cash (1)
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt
|
|
|
8,637
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
16,701
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock derivatives
|
|
|
43,872
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 2,790,000,
2,790,000 and zero shares authorized actual, pro forma, and pro
forma as adjusted, 2,750,000, zero and zero issued and
outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
2,750
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series B Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; 3,127,608,
3,127,608 and zero shares authorized actual, pro forma, and pro
forma as adjusted, 3,127,608, zero and zero issued and
outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
5,784
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of June 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro Forma As
|
|
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
Pro Forma
|
|
|
Adjusted
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except share and
|
|
|
|
per share data)
|
|
|
Series C Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value;
10,000,000, 10,000,000 and zero shares authorized actual, pro
forma, and pro forma as adjusted; 7,399,992, zero and zero
shares, issued and outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma
as adjusted
|
|
|
9,339
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock, $0.001 par value; zero, zero and
10,000,000 shares authorized actual, pro forma, and pro
forma as adjusted; zero, zero, and zero shares issued and
outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma as adjusted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable, non-controlling interest
|
|
|
4,576
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock, $0.001 par value; 52,000,000, 52,000,000 and
190,000,000 shares authorized actual, pro forma, and pro
forma as adjusted;
21,274,515, and shares
issued and outstanding actual, pro forma, and pro forma as
adjusted
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
8,233
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(38,093
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income
|
|
|
(934
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total RigNet, Inc. stockholders equity (deficit)
|
|
|
(30,773
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-redeemable, non-controlling interest
|
|
|
162
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total capitalization
|
|
$
|
61,048
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Represents restricted cash to
satisfy credit facility requirements, of which $7.5 million
was non-current.
|
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share, the
midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, would increase or decrease the amount of cash and
cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total
stockholders equity and total capitalization by
approximately $ million,
assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the
cover page of this prospectus, remains the same, and after
deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and commissions
and estimated expenses payable by us.
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share,
which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the number of
shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this
offering by
approximately shares,
assuming that the number of shares offered by us, as set forth
on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same.
This table excludes the following shares:
|
|
|
|
|
3,420,750 shares of our common stock issuable upon the
exercise of options outstanding as of June 30, 2010 with a
weighted average exercise price of $1.76 per share;
|
|
|
|
3,000,000 shares of our common stock reserved for future
issuance under our 2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan;
|
38
|
|
|
|
|
the exercise of all of our outstanding cashless warrants for an
aggregate of 3,030,526 shares of our common stock
immediately prior to the closing of the offering;
|
|
|
|
the exercise of all of our outstanding warrants with an exercise
price of $0.01 per share for an aggregate of
3,617,302 shares of our common stock immediately prior to
the closing of the offering;
|
|
|
|
the exercise of all of our outstanding warrants with an exercise
price of $1.75 per share for an aggregate of 46,264 shares of
our common stock immediately prior to the closing of the
offering; and
|
|
|
|
the exercise of all of our outstanding anti-dilution warrants
with an exercise price of $0.01 per share for an aggregate of
174,266 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the
closing of the offering.
|
39
DILUTION
If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted
immediately to the extent of the difference between the initial
public offering price per share of our common stock in this
offering and the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value
per share of our common stock after this offering.
Our net tangible book value as of June 30, 2010 was
$19.6 million, or $0.53 per share of common stock. Net
tangible book value per share represents the amount of our total
tangible assets less total liabilities, divided by the number of
shares of our common stock outstanding. On a pro forma basis,
after giving effect to (i) the conversion immediately prior
to this offering of all outstanding shares of our preferred
stock and accrued and unpaid dividends on our series B and
series C preferred stock into an aggregate of
15,663,258 shares of our common stock, plus approximately
2,500 additional shares of our common stock for each day
after June 30, 2010 for the daily accrual of unpaid
dividends on our series B and series C preferred
stock, and (ii) the issuance
of shares
of our common stock, plus an
additional shares
of our common stock for each day
after ,
2010 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our
series B and series C preferred stock, based on the
assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, which is the midpoint
of the range included on the cover page of this prospectus, to
pay our preferred stockholders the major event preference, our
net tangible book value as of June 30, 2010 was
$ million, or
$ per share of common stock.
After giving further effect to our issuance and sale
of shares
of common stock in this offering, less the estimated
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering
expenses payable by us, based upon an assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share, the
midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as
of June 30, 2010 would have been
$ million, or
$ per share of common stock. This
represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value per
share of $ to existing
stockholders and an immediate dilution of
$ per share to new investors.
Dilution per share to new investors is determined by subtracting
pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after
this offering from the initial public offering price per share
paid by a new investor. The following table illustrates the per
share dilution:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Initial public offering price per share of common stock
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Actual net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Decrease per share attributable to conversion of preferred stock
and payment of major event preference
|
|
|
(
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net tangible book value per share as of June 30,
2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Increase per share attributable to new investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after
this offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dilution per share to new investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
If the underwriters exercise their option to purchase additional
shares of our common stock from us in full in this offering, the
pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after
the offering would be $ per share,
the increase in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value
per share to existing stockholders would be
$ per share and the dilution to
new investors purchasing shares in this offering would be
$ per share.
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share,
which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, would increase or decrease our pro forma as
adjusted net tangible book value as of June 30, 2010 by
approximately $ million, the
pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after
this offering by $ per share and
the dilution in pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value
per share to new investors in this offering by
$ per share, assuming the number
of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, remains the same and
40
after deducting the estimated underwriting discounts and
commissions and estimated offering expenses payable by us.
The following table summarizes, as of June 30, 2010, on the
pro forma as adjusted basis described above, the number of
shares of our common stock purchased from us, the total
consideration paid to us, and the average price per share paid
to us by existing stockholders and to be paid by new investors
purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares Purchased
|
|
|
Consideration
|
|
|
Average Price
|
|
|
|
Number
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Percent
|
|
|
per Share
|
|
|
Existing stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
New investors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
100
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share,
which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, would increase or decrease total
consideration paid to us by investors participating in this
offering by approximately
$ million, assuming the
number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the
estimated underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated
offering expenses payable by us and would also increase or
decrease the number of shares of our common stock outstanding
upon completion of this offering by
approximately
as a result of the resulting increase or decrease in the number
of shares issued to pay the major event preference.
The sale
of shares
of our common stock to be sold by the selling stockholders in
this offering will reduce the number of shares held by existing
stockholders
to shares,
or % of the total shares
outstanding, and will increase the number of shares held by
investors participating in this offering
to shares,
or % of the total shares
outstanding. In addition, if the underwriters exercise their
over-allotment option in full, the number of shares held by
existing stockholders will be further reduced
to shares,
or % of the total shares
outstanding, and the number of shares held by investors
participating in this offering will be further increased
to shares,
or % of the total shares
outstanding.
As of June 30, 2010, there were options outstanding to
purchase a total of 3,420,750 shares of common stock at a
weighted average exercise price of $1.76 per share. The above
discussion and table assumes no exercise of options outstanding
as of June 30, 2010 or of any later issued options. If all
of these options were exercised, our existing stockholders,
including the holders of these options, would
own % of the total number of shares
of common stock outstanding upon the closing of this offering
and our new investors would own %
of the total number of shares of our common stock upon the
closing of this offering.
41
SELECTED
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL DATA
The following table sets forth our selected consolidated
statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss),
balance sheet and other data for the periods indicated. The
selected consolidated statements of income (loss) and
comprehensive income (loss) data for the years ended
December 31, 2007, 2008 and 2009, and the consolidated
balance sheet data as of December 31, 2008 and 2009 have
been derived from our audited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus. The selected consolidated
financial data as of December 31, 2007 have been derived
from our audited financial statements that are not included in
this prospectus. The selected consolidated financial data as of
and for the years ended December 31, 2005 and 2006, have
been derived from our unaudited consolidated financial
statements that are not included in this prospectus. Our
unaudited consolidated financial statements as of June 30,
2010 and for the six months ended June 30, 2009 and 2010
have been prepared on the same basis as our annual consolidated
financial statements and include all adjustments, which include
only normal recurring adjustments, necessary in the opinion of
management for the fair presentation of this data in all
material respects. Our selected consolidated financial data as
of June 30, 2010 and for the six months ended June 30,
2009 and 2010 have been derived from our unaudited consolidated
financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus. This
information should be read in conjunction with
Capitalization, Managements Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations and our consolidated financial statements
contained elsewhere in this prospectus. Our historical results
for any prior period are not necessarily indicative of results
to be expected in any future period.
Unaudited pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to
RigNet, Inc. common stockholders and unaudited pro forma
weighted average shares outstanding reflect conversion of all
outstanding convertible preferred stock and accrued and unpaid
dividends on our series B and series C preferred stock
into shares of our common stock and the payment of the major
event preference to our preferred stockholders in shares of our
common stock, each of which will occur immediately prior to the
closing of this offering.
Each $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share,
which is the midpoint of the range set forth on the cover page
of this prospectus, would increase or decrease the number of
shares of our common stock outstanding upon the closing of this
offering by
approximately shares,
the pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to
RigNet, Inc. common stockholders by approximately: Basic
$ and Diluted
$ , and the pro forma weighted
average shares outstanding by approximately: Basic
$ and Diluted
$ , assuming that the number of
shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this
prospectus, remains the same.
During 2006, the Company acquired 100% of OilCamp AS, or
OilCamp, as well as a 75.0% controlling interest in LandTel
Communications LLC, or LandTel, which established a 25.0%
redeemable, non-controlling interest. The Company subsequently
acquired the remaining non-controlling interest in LandTel with
purchases made in December 2008 (10.7%), February 2009 (7.3%)
and August 2010 (7.0%). As a result, the comparability of the
financial data disclosed in the following table may be affected.
42
We have never declared or paid any cash dividends.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except share and per share data)
|
|
|
Consolidated Statements of Income (Loss) and Comprehensive
Income (Loss) Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
13,282
|
|
|
$
|
29,214
|
|
|
$
|
67,164
|
|
|
$
|
89,909
|
|
|
$
|
80,936
|
|
|
$
|
40,880
|
|
|
$
|
44,370
|
|
Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
5,200
|
|
|
|
16,290
|
|
|
|
29,747
|
|
|
|
39,294
|
|
|
|
35,165
|
|
|
|
17,767
|
|
|
|
20,726
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
2,237
|
|
|
|
5,863
|
|
|
|
9,451
|
|
|
|
10,519
|
|
|
|
12,554
|
|
|
|
6,360
|
|
|
|
7,788
|
|
Impairment of goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,898
|
|
|
|
2,898
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing
|
|
|
1,875
|
|
|
|
4,123
|
|
|
|
2,405
|
|
|
|
2,605
|
|
|
|
2,187
|
|
|
|
1,027
|
|
|
|
894
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
4,938
|
|
|
|
9,540
|
|
|
|
20,338
|
|
|
|
21,277
|
|
|
|
16,444
|
|
|
|
7,061
|
|
|
|
10,271
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total expenses
|
|
|
14,250
|
|
|
|
35,816
|
|
|
|
61,941
|
|
|
|
73,695
|
|
|
|
69,248
|
|
|
|
35,113
|
|
|
|
39,679
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income (loss)
|
|
|
(968
|
)
|
|
|
(6,602
|
)
|
|
|
5,223
|
|
|
|
16,214
|
|
|
|
11,688
|
|
|
|
5,767
|
|
|
|
4,691
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(230
|
)
|
|
|
(1,401
|
)
|
|
|
(5,497
|
)
|
|
|
(2,464
|
)
|
|
|
(5,146
|
)
|
|
|
(4,061
|
)
|
|
|
(762
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(78
|
)
|
|
|
26
|
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
(250
|
)
|
Change in fair value of preferred stock derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,657
|
)
|
|
|
(1,156
|
)
|
|
|
2,461
|
|
|
|
(21,009
|
)
|
|
|
(6,721
|
)
|
|
|
(12,446
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(1,276
|
)
|
|
|
(15,634
|
)
|
|
|
(1,493
|
)
|
|
|
16,238
|
|
|
|
(14,163
|
)
|
|
|
(4,888
|
)
|
|
|
(8,767
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(115
|
)
|
|
|
(628
|
)
|
|
|
(5,882
|
)
|
|
|
(5,457
|
)
|
|
|
(2,314
|
)
|
|
|
(2,292
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(1,276
|
)
|
|
|
(15,749
|
)
|
|
|
(2,121
|
)
|
|
|
10,356
|
|
|
|
(19,620
|
)
|
|
|
(7,202
|
)
|
|
|
(11,059
|
)
|
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-redeemable, non-controlling interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
162
|
|
Redeemable, non-controlling interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
151
|
|
|
|
971
|
|
|
|
1,715
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to RigNet, Inc. stockholders
|
|
$
|
(1,276
|
)
|
|
$
|
(15,900
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,259
|
)
|
|
$
|
8,406
|
|
|
$
|
(19,922
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,402
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11,246
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to RigNet, Inc. common
stockholders
|
|
$
|
(1,811
|
)
|
|
$
|
(23,451
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,931
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,190
|
)
|
|
$
|
(22,118
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,370
|
)
|
|
$
|
(12,741
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share attributable to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RigNet, Inc. common stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
$
|
(0.45
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.12
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.04
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.39
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.60
|
)
|
Diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.45
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2.12
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
(1.04
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.39
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.60
|
)
|
Weighted average shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
4,023
|
|
|
|
11,062
|
|
|
|
21,116
|
|
|
|
21,206
|
|
|
|
21,248
|
|
|
|
21,231
|
|
|
|
21,274
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
4,023
|
|
|
|
11,062
|
|
|
|
21,116
|
|
|
|
21,206
|
|
|
|
21,248
|
|
|
|
21,231
|
|
|
|
21,274
|
|
Consolidated Balance Sheet Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
316
|
|
|
$
|
3,096
|
|
|
$
|
6,862
|
|
|
$
|
15,376
|
|
|
$
|
11,379
|
|
|
$
|
11,143
|
|
|
$
|
7,468
|
|
Restricted cashcurrent portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
775
|
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
Restricted cashlong-term portion
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,500
|
|
|
|
10,000
|
|
|
|
7,500
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
16,862
|
|
|
|
65,485
|
|
|
|
72,925
|
|
|
|
89,517
|
|
|
|
88,810
|
|
|
|
85,955
|
|
|
|
86,342
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt
|
|
|
2,891
|
|
|
|
11,550
|
|
|
|
11,807
|
|
|
|
5,753
|
|
|
|
8,664
|
|
|
|
7,257
|
|
|
|
8,637
|
|
Long-term deferred revenue
|
|
|
391
|
|
|
|
693
|
|
|
|
679
|
|
|
|
1,516
|
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
|
268
|
|
|
|
356
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
331
|
|
|
|
12,007
|
|
|
|
20,427
|
|
|
|
18,322
|
|
|
|
21,022
|
|
|
|
27,080
|
|
|
|
16,701
|
|
Preferred stock derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,241
|
|
|
|
9,808
|
|
|
|
8,413
|
|
|
|
30,446
|
|
|
|
15,478
|
|
|
|
43,872
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
13,457
|
|
|
|
14,097
|
|
|
|
16,257
|
|
|
|
17,333
|
|
|
|
16,786
|
|
|
|
17,873
|
|
Other Data:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP measure)
|
|
$
|
1,171
|
|
|
$
|
(471
|
)
|
|
$
|
17,536
|
|
|
$
|
30,409
|
|
|
$
|
29,093
|
|
|
$
|
15,308
|
|
|
$
|
13,605
|
|
Pro forma net income (loss) attributable to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RigNet, Inc. common stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma net income (loss) per share attributable to
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RigNet, Inc. common stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Pro forma weighted average shares outstanding:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Basic
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Diluted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
43
The following table presents a reconciliation of net income
(loss) to Adjusted EBITDA for each of the periods identified.
Net income (loss) is the most comparable GAAP measure to
Adjusted EBITDA.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2005
|
|
|
2006
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Reconciliation of Net Income (Loss) to Adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(1,276
|
)
|
|
$
|
(15,749
|
)
|
|
$
|
(2,121
|
)
|
|
$
|
10,356
|
|
|
$
|
(19,620
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,202
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11,059
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
230
|
|
|
|
1,401
|
|
|
|
5,497
|
|
|
|
2,464
|
|
|
|
5,146
|
|
|
|
4,061
|
|
|
|
762
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
2,237
|
|
|
|
5,863
|
|
|
|
9,451
|
|
|
|
10,519
|
|
|
|
12,554
|
|
|
|
6,360
|
|
|
|
7,788
|
|
Impairment of goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,898
|
|
|
|
2,898
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment
|
|
|
(20
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
320
|
|
Change in fair value of preferred stock derivatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7,657
|
|
|
|
1,156
|
|
|
|
(2,461
|
)
|
|
|
21,009
|
|
|
|
6,721
|
|
|
|
12,446
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
242
|
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
Initial public offering costs
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,783
|
|
|
|
3,510
|
|
|
|
1,261
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
838
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
|
5,882
|
|
|
|
5,457
|
|
|
|
2,314
|
|
|
|
2,292
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA (non-GAAP measure)
|
|
$
|
1,171
|
|
|
$
|
(471
|
)
|
|
$
|
17,536
|
|
|
$
|
30,409
|
|
|
$
|
29,093
|
|
|
$
|
15,308
|
|
|
$
|
13,605
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
44
MANAGEMENTS
DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION
AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
You should read the following discussion together with our
consolidated financial statements and the related notes included
elsewhere in this prospectus. This discussion contains
forward-looking statements about our business and operations.
Our actual results may differ materially from those we currently
anticipate as a result of the factors we describe under
Risk Factors and elsewhere in this prospectus.
Overview
We, along with our wholly and majority-owned subsidiaries,
provide information and communication technology for the oil and
gas industry through a controlled and managed IP/MPLS global
network, enabling drilling contractors, oil companies and
oilfield service companies to communicate more effectively.
We enable our customers to deliver voice, fax, video and data,
in real-time, between remote sites and home offices throughout
the world while we manage and operate the infrastructure from
our land-based network operations center. We serve offshore
drilling rigs and production platforms, land rigs and remote
locations including offices and supply bases, in approximately
30 countries on six continents.
Our
Operations
We focus on developing customer relationships with the owners
and operators of drilling rig fleets resulting in a significant
portion of our revenue being concentrated in a few customers. In
addition, due to the concentration of our customers in the oil
and gas industry, we face the challenge of service demands
fluctuating with the exploration and development plans and
capital expenditures of that industry.
Network service customers are primarily served under
fixed-price, day-rate contracts, which are based on the concept
of pay per day of use and are consistent with terms used in the
oil and gas industry. Our contracts are generally in the form of
master service agreements with specific services being provided
under individual service orders. These service orders can be
cancelled by our customers on short notice, many without
penalty. In the year ended December 31, 2009, our largest
customer, who has been our customer for over five years,
provided approximately 10.9% of our total revenue. Further, from
2007 to 2009, revenue generated from this customer grew at a
compounded annual rate of 28.7%.
We operate three reportable business segments based on
geographic location, which are managed as distinct business
units.
|
|
|
|
|
Eastern Hemisphere.
Our eastern
hemisphere segment provides remote communications services for
offshore drilling rigs, production facilities, energy support
vessels and other remote sites. Our eastern hemisphere segment
services are performed out of our Norway, Qatar, United Kingdom
and Singapore based offices for customers and rig sites located
on the eastern side of the Atlantic Ocean primarily off the
coasts of the U.K., Norway and West Africa, around the Indian
Ocean in Qatar, Saudi Arabia and India, around the Pacific Ocean
near Australia, and within the South China Sea.
|
|
|
|
Western Hemisphere.
Our western
hemisphere segment provides remote communications services for
offshore drilling rigs, production facilities, energy support
vessels and other remote sites. Our western hemisphere segment
services are performed out of our United States and Brazil based
offices for customers and rig sites located on the western side
of the Atlantic Ocean primarily off the coasts of the United
States, Mexico and Brazil, and within the Gulf of Mexico, but
excluding land rigs and other land-based sites in North America.
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. Land.
Our U.S. land
segment provides remote communications services for drilling
rigs and production facilities located onshore in North America.
Our U.S. land segment services are performed out of our
Louisiana based office for customers and rig sites located in
the continental United States.
|
Cost of revenue consists primarily of satellite charges, voice
and data termination costs, network operations expenses,
Internet connectivity fees and direct service labor. Satellite
charges consist of the costs associated with obtaining satellite
bandwidth (the measure of capacity) used in the transmission of
service to and from leased satellites. Network operations
expenses consist primarily of costs associated with the
operation of our network operations center, which is maintained
24 hours a day, seven days a week. Depreciation and
amortization is recognized on all property and equipment either
installed at a customers site or held at our corporate and
regional offices, as well as intangibles arising from
acquisitions. Selling and marketing expenses consist primarily
of salaries and commissions, travel costs and marketing
communications. General and administrative expenses consist of
expenses associated with our management, finance, contract,
support and administrative functions.
Profitability increases at a site as we add customers and
value-added services. Assumptions used in developing the day
rates for a site may not cover cost variances from inherent
uncertainties or unforeseen obstacles, including both physical
conditions and unexpected problems encountered with third party
service providers. Profitability risks, including oil and gas
market trends, service responsiveness to remote locations,
communication network complexities, political and economic
instability in certain regions, export restrictions, licenses
and other trade barriers, may result in the delay of service
initiation, which may negatively impact our results of
operations.
Critical
Accounting Policies
Certain of our accounting policies require judgment by
management in selecting the appropriate assumptions for
calculating financial estimates. By their nature, these
judgments are subject to an inherent degree of uncertainty.
These judgments are based on our historical experience, terms of
existing contracts, observance of trends in the industry,
information provided by our customers, and information available
from other outside sources, as appropriate. Actual results may
differ from these judgments under different assumptions or
conditions. Our accounting policies that require management to
apply significant judgment include:
Revenue
Recognition
All revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an
arrangement exists, the service is complete, the amount is fixed
or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.
Network service fee revenue is based on fixed-price, day-rate
contracts and recognized monthly as the service is provided.
Generally, customer contracts also provide for installation and
maintenance services. Installation services are paid upon
initiation of the contract and recognized over the life of the
respective contract. Maintenance charges are recognized as
specific services are performed. Deferred revenue consists of
installation billings, customer deposits and other prepayments
for which services have not yet been rendered. Revenue is
reported net of any tax assessed and collected on behalf of a
governmental authority. Such tax is then remitted directly to
the appropriate jurisdictional entity.
Accounts
Receivable
Trade accounts receivable are recognized as customers are billed
in accordance with customer contracts. We report an allowance
for doubtful accounts for probable credit losses existing in
accounts receivable. Management determines the allowance based
on a review of currently outstanding receivables and our
historical collection experience. Significant individual
46
receivables and balances which have been outstanding greater
than 90 days are reviewed individually. Account balances,
when determined to be uncollectible, are charged against the
allowance.
Property and
Equipment
Property and equipment, which consists of rig-based
telecommunication equipment (including antennas), computer
equipment and furniture and other, is stated at acquisition cost
net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is calculated
using the straight-line method over the expected useful lives of
the respective assets, which range from two to seven years. We
assess property and equipment for impairment when events
indicate the carrying value exceeds fair value. During the years
ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, and the six month
periods ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, no events have
occurred to indicate an impairment of our property and
equipment. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense
when incurred.
Preferred
Stock Derivatives
Preferred stock derivatives represent conversion and redemption
rights associated with our series A, B and C preferred
stock, which were bifurcated based on an analysis of the
features in relation to the preferred stock. Our preferred stock
derivatives are non-current and reported at fair value.
All contracts are evaluated for embedded derivatives which are
bifurcated when (a) the economic characteristics and risks
of such instruments are not clearly and closely related to the
economic characteristics and risks of the preferred stock
agreement, (b) the contract is not already reported at fair
value and (c) such instruments meet the definition of a
derivative instrument and are not scope exceptions under the
Financial Accounting Standards Boards (FASB) guidance on
Derivatives and Hedging
. As of June 30, 2010 and
2009 and December 31, 2009 and 2008, we have identified
embedded features within our preferred stock agreements which
qualify as derivatives and are reported separately from
preferred stock. See our consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus.
Fair values of derivatives are determined using a combination of
the expected present value of future cash flows and a market
approach. The present value of future cash flows is estimated
using our most recent forecast and our weighted average cost of
capital. The market approach uses a market multiple on the cash
generated from operations. Significant estimates for determining
fair value include cash flow forecasts, our weighted average
cost of capital, projected income tax rates and market
multiples. For the purpose of measuring the fair value of the
preferred stock derivatives, all bifurcated derivatives were
bundled together for each class of preferred stock and were
reported at the aggregate fair value.
Goodwill
Goodwill relates to the acquisitions of LandTel and OilCamp as
the consideration paid exceeded the fair value of acquired
identifiable net tangible assets and intangibles. Goodwill is
reviewed for impairment annually, as of July 31st, with
additional evaluations being performed when events or
circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets
may not be recoverable. During 2009, we identified a triggering
event associated with the significant decline in land-based
drilling activity for which an impairment test was performed as
of June 30, 2009. Subsequently, we performed our annual
impairment test as of July 31, 2009. No additional
impairment indicators have been subsequently identified.
Goodwill impairment is determined using a two-step process. The
first step of the impairment test is used to identify potential
impairment by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to
the book value of the reporting unit, including goodwill. Fair
value of the reporting unit
47
is determined using a combination of the reporting units
expected present value of future cash flows and a market
approach. The present value of future cash flows is estimated
using our most recent forecast and our weighted average cost of
capital. The market approach uses a market multiple on the
reporting units cash generated from operations.
Significant estimates for each reporting unit included in our
impairment analysis are cash flow forecasts, our weighted
average cost of capital, projected income tax rates and market
multiples. Changes in these estimates could affect the estimated
fair value of our reporting units and result in an impairment of
goodwill in a future period.
If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its book
value, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered to be
impaired and the second step of the impairment test is performed
to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second
step of the impairment test compares the implied fair value of
the reporting units goodwill with the book value of that
goodwill. If the book value of the reporting units
goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an
impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating
the reporting units fair value to all of its assets and
liabilities other than goodwill in the same manner as a purchase
price allocation.
Any impairment in the value of goodwill is charged to earnings
in the period such impairment is determined. In 2009, we
recognized $2.9 million in impairment of goodwill related
to our U.S. land segment. There were no goodwill
impairments in 2007 and 2008, or in the six month period ended
June 30, 2010.
Long-Term
Debt
Long-term debt is recognized in the consolidated balance sheets
net of costs incurred in connection with obtaining the
financing. Debt financing costs are deferred and reported as a
reduction to the principal amount of the debt. Such costs are
amortized over the life of the debt using the effective interest
rate method and included in interest expense in the consolidated
statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss). We
believe the carrying amount of our debt, which has a floating
interest rate, approximates fair value, since the interest rates
are based on short-term maturities and recent quoted rates from
financial institutions.
Stock-Based
Compensation
We have two stock-based compensation plans, the RigNet, Inc.
2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or the 2006 Plan, and the RigNet
Inc. 2001 Performance Stock Option Plan, or the 2001 Plan. All
equity instruments granted under the two stock-based
compensation plans are settled in stock.
We recognize expense for stock-based compensation using the
calculated fair value of options on the grant date of the
awards. Fair value of options on the grant date is determined
using the Black-Scholes model, which requires judgment in
estimating the expected term of the option, risk-free interest
rate, expected volatility of our stock and dividend yield of the
option. We did not issue fractional shares nor pay cash in lieu
of fractional shares and currently do not have any awards
accounted for as a liability.
Our policy is to recognize compensation expense for
service-based awards on a straight-line basis over the requisite
service period for the entire award. Stock-based compensation
expense is based on awards ultimately expected to vest.
The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant
date using a Black-Scholes option valuation model, which uses
certain assumptions as of the date of grant:
|
|
|
|
|
Expected Volatility
based on peer group price
volatility for periods equivalent to the expected term of the
options
|
48
|
|
|
|
|
Expected Term
expected life adjusted based on
managements best estimate for the effects of
non-transferability, exercise restriction and behavioral
considerations
|
|
|
|
Risk-free Interest Rate
risk-free rate, for
periods within the contractual terms of the options, is based on
the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant
|
|
|
|
Dividend Yield
expected dividends based on
the Companys historical dividend rate at the date of grant
|
Taxes
Income taxes are provided using the asset and liability method.
Under this method, income taxes (i.e., deferred tax assets,
deferred tax liabilities, taxes currently payable, refunds
receivable and tax expense) are recorded based on amounts
refundable or payable in the current year and include the
results of any difference between book and tax reporting.
Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effect of net operating
losses, foreign tax credits and the tax effects of temporary
differences between the carrying amount of assets and
liabilities for financial statement and income tax purposes, as
determined under enacted tax laws and rates. Valuation
allowances are established when management determines that it is
more likely than not that some portion or the entire deferred
tax asset will not be realized. The financial effect of changes
in tax laws or rates is accounted for in the period of enactment.
Effective January 1, 2007, we adopted new accounting
provisions requiring the evaluation of our tax positions and
recognizing only tax benefits that, more likely than not, will
be sustained upon examination, including resolutions of any
related appeals or litigation processes, based on technical
merits of the position. Tax positions are measured at the
largest amount of benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood
of being realized upon settlement. The cumulative effect of
applying these provisions on January 1, 2007 resulted in a
$0.4 million adjustment to beginning accumulated deficit.
From time to time, we engage in transactions in which the tax
consequences may be subject to uncertainty. Examples of such
transactions include business acquisitions, certain financing
transactions, international investments, stock-based
compensation and foreign tax credits. Significant judgment is
required in assessing and estimating the tax consequences of
these transactions. In the normal course of business, we prepare
and file tax returns based on interpretation of tax laws and
regulations, which are subject to examination by various taxing
authorities. Such examinations may result in future tax and
interest assessments by these taxing authorities. In determining
our tax provision for financial reporting purposes, we establish
a reserve for uncertain income tax positions unless such
positions are determined to be more likely than not sustained
upon examination, based on their technical merits. There is
considerable judgment involved in determining whether positions
taken on our tax return will, more likely than not, be sustained.
New Accounting
Pronouncements
See our audited and unaudited consolidated financial statements
included elsewhere in this prospectus for details regarding our
implementation and assessment of new accounting standards.
49
Results of
Operations
The following table sets forth selected financial and operating
data for the periods indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
Percentage Change
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2007 to
|
|
|
2008 to
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009 to 2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages)
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
67,164
|
|
|
$
|
89,909
|
|
|
$
|
80,936
|
|
|
$
|
40,880
|
|
|
$
|
44,370
|
|
|
|
33.9
|
%
|
|
|
(10.0
|
)%
|
|
|
8.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
29,747
|
|
|
|
39,294
|
|
|
|
35,165
|
|
|
|
17,767
|
|
|
|
20,726
|
|
|
|
32.1
|
%
|
|
|
(10.5
|
)%
|
|
|
16.7
|
%
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
9,451
|
|
|
|
10,519
|
|
|
|
12,554
|
|
|
|
6,360
|
|
|
|
7,788
|
|
|
|
11.3
|
%
|
|
|
19.3
|
%
|
|
|
22.5
|
%
|
Impairment of goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,898
|
|
|
|
2,898
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
(100.0
|
)%
|
Selling and marketing
|
|
|
2,405
|
|
|
|
2,605
|
|
|
|
2,187
|
|
|
|
1,027
|
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
|
8.3
|
%
|
|
|
(16.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(13.0
|
)%
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
20,338
|
|
|
|
21,277
|
|
|
|
16,444
|
|
|
|
7,061
|
|
|
|
10,271
|
|
|
|
4.6
|
%
|
|
|
(22.7
|
)%
|
|
|
45.5
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total expenses
|
|
|
61,941
|
|
|
|
73,695
|
|
|
|
69,248
|
|
|
|
35,113
|
|
|
|
39,679
|
|
|
|
19.0
|
%
|
|
|
(6.0
|
)%
|
|
|
13.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
5,223
|
|
|
|
16,214
|
|
|
|
11,688
|
|
|
|
5,767
|
|
|
|
4,691
|
|
|
|
210.4
|
%
|
|
|
(27.9
|
)%
|
|
|
(18.7
|
)%
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(6,716
|
)
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
(25,851
|
)
|
|
|
(10,655
|
)
|
|
|
(13,458
|
)
|
|
|
(100.4
|
)%
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
26.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(1,493
|
)
|
|
|
16,238
|
|
|
|
(14,163
|
)
|
|
|
(4,888
|
)
|
|
|
(8,767
|
)
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
(187.2
|
)%
|
|
|
79.4
|
%
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
(628
|
)
|
|
|
(5,882
|
)
|
|
|
(5,457
|
)
|
|
|
(2,314
|
)
|
|
|
(2,292
|
)
|
|
|
836.6
|
%
|
|
|
(7.2
|
)%
|
|
|
(1.0
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(2,121
|
)
|
|
|
10,356
|
|
|
|
(19,620
|
)
|
|
|
(7,202
|
)
|
|
|
(11,059
|
)
|
|
|
(588.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(289.5
|
)%
|
|
|
53.6
|
%
|
Less: net income attributable to non-controlling interests
|
|
|
1,138
|
|
|
|
1,950
|
|
|
|
302
|
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
187
|
|
|
|
71.4
|
%
|
|
|
(84.5
|
)%
|
|
|
(6.5
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to RigNet, Inc.
stockholders
|
|
$
|
(3,259
|
)
|
|
$
|
8,406
|
|
|
$
|
(19,922
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,402
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11,246
|
)
|
|
|
(357.9
|
)%
|
|
|
(337.0
|
)%
|
|
|
51.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Amount is greater than 1000%,
therefore it is not meaningful.
|
Our business operations are managed through three reportable
operating segments: eastern hemisphere, western hemisphere and
U.S. land. The following represents selected financial
operating results for our segments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
Percentage Change
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
2007 to
|
|
|
2008 to
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009 to 2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages)
|
|
|
Eastern hemisphere:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
38,229
|
|
|
$
|
54,586
|
|
|
$
|
60,917
|
|
|
$
|
30,421
|
|
|
$
|
30,407
|
|
|
|
42.8
|
%
|
|
|
11.6
|
%
|
|
|
(0.0
|
)%
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
20,674
|
|
|
|
23,721
|
|
|
|
23,247
|
|
|
|
11,684
|
|
|
|
12,290
|
|
|
|
14.7
|
%
|
|
|
(2.0
|
)%
|
|
|
5.2
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross margin (1)
|
|
|
17,555
|
|
|
|
30,865
|
|
|
|
37,670
|
|
|
|
18,737
|
|
|
|
18,117
|
|
|
|
75.8
|
%
|
|
|
22.0
|
%
|
|
|
(3.3
|
)%
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
3,049
|
|
|
|
5,186
|
|
|
|
6,894
|
|
|
|
3,649
|
|
|
|
4,127
|
|
|
|
70.1
|
%
|
|
|
32.9
|
%
|
|
|
13.1
|
%
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
3,824
|
|
|
|
6,974
|
|
|
|
5,818
|
|
|
|
2,909
|
|
|
|
3,429
|
|
|
|
82.4
|
%
|
|
|
(16.6
|
)%
|
|
|
17.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eastern hemisphere operating income
|
|
$
|
10,682
|
|
|
$
|
18,705
|
|
|
$
|
24,958
|
|
|
$
|
12,179
|
|
|
$
|
10,561
|
|
|
|
75.1
|
%
|
|
|
33.4
|
%
|
|
|
(13.3
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
Percentage Change
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
2007 to
|
|
|
2008 to
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009 to 2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except percentages)
|
|
|
Western hemisphere:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
12,228
|
|
|
$
|
12,225
|
|
|
$
|
11,222
|
|
|
$
|
5,580
|
|
|
$
|
8,648
|
|
|
|
(0.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(8.2
|
)%
|
|
|
55.0
|
%
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
3,822
|
|
|
|
5,599
|
|
|
|
4,841
|
|
|
|
2,385
|
|
|
|
4,347
|
|
|
|
46.5
|
%
|
|
|
(13.5
|
)%
|
|
|
82.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross margin (1)
|
|
|
8,406
|
|
|
|
6,626
|
|
|
|
6,381
|
|
|
|
3,195
|
|
|
|
4,301
|
|
|
|
(21.2
|
)%
|
|
|
(3.7
|
)%
|
|
|
34.6
|
%
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
2,924
|
|
|
|
1,994
|
|
|
|
2,428
|
|
|
|
1,103
|
|
|
|
1,800
|
|
|
|
(31.8
|
)%
|
|
|
21.8
|
%
|
|
|
63.2
|
%
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
3,705
|
|
|
|
2,016
|
|
|
|
1,834
|
|
|
|
790
|
|
|
|
1,203
|
|
|
|
(45.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(9.0
|
)%
|
|
|
52.3
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Western hemisphere operating income
|
|
$
|
1,777
|
|
|
$
|
2,616
|
|
|
$
|
2,119
|
|
|
$
|
1,302
|
|
|
$
|
1,298
|
|
|
|
47.2
|
%
|
|
|
(19.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.3
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. land:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
17,480
|
|
|
$
|
23,047
|
|
|
$
|
9,850
|
|
|
$
|
5,600
|
|
|
$
|
5,595
|
|
|
|
31.8
|
%
|
|
|
(57.3
|
)%
|
|
|
(0.1
|
)%
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
4,972
|
|
|
|
9,011
|
|
|
|
5,195
|
|
|
|
2,864
|
|
|
|
3,034
|
|
|
|
81.2
|
%
|
|
|
(42.3
|
)%
|
|
|
5.9
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gross margin (1)
|
|
|
12,508
|
|
|
|
14,036
|
|
|
|
4,655
|
|
|
|
2,736
|
|
|
|
2,561
|
|
|
|
12.2
|
%
|
|
|
(66.8
|
)%
|
|
|
(6.4
|
)%
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
3,450
|
|
|
|
3,325
|
|
|
|
3,204
|
|
|
|
1,601
|
|
|
|
1,775
|
|
|
|
(3.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(3.6
|
)%
|
|
|
10.9
|
%
|
Impairment of goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,898
|
|
|
|
2,898
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
(100.0
|
)%
|
Selling, general and administrative
|
|
|
5,672
|
|
|
|
4,166
|
|
|
|
2,749
|
|
|
|
1,503
|
|
|
|
1,122
|
|
|
|
(26.6
|
)%
|
|
|
(34.0
|
)%
|
|
|
(25.3
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
U.S. land operating income (loss)
|
|
$
|
3,386
|
|
|
$
|
6,545
|
|
|
$
|
(4,196
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,266
|
)
|
|
$
|
(336
|
)
|
|
|
93.3
|
%
|
|
|
(164.1
|
)%
|
|
|
(89.7
|
)%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Gross margin, a non-GAAP measure,
is defined as revenue less cost of revenue. This measure is used
to evaluate operating margins and the effectiveness of cost
management within our operating segments.
|
Six Months
Ended June 30, 2010 and 2009
Revenue.
Revenue increased by
$3.5 million, or 8.5%, to $44.4 million for the six
months ended June 30, 2010 from $40.9 million for the
six months ended June 30, 2009. The increase in revenue was
primarily attributable to a 55.0% increase in western hemisphere
revenue resulting primarily from our expansion in Brazil and
from an increase in contract orders and unit counts.
Cost of Revenue.
Costs increased by
$2.9 million, or 16.7%, to $20.7 million for the six
months ended June 30, 2010 from $17.8 million for the
six months ended June 30, 2009, primarily due to the
incremental network services and capacity required to serve the
increased unit counts. Gross margin decreased to 53.3% for the
six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to 56.5% for the
six months ended June 30, 2009. The decline in the
operating profitability resulted from decreases in gross margin
across all operating segments. This decrease in gross margin is
consistent with the increase in cost of revenue and represents
contracted satellite bandwidth costs to position for future
organic growth. The future relationship between the revenue and
profitability growth of our operating segments will depend on a
variety of factors, including the timing of major contracts,
which are difficult to predict.
Depreciation and
Amortization.
Depreciation and amortization
expenses increased by $1.4 million, or 22.5%, to
$7.8 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010
from $6.4 million for the six months ended June 30,
2009. The increase resulted from rig-based equipment, which was
acquired in conjunction with growth initiatives during 2009 and
2010.
General and Administrative.
General and
administrative expenses increased by $3.2 million, or
45.5%, to $10.3 million for the six months ended
June 30, 2010 from $7.1 million for the six months
ended June 30, 2009. The increase was primarily due to
non-recurring costs of $0.8 million incurred during 2010 in
preparation of an initial public offering of our common stock
combined with recurring increases in (i) eastern hemisphere
technical personnel, (ii) development of our Brazil
regional office and (iii) senior level staff.
51
Other Income (Expense).
The change in
other income (expense) is comprised primarily of changes in
interest expense and changes in fair value of preferred stock
derivatives. Interest expense decreased by $3.3 million, or
81.2%, to $0.8 million for the six months ended
June 30, 2010 from $4.1 million for the six months
ended June 30, 2009. The decrease reflects the fact that
the value of warrants issued in connection with stockholder
notes were fully recognized as interest expense during 2009. We
had no interest expense related to warrants for the six months
ended June 30, 2010.
Change in fair value of preferred stock derivatives increased
other expense by $5.7 million, or 85.1%, to
$12.4 million for the six months ended June 30, 2010
from $6.7 million for the six months ended June 30,
2009, as a result of fair value changes related to the
conversion and redemption features of our preferred stock as of
June 30, 2010 as compared to December 31, 2009, which
was greater than the corresponding increase in fair value of the
same liabilities as of June 30, 2009 as compared to
December 31, 2008. Accounting standards require the
separate valuation and recording of certain features of our
preferred stock until such shares are converted or redeemed.
Those features are revalued and reported each period at the then
fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in the
consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive
income (loss).
Income Tax Expense.
Our effective
income tax rate was (26.2)% for the six months ended
June 30, 2010. For the six months ended June 30, 2009,
our effective income tax rate was (47.3)%. Our effective tax
rates are affected by factors including fluctuations in income
across international jurisdictions with varying tax rates and
changes in the valuation allowance related to U.S. federal
net operating losses.
Years Ended
December 31, 2009 and 2008
Revenue.
Revenue decreased by
$9.0 million, or 10.0%, to $80.9 million for the year
ended December 31, 2009 from $89.9 million for the
year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in revenue was
primarily attributable to our U.S. land segment driven by a
57.3% decline in U.S. land revenue as a result of the global
economic slowdown. According to the July 30, 2010 Baker
Hughes North America Rotary Rig Count report, the U.S. land
rig count dropped from the peak of 1,961 in August 2008 to the
bottom of 829 in June 2009. In addition, western hemisphere
revenue decreased 8.2% in 2009. These decreases were partially
offset by an 11.6% increase in eastern hemisphere revenue. The
eastern hemisphere benefited from increased unit counts and
subscriptions.
Cost of Revenue.
Costs decreased by
$4.1 million, or 10.5%, to $35.2 million for the year
ended December 31, 2009 from $39.3 million for the
year ended December 31, 2008, primarily due to reduced
materials, supplies, salaries and travel costs as a result of
the decrease in revenue. As the U.S. land rig count
declined in 2009, we implemented cost measures in all of our
reportable segments with priority on our U.S. land and our
western hemisphere segments. Gross margin increased slightly to
56.6% for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to
56.3% for the year ended December 31, 2008. The increase in
gross margin was primarily driven by decreases in materials,
supplies, and travel costs, along with a shift to contract
labor. The cost decreases were partially offset by an increase
in contracted costs for satellite bandwidth associated with
increased unit counts in our eastern hemisphere segment. Eastern
hemisphere gross margin increased to 61.8% in 2009 from 56.5% in
2008, and western hemisphere gross margin increased to 56.9% in
2009 from 54.2% in 2008. These increases were offset by a
decrease in U.S. land gross margin to 47.3% in 2009 from
60.9% in 2008. The future relationship between the revenue and
margin growth of our operating segments will depend on a variety
of factors, including the timing of major contracts, our ability
to leverage existing infrastructure and our exploitation of
market opportunities, which are difficult to predict.
52
Depreciation and
Amortization.
Depreciation and amortization
expenses increased by $2.0 million, or 19.3%, to
$12.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2009
from $10.5 million for the year ended December 31,
2008. The increase resulted from increased depreciation of
rig-based telecommunication equipment, which was acquired in
conjunction with growth in offshore operations in the western
hemisphere during 2008 and 2009.
Impairment of Goodwill.
Goodwill
relates primarily to our U.S. land segment wherein goodwill
has been recorded from prior acquisitions of a majority-owned
subsidiary, LandTel. U.S. land revenue declined 57.3%
during 2009 due to a significant decline in land-based drilling
activity and rig counts, which hit a low point in June 2009,
resulting in a triggering event and an impairment test. The test
as of June 30, 2009 resulted in the recognition of a
$2.9 million impairment of goodwill.
Selling and Marketing.
Selling and
marketing expenses decreased by $0.4 million, or 16.0%, to
$2.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009 from
$2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008. The
decrease was primarily the result of cost management of
compensation due to the general downturn in the economy and,
secondarily, the decrease in revenue.
General and Administrative.
General and
administrative expenses decreased by $4.9 million, or
22.7%, to $16.4 million for the year ended
December 31, 2009 from $21.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 2008. The decrease was primarily due to
non-recurring costs of $3.5 million incurred during 2008
related to a prior effort to prepare for an initial public
offering of our common stock. In addition, we reduced our
general and administrative compensation costs and travel, but
increased certain costs associated with implementing
U.S. GAAP accounting standards.
Other Income (Expense).
The change in
other income expense is comprised primarily of changes in
interest expense and changes in fair value of preferred stock
derivatives. Interest expense increased $2.6 million, or
108.8%, to $5.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 2009 from $2.5 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008. The increase was primarily due to
expense recognized for warrants issued in connection with a
restructuring of short-term stockholder notes in December 2008.
This increased cost was partially offset by lower interest rates
resulting from the restructuring of our term loans with
financial institutions and full retirement of stockholder notes.
Change in fair value of preferred stock derivatives increased
other expense by $23.5 million, or 953.7%, to
$(21.0) million for the year ended December 31, 2009
from $2.5 million in income for the year ended
December 31, 2008, as a result of the increased fair value
of certain bifurcated derivatives related to the conversion and
redemption features of our preferred stock. The increase in
value of the conversion option was in part due to increased
probability of an initial public offering in 2010. Accounting
standards require the separate valuation and recording of
certain features of our preferred stock until such shares are
converted or redeemed. As a result the original proceeds were
allocated between the stock and separate derivative features.
Those features are revalued and reported each period at the then
fair value, with changes in fair value recorded in the
consolidated statements of income (loss) and comprehensive
income (loss).
Income Tax Expense.
Our effective
income tax rate was (38.5)% for the year ended December 31,
2009. For the year ended December 31, 2008, our effective
income tax rate was 36.2%. See Note 16Income Taxes,
to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus for more information regarding the items
comprising our effective tax rates.
53
Years Ended
December 31, 2008 and 2007
Revenue.
Revenue increased by
$22.7 million, or 33.9%, to $89.9 million for the year
ended December 31, 2008 from $67.2 million for the
year ended December 31, 2007. The increase in revenue was
primarily driven by a 42.8% increase in eastern hemisphere
revenue, as well as a 31.8% increase in U.S. land revenue,
due to increases in both offshore and onshore drilling activity
in these regions, driven by rising oil and gas prices.
Cost of Revenue.
Costs increased by
$9.6 million, or 32.1%, to $39.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 2008 from $29.8 million for the
year ended December 31, 2007 due to increased contracted
satellite bandwidth, labor and materials related to the growth
in revenue and positioning for future growth. Gross margin
increased to 56.3% for the year ended December 31, 2008
compared to 55.7% for the year ended December 31, 2007. The
increase in the gross margin was driven primarily by increased
leverage of contracted satellite bandwidth capacities resulting
in eastern hemisphere gross margin increasing to 56.5% in 2008
from 45.9% in 2007. The gross margin of western hemisphere
decreased to 54.2% in 2008 compared to 68.7% in 2007 as did the
gross margin of U.S. land which decreased to 60.9% in 2008
compared to 71.6% in 2007, both due to increased satellite
bandwidth, materials and labor costs.
Depreciation and
Amortization.
Depreciation and amortization
expenses increased by $1.0 million, or 11.3%, to
$10.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2008
from $9.5 million for the year ended December 31,
2007. The increase resulted from increased depreciation from
acquisitions of property and equipment primarily related to our
eastern hemisphere operations.
Selling and Marketing.
Selling and
marketing expenses increased by $0.2 million, or 8.3%, to
$2.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2008 from
$2.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2007. The
increase was primarily a result of increased compensation costs
driven by the increase in revenue.
General and Administrative.
General and
administrative expenses increased by $1.0 million, or 4.6%,
to $21.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2008
from $20.3 million for the year ended December 31,
2007. The increase was primarily due to costs incurred during
2008 for a prior effort to prepare for an initial public
offering of our common stock. The increase was partially offset
by cost management decreasing employee compensation costs.
Other Income (Expense).
The change in
other income expense is comprised primarily of changes in
interest expense and changes in fair value of preferred stock
derivatives. Interest expense decreased $3.0 million, or
55.2%, to $2.5 million for the year ended December 31,
2008 from $5.5 million for the year ended December 31,
2007. The decrease resulted primarily from less interest expense
associated with warrants issued during 2006 and 2007 in
connection with stockholder notes, because they were fully
expensed as of December 31, 2007.
Changes in fair value of derivatives increased other income by
$3.7 million, or 312.9%, to $2.5 million in income for
the year ended December 31, 2008 from $(1.2) million
for the year ended December 31, 2007, as a result of the
decreased fair value of certain bifurcated derivatives related
to the conversion and redemption features of our preferred stock.
Income Tax Expense.
Our effective
income tax rate was 36.2% for the year ended December 31,
2008. For the year ended December 31, 2007, our effective
income tax rate was (42.1)%. See Note 16Income Taxes,
to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in
this prospectus for more information regarding the items
comprising our effective tax rates.
54
Liquidity and
Capital Resources
Our primary sources of liquidity and capital since our formation
have been proceeds from private equity issuances, stockholder
loans, cash flow from operations and bank borrowings. To date,
our primary use of capital has been to fund our growing
operations and to finance acquisitions. Through June 30,
2010, we raised approximately $38.3 million of net proceeds
through private offerings of our common and preferred stock. In
addition, our stockholders loaned $13.3 million in
stockholder notes, which were repaid in full during 2009. See
Related Party Transactions.
At June 30, 2010, we had a negative working capital balance
of $1.6 million, including cash and cash equivalents of
$7.5 million, current restricted cash of $2.5 million,
accounts receivable of $16.7 million and other current
assets of $3.9 million, offset by $4.8 million in
accounts payable, $6.3 million in accrued expenses,
$8.6 million in current maturities of long-term debt,
$4.6 million in redeemable, non-controlling interest,
$6.6 million in tax related liabilities and
$1.3 million in deferred revenue.
Our term loan agreement imposes certain restrictions, including
our ability to obtain additional debt financing and on our
payment of cash dividends; and requires us to maintain certain
financial covenants such as a funded debt to adjusted earnings
ratio, as defined in the agreement, of less than or equal to 2.0
to 1.0, and a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.5
to 1.0. At June 30, 2010, our adjusted earnings, as defined
in the agreement, exceeded the minimum levels required by the
fixed charge coverage ratio by 46.5% and the funded debt to
adjusted earnings ratio by 116.3%.
At December 31, 2009, we had working capital of
$5.3 million, including cash and cash equivalents of
$11.4 million, restricted cash of $2.5 million,
accounts receivable of $12.7 million and other current
assets of $4.4 million, offset by $3.8 million in
accounts payable, $5.9 million in accrued expenses,
$8.7 million in current maturities of long-term debt,
$6.0 million in tax related liabilities and
$1.3 million in deferred revenue.
Effective as of May 8, 2010, the LandTel non-controlling
interest owner formally exercised its right to sell its
remaining interest to us based upon a previously established
formula. On July 21, 2010, we made a cash payment of
$4.6 million to satisfy our obligation consistent with the
previously agreed upon formula. In connection with this payment,
on June 10, 2010, we amended our term loan agreement to
reduce total restricted cash to $5.25 million from
$10.0 million from July 3, 2010 to October 31,
2010, after which we would have been required to increase our
total restricted cash to $7.5 million, except that we
further amended our term loan agreement as described below. On
September 23, 2010, the LandTel non-controlling interest
owner exercised a right to a recalculation of the
$4.6 million purchase price by a third party arbiter.
In addition, capital resources of $4.8 million for the year
ended December 31, 2009 and $6.7 million for the year
ended December 31, 2008 were used to redeem redeemable
non-controlling interests in LandTel. The $4.8 million
redemption of non-controlling interest occurred during the
period ended June 30, 2009.
On August 19, 2010, we further amended our term loan
agreement to increase outstanding borrowings by
$10.0 million to approximately $35.5 million. We also
agreed to maintain $10.0 million of total restricted cash
until July 3, 2011, after which we may reduce our total
restricted cash to $7.5 million. Uses of the additional
borrowings include providing $5.25 million for working
capital and general corporate purposes and the remaining
$4.75 million will be used to increase restricted cash from
$5.25 million to $10.0 million. The increase in
borrowings will be due upon maturity of the loan on May 31,
2012. With respect to our term loan covenants, the increase in
long-term debt does not affect our fixed charge coverage ratio.
On a pro forma basis, however, had the incremental
$10 million been outstanding at June 30, 2010, our
adjusted earnings would have exceeded the minimum levels
required by the funded debt to adjusted earnings ratio by 55.0%.
55
Since 2007, we have spent $7.2 million to
$10.2 million annually on capital expenditures. Based on
our current expectations, we believe our liquidity and capital
resources will be sufficient for the conduct of our business and
operations. Furthermore, we expect that the net proceeds to us
from this offering will be sufficient for our projected capital
expenditures.
Operating
Activities
Net cash provided by operating activities was $8.6 million
for the six months ended June 30, 2010 compared to
$14.7 million for the six months ended June 30, 2009.
The decrease in cash provided by operating activities of
$6.1 million was primarily due to decreased cash flow from
our U.S. land operations partially offset by cost
management in the eastern hemisphere segment.
Net cash provided by operating activities was $26.2 million
for the year ended December 31, 2009 compared to
$19.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2008.
The increase in cash provided by operating activities of
$6.5 million was primarily due to increased cash flow from
the eastern hemisphere operations and cost management, partially
offset by decreased cash flow from U.S. land operations.
Our cash flow from operations is subject to many variables, the
most significant of which is the volatility of the oil and gas
industry and therefore the demand for our services. Our future
cash flow from operations will depend on our ability to increase
our contracted services through our sales and marketing efforts
while leveraging the contracted satellite and other
communication service costs.
While exposed to certain foreign currency risks which could
impact our liquidity, we do not currently hedge these risks.
During the six months ended June 30, 2010, 78.0% of our
revenue was denominated in U.S. dollars. During 2009, 77.2%
of our revenue was denominated in U.S. dollars.
Investing
Activities
Our capital expenditures were $6.6 million for the period
ended June 30, 2010 compared to $4.3 million for the
period ended June 30, 2009. Capital expenditures were
$10.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2009
compared to $8.7 million for the year ended
December 31, 2008.
Financing
Activities
Term
Loan
In May 2009, we entered into a $35.0 million term loan
agreement with two participating financial institutions, the
proceeds of which were used to repay existing outstanding parent
and subsidiary term loans and credit facilities and all
outstanding notes to stockholders. The term loan is secured by
substantially all of our assets and bears interest at a rate
ranging from 4.3% to 5.3% based on a funded debt to adjusted
earnings ratio, as defined in the agreement. Interest is payable
monthly along with quarterly installments of approximately
$2.2 million in principal. At December 31, 2009,
$29.9 million was outstanding, with an interest rate of
5.0%. The weighted average interest rate for the year ended
December 31, 2009 was 5.2%. At June 30, 2010,
$25.5 million was outstanding, with an interest rate of
5.3%. The weighted average interest rate for the period ended
June 30, 2010 was 5.3%.
On August 19, 2010, we amended our term loan agreement to
increase outstanding borrowings by $10.0 million to
approximately $35.5 million. Uses of the additional
borrowings include providing $5.25 million for working
capital and general corporate purposes and the remaining
$4.75 million will be used to increase restricted cash from
$5.25 million to $10.0 million. The increase in
borrowings will be due upon maturity of the loan on May 31,
2012.
56
Our term loan agreement imposes certain restrictions, including
our ability to obtain additional debt financing and on our
payment of cash dividends; and requires us to maintain certain
financial covenants such as a funded debt to adjusted earnings
ratio, as defined in the agreement, of less than or equal to 2.0
to 1.0, and a fixed charge coverage ratio of not less than 1.5
to 1.0.
Off-Balance
Sheet Arrangements
We do not engage in any off-balance sheet arrangements.
Contractual
Obligations and Commercial Commitments
At December 31, 2009, we had contractual obligations and
commercial commitments as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2011-2012
|
|
|
2013-2014
|
|
|
2015 and Beyond
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Contractual Obligations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Debt obligations
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term loan
|
|
$
|
29,681
|
|
|
$
|
8,659
|
|
|
$
|
21,022
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Equipment loans
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest (1)
|
|
|
2,625
|
|
|
|
1,439
|
|
|
|
1,186
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating leases
|
|
|
2,295
|
|
|
|
751
|
|
|
|
775
|
|
|
|
625
|
|
|
|
144
|
|
Redeemable non-controlling interest (3)
|
|
|
4,576
|
|
|
|
4,576
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock dividends (2)
|
|
|
1,095
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock derivatives (2)
|
|
|
30,446
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock (2)
|
|
|
17,333
|
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other non-current liabilities
|
|
|
5,994
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,646
|
|
Commercial Commitments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Satellite and network services
|
|
|
17,589
|
|
|
|
10,300
|
|
|
|
6,475
|
|
|
|
814
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
111,639
|
|
|
$
|
25,730
|
|
|
$
|
29,806
|
|
|
$
|
1,439
|
|
|
$
|
5,790
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Computed on the balance of the Term
Loan outstanding at December 31, 2009 through the term of
the loan, at the interest rate in effect at that time.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Preferred stock, inclusive of the
separately reported derivatives, are convertible under certain
circumstances. The initial public offering is such a
circumstance. As described earlier in this prospectus, we plan
to convert all outstanding preferred stock and accrued and
unpaid dividends on our series B and series C
preferred stock into common stock and pay the major event
preference in common stock immediately prior to this public
offering.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Effective as of May 8, 2010,
the non-controlling interest owner exercised its right to sell
its remaining interest to us at a previously established
formula. On July 21, 2010, we made a cash payment of
$4.6 million to satisfy our obligation consistent with the
previously agreed upon formula. On September 23, 2010, the
LandTel non-controlling interest owner exercised a right to a
recalculation of the $4.6 million purchase price by a third
party arbiter.
|
Adjusted EBITDA
(Non-GAAP Measure)
The non-GAAP financial measure, Adjusted EBITDA, as defined
earlier in this prospectus and used by us, may not be comparable
to similarly titled measures used by other companies. Therefore,
this non-GAAP measure should be considered in conjunction with
net income and other performance measures prepared in accordance
with GAAP, such as operating income or net cash provided by
operating activities. Further, Adjusted EBITDA should not be
considered in isolation or as a substitute for GAAP measures
such as net income, operating income or any other GAAP measure
of liquidity or financial performance.
57
The following presents a reconciliation of our net income to
Adjusted EBITDA:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(2,121
|
)
|
|
$
|
10,356
|
|
|
$
|
(19,620
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,202
|
)
|
|
$
|
(11,059
|
)
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
5,497
|
|
|
|
2,464
|
|
|
|
5,146
|
|
|
|
4,061
|
|
|
|
762
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
9,451
|
|
|
|
10,519
|
|
|
|
12,554
|
|
|
|
6,360
|
|
|
|
7,788
|
|
Impairment of goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,898
|
|
|
|
2,898
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
|
|
320
|
|
Change in fair value of preferred stock derivatives
|
|
|
1,156
|
|
|
|
(2,461
|
)
|
|
|
21,009
|
|
|
|
6,721
|
|
|
|
12,446
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
Initial public offering costs
|
|
|
2,783
|
|
|
|
3,510
|
|
|
|
1,261
|
|
|
|
39
|
|
|
|
838
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
|
5,882
|
|
|
|
5,457
|
|
|
|
2,314
|
|
|
|
2,292
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Adjusted EBITDA
|
|
$
|
17,536
|
|
|
$
|
30,409
|
|
|
$
|
29,093
|
|
|
$
|
15,308
|
|
|
$
|
13,605
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We evaluate Adjusted EBITDA generated from our operations and
operating segments to assess the potential recovery of
historical capital expenditures, determine timing and investment
levels for growth opportunities, extend commitments of satellite
bandwidth cost to expand our offshore production platform and
vessel market share, invest in new products and services, expand
or open new offices, service centers and Secure Oil Information
Link, or SOIL, nodes and assist purchasing synergies.
During the six months ended June 30, 2010, Adjusted EBITDA
declined $1.7 million, or 11.1%, from $15.3 million in
2009 to $13.6 million in 2010 which resulted primarily from
additional regional and senior staff members as well as
increased contracted satellite bandwidth costs to position for
future organic growth. Similarly, Adjusted EBITDA declined
$1.3 million, or 4.3%, to $29.1 million for the year
ended December 31, 2009 from $30.4 million for the
year ended December 31, 2008. The decrease in Adjusted
EBITDA was primarily attributable to our U.S. land segment
driven by a decline in onshore drilling activity as a result of
the global economic slowdown. Adjusted EBITDA increased
$12.9 million, or 73.4%, to $30.4 million for the year
ended December 31, 2008 from $17.5 million for the
year ended December 31, 2007. The increase resulted from
revenue growth across all operating segments along with improved
leverage of contracted satellite bandwidth capacities and
expansion of the quality and capability of our SOIL network.
Quantitative and
Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk
We are subject to a variety of risks, including foreign currency
exchange rate fluctuations relating to foreign operations and
certain purchases from foreign vendors. In the normal course of
business, we assess these risks and have established policies
and procedures to manage our exposure to fluctuations in foreign
currency values.
Our objective in managing our exposure to foreign currency
exchange rate fluctuations is to reduce the impact of adverse
fluctuations in earnings and cash flows associated with foreign
currency exchange rates. Accordingly, we may utilize from time
to time foreign currency forward contracts to hedge our exposure
on firm commitments denominated in foreign currency. At
June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, we had no
significant outstanding foreign exchange contracts.
58
Our results of operations and cash flows are subject to
fluctuations due to changes in interest rates primarily from our
variable interest rate long-term debt. We do not currently use
interest rate derivative instruments to manage exposure to
interest rate changes. The following analysis reflects the
annual impacts of potential changes in our interest rate to net
income (loss) attributable to us and our total
stockholders equity based on our outstanding long-term
debt on June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009 assuming
those liabilities were outstanding for the entire year.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Effect on Net Income (Loss)
|
|
|
and Equity Increase/Decrease
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
1% Decrease/increase in rate
|
|
$
|
297
|
|
|
$
|
253
|
|
2% Decrease/increase in rate
|
|
$
|
594
|
|
|
$
|
507
|
|
3% Decrease/increase in rate
|
|
$
|
891
|
|
|
$
|
760
|
|
Internal Control
over Financial Reporting
Effective internal control over financial reporting is necessary
for us to provide reliable annual and interim financial reports
and to prevent fraud. If we cannot provide reliable financial
reports or prevent fraud, our operating results and financial
condition could be materially misstated and our reputation could
be significantly harmed. As a private company, we were not
subject to the same standards applicable to a public company. As
a public company, we will be subject to requirements and
standards set by the SEC.
In relation to our consolidated financial statements for the
year ended December 31, 2009, we identified a material
weakness in our internal controls over our financial close and
reporting cycle. In addition, we identified a significant
deficiency in our property and equipment records and accounting
and other control deficiencies.
In relation to our consolidated financial statements for the
year ended December 31, 2008, we identified a significant
deficiency in our year end reporting process and other control
deficiencies.
A deficiency in internal control over financial
reporting exists when the design or operation of a control does
not allow management or employees, in the normal course of
performing their assigned functions, to prevent or detect and
correct misstatements on a timely basis. A deficiency in design
exists when (a) a control necessary to meet the control
objective is missing, or (b) an existing control is not
properly designed so that, even if the control operates as
designed, the control objective would not be met. A deficiency
in operation exists when (a) a properly designed control
does not operate as designed, or (b) the person performing
the control does not possess the necessary authority or
competence to perform the control effectively.
A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination
of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting,
such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material
misstatement of the entitys financial statements will not
be prevented, or detected and corrected on a timely basis.
A significant deficiency is a deficiency, or
combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial
reporting that is less severe than a material weakness, yet
important enough to merit attention by those charged with
governance.
59
Material
Weakness
The material weakness over our financial close and reporting
cycle identified uncontrolled risks related to:
|
|
|
|
|
documentation and the independent review and approval of journal
entries;
|
|
|
|
significant account reconciliations;
|
|
|
|
documentation of management estimates;
|
|
|
|
manual consolidation process and the use of top-side
entries; and
|
|
|
|
evaluation of tax and accounting impacts on unusual transactions.
|
Remediation
Activities
In order to strengthen our internal control over our financial
reporting, we have:
|
|
|
|
|
expanded our financial and accounting staff increasing the level
of experience in public company accounting matters and
disclosures;
|
|
|
|
engaged outside consultants with extensive financial reporting
experience to augment our current accounting resources to assist
with this initial public offering and future filings;
|
|
|
|
implemented a company-wide financial accounting and reporting
system to account for all financial operations and support a
common closing process throughout the organization and have
utilized independent third-party consultants to assist with the
implementation of the system, which we expect to complete during
2010;
|
|
|
|
developed and implemented a process for documenting account
reconciliations, journal entries and changes in estimates during
our monthly, quarterly and annual close processes;
|
|
|
|
implemented independent review and approval procedures for
journal entries and application of accounting standards related
to unusual transactions; and
|
|
|
|
developed procedures to identify and track fixed asset changes,
including additions, movements, sales and dispositions.
|
While we have taken certain actions to address the material
weakness and deficiencies identified, additional measures will
be necessary and these measures, along with other measures we
expect to take to improve our internal control over financial
reporting, may not be sufficient to address the material
weakness or deficiencies identified to provide reasonable
assurance that our internal control over financial reporting is
effective. Material weaknesses or other deficiencies in our
internal controls may impede our ability to produce timely and
accurate financial statements, which could cause us to fail to
file our periodic reports timely, result in inaccurate financial
reporting or restatements of our financial statements, subject
our stock to delisting and materially harm our business
reputation and our stock price.
Limitations of
the Effectiveness of Internal Control
A control system, no matter how well conceived and operated, can
provide only reasonable, not absolute, assurance that the
objectives of the internal control system are met. Because of
the inherent limitations of any internal control system, no
evaluation of controls can provide absolute assurance that all
control issues, if any, within a company have been detected.
The process of improving our internal controls has required and
will continue to require us to expend significant resources to
design, implement and maintain a system of internal controls
that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a
public company. As a private company, we were not subject to the
same internal control standards applicable to a public company.
As a result of our initial public offering, we will, after a
phase-in period applicable to
60
all companies after filing an initial public offering, become
subject to the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002,
Section 404, which requires our management to assess the
effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting.
The remediation efforts we have taken may not be successful in
meeting this standard. We will continue to evaluate the
effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures and
internal controls over financial reporting on an ongoing basis.
61
OUR
COMPANY
Overview
We are a leading data network infrastructure provider serving
the remote communications needs of the oil and gas industry.
Through a controlled and managed IP/MPLS (Internet
Protocol/Multiprotocol Label Switching) global network, we
deliver voice, data, video and other value-added services, under
a multi-tenant revenue model. These turnkey solutions simplify
the management of communications services and allow our users to
focus attention on their core drilling and production
operations. Our customers use our secure communications and
private extranet to manage information flows and execute
mission-critical operations primarily in remote areas where
conventional telecommunications infrastructure is either
unavailable or unreliable. We provide our clients in the oil and
gas industry with a broad suite of services available through
our IP/MPLS global network infrastructure, ranging from voice
and data to advanced video, application hosting and telemedicine
services. We offer our clients what is often the sole means of
communications with their remote operations, including offshore
and land-based drilling rigs, offshore production facilities,
energy support vessels and support offices. To ensure the
maximum reliability demanded by our customers, we deliver our
services through an IP/MPLS global network, tuned and optimized
for remote communications with satellite endpoints, that serves
oil and gas customers in North America and internationally. As
of June 30, 2010, we were operating as the primary provider
of remote communications and collaborative applications to over
375 customers in over 750 locations in approximately 30
countries on six continents.
The emergence of highly sophisticated processing and
visualization systems has allowed oil and gas companies to make
decisions based on reliable and secure real-time information
carried by our network from anywhere in the world to their home
offices. While traditional remote communications providers in
the oil and gas industry have historically focused on delivering
voice services or providing data connectivity, we provide a
fully-managed IP/MPLS global communications network designed for
greater reliability, security, flexibility and scalability as
compared to other network transport technologies. We deliver
turnkey solutions and value-added services that simplify the
management of multiple communications services, allowing our
customers to focus their attention on their core oil and gas
drilling and production operations. We enable reliable
information flows between remote sites and to centralized
customer offices that are critical to their efficient
operations. We supply our customers with solutions to enable
broadband data, voice and video communications with quality,
reliability, security and scalability that is superior to
conventional switched transport networks. Key aspects of our
services include:
|
|
|
|
|
managed solutions offered at a per rig, per day subscription
rate primarily through customer agreements with terms that
typically range from one month to three years, with some
customer agreement terms as long as five years;
|
|
|
|
enhanced
end-to-end
IP/MPLS global network to ensure significantly greater network
reliability, faster trouble shooting and service restoration
time and quality of service for various forms of data traffic;
|
|
|
|
enhanced
end-to-end
IP/MPLS network allows new components to be plugged into our
network and be immediately available for use
(plug-and-play);
|
|
|
|
a network designed to accommodate multiple customer groups
resident at a site, including rig owners, drillers, operators,
service companies and
pay-per-use
individuals;
|
|
|
|
value-added services, such as WiFi hotspots, Internet kiosks,
video conferencing and telemedicine, benefiting the multiple
customer groups resident at a site;
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
proactive network monitoring and management through a network
operations center that actively manages network reliability at
all times and serves as an in-bound call center for trouble
shooting, 24 hours per day, 365 days per year;
|
|
|
|
engineering and design services to determine the appropriate
product and service solution for each customer;
|
|
|
|
installation of
on-site
equipment designed to perform in extreme and harsh environments
with minimal maintenance; and
|
|
|
|
maintenance and support through locally-deployed engineering and
service support teams and warehoused spare equipment inventories.
|
We provide critically important communications services to our
customers that enable them to operate efficiently at a cost
which is a relatively small component of our customers
operating expenses for a drilling or production related project.
We believe our solutions help our customers to increase their
revenue and to better manage their costs and resource
allocations through the delivery, use and management of
real-time information. We believe our commitment to our
customers and the embedded nature of our solutions strengthen
and extend our customer relationships. Our top two customers
since 2005 have consistently been Noble Corporation and Ensco
plc. These two customers represented approximately 20.0% and
18.2% of our total revenue in 2005 and 2009, respectively. The
total revenue earned from both of these two customers has grown
at a CAGR of approximately 53.4% from 2005 to 2009. In 2009, we
earned approximately 56.2% of our revenue from our top 25
customers. We earned approximately 43.7% of our revenue from 23
of these 25 customers in 2007 and revenue from these 23
customers grew at a compound annual growth rate, or CAGR, of
approximately 19.6% from 2007 through 2009.
We have lower capital expenditures than other remote
communications providers because we do not own or operate any
satellites, develop or manufacture communications or networking
equipment, own terrestrial wireless facilities and landlines,
or, as a general rule, own or operate teleport facilities. In
order to provide our services, we procure bandwidth from
independent fixed satellite services operators and terrestrial
wireless and landline providers to meet the needs of our
customers for
end-to-end
IP-based
communications. We own the network infrastructure and
communications equipment we install on customer sites as well as
co-located equipment in third party teleport facilities and data
centers, all of which we procure through various equipment
providers. By owning the onsite network infrastructure and
communications equipment, we are better able to ensure the high
quality of our products and services and agnostically select the
optimal equipment suite for each customer. Our network and
communications services are designed to accommodate all
customers on offshore rigs including rig owners, drillers,
operators, service companies and
pay-per-use
individuals, such as off-duty rig workers and visiting
contractors, vendors and other visitors. Our communications
services are initially offered to rig owners and drillers, and
the initial investment is leveraged through up-selling
communications services to other parties present on the rigs,
such as operators, service companies and
pay-per-use
individuals, as well as through cross-selling value-added
services.
Our business operations are divided into three reportable
segments: eastern hemisphere, western hemisphere and
U.S. land.
Eastern
Hemisphere
Our eastern hemisphere segment services are performed out of our
Norway, Qatar, United Kingdom and Singapore based offices for
customers and rig sites located on the eastern side of the
Atlantic Ocean primarily off the coasts of the U.K., Norway and
West Africa, around the Indian Ocean in Qatar, Saudi Arabia and
India, around the Pacific Ocean near Australia, and
63
within the South China Sea. As of June 30, 2010, this
segment was serving approximately 144 jackup, semi-submersible
and drillship rigs which we approximate to be a 30.2% market
share of such rigs based on an ODS-Petrodata RigBase Current
Activity data download dated June 1, 2010. As of
June 30, 2010, this segment also was serving approximately
116 other sites, which include production facilities, energy
support vessels, land rigs, and related remote support offices
and supply bases.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, our eastern
hemisphere segment produced revenues of $60.9 million,
representing 75.3% of our total revenue, Adjusted EBITDA of
$32.0 million, compared to our total Adjusted EBITDA of
$29.1 million and net income of $24.7 million,
compared to our total net loss of $19.6 million. This
segments revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and net income had a
CAGR of 26.2%, 62.4% and 65.1%, respectively, for the two-year
period ended December 31, 2009. See the notes to our
consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this
prospectus for more segment financial information.
Western
Hemisphere
Our western hemisphere segment services are performed out of our
United States and Brazil based offices for customers and rig
sites located on the western side of the Atlantic Ocean
primarily off the coasts of the United States, Mexico and
Brazil, and within the Gulf of Mexico, but excluding land rigs
and other land-based sites in North America. As of June 30,
2010, this segment was serving approximately 84 jackup,
semi-submersible and drillship rigs which we approximate to be a
36.5% market share of such rigs based on an ODS-Petrodata
RigBase Current Activity data download dated June 1, 2010.
As of June 30, 2010, this segment also was serving
approximately 133 other sites, which include production
facilities, energy support vessels and related remote support
offices and supply bases.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, our western
hemisphere segment produced revenues of $11.2 million,
representing 13.9% of our total revenue, Adjusted EBITDA of
$4.6 million, compared to our total Adjusted EBITDA of
$29.1 million, and net income of $2.2 million,
compared to our total net loss of $19.6 million. This
segments revenue, Adjusted EBITDA and net income had a
negative CAGR of 4.2%, 29.9% and 41.8%, respectively, for the
two-year period ended December 31, 2009.
U.S.
Land
Our U.S. land segment provides remote communications
services for drilling rigs and production facilities located
onshore in North America. Our U.S. land segment services
are performed out of our Louisiana based office for customers
and rig sites located in the continental United States. As of
June 30, 2010, this segment was serving approximately 323
onshore drilling rigs and other remote sites. Our product suite
consists of broadband voice, data and Internet access services
along with rig location communications such as wired and
wireless intercoms and two-way radios. This segment leverages
the same network infrastructure and network operations center
used in our western hemisphere segment. We provide installation
and service support from nine service centers and equipment
depots located in key oil and gas producing areas around the
continental United States.
For the year ended December 31, 2009, our U.S. land
segment produced revenues of $9.9 million, representing
12.2% of our total revenue, Adjusted EBITDA of
$2.0 million, compared to our total Adjusted EBITDA of
$29.1 million, and net loss of $4.5 million, compared
to our total net loss of $19.6 million. This segments
revenue and Adjusted EBITDA had a negative CAGR of 24.9% and
45.6%, respectively, for the two-year period ended
December 31, 2009. The U.S. land segment generated net
income of $1.9 million in 2007 as compared to a net loss of
$4.5 million in 2009, which included an impairment of
goodwill of $2.9 million.
64
Our Market
Opportunity
Oil and gas companies operate their remote locations through
global always-on networks driving demand for
communications services and managed services solutions that can
operate reliably in increasingly remote areas under harsh
environmental conditions.
Oil and gas companies with geographically dispersed operations
are particularly motivated to use secure and highly reliable
broadband networks due to several factors:
|
|
|
|
|
oil and gas companies rely on secure real-time data collection
and transfer methods for the safe and efficient coordination of
remote operations;
|
|
|
|
long-term growth of global demand for crude oil and natural gas
and increases in commodity prices are expected to improve the
outlook for new rig construction and dormant rig reactivation;
|
|
|
|
technological advances in drilling techniques, driven by
declining production from existing oil and gas fields and strong
hydrocarbon demand, have enabled increased exploitation of
offshore deepwater reserves and development of unconventional
reserves (e.g. shales and tight sands) and require real time
data access to optimize performance; and
|
|
|
|
transmission of increased data volumes and real-time data
management and access to key decision makers enable customers to
maximize operational results, safety and financial performance.
|
Oil and gas
companies rely on secure real-time data collection and transfer
methods for the safe and efficient coordination of remote
operations
Due to the high costs of operating an offshore rig, which can
exceed $1 million a day to the operator, maximizing
efficiency of remote rig operations is important to the oil and
gas company and to the drilling contractor that is operating the
unit. Each well that is drilled requires a broad set of products
(including many of the following: drill bits, downhole drilling
tools, drill pipe, drilling fluids, casing, tubing and
completion products), services (including many of the following:
measurement-while-drilling, or MWD, and logging-while-drilling,
or LWD, systems, wireline logging, casing services, cementing,
stimulation, inspection and testing, mud logging and helicopter
and offshore vessel support services) and the rig crews and
service personnel to perform the work necessary to drill and
complete the well. The logistical challenge to organize all
these products, services and personnel, to deliver them to the
rig and execute the well construction process efficiently is
significant. The logistical challenge is exacerbated by the fact
that many rigs are operating in remote locations and far from
support bases, by the limited amount of space on each rig, which
requires most of these products and services to be delivered
when they are needed and not before, and also by the high
standby charges service companies invoice when they are offshore
but the rig is not ready for the services they are providing.
Oil and gas companies rely on secure global networks to
coordinate across these multiple providers of products and
services to rigs. Drilling contractors and operators are
increasingly tying their rig operations into their global
enterprise resource management, or ERM, systems which requires a
secure global communications network. The ability to coordinate
seamlessly across geographically dispersed entities in remote
locations is essential to the smooth and efficient operation of
a rig fleet.
While our customers reliance on secure global networks
requires our customers to increase their communications
bandwidth and expense, communication costs remain only a small
portion of total rig operating expenses. We believe improved
availability of broadband connectivity contributes to the trend
towards greater use of information technology in
65
management processes, planning and strategy execution. Multiple
points of global operations can be connected seamlessly at a low
cost. This trend has led to an increase in the need for
communication solutions that can be leveraged to drive greater
efficiency across oil and gas organizations and the drillers and
oilfield services firms that serve them.
VSAT-based networks have proven to be cost effective for
geographically dispersed enterprises that require reliable,
highly redundant and secure broadband interconnection among
remote sites that can be deployed quickly and without a
significant terrestrial component. Where available, we also
offer remote connectivity over fiber and terrestrial
line-of-sight
transport (e.g. microwave, WiMax), which generally offers high
bandwidth speeds and lower latency as compared to VSAT.
Regardless of our choice of backhaul transport, our network is
further enhanced by running the IP layer
end-to-end
providing greater reliability, scalability, flexibility and
security than conventional switched transport networks.
Long-term
growth of global demand for crude oil and natural gas and
increases in commodity prices are expected to improve the
outlook for new rig construction and dormant rig
reactivation
Our business is influenced by the number of active drilling
rigs, production facilities and energy support vessels. Drilling
activity and rig counts bottomed in the second quarter of 2009
and have steadily risen since, corresponding with rising
commodity prices, increasing consumption expectations and
growing confidence in overall economic growth. According to data
derived from Spears & Associates, Inc.s June
2010 Drilling and Production Outlook, or Spears &
Associates Outlook, the second quarter of 2009 marked the low
point in the current cycle and rig activity in the United States
climbed 17.9% in the second half of 2009 with the total number
of Global rigs increasing by 19.5% over the same period.
Global means worldwide, but excludes China, Russia
and Central Asia because these areas were excluded from the data
in Spears & Associates Outlook. The Spears &
Associates Outlook projects oil and gas prices to rise at a 5.5%
and 5.6% CAGR, respectively, through 2015. We believe the
recovery in rig counts has driven a steady increase in the
demand for oil field services, including remote communications
services.
Offshore rigs are less likely to be de-activated even during
downturns given the fact that many of them operate under
long-term
contracts and usually have high costs of re-activation. The
average Global offshore rig count declined by only 20% according
to data derived from the Spears & Associates Outlook
from a peak count of 347 in 2005 to 288 in the fourth quarter of
2009. From the fourth quarter of 2009 to the end of the first
quarter of 2010, the average Global offshore rig count has
increased by 10.4% according to data derived from the
Spears & Associates Outlook. Offshore rigs can be
divided into two basic classes: fixed, meaning stationary rigs
in shallower offshore waters, such as jackups, submersibles and
some types of semi-submersibles; and floaters, which are either
dynamically positioned or moored in deeper waters, such as
drillships and semi-submersibles. The number of fixed rigs is
generally more responsive to energy price movements than the
number of floater rigs, but less so than the number of land
rigs. Offshore rigs represent 12% of total Global average rig
count, which includes land rigs, as of the fourth quarter of
2009 according to data derived from the Spears &
Associates Outlook.
Drilling for and producing oil and gas reserves in offshore
deepwater requires the use of technically sophisticated assets
that are in scarce supply or require long lead times and
significant capital to manufacture, including deepwater drilling
rigs and floating production facilities. According to the
ODS-Petrodata RigBase Current Activity data download dated
September 27, 2010, there are approximately 101 fixed
and floating rigs scheduled for delivery from September 27,
2010 to year-end 2014. This represents approximately 17.5% of
the existing fleet of fixed and floating rigs as of
September 27, 2010, as drillers and producers seek to
capitalize on the profitability associated with developing
offshore reservoirs. We expect to
66
benefit from these rig additions by winning additional contracts
to provide reliable communication services. In addition, there
is construction ongoing in other offshore asset classes such as
energy support vessels and offshore construction assets that
require reliable communication services. Moreover, according to
data derived from the Spears & Associates Outlook, Global
offshore drilling capital expenditures are expected to grow at a
6.8% CAGR between 2010 and 2015.
The number of land drilling rigs is relatively more responsive
to spot changes in oil and gas prices. As an example, according
to data derived from the Spears & Associates Outlook,
the average number of land drilling rigs in the continental
United States reached bottom in this cycle during the second
quarter of 2009 with an average of 885 rigs, consistent with the
dramatic drop in oil and gas prices from their cycle peaks in
2008. With oil and natural gas prices improving, the average
U.S. land rig count in the first quarter of 2010 increased
45.5% to 1288 rigs, according to data derived from the
Spears & Associates Outlook. Outside of the United
States and Canada, the average international land rig count over
the same period proved less volatile, only increasing 8.2% to
769 total average land rigs, according to data derived from the
Spears & Associates Outlook. Total average land rig
count, including international, United States and Canada,
represents 88.7% of total land and offshore rig count as of the
first quarter of 2010, according to data derived from the
Spears & Associates Outlook.
Supporting the operations of offshore drilling rigs and
production facilities, upstream energy support vessels include
seismic survey vessels, offshore supply vessels, anchor-handling
vessels, offshore construction vessels, oilfield service
vessels, crew transport boats and lift boats. The newbuild
orderbook and activity level for these offshore vessels
generally correlate to the active number of offshore rigs. The
number of offshore production facilities is the least responsive
to changes in oil and gas price levels as offshore production
facilities generally remain active if their revenues cover their
marginal lifting and storage costs. Oil and gas companies,
rarely eliminate production facilities in response to an
economic downturn.
The following tables sets forth data relating to Global offshore
active drilling rigs and Global onshore active drilling rigs for
the periods indicated below:
The U.S. Energy Information Administration, or EIA, in its
2010 International Energy Outlook, or 2010 Energy Outlook,
estimates that world oil and gas consumption will increase by
28% and 45%, respectively, between 2007 and 2035. The EIA in its
2010 Energy Outlook estimates that global oil consumption will
increase by approximately 24.5 million barrels per day from
2007 to 2035. Countries that are not members of the Organization
for Economic Co-operation and Development, or OECD, including
Brazil, Russia, India and China, are expected to represent
approximately 89% of oil and gas consumption increase. While the
current economic downturn has moderated these forecasts, the
long-term
industrialization of the non-OECD countries is expected to
continue. Their growth is expected to drive global energy
67
demand and is expected to result in increased spending by oil
and gas companies on exploration and development, including
offshore drilling services.
Technological
advances in drilling techniques driven by declining production
from existing oil and gas fields and strong hydrocarbon demand
have enabled increased exploitation of offshore deepwater
reserves and development of unconventional reserves (e.g. shales
and tight sands) and require real time data access to optimize
performance
Many of the historically important oil and gas deposits,
including certain fields in the Middle East, Mexico, Russia, the
North Sea and conventional fields in the United States, are in
structural decline. According to estimates by the National
Petroleum Council in its September 17, 2008 slide
presentation entitled Facing the Hard Truths about Energy, One
Year Later, existing production capacity declines of between 4%
and 7% coupled with a modest increase in demand will result in
the need to locate and develop crude oil sources equivalent to
70 to 100 million barrels of production per day by 2030.
In the wake of steeper decline rates and increasing demand, the
offshore oil and gas industry has focused its attention on large
scale resources that have historically been underexploited for
economic or geopolitical reasons, including the deepwater and
ultradeepwater offshore formations in West Africa, Brazil, Asia
and North America. Onshore U.S. exploration and production
companies, leveraging technological advances, have expanded into
new areas with significant geological challenges, including
unconventional oil and natural gas production from shale and
tight sand formations. Production from these unconventional
onshore basins now accounts for approximately 50% of United
States natural gas production, up from 30% in 2000 according to
the International Energy Agencys World Energy Outlook
2009,
©
OECD/IEA,
2009, Figure 11.5, page 398.
The table below sets forth Global onshore and offshore drilling
capital expenditures for the years indicated below:
Technological advances, which include improvements in seismic
exploration techniques, drilling and completion systems and
techniques, and the development of new generation drilling rigs
have resulted in deepwater and unconventional reserves becoming
economic to develop and enabled exploitation of such reserves.
Our business benefits from our exposure to deepwater projects
due to their
long-term
nature and stability in relation to commodity spot price
movements. Short-term commodity price movements have less of an
impact on deepwater development activity than most other
68
oil and gas projects because they tend to have the longest
development timetables and have decline rates lower than other
formations. Due to the high cost of drilling a deepwater
offshore well and the possibility that a mistake or failure to
optimize the drilling process can be very expensive, access to
real-time
data is invaluable. In addition, access to capital is often less
of a constraint for deepwater projects as the operators involved
are often among the largest and best capitalized in the industry.
We also benefit from our exposure to onshore unconventional
activity due to the high level of drilling activity required to
exploit these plays. These plays typically have much higher
decline rates than conventional reserves requiring continued
drilling activity in order to maintain production. Also,
unconventional reservoirs are being exploited by drilling
multiple similar wells, which is enabling operators to reduce
total costs as they learn from experience and develop repeatable
processes.
Transmission
of increased data volumes and real-time data management and
access to key decision makers enable customers to maximize
operational results and financial performance
The amount of data collected on a rig which can be analyzed in
real time to facilitate decision making is increasing
significantly as a result of technological developments and new
systems and tools. Additional data enhances decision making for
oil and gas companies not only by having more data available on
the rig, but by delivering the data to experts at onshore
facilities for evaluation. Data collected on a rig includes
information about rig operations (e.g. status, condition and
performance of the rigs drilling systems, pumps, generators,
HVAC and other rig equipment) and information being transmitted
from downhole (e.g. data from MWD and LWD systems which is
recorded during the drilling process, and wireline formation
evaluation logs which are recorded when drilling is periodically
halted to make such measurements). We believe that the demand
for such new systems, tools and technologies is increasing. As
examples, LWD experienced a 27% revenue CAGR from 2003 to 2008,
before the global economic downturn in 2009, and wireline
logging experienced a 19% CAGR from 2003 to 2008 according to
Spears & Associates, Inc.s Oilfield Market
Report
1999-2010.
Additional data volume transmission is also being driven by
drilling contractors and operators placing rigs on their global
ERM systems.
The ability for real-time data from rigs dispersed around the
world to be available to experts onshore at customer central
offices (often called smart rooms or decision
centers) is a key enabler for project success. Remote
communications services provide a critical link between rigs and
customer central offices, allowing experts to evaluate rig and
well data from a central location, and make and communicate
decisions back to rigs in real-time. Access to specialist
technicians onshore can not only improve productivity, but also
can improve safety, by having access to these experts in the
event of a failure of one of the rigs systems. Increases in
drilling activity in the energy sector have created significant
shortages of experienced personnel, including scientific and
engineering personnel key to evaluating on-going drilling
projects. This shortage is exacerbated by the increasing
geographic distribution of projects around the globe to remote
areas and the need to rotate rig personnel on shifts composed of
30 days on the rig and 30 days on shore leave.
Transporting data to central offices allows rig companies to
leverage experts and specialists by providing them real-time
access to data in a centralized location.
Companies that operate on a global basis find that their ability
to coordinate their operations seamlessly and receive and
deliver information instantaneously is often critical to their
profitability. That dependence is even stronger in the oil and
gas industry where companies often operate in remote and
inhospitable regions and require the ability to adjust rapidly
to shifts in the world markets, changes in local conditions and
real-time
on-site
developments. Successful rig operations are impacted by a
significant number of factors that must be taken
69
into account, including drilling conditions, operational
developments and rig conditions and other factors that change
continuously. The operations of an oil and gas company, and thus
its profitability, depend on its ability to coordinate
exploration, accelerate or delay production, arrange
transportation and perform other ancillary functions on a
global, uninterrupted basis in response to changes in these
factors. It is critical for oil and gas companies to ensure that
decisions are based on the most complete and current data from
all of its operating systems. Access to this data requires a
strong communications network.
The economic crisis has brought into sharp focus the ability of
oil and gas companies to control costs through the effective use
of networks and increase the efficiency and profitability of
rigs. Real-time data transmission can drive meaningful cost
savings through lower utilization of helicopters and other
vessels for trips to offshore facilities, more efficient remote
production platform monitoring and value added services such as
telemedicine. Real-time data transmission also assists with
employee retention by providing access to entertainment and the
ability to call and
e-mail
friends and relatives and to connect with events outside the rig.
Competitive
Strengths
Our mission is to continue to establish ourselves as a leading
data network infrastructure provider within the oil and gas
industry. We seek to maximize our growth and profitability
through focused capital investments that enhance our competitive
strengths. We believe that our competitive strengths include:
|
|
|
|
|
mission-critical services delivered by a trusted provider with
deep industry expertise and multi-national operations;
|
|
|
|
operational leverage and multiple paths to growth supported by a
plug-and-play
IP/MPLS
global platform;
|
|
|
|
scalable systems using standardized equipment that leverages our
global infrastructure;
|
|
|
|
flexible, provider-neutral technology platform;
|
|
|
|
high-quality customer support with full-time monitoring and
regional service centers; and
|
|
|
|
long-term relationships with leading companies in the oil and
gas industry.
|
Mission-critical
services delivered by a trusted provider with deep industry
expertise and multi-national operations
Our specific focus on the oil and gas industry provides us with
an in-depth understanding of our customers that enables us to
tailor our services to their needs. Our quality of service, and
the downtime associated with switching to another service
provider once our infrastructure is installed on a rig,
production platform or energy support vessel due to network
service interruptions that may occur during the switching
process, provide us with a high rate of customer retention. 96%
of our top 25 customers in 2007 were customers in 2009 and the
total revenue from these customers has grown by approximately
6.1% CAGR from 2007 through 2009.
Our global presence allows us to serve our clients around the
world. As of June 30, 2010, we were operating in
approximately 30 countries on six continents. Our global
terrestrial network also allows us to provide quality of service
controls for various forms of data traffic. Our ability to offer
our customers such global coverage sets us apart from regional
competitors at a time when our customers are expanding the
geographic reach of their own businesses, exploring for oil and
gas reserves in more remote locations and seeking partners that
can match the breadth of their global operations.
70
Operational
leverage and multiple paths to growth supported by a
plug-and-play
IP/MPLS platform
Our scalable, standardized communications platform provides us
with
plug-and-play
capabilities to easily expand or improve service offerings. Our
IP/MPLS global platform allows us the ability to add additional
services to our standard offerings or change our service
offerings on a rig, production platform or energy support vessel
with little incremental cost once installed onsite. We can offer
these services to all users of the rig, production platform or
energy support vessel, including drillers, operators, service
companies and
pay-per-use
individuals, such as
off-duty
rig
workers and visiting contractors, vendors and others. We expect
this operating leverage to help drive an expansion in our
Adjusted EBITDA margins.
We expect the demand for our products and services to continue
to increase as oil and gas producers continue to invest in the
infrastructure needed to commercially produce deepwater
reserves. Our IP/MPLS global platform gives us an important
advantage by offering greater reliability, scalability,
flexibility and security than conventional switched transports
and accounts for what we believe to be a disproportionate market
share of installations on newly manufactured offshore drilling
rigs.
Scalable
systems using standardized equipment that leverages our global
infrastructure
We have built our global satellite and terrestrial network with
a significant amount of excess capacity to support our growth
without substantial incremental capital investment. Our
knowledge and capabilities can be applied to rigs located
anywhere in the world. We install standardized equipment on each
rig, which allows us to provide support and maintenance services
for our equipment in a cost-efficient manner. Not all of the
components of equipment that we install on each rig are the
same, but the components that vary are limited in number and
tend to be the same for rigs located in the same geography. As
of June 30, 2010, we leased capacity from 16 satellites, 17
teleports and co-located in 14 datacenters worldwide. By leasing
rather than owning our network enablers and owning the
on-site
equipment on each rig, we are able to both minimize the capital
investment required by the base network infrastructure and
maintain the flexibility to install high quality equipment on
each rig tailored to its locale and environmental conditions.
The standardized nature of our equipment minimizes execution
risk, lowers maintenance costs and inventory carrying costs and
enables ease of service support. In addition, we are able to
remain current with technology upgrades due to our back end
flexibility.
Flexible,
provider-neutral technology platform
Because we procure communications connections and networks and
equipment from third parties we are able to customize the best
solution for our customers needs and reduce our required
fixed capital investments. We aim to preserve the flexibility to
select particular service providers and equipment so that we may
access multiple providers and avoid downtime if our initial
provider were to experience any problems. By procuring bandwidth
from a variety of communications providers instead of owning our
own satellites, we are able to minimize capital investment
requirements and can expand our geographic coverage in response
to customers needs with much greater flexibility. Our
product and service portfolio offers
best-in-breed
technology platforms using the optimal suite communications and
networking capabilities for customers.
71
High-quality
customer support with full-time monitoring and regional service
centers
Our IP/MPLS global network allows us to provide high quality
customer care by enabling us to monitor the network from
end-to-end
so that we can easily and rapidly identify and solve any network
problems that our customers may experience.
As of June 30, 2010, we had 23 service operations centers
and warehouses to support global deployment and service. A
Global Network Operations Center located in Houston, Texas is
staffed 24 hours per day, 365 days per year. We
provide non-stop,
end-to-end
monitoring and technical support for every customer. This
proactive network monitoring allows us to detect problems
instantly and keep our services running at optimum efficiency.
Fully managed technology is a key reason why we can support
solutions that deliver high performance and new technologies
that improve productivity.
As of June 30, 2010, our U.S. land segment was supported
through a network of nine field service centers and equipment
depots, located in major oil and gas regions in the continental
United States. Our onshore footprint allows us to respond with
high quality
same-day
service for the shorter drilling cycles inherent in onshore
drilling where rapid installation, decommissioning and repair
services are required. We maintain field technicians as well as
adequate spare parts and equipment inventory levels in these
service centers.
Long-term
relationships with leading companies in the oil and gas
industry
We have established relationships with some of the largest
companies in the oil and gas industry in the world. Some of our
key customers are the leading contract drillers around the
globe, with combined offshore fleets of hundreds of rigs. In
many cases, these customers are investment grade rated companies
with high standards of service that favor providers such as
RigNet.
Growth
Strategy
We increased revenues from $29.2 million in 2006 to
$89.9 million in 2008. Our revenues in 2009 were
$80.9 million, despite challenging industry conditions in
2009 driven by the global economic downturn. These results
reflect strong organic revenue growth and the development of new
products and services. To build on our base revenue, we plan to
leverage our in-depth understanding of our customers and the
strength of our network infrastructure to generate insight into
revenue opportunities. We then plan to focus our industry
expertise to increase our revenues in a profitable manner. We
have made, and continue to make, investments in our people,
network, systems and technology. We expect to increase our sales
force from 16 at the end of 2009 to approximately 25 by the end
of 2010 to pursue this market share opportunity. By the end of
2010, we plan to introduce improved real-time portals for
customers to constantly monitor capacity utilization and other
metrics.
To serve our customers and grow our business, we intend to
pursue aggressively the following strategies:
|
|
|
|
|
expand our share of growing onshore and offshore drilling rig
markets;
|
|
|
|
increase secondary customer penetration;
|
|
|
|
commercialize additional value-added products and services;
|
|
|
|
extend our presence into adjacent upstream energy segments and
other remote communications segments; and
|
|
|
|
selectively pursue strategic acquisitions.
|
72
Expand our share of growing onshore and offshore drilling
rig markets:
We intend to expand our drilling
rig market share by increasing our penetration of the market for
newly built rigs and reactivated stacked rigs, capturing fleet
opportunities made available as a result of drilling rig
industry consolidation and improving penetration in underserved
and new geographic markets. We believe that we are well
positioned to participate in the reactivation of idled rigs
because of our established relationships with customers,
reliable and robust service offering and best in class customer
service. We believe that our established relationships with
industry participants with meaningful idled rig capacity
position us well to gain market share.
Fixed and
Floating Rigs Scheduled for Delivery
Source: ODS-Petrodata RigBase Current Activity data download
dated September 27, 2010.
We intend to continue to expand our penetration of the North
American and international onshore drilling rig market.
Worldwide onshore drilling rig count is expected to increase by
a CAGR of 3% between 2010 and 2014 according to the
Spears & Associates Outlook. We believe we are
well-positioned to increase our penetration in this segment
because of our experience in the U.S. onshore drilling rig
market, our in-depth understanding of the needs of customers,
high quality of service and global data network infrastructure.
Worldwide Average
Active Onshore Rigs
Source: Spears and Associates Outlook.
73
Increase secondary customer
penetration:
We intend to continue to
leverage our initial investment with rig owners and leverage our
incumbent position with other users on the rigs. We will seek to
increase revenue with low incremental costs through up-selling
our services to other parties on the rigs, production platforms
and energy support vessels, including drillers, operators,
services companies and
pay-per-use
individuals, and through cross-selling low incremental cost
value-added services.
Commercialize additional value-added products and
services:
We intend to continue to serve our
individual customers needs by commercializing additional
products and services to complement our wide array of available
remote communications services. We expect that over the next
several years our customer base will require a variety of new
services such as real-time functionality, videoconferencing,
software acceleration technology, telemedicine, WiFi hotspots
and media, and we will seek to position ourselves to capture
these new business opportunities. Through our engineering
expertise, sales force and operational capabilities, we will
continue to position ourselves to offer our customers a full
range of remote communications services at different levels in
the customers organizations.
Extend our presence into adjacent upstream energy segments
and other remote communications segments:
In
addition to secondary customer penetration and additional
value-added services on oil and gas rigs, we intend to enhance
and expand our presence in targeted adjacent upstream energy
segments where we believe there are significant opportunities
for growth and where we believe we are well positioned to
deliver remote communications solutions. We intend to target
segments such as upstream energy vessels (including seismic and
offshore support and supply vessels), offshore fixed and
floating production facilities and international onshore
drilling rigs and production facilities. We began specifically
targeting these stepout areas in late 2009 after only
opportunistically serving those segments prior to that time. We
estimate the current potential market size of these adjacent
upstream energy segments for our remote communications solutions
to be in excess of $600 million by 2012. In addition, we
will continue to look for and review opportunities in other
remote communications segments where we believe there are
significant opportunities for growth and we are well positioned
to take advantage of these opportunities.
Selectively pursue strategic
acquisitions:
We have historically enhanced
our competitive position through strategic acquisitions. As we
continue to focus on expanding the target markets for our
products, services and solutions, we may find opportunities to
acquire companies or technologies that would be complementary to
our existing business. We will continue to consider strategic
acquisition opportunities to enhance our operations and further
our strategic objectives. We have no agreements or commitments
with respect to any acquisitions at this time.
Company
Overview
We are a leading data network infrastructure provider serving
the remote communications needs of the oil and gas industry.
Through a controlled and managed IP/MPLS global network, we
deliver voice, data, video and other value-added services, under
a multi-tenant revenue model. We were incorporated in Delaware
on July 6, 2004. Our predecessor began operations in 2000
as RigNet Inc., a Texas corporation. In July 2004, our
predecessor merged into us.
The communications services we provide to the offshore drilling
and production industry were established in 2001 by our original
Norwegian co-founders, who were based in Houston and established
initial operations in the Asia Pacific region. Over the last
nine years, we have evolved into one of the leading global
providers of remote communications services in the offshore
drilling and production industry. As of June 30, 2010, we
were servicing approximately 228 global active jackup,
semi-submersible and drillship rigs which we approximate to be a
32.2% market share of such rigs based on an ODS-Petrodata
RigBase Current Activity data
74
download dated June 1, 2010. As of June 30, 2010, we
were also servicing approximately 217 other offshore sites,
which include production facilities, energy support vessels and
related remote support offices and supply bases worldwide.
In 2006, we expanded our services to land-based, coastal and
some shallow water drilling rigs through the acquisition of a
controlling interest in LandTel, a leading provider of remote
communications to the United States onshore drilling industry.
We acquired 75% of LandTel in September 2006. We acquired an
additional 18% between December 2008 and February 2009. On
July 21, 2010, we paid $4.6 million to satisfy our
obligation for the remaining 7%, consistent with a previously
agreed upon formula. Subsequently, the LandTel non-controlling
interest owner assigned the remaining ownership interests to us
and exercised a right to a recalculation of the
$4.6 million purchase price by a third party arbiter. We
now own 100% of LandTel.
We provide essentially the same services onshore as we do
offshore, although sometimes we are able to utilize landlines
instead of satellites onshore. As of June 30, 2010, we were
providing communications services to approximately 262 remote
land drilling rigs in the United States for operators, drilling
contractors, oilfield service companies and
pay-per-use
individuals. We believe that we hold a leading position in the
South Central United States, primarily in Texas and Louisiana
and their inland waters, and we have expanded geographically
into Oklahoma, Colorado, Wyoming and Pennsylvania to take
advantage of increased oil and gas exploration and production
activity in those areas. We believe that as of June 30,
2010, we have a presence on approximately 17.0% of the United
States land drilling rigs, based on 1,541 United States land
drilling rigs according to the July 30, 2010 Baker Hughes
North America Rotary Rig Count report. Our onshore services are
growing through the expansion of our coverage area and targeted
sales efforts toward the most active operators and drillers
against a backdrop of cyclical market recovery in active
drilling rigs.
The onshore communications services we provide are represented
by our U.S. land segment. The majority of our eastern
hemisphere segment and western hemisphere segment operations
relates to offshore communication services. For the three years
ended December 31, 2009, the Company earned revenue from
both our domestic and international operations as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31
|
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
Domestic
|
|
|
41.5
|
%
|
|
|
37.8
|
%
|
|
|
22.3
|
%
|
International
|
|
|
58.5
|
%
|
|
|
62.2
|
%
|
|
|
77.7
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
100.0
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
We own the network infrastructure we install on rigs, production
facilities and marine vessels. Our network and communications
services are designed to accommodate all parties on offshore
rigs: rig owners, drillers, operators, service companies and
pay-per-use
individuals. Our communications services are initially offered
to rig owners and drillers, but the initial investment is
leveraged through upselling communications services to other
parties present on the rigs, such as operators, service
companies and
pay-per-use
individuals as well as through cross-selling value-added
services.
75
The figure below summarizes by area the number of drilling rigs
that we service. As illustrated by the figure, we believe we
have a substantial presence in most of the major areas that we
service.
Service
Offering
We offer a comprehensive communications package of voice, video,
networking and real-time data management to offshore and
land-based remote locations. We are a single source solutions
provider that links multiple offshore or remote site rigs and
production facilities with real-time onshore decision centers
and applications. We market an advanced
plug-and-play
infrastructure that facilitates productivity, providing all
parties onboard secure access to high-quality phone, high-speed
Internet,
e-mail
and
corporate networks as soon as the rig arrives on location. This
plug-and-play
infrastructure allows us to leverage our initial investment
through offering services to operators, service companies and
pay-per-use
individuals present on the rig, in addition to the rig owner and
driller.
The main services we offer are high quality
voice-over-Internet-protocol,
or VoIP, data and high-speed Internet access. In addition, we
increasingly provide other value-added services, such as
real-time data management solutions, WiFi hotspots and Internet
kiosks, video conferencing solutions, wireless intercoms,
handheld radios and telemedicine. The price of value added
services is included in the day rate and becomes incorporated
into the recurring revenue from our customers.
76
Remote Video
Services
The oil and gas industry increasingly uses video conferencing to
save significant amounts of time and reduce costs. As an
alternative to excessive travel and traditional meetings, video
conferencing improves collaboration and expedites decision
making. We provide a complete, high-performance video
conferencing solution scalable for a wide range of uses.
Videoconferencing service is delivered over our SOIL network and
is branded as SOIL Meeting.
In addition, in 2009, we began offering high-resolution hand
held wireless cameras through our RemoteView service that allows
experts in offices to troubleshoot equipment offshore, which can
save customers time and money, with recent successful
deployments in the Gulf of Mexico and North Sea. This service is
also delivered over our SOIL network.
TurboNet
Solutions
Our customers are increasingly pushing software application use
to the edge of their networks (remote sites such as drilling
rigs, production facilities and vessels). While VSAT networks
are reliable, many software applications are not designed to
perform optimally over highly latent satellite links. Working
with Riverbed Technology, Inc., or Riverbed, we deploy
infrastructure appliances to improve the performance of
client-server interactions over wide-area networks, or WANs,
without breaking the semantics of the protocols, file systems or
applications. Whether our customers are copying a file from a
distant file server, getting mail from a remote Exchange server,
backing up remote file servers to a main datacenter or sending
very large files to colleagues at headquarters, slow WANs cost
time and money. The costs are borne in redundant infrastructure,
over-provisioned bandwidth, and lost productivity.
Working with Riverbeds appliances, RigNets TurboNet
solution can improve the performance, or throughput, of
client-server interactions over WANs by up to 100 times, giving
the illusion that the server is local rather than remote. That
degree of improvement enables our customers to centralize
currently distributed resources like storage, mail servers and
file servers and deliver new WAN-based IT services that have not
been possible before. Not only do the software applications
perform more as they would in offices, but our customers can
optimize the use of expensive satellite bandwidth.
Real-Time Data
Management Solutions
We offer real-time data management solutions in concert with two
partners: Petrolink International, or Petrolink, and Kongsberg
Intellifield AS, or Kongsberg. Petrolink is an independent data
distribution company that enables secure transmission and
distribution of geotechnical and associated petrophysical data
generated in remote locations and transmits this data to
customer offices for visualization, interpretation and
accelerated decision making.
We also provide real-time services based on the
SiteCom
®
system developed by Kongsberg.
SiteCom
®
enables users to gather, distribute and manage rig data from all
service providers and global sources in real-time, enabling
users to make faster and better decisions that translate into
major cost savings for drilling operations. The system manages
drilling instrumentation, mud logging, measurement while
drilling, or MWD, logging while drilling, or LWD, wireline
logging, cementing, weather, positioning and many other
applications.
SiteCom
®
works for both small land rigs with a small number of sensors,
or large land and offshore operations with hundreds of sensor
readings per second. Multiple systems can therefore be
monitored, configured and administered from any location by
authorized personnel through a standard web browser interface.
We are a remote communications partner for Petrolink and
Kongsberg, providing access to our network infrastructure at
remote sites and otherwise ensuring a quality connection between
the remote site and the visualization application in the office.
We bill the end
77
customer for the real-time service and share the revenue for
this service with Kongsberg and Petrolink. These strategic
partnerships offer quality services for our customers, and we
have other partnership opportunities available.
WiFi Hotspot and
Internet Kiosk
We offer WiFi hotspot and Internet kiosk solutions that
facilitate access to the Internet by rig-based personnel. This
is advantageous for rig owners who seek to improve the quality
of life for employees by providing Internet access in the living
quarters, and for service companies that seek office-like
connectivity for their technicians and engineers. The WiFi
hotspot and Internet kiosk solutions provide ready access with a
familiar user interface without requiring specialized equipment
to connect to the service.
Telemedicine
In May 2010, we entered into an exclusive arrangement with
NuPhysicia, LLC, or NuPhysicia, a commercial spin-off from the
University of Texas Medical CenterGalveston Branch, to
provide a direct line of access to physician care for offshore
employees at remote offshore sites, or telemedicine, through
medical-quality videoconferencing for real-time,
face-to-face
patient-to-physician
consultations and diagnoses as well as connectivity to
electronic medical record technology using highly secure
standard or wireless computer networks. Scheduled sick-call and
urgent care services are available at a per day rate that
includes the cost of the physicians services. Our role is
to serve as NuPhysicias remote communications partner,
ensuring a reliable communications link between remote sites and
office-based physicians over our existing network
infrastructure, and procuring and managing specialized
communications equipment at remote sites to provide two-way
video and medical data capture and transport.
SOIL (Secure Oil
Information Link)
In addition to the services we provide to offshore and onshore
remote sites, we also operate a proprietary network enabling oil
companies and their counterparties, such as rig owners, service
companies and other suppliers, to connect and collaborate on a
secure basis. We call this network SOIL, which stands for Secure
Oil Information Link. We acquired SOIL in 2006 through the
acquisition of 100% of OilCamp, a Norwegian-based operator that
began operating the network in 1998.
As of June 30, 2010, SOILs value-added services were
being provided to more than 180 oil and gas companies and oil
and gas industry suppliers throughout the North Sea region.
These customers were using our SOIL services to collaborate with
partners and suppliers or for internal company communications.
We intend to extend the SOIL network to our other geographic
areas of focus and have begun to add new SOIL customers in the
United States Gulf Coast region.
Our SOIL network is a fully managed, high-performance,
members-only communications network hub that enables
collaborative partners, suppliers and customers to transfer and
share data quickly, reliably and securely. We believe that this
one-to-many
private extranet is a cost effective and
easy-to-deploy
alternative to building out
point-to-point
VPN (virtual private network) connections. The network members
do not have to extend the extranet to other partners or
suppliers individually. With one link to SOIL, clients are
connected to all other members.
With a service level uptime commitment of 99.7%, our SOIL
network supports a wide range of bandwidths from 64 Kbps to
1 Gbps, offering speed and reliability ideal for a variety of
applications used in the oil and gas industry as well as
value-added services we provide such as SOIL Meeting (video
conferencing), SOIL Hosting (application hosting), and SOIL Drop
78
Zone (large file storage). SOIL offers clients quality of
service and a guaranteed bandwidth that can be increased or
decreased according to requirements.
We charge a monthly fee for access to our SOIL network depending
on the desired access speed. In addition, we charge for
installation of the required equipment and value-added services.
Customer
Contracts
In order to streamline the addition of new projects and solidify
our position in the market, we have signed global Master
Services Agreements, or MSAs, that define the contractual
relationship with oil and gas producers, service companies and
drilling companies for our offshore and land-based
telecommunications services. The MSAs for offshore locations
generally have a term of one to three years with renewal
options, while land-based locations are generally shorter term
or terminable on short notice. Service orders are executed under
the MSA for individual remote sites or groups of sites, and
generally cannot be terminated early except for force majeure
events, breach of the MSA and the cold stacking of drilling rigs
(when a rig is temporarily taken out of service and is expected
to be idle for a protracted period of time).
Customers
We have an international customer base comprising many of the
largest drilling contractors, exploration and production
companies and oilfield services companies. For the year ended
December 31, 2009, our ten largest customers were the
following companies or their affiliates:
|
|
|
|
|
Noble Corporation;
|
|
|
|
Ensco plc;
|
|
|
|
Transocean Ltd.;
|
|
|
|
Brunei Shell Petroleum Sdn Bhd;
|
|
|
|
Gulf Drilling International Ltd.;
|
|
|
|
ConocoPhillips;
|
|
|
|
Total SA;
|
|
|
|
Seadrill Limited;
|
|
|
|
Rowan Companies, Inc.; and
|
|
|
|
Statoil ASA.
|
These top ten customers represented approximately 38.3% of our
total revenue for the year ended December 31, 2009, while
one of these customers, Noble Corporation, accounted for
approximately 10.9% of our total revenue. In late 2009 and early
2010, we installed our infrastructure on the remaining eight
rigs for Ensco plc that we had not previously served in the
North Sea and Tunisia. With these installations in place, we now
serve as the remote communications partner to Ensco plc for all
of its offshore drilling rigs around the world, plus any of
their remote offices and supply bases existing beyond
traditional terrestrial communications networks or where they
desire those office sites to be directly connected through our
global network.
79
Suppliers
Although we have preferred suppliers of telecommunications and
networking equipment, the technology utilized in our solutions
is available from more than one supplier. The standardized
equipment can be deployed across any site or rig in any
geographic area.
In addition, we do not rely on one satellite provider for our
entire satellite bandwidth needs except for certain instances in
which only one satellite bandwidth provider is available in an
operating location, which is typically due to licensing
restrictions. This approach generally allows us flexibility to
use the satellite provider that offers the best service for
specific areas and to change providers if one provider
experiences any problems.
Technology
Our solutions are built on technology independence and network
excellence. We are principally a satellite communications
provider, however, we also utilize other remote data transport
technologies, such as
line-of-sight
(e.g
.
, microwave, WiMax) or fiber. Optimal mode and
design of transport are tailored for each customer to ensure the
best possible performance. Our standardized communications
platforms are designed for
plug-and-play
capability allowing us the ability to add additional services to
our platform with little additional cost.
Sales and
Marketing
We use a direct sales channel to market our communications
solutions and services. The sales and marketing group comprised
approximately 20 people as of June 30, 2010 and its
marketing activities are organized by geographic areas. Our
growth has driven a need for a scaled sales force, which we
expect to increase to approximately 25 by the end of 2010. Our
sales teams are comprised of global account managers and
regional account managers, who establish customer account
relationships and determine business requirements. Additionally,
our business development managers are responsible for
penetrating new geographic markets and specialized product areas.
Competition
The telecommunications industry is highly competitive. We expect
competition in the markets that we serve to persist and
intensify. We face varying degrees of competition from a wide
variety of companies, including new entrants from adjacent
vertical markets.
Our primary global competitors include CapRock Communications,
Inc., which was recently acquired by Harris Corporation,
Schlumberger Ltds Global Connectivity Services division
and the Broadband Division of Inmarsat plcs subsidiary
Stratos Global Corporation. In addition, there are a number of
regional competitors in each local market. Onshore, we also face
competition from: drilling instrumentation providers; living
quarters companies; and other pure-play providers like us.
Our customers generally choose their provider(s) based on the
quality and reliability of the service and the ability to
restore service quickly when there is an outage. Pricing and
breadth of service offerings is also a factor. The oil and gas
industry depends on maximum reliability, quality and continuity
of products and service. Established relationships with
customers and proven performance serve as significant barriers
to entry.
Government
Regulation
The provision of telecommunications is highly regulated. We are
required to comply with the laws and regulations of, and often
obtain approvals from, national and local authorities in
connection with most of the services we provide. In the United
States, we are subject to the regulatory authority of the United
States, primarily the Federal Communications Commission,
80
or FCC. We are subject to export control laws and regulations,
trade and economic sanction laws and regulations of the United
States with respect to the export of telecommunications
equipment and services. Certain aspects of our business are
subject to state and local regulation. We typically have to
register to provide our telecommunications services in each
country in which we do business. The laws and regulations
governing these services are often complex and subject to
change. At times, the rigs or vessels on which our equipment is
located and to which our services are provided will need to
operate in a new location on short notice and we must quickly
qualify to provide our services in such country. The
telemedicine services we provide are also highly regulated.
Failure to comply with any of the laws and regulations to which
we are subject may result in various sanctions, including fines,
loss of authorizations and denial of applications for new
authorizations or for renewal of existing authorizations.
Regulation by the
FCC
Overview
In general, the FCC has jurisdiction over telecommunications
facilities and services to the extent they are used in the
provision of interstate or international services, including the
use of local telephone networks to originate or terminate such
services. State regulatory commissions, commonly referred to as
Public Utility Commissions, generally have jurisdiction over
telecommunications facilities and services to the extent they
are used in the provision of intrastate services, unless
Congress or the FCC has preempted such regulation. Local
governments in some states may regulate aspects of our business
through zoning requirements, permit or
right-of-way
procedures, and franchise fees. Our operations also are subject
to various environmental, building, safety, health and other
governmental laws and regulations. Generally, the FCC and Public
Utility Commissions do not regulate the Internet, video
conferencing, or certain data services, although the underlying
communications components of such offerings may be regulated.
Federal
Regulation
The Communications Act grants the FCC authority to regulate
interstate and foreign telecommunications by wire or radio. The
degree of regulation applicable to a particular carrier depends
on the regulatory status of that carrier and the nature of the
service and facilities used. Internet or information services
are not considered telecommunications services and are not
regulated. Further, the FCC also recognizes a distinction
between common carrier and private carrier providers of
telecommunications services. Common carriers are generally
subject to greater regulation. The distinction is based on the
specific facts and circumstances of each case and, in
particular, the manner in which a company holds itself out to
the public. Carriers that offer highly specialized services only
to a limited number of stable, repeat customers pursuant to
individually tailored arrangements are considered private
carriers exempt from the obligations imposed on common carriers.
We operate as a private carrier because we offer and provide
highly specialized services to only a select number of stable,
repeat customers seeking remote telecommunications services, not
the general public, through medium to long-term, individually
negotiated and tailored to the exacting demands of oil and gas
industry customers. Therefore, we are exempt from many federal
obligations borne by common carriers.
As a private carrier, we may not market and provide
telecommunications services to the general public or otherwise
hold our services out indifferently to the public as
a common carrier. As a private carrier, we are not entitled to
certain interconnection and wholesale pricing from incumbent
local exchange carriers and do not operate pursuant to tariffs
filed at regulatory agencies that provide some legal protection
against contract challenges by a
81
customer. Further, FCC rules require that even private carriers
comply with some regulations, including licensing for wireless
facilities and making contributions to support the USF.
Section 254 of the Communications Act and the FCCs
implementing rules require all communications carriers providing
interstate or international communications services to
periodically contribute to the USF. In June 2006, the FCC
adopted rules requiring interconnected VoIP service providers to
contribute to the USF on the same basis as telecommunications
carriers. The USF supports four programs administered by the
Universal Service Administrative Company with oversight from the
FCC: (i) communications and information services for
schools and libraries, (ii) communications and information
services for rural health care providers, (iii) basic
telephone service in regions characterized by high
communications costs, and (iv) communications services
purchased by low income users. All telecommunications carriers,
including us, are generally required to contribute to the USF,
subject to certain exemptions, based on a rate determined by the
total subsidy funding needs and the total of certain interstate
and international end-user communications revenues reported to
the FCC by all communications carriers. Each contributor pays
based on its total collected revenue subject to contribution to
the USF. We and most of our competitors can pass through USF
contributions as part of the price of our services, either as
part of the base rate or, to the extent allowed, as a separate
surcharge on customer bills. Due to the manner in which these
contributions are calculated, and the nature of our current
business, we believe certain of our services are exempt from USF
contributions.
We are currently reassessing the nature and extent of our USF
obligations. Some of our services are exempt from USF
contributions. Changes in regulation may also have an impact on
the availability of some or all of these exemptions. If the FCC
finds that we have not fulfilled our USF obligations because we
have incorrectly calculated our contribution, failed to remit
any required USF contribution, or for any other reason, we could
be subject to the assessment and collection of past due
remittances as well as interest and fines, and penalties
thereon. Changes in the USF requirements or findings that we
have not met our obligations could materially increase our USF
contributions and have a material adverse effect on the cost of
our operations, and therefore development and growth of our
business.
The FCC has granted us several very small aperture terminal, or
VSAT, satellite earth station licenses which authorize operation
of networks of many small fixed Ku-band earth station terminals
communicating with larger hub earth stations in the United
States and its territorial waters. We also hold several private
land mobile radio licenses which authorize the use of many
mobile business/industrial radios. As a wireless licensee, we
are subject to Title III of the Communications Act of 1934
and related FCC regulations. Pursuant to Title III, foreign
governments or their representatives may not hold wireless
licenses. Other foreign ownership limits apply to common carrier
wireless providers, but because we operate as a private carrier
and hold private wireless licenses we are not subject to these
foreign ownership limitations. However, if the FCC were to
determine that we were subject to common carrier regulation, we
may need to seek FCC approval to exceed the foreign ownership
limits.
We are required to comply with the technical operating and
licensing requirements that pertain to our wireless licenses and
operations. Such requirements include the obligation to operate
only within the technical parameters set forth in our FCC earth
station and land mobile radio licenses, seek appropriate
renewals and authority to modify the licenses to reflect
material changes in operations, and obtain FCC consent prior to
an assignment or transfer of control of the licenses. Any
failure to comply with the FCCs regulatory requirements
could subject us to FCC enforcement actions, which could result
in, among other actions, revocation of licenses
and/or
fines.
State
Regulation
The Communications Act preserves the authority of individual
states to impose their own regulation of rates, terms and
conditions of intrastate telecommunications services, as long as
82
such regulation is not inconsistent with the requirements of
federal law or has not been preempted. Internet services are not
subject to state telecommunications regulation. Because we
provide telecommunications services that originate and terminate
within individual states, including both local service and
in-state long distance calls, we may be subject to the
jurisdiction of the Public Utility Commissions, or PUCs, and
other regulators in each state in which we provide such
services. We believe that the nature of our operations as a
private carrier, however, exempts us from needing to hold such
authorizations. If a PUC were to determine that we should be
regulated as a common carrier, we would need to obtain a
Certificate of Public Convenience and Necessity, or CPCN, or
similar authorization to continue operating in that state. Once
certified, we may be subject to certain tariff and filing
requirements and obligations to contribute to state universal
service and other funds.
Non-U.S.
Regulation
We must comply with the applicable laws and regulations and,
where required, obtain the approval of the regulatory authority
of each country in which we provide services or operate earth
stations. The laws and regulatory requirements regulating access
to satellite systems vary by country. In certain countries, a
license is required to provide our services and to operate
satellite earth stations. The application procedure can be
time-consuming and costly in some countries, and the terms of
licenses vary for different countries. In some countries, there
may be restrictions on our ability to interconnect with the
local switched telephone network. In addition, in certain
countries, there are limitations on the fees that can be charged
for the services we provide.
Many countries permit competition in the provision of voice,
data or video services, the ownership of the equipment needed to
provide telecommunications services and the provision of
transponder capacity to that country. We believe that this trend
should continue due to commitments by many countries to open
their satellite markets to competition. In other countries,
however, supply of services by foreign service providers
continues to be restricted, whether because a single provider
holds a monopoly or, more commonly, a number of national service
providers of different descriptions are protected from outside
competition by restrictive trade practices. In those cases, we
may be required to negotiate for access to service or equipment
provided by a local service provider, and we may not be able to
obtain favorable rates or other terms.
Export Control
Requirements and Sanctions Regulations
In the operation of our business, we must comply with all
applicable export control and economic sanctions laws and
regulations of the United States and other countries. Applicable
United States laws and regulations include the Arms Export
Control Act, the International Traffic in Arms Regulations, or
ITAR, the Export Administration Regulations and the trade
sanctions laws and regulations administered by the United States
Department of the Treasurys Office of Foreign Assets
Control, or OFAC.
The export of certain hardware, technical data and services
relating to satellites to
non-United States
persons is regulated by the United States Department of
States Directorate of Defense Trade Controls, under the
ITAR. Other items are controlled for export by the United States
Department of Commerces Bureau of Industry and Security,
or BIS, under the Export Administration Regulations. For
example, BIS regulates our export of equipment for earth
stations in ground networks located outside of the United
States. In addition, we cannot provide certain equipment or
services to certain countries subject to United States trade
sanctions unless we first obtain the necessary authorizations
from OFAC. We are also subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices
Act, which prohibits payment of bribes or giving anything of
value to foreign government officials for the purpose of
obtaining or retaining business or gaining a competitive
advantage.
83
Employees
As of June 30, 2010, we had approximately 202 full time
employees consisting of 20 employees in sales and
marketing, 42 employees in finance and administration,
121 employees in operations and technical support and
19 employees in management, general and administrative. We
believe our employee relations are good.
Facilities
Our headquarters are located in Houston, Texas. We lease our
headquarters facility, which comprises approximately
13,055 square feet of office space. The term of this lease
runs through June 30, 2015. We have regional offices in
Lafayette, Louisiana, Stavanger, Norway, Doha, Qatar and
Singapore, and additional offices and service centers in the
United States, Brazil, the United Kingdom, Nigeria and Saudi
Arabia. We believe our current facilities are adequate for our
current needs and for the foreseeable future.
Legal
Proceedings
From time to time, we have been subject to various claims and
legal actions in the ordinary course of our business. We are not
currently involved in any legal proceeding the ultimate outcome
of which, in our judgment based on information currently
available, would have a material adverse impact on our business,
financial condition or results of operations.
84
MANAGEMENT
Executive
Officers and Directors
The following table provides information regarding our executive
officers and directors as of June 30, 2010:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
Age
|
|
Position(s)
|
|
Executive Officers
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark Slaughter
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
Chief Executive Officer and President (1)
|
Martin Jimmerson
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
William Sutton
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
Vice President and General Counsel
|
Lars Eliassen
|
|
|
38
|
|
|
Vice President & General Manager, Europe Middle East Africa
|
Hector Maytorena
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
Vice President & General Manager, Americas
|
Directors
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas M. Matthews (2)(3)(4)
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
Chairman of the Board
|
Charles L. Davis (2)
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
Director
|
Omar Kulbrandstad (5)
|
|
|
48
|
|
|
Director
|
Dirk McDermott (3)(5)
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
Director
|
Kevin Neveu (3)
|
|
|
49
|
|
|
Director
|
Ørjan Svanevik (5)
|
|
|
44
|
|
|
Director
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Mr. Slaughter will become a
director upon completion of this offering
|
|
(2)
|
|
Member of our audit committee
|
|
(3)
|
|
Member of our compensation committee
|
|
(4)
|
|
Member of our corporate governance
and nominating committee
|
|
(5)
|
|
Will resign upon completion of this
offering
|
Mark Slaughter
has served as our Chief
Executive Officer and President since August 2007. Prior to
that, Mr. Slaughter served as our President and Chief
Operating Officer from January 2007 to July 2007. Prior to
joining us, Mr. Slaughter served as Vice President and
General Manager for Security Services Americas, a division of
United Technologies Corporation from July 2005 to December 2006
and as President, Broadband Division for Stratos Global
Corporation from January 2003 to December 2004.
Mr. Slaughter is a graduate of United Technologies
Executive Program at the University of Virginias Darden
Graduate School of Business. He received an A.B. in General
Studies, C.L.G.S., concentration in Economics, from Harvard
College and an MBA from Stanfords Graduate School of
Business.
Martin Jimmerson
has served as our Chief
Financial Officer since November 2006. Prior to that,
Mr. Jimmerson served as Chief Financial Officer for River
Oaks Imaging & Diagnostic, LP from November 2002 to
December 2005. Mr. Jimmerson received a B.A. degree in
accounting from Baylor University.
William Sutton
has served as our Vice
President and General Counsel since March 2008. Prior to that,
Mr. Sutton served as Chairman for Sweeten &
Sutton Brokerage, Inc. from March 2007 to February 2008 and
President and Chief Executive Officer for Abbey SA, LP from
April 2004 to October 2006. Mr. Sutton received a Bachelor
of Business Administration degree from the University of Texas
at Austin and a Juris Doctorate from the University of Houston.
Lars Eliassen
has been with us since May 2003
serving as our Vice President & General Manager,
Europe Middle East Africa since November 2007, Vice
PresidentGlobal Sales from March 2007 to November 2007,
Vice PresidentAmericas from March 2005 to March 2007, and
as Vice President - Global Operations from May 2003 to March
2005. Mr. Eliassen has completed an executive education
course in Emerging Growth Companies at Stanford
85
Universitys Graduate School of Business. He received a
B.S. degree in Electrical Engineering from Rice University.
Hector Maytorena
has been with us since
November 2007 serving as our Vice President & General
Manager, Americas since November 2009 and as Vice President,
Global Sales & Marketing from November 2007 to October
2009. Prior to joining RigNet, he served as General Manager of
Southeast Texas for United Technologies UTC
Fire & Security (operating under the Chubb Security
and Redhawk brands) from November 2006 to November 2007. Prior
to that role, he was Director of Sales at Chubb Security USA
from August 2005 to November 2006. Prior to UTC,
Mr. Maytorena served in various leadership roles at Stratos
Global Corporations Broadband Division with his last
assignment as Director of Global Sales and Marketing from
November 2002 to August 2005. Mr. Maytorena is a graduate
of United Technologies Emerging Leaders Program at the
University of Virginias Darden Graduate School of Business.
Thomas M. Matthews
has served as Chairman of
our Board of Directors since May 2008. Mr. Matthews served
as Chairman and Chief Executive officer of Avista Corporation
from July 1998 to December 2001, Chairman of Link Energy and its
predecessor EOTT Energy from April 2002 to February 2003 and as
Chief Executive Officer of Link Energy from March 2003 to
January 2005 and has served as Managing Trustee to Link Trust
since January 2005. Mr. Matthews received a BSCE from Texas
A&M University and attended advanced management programs in
International Business at Columbia University and in Finance at
Stanford University. Mr. Matthews brings a wealth of public
company board experience and knowledge of the energy industry to
our board.
Charles L. Davis
has served as a member of
our Board of Directors since June 2005. Mr. Davis has been
a partner in SMH Private Equity Group, a United States based
investment firm that funds companies that apply technology
solutions in the energy sector, since December 2004.
Mr. Davis received a Bachelors degree in Business
from Washington and Lee University and is a Certified Public
Accountant in the Commonwealth of Virginia. Mr. Davis
brings experience in finance, accounting and investment banking
to our board as well as a wealth of experience in the energy
industry.
Omar Kulbrandstad
has served as a member of
our Board of Directors since our inception in 2001.
Mr. Kulbrandstad co-founded our Company and served as our
Chief Operating Officer from 2001 to 2004, Chief Executive
Officer from 2004 to 2007 and as a non-employee advisor from
2007 to 2008. Mr. Kulbrandstad received a BSc in Electrical
Engineering, Electronics from Trondheim School of Technology in
Norway. Mr. Kulbrandstad brings a deep understanding of our
business and operations to our board as well as a technical
understanding of our business from an engineering perspective
and knowledge of the energy industry in Norway.
Kevin Neveu
has served as a member of our
Board of Directors since September 2004. Mr. Neveu has
served as the Chief Executive Officer of Precision Drilling
Corporation since August 2007 adding the title of President in
January 2009. Prior to that, Mr. Neveu was with National
Oilwell Varco, serving as President of its Rig Solutions Group
from May 2002 to August 2007 and president of its Downhole Tools
Business from January 1999 to May 2002. Mr. Neveu has
served as a director of Precision Drilling Corporation since
August 2007, as a director of Heart and Stroke Foundation of
Alberta since December 2009 and was appointed a Member of the
Board of Directors and a Member of the Executive Committee of
the International Association of Drilling Contractors, Houston,
Texas in January 2010. Mr. Neveu received a BSc degree in
Mechanical Engineering from the University of Alberta.
Mr. Neveu brings a wealth of knowledge of the energy
industry and international operations to our board as well as
experience running a public company and being on a public
company board.
Dirk McDermott
has served as a member of our
Board of Directors since March, 2010. Since 1997,
Mr. McDermott has served as managing director of Altira
Group LLC, a United States based venture capital firm that
invests in companies that develop and commercialize
86
energy technologies in the areas of natural resources, clean
energy and electric power, which Mr. McDermott founded.
Mr. McDermott holds a Master of Science in geophysics and a
Master of Business Administration from Stanford University.
Mr. McDermott brings over 25 years of experience as an
investor, manager and scientist in the energy industry to our
board.
Ørjan Svanevik
has served as a member of
our Board of Directors since October 2009. Mr. Svanevik has
served as an independent advisor to Cubera Private Equity AS,
since October 2009. Prior to that, Mr. Svanevik served as
Head of M&A for Aker ASA from 2005 to 2008. During the fall
of 2008, he was a Partner at True North Capital AS. Since 2009,
he has been the Managing Director of Oavik Capital AS.
Mr. Svanevik received a masters degree in General
Economics from The Norwegian School of Management (BI) and an
MBA from Thunderbird. Mr. Svanevik brings experience in
finance, corporate development and international business to our
board.
Our executive officers are appointed by our board of directors
and serve until their successors have been duly elected and
qualified. There are no family relationships among any of our
directors or executive officers.
Code of
Ethics
We have adopted a code of business conduct and ethics applicable
to our principal executive, financial and accounting officers
and all persons performing similar functions. A copy of that
code will be available on our corporate website at
www.rignet.com
upon completion of this offering.
Composition of
the Board of Directors
Our board of directors currently consists of six members, all of
whom are non-employee members. Each director holds office until
the election and qualification of his or her successor, or his
or her earlier death, resignation or removal. Our post-offering
bylaws permit our board of directors to establish by resolution
the authorized number of directors.
Pursuant to the terms of our existing stockholders agreement,
our existing current directors were elected as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
The holders of our common stock elected one independent member
of our board of directors: Omar Kulbrandstad;
|
|
|
|
The holders of our series A preferred stock elected one
independent member of our board of directors, subject to the
approval of the holders of a majority of our outstanding shares
of series B preferred stock and series C preferred
stock: Charles Davis;
|
|
|
|
The holders of our series B preferred stock elected one
independent member of our board of directors, subject to the
approval of the holders of a majority of our outstanding shares
of series A preferred stock and series C preferred
stock: Kevin Neveu;
|
|
|
|
Altira elected one member of our board of directors: Dirk
McDermott; and
|
|
|
|
Cubera elected one member of our board of directors: Ørjan
Svanevik.
|
Upon the closing of this offering, all of our preferred stock
will be converted into our common stock and all of the
contractual rights to appoint directors will be automatically
terminated. Messrs. Kulbrandstad, McDermott and Svanevik
will resign from our board of directors effective upon
completion of this offering. Commencing with our first annual
meeting of stockholders after the completion of this offering,
all of our director positions will be up for re-election.
Our post-offering certificate of incorporation provides that the
number of authorized directors will be determined from time to
time by resolution of the board of directors and that a director
may only be removed outside of the normal election process for
cause by the affirmative vote of the holders of a majority of
the shares then entitled to vote at an election of our directors.
87
Director
Independence
In October 2010, our board of directors undertook a review of
the independence of each post-offering director and considered
whether any post-offering director had a material relationship
with us that could compromise his or her ability to exercise
independent judgment in carrying out his or her
responsibilities. As a result of this review, our board of
directors determined that all of our post-offering directors,
other than our chief executive officer, Mark Slaughter, were
independent directors and met the independence
requirements under the listing standards of the NASDAQ.
Committees of the
Board of Directors
Our board of directors has established an audit committee, a
compensation committee and a corporate governance and nominating
committee.
Audit
Committee
Our audit committee consists of Charles Davis and Thomas
Matthews, each of whom is a non-employee member of our board of
directors. Mr. Davis is the chairperson of our audit
committee. Our board of directors has determined that each
member of our audit committee meets the requirements of
financial literacy under the requirements of the NASDAQ and SEC
rules and regulations. Mr. Davis serves as our audit
committee financial expert, as defined under SEC rules, and
possesses financial sophistication as required by the NASDAQ.
Mr. Matthews is independent as such term is defined in
Rule 10A-3(b)(1)
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or the
Exchange Act. Mr. Davis is not independent within the
meaning of
Rule 10A-3(b)(1)
because of his affiliation with Sanders Morris Harris Private
Equity Group and the present level of stock ownership of our
Company by funds and investors affiliated with Sanders Morris
Harris Private Equity Group. The test for independence under
Rule 10A-3(b)(1)
for the audit committee is different than the general test for
independence of board and committee members. In accordance with
Rule 10A-3(b)(1)
and the listing standards of the NASDAQ
,
we plan to
modify the composition of the audit committee within
12 months after the effectiveness of our registration
statement relating to this offering so that all of our audit
committee members will be independent as such term is defined in
Rule 10A-3(b)(1)
and under the listing standards of the NASDAQ.
Our audit committee is responsible for, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
selecting and hiring our independent auditors, and approving the
audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent
auditors;
|
|
|
|
evaluating the qualifications, performance and independence of
our independent auditors;
|
|
|
|
monitoring the integrity of our financial statements and our
compliance with legal and regulatory requirements as they relate
to financial statements or accounting matters;
|
|
|
|
reviewing the adequacy and effectiveness of our internal control
policies and procedures;
|
|
|
|
discussing the scope and results of the audit with the
independent auditors and reviewing with management and the
independent auditors our interim and year-end operating
results; and
|
|
|
|
preparing the audit committee report that the SEC requires in
our annual proxy statement.
|
Our board of directors has adopted a written charter for the
audit committee, which will be available on our website upon the
completion of this offering.
Compensation
Committee
Our compensation committee consists of Kevin Neveu, Thomas
Matthews and Dirk McDermott, each of whom is a non-employee
member of our board of directors. Mr. Neveu is the
88
chairman of our compensation committee. Our board of directors
has determined that each member of our compensation committee
meets the requirements for independence under the requirements
of the NASDAQ. Mr. McDermott will resign upon completion of
this offering. Our compensation committee is responsible for,
among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
reviewing and approving compensation of our executive officers
including annual base salary, annual incentive bonuses, specific
goals, equity compensation, employment agreements, severance and
change in control arrangements, and any other benefits,
compensations or arrangements;
|
|
|
|
reviewing and recommending compensation goals, bonus and option
compensation criteria for our employees;
|
|
|
|
reviewing and discussing annually with management our
Compensation Discussion and Analysis disclosure
required by SEC rules;
|
|
|
|
preparing the compensation committee report required by the SEC
to be included in our annual proxy statement; and
|
|
|
|
administering, reviewing and making recommendations with respect
to our equity compensation plans.
|
Corporate
Governance and Nominating Committee
Our corporate governance and nominating committee will initially
consist only of Thomas Matthews, who is a non-employee member of
our board of directors. Mr. Matthews is the chairman of
this committee. Our board of directors has determined that
Mr. Matthews satisfies the requirements for independence
under the NASDAQ rules.
Our corporate governance and nominating committee is responsible
for, among other things:
|
|
|
|
|
assisting our board of directors in identifying prospective
director nominees and recommending nominees for each annual
meeting of stockholders to the board of directors;
|
|
|
|
reviewing developments in corporate governance practices and
developing and recommending governance principles applicable to
our board of directors;
|
|
|
|
reviewing succession planning for our executive officers;
|
|
|
|
overseeing the evaluation of our board of directors and
management;
|
|
|
|
determining the compensation of our directors; and
|
|
|
|
recommending members for each board committee of our board of
directors.
|
Compensation
Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation
None of the members of our compensation committee is an officer
or employee of our Company. None of our executive officers
currently serves, or in the past year has served, as a member of
the board of directors or compensation committee of any entity
that has one or more executive officers serving on our board of
directors or compensation committee.
89
Director
Compensation for the Year Ended December 31, 2009
We did not grant any options or other equity compensation to any
member of our board of directors in 2009. The following table
summarizes the cash compensation of each member of our board of
directors in 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fees Earned or
|
Name
|
|
Paid in Cash
|
|
Thomas M. Matthews
|
|
$
|
106,750
|
(1)
|
Charles L. Davis
|
|
|
|
|
Omar Kulbrandstad
|
|
|
|
|
Dirk McDermott
|
|
|
|
|
Kevin Neveu
|
|
$
|
31,866
|
(2)
|
Ørjan Svanevik
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
Mr. Matthews received an
annual retainer of $45,000, board fees of $51,250 and meeting
fees of $10,500 for in-person attendance at board and
compensation committee meetings.
|
|
|
(2)
|
Mr. Neveu received $20,000 in
board fees, meeting fees of $11,866 for in-person and telephone
attendance at board and compensation committee meetings.
|
In 2009, directors who were affiliated with any of our preferred
stockholders did not receive any compensation. All directors
were entitled to reimbursement for reasonable travel and other
business expenses incurred in connection with attending meetings
of the board of directors or committees of the board of
directors.
Effective upon the closing of this offering, our board of
directors has adopted a compensation policy that will be
applicable to all of our non-employee directors. This
compensation policy provides that each such non-employee
director will receive the following compensation for board and
committee services:
|
|
|
|
|
an annual retainer paid in cash in an amount equal to $9,000 per
quarter;
|
|
|
|
an annual equity award of restricted stock in an amount equal to
$50,000 or, at the option of the Company, an equivalent payment
in cash;
|
|
|
|
$1,500 for each board meeting attended in person if traveling
from the United States and $4,500 for each board meeting
attended in person if traveling from outside the United
States; and
|
|
|
|
$1,000 for each committee meeting attended in person.
|
In addition, this compensation policy provides that the chairman
of our audit committee will receive an additional annual
retainer of $10,000; the chairman of the compensation committee
will receive an additional annual retainer of $7,500; the
chairman of the corporate governance and nominating committee
will receive an additional annual retainer of $5,000; and the
non-executive chairman of the board of directors will receive an
additional annual retainer of $50,000.
90
EXECUTIVE
COMPENSATION
Compensation
Discussion and Analysis
Overview
The compensation committee of our board of directors has overall
responsibility for the compensation program for our executive
officers. Members of the compensation committee are appointed by
the board. Currently, the compensation committee consists of
three members of the board, none of whom are executive officers
of our Company.
Our executive compensation program is designed to encourage our
executives to focus on building stockholder value, maximizing
rational growth and bottom line results.
Our objective is to provide a competitive total compensation
package to attract and retain key personnel and drive effective
results. To achieve this objective, the compensation committee
has implemented and maintains compensation plans that tie a
substantial portion of the executives overall compensation
to key strategic financial and operational goals such as our
annual Management EBITDA (a non-GAAP measure defined below),
revenue and balance sheet management. Our executive compensation
program provides for the following elements:
|
|
|
|
|
base salaries, which are designed to allow us to attract and
retain qualified candidates in a highly competitive market;
|
|
|
|
variable compensation, which provides additional cash
compensation and is designed to support our
pay-for-performance
philosophy;
|
|
|
|
equity compensation, principally in the form of options, which
are granted to incentivize executive behavior that results in
increased stockholder value; and
|
|
|
|
a benefits package that is available to all of our employees.
|
A detailed description of these components is provided below.
Elements of
Our Executive Compensation Program
Base Salary.
We utilize base salary as
the primary means of providing compensation for performing the
essential elements of an executives job. We attempt to set
our base salaries at levels that allow us to attract and retain
executives in competitive markets.
Variable Pay.
Our variable pay
compensation, in the form of an annual cash bonus, is intended
to incentivize our executives to meet our corporate objectives
and compensate them for achieving these objectives. In addition,
our variable pay compensation is intended to reward and
incentivize our executives for exceeding their objectives. These
objectives may be both financial and non-financial and may be
based on company, divisional or individual performance. These
objectives are segregated so that executives may receive a bonus
for those objectives met and not for those they fail to meet;
however, no bonus will be paid if we do not achieve at least 80%
of our annual Management EBITDA (as defined below) target. For
financial objectives, the compensation committee typically sets
a target level where 100% of the bonus amount can be earned, a
threshold level where a smaller bonus amount can be earned and a
maximum level where a substantially larger bonus can be earned
for exceeding the target. Once the bonus is determined, our
chief executive officer, other than for himself, has discretion
to increase or decrease the bonus by up to 25% based upon the
achievement by the executive of personal objectives and our
chief executive officers judgment of the executives
relative contribution to results, subject to board approval. For
our chief executive officers bonus opportunity, the board
has discretion to increase or decrease the bonus by any amount.
Equity-Based Compensation.
Our
equity-based compensation is intended to enhance our ability to
retain talent over the long-term, to reward longer-term efforts
that enhance future value, and to provide executives with a form
of reward that aligns their interests with those of our
stockholders. Executives whose skills and results we deem to be
critical to our long-term
91
success are eligible to receive higher levels of equity-based
compensation. Executives typically receive an equity award in
the form of an option that vests over a period of time upon
commencement of their employment. Thereafter, they may receive
additional awards from time to time as the compensation
committee determines consistent with the objectives described
above.
Benefits.
Our benefits, such as our
basic health benefits, 401(k) plan, and life insurance, are
intended to provide a stable array of support to executives and
their families throughout various stages of their careers, and
these core benefits are provided to all executives regardless of
their individual performance levels. The 401(k) plan allows
participants to defer up to 100% of their annual compensation,
subject to the cap set by the Internal Revenue Code. The
executives elective deferrals are immediately vested and
nonforfeitable upon contribution to the 401(k) plan.
Taxes.
Our compensation committee does
not have any particular policies concerning the payment of tax
obligations on behalf of our employees. We are required by law
to withhold a portion of every compensation payment we make to
our employees. In the case of
non-cash
compensation, that means that either we withhold a portion of
the
non-cash
compensation payment and pay cash to the appropriate tax
authorities or that the employees make a direct cash payment to
us in lieu of our withholding a portion of the
non-cash
compensation. All payments to or on behalf of our employees,
including tax payments, are considered compensation and are
evaluated by our compensation committee as part of our overall
compensation packages. In the future, our compensation committee
will consider all possible forms of compensation, including
payment of tax obligations on behalf of our employees, in
determining how best to compensate our employees to achieve the
overall objectives of our compensation program.
Determining
the Amount of Each Element of Compensation
Overview.
The amount of each element of
our compensation program is determined by our compensation
committee on an annual basis taking into consideration the
results of our operations, long and short-term goals, individual
goals, the competitive market for our executives, the experience
of our compensation committee members with similar companies and
general economic factors.
In 2009, our compensation committee concurred with
managements recommendation that in the then-current
economic environment all salaries within our Company should
remain frozen at 2008 levels with no merit-based increases. Our
compensation committee did however consider increases for
management members who were promoted or assumed greater
responsibilities than they had in 2008.
Our chief executive officer provides input to the compensation
committee on the performance and compensation levels of our
executives, other than himself, as well as information regarding
promotions and assumption of additional duties, but he does not
have a vote on the compensation committee. Other than for
himself, he recommends the base salaries for his direct reports,
subject to compensation committee and board approval. Once the
level of compensation is set for the year, the compensation
committee may revisit its decisions and approvals if there are
material developments during the year, such as promotions, that
may warrant a change in compensation. After the year is over,
the compensation committee reviews the performance of the
executive officers and key employees to determine the
achievement of variable pay targets and to assess the overall
functioning of our compensation plans against our goals.
Base Salary.
Our compensation committee
reviews our executives base salaries on an annual basis
taking into consideration the factors described above as well as
changes in position or responsibilities. In the event of
material changes in position, responsibilities or
92
other factors, the compensation committee may consider modifying
an executives base pay during the course of the year.
In 2009, due to the harsh economic conditions, we did not
provide increases in base salaries to any of our employees,
including our named executive officers, unless they received a
promotion or assumed additional duties. Mr. Eliassen
received an increase as a result of adding the operations of the
Middle East to his duties effective May 2009. Mr. Maytorena
received an increase as a result of his promotion and assuming
increased operational responsibilities in October 2009. We
summarize the changes in base salary of our named executive
officers for 2009 in the table below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2008
|
|
2009
|
|
Dollar
|
|
Percentage
|
Name
|
|
Base Salary
|
|
Base Salary
|
|
Increase
|
|
Increase
|
|
Mark Slaughter
|
|
$
|
262,784
|
|
|
$
|
262,784
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
Martin Jimmerson
|
|
|
218,784
|
|
|
|
218,784
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William Sutton
|
|
|
172,784
|
|
|
|
172,784
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lars Eliassen
|
|
|
157,203
|
|
|
|
170,000
|
|
|
|
12,797
|
|
|
|
8.1
|
|
Hector Maytorena
|
|
|
137,784
|
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
12,216
|
|
|
|
8.9
|
|
Variable Pay.
Our compensation
committee establishes an executive bonus plan on an annual basis
and distributions are typically made during the first calendar
quarter of the next calendar year, once the compensation
committee has determined if the goals have been achieved.
However, the compensation committee has the authority to modify
our bonus structure throughout the year if they consider it
appropriate. Examples of circumstances in which our compensation
committee might consider revising a bonus plan include mergers,
acquisitions, divestitures, board-approved budget revisions and
other material changes in our Company. In addition, our board
has discretion to increase or decrease by 25% any formula bonus
to reflect an individuals perceived contribution to our
Companys results. In addition, with respect to our chief
executive officer, our board has complete discretion to increase
or decrease the formula bonus.
Our executive bonus plan for 2009 provided a potential bonus for
each executive based on the achievement of region-wide or
company-wide financial targets. For all executives, the
potential award is based on the following performance metrics:
|
|
|
|
|
Management EBITDA (a non-GAAP measure), which the plan defines
as earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation and
amortization. The plan also allows for financial targets to be
adjusted based on budgeted exchange rates, post acquisition
re-organization costs and any other centrally agreed upon
exceptional items. Typically, exceptional items would include
impairment of goodwill, gain on sale of assets, other (income)
expense, changes in the fair value of derivatives, stock-based
compensation expense and initial public offering costs;
|
|
|
|
Revenue, which we define as gross revenue less credits and
uncollectible billings as reported in accordance with
GAAP; and
|
|
|
|
DSO, which we define as the average of each
end-of-quarter
accounts receivable balance less reserve for doubtful accounts
divided by four, then divided by quarterly revenue multiplied by
365 days.
|
For Messrs. Slaughter, Jimmerson, Sutton and Maytorena in
2009, we utilized these performance metrics on a consolidated
company-wide basis. For Mr. Eliassen (and for
Mr. Maytorena beginning in 2010), with respect to the
Management EBITDA and revenue metrics, the performance metrics
are weighted with 30% based on consolidated company-wide
performance and 70% based on the performance for the region each
manages. However, in every case, the weighting is 65% Management
EBITDA, 20% Revenue and 15% DSO.
For 2009, our company-wide consolidated financial targets for
bonus purposes were $101.2 million Revenue,
$34.3 million Management EBITDA, and 65 DSO. For
Mr. Eliassens
93
operational area, our financial targets were $27.4 million
Revenue and $12.4 million Management EBITDA. These amounts
were set as goals for bonus compensation purposes only and did
not necessarily reflect actual expected results.
Since our financial targets are stretch targets, our
compensation committee believes in paying smaller bonuses if we
reach at least 80% of our target and larger bonuses if we exceed
the target level. For 2009, we used the following multiplier
table for our Management EBITDA performance metric to determine
each executives bonus formula if we achieved between 80%
and 140% of the Management EBITDA target:
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
Target
|
Plan/Budget
|
|
Multiplier
|
|
140%
|
|
|
2.000
|
|
120
|
|
|
1.500
|
|
110
|
|
|
1.250
|
|
105
|
|
|
1.125
|
|
100
|
|
|
1.000
|
|
95
|
|
|
.875
|
|
90
|
|
|
.750
|
|
80
|
|
|
.500
|
|
Less than 80
|
|
|
0
|
|
For 2009, we used the following multiplier table for our Revenue
and DSO metrics to determine the executives bonus
multiplier if we achieved between 80% and 140% of the Revenue or
DSO target:
|
|
|
|
|
Percentage of
|
|
Target
|
Plan/Budget
|
|
Multiplier
|
|
140%
|
|
|
1.40
|
|
120
|
|
|
1.20
|
|
110
|
|
|
1.10
|
|
100
|
|
|
1.00
|
|
90
|
|
|
.90
|
|
80
|
|
|
.80
|
|
Less than 80
|
|
|
0
|
|
For each of the two tables above, if the percentage of plan or
budget was between two levels, the results were interpolated on
a straight-line basis between the two levels.
In 2009, the aggregate multiplier was then multiplied by a
percentage of the executives base salary which represented
the executives bonus opportunity based on achieving all
three financial targets. The table below shows each named
executive officers bonus opportunity in 2009 if we
achieved our target levels:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
Potential
|
|
|
|
|
Base
|
|
100%
|
|
Potential 100%
|
Name
|
|
Salary
|
|
Bonus (%)
|
|
Bonus ($)
|
|
Mark Slaughter
|
|
$
|
262,784
|
|
|
|
50
|
%
|
|
$
|
131,392
|
|
Martin Jimmerson
|
|
|
218,784
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
76,574
|
|
William Sutton
|
|
|
172,784
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
43,196
|
|
Lars Eliassen
|
|
|
170,000
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
42,500
|
|
Hector Maytorena
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
37,500
|
|
94
In 2009, the achievement of our financial targets was as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(In
|
|
(In
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Millions
|
|
Millions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Except
|
|
Except
|
|
Percentage
|
|
Resulting
|
Financial Target
|
|
DSO)
|
|
DSO)
|
|
of Plan
|
|
Multiplier
|
|
Consolidated Revenue
|
|
|
101.2
|
|
|
|
82.1
|
|
|
|
81
|
%
|
|
|
0.81
|
|
Consolidated Management EBITDA
|
|
|
34.3
|
|
|
|
28.7
|
|
|
|
84
|
|
|
|
0.60
|
|
Consolidated DSO
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
65
|
|
|
|
100
|
|
|
|
1.00
|
|
Mr. Eliassens Revenue
|
|
|
27.4
|
|
|
|
27.0
|
|
|
|
99
|
|
|
|
0.99
|
|
Mr. Eliassens Management EBITDA
|
|
|
12.4
|
|
|
|
14.3
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
1.40
|
|
Messrs. Slaughters, Jimmersons, Suttons
and Maytorenas 2009 bonus formula was their respective
100% bonus potential (as shown in the table above) multiplied by
the sum of (i) 65% of the Consolidated Management EBITDA
multiplier; (ii) 20% of the Consolidated Revenue
Multiplier; and (iii) 15% of the Consolidated DSO
Multiplier.
Mr. Eliassens 2009 formula bonus was his 100% bonus
potential (as shown in the table above) multiplied by 30% of the
sum of (65% of the Consolidated Management EBITDA multiplier
plus 20% of the Consolidated Revenue Multiplier) plus 70% of the
sum of (65% of his Management EBITDA multiplier plus 20% of his
Revenue Multiplier) plus 15% of the Consolidated DSO Multiplier.
The resulting bonuses were then adjusted on a discretionary
basis to reflect each individuals perceived overall
performance during the year, resulting in a 10% increase in the
bonus for Messrs. Slaughter, Jimmerson and Sutton, a 5%
increase in Mr. Eliassens bonus and a 5% decrease in
Mr. Maytorenas bonus.
As a result, the bonuses we paid to our named executive officers
for 2009 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Potential
|
|
Actual
|
|
|
100%
|
|
Bonus
|
Name
|
|
Bonus
|
|
Paid
|
|
Mark Slaughter
|
|
$
|
131,392
|
|
|
|
101,172
|
|
Martin Jimmerson
|
|
|
76,574
|
|
|
|
58,962
|
|
William Sutton
|
|
|
43,196
|
|
|
|
33,261
|
|
Lars Eliassen
|
|
|
42,500
|
|
|
|
48,195
|
|
Hector Maytorena
|
|
|
37,500
|
|
|
|
24,938
|
|
Allocation of
Equity Compensation Awards
In 2009, we granted the following options to our named executive
officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares
|
Name
|
|
Underlying Options
|
|
Mark Slaughter
|
|
|
140,000
|
|
Martin Jimmerson
|
|
|
90,000
|
|
William Sutton
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
Lars Eliassen
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
Hector Maytorena
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
Our compensation committee granted the additional options to
Mr. Slaughter and Mr. Jimmerson in August 2009 to
bring their ownership in our Company back in line with the
percentage interests they held when they were hired. Their
interests had been diluted by equity issuances made since their
hiring. The additional grants to Messrs. Sutton, Eliassen
and Maytorena were made on January 1, 2009 as part of our
normal annual review of equity grants to increase their interest
in the long-term success of our Company. None of these rewards
were based on any paid compensation studies.
95
Options granted to our executives and other employees typically
vest over a period of four years, with 25% of the shares vesting
on each of the first, second, third and fourth year anniversary
of the grant date. Our compensation committee does not apply a
rigid formula in allocating options to executives as a group or
to any particular executive. Instead, our compensation committee
exercises its judgment and discretion and considers, among other
things, the role and responsibility of the executive,
competitive factors, the amount of stock-based equity
compensation already held by the executive, the non-equity
compensation received by the executive and the total number of
options to be granted to all participants during the year. Our
compensation committee typically makes annual grants of equity
awards to our employees in connection with its annual review of
our employees compensation and then throughout the year
our compensation committee evaluates grants for new hires,
promotions or other changes that may warrant additional grants.
Timing of
Equity Awards
Our compensation committee generally grants options to
executives and current employees once per year on the date of
the regularly scheduled compensation committee meeting. However,
we have historically also made additional grants in connection
with major events such as third party financings. With respect
to newly hired employees, our practice is typically to make
grants at the first meeting of the compensation committee
following the employees hire date. We do not have any
program, plan or practice to time option grants in coordination
with the release of material non-public information. As a
privately held company, our compensation committee has
historically determined the exercise price of options based on
valuations determined by the board of directors, but will switch
to the trading price of our common stock on the date of grant
upon completion of this offering.
Executive
Equity Ownership
We encourage our executives to hold a significant equity
interest in our Company. However, we do not have specific share
retention and ownership guidelines for our executives. We have a
policy that, once we become a publicly traded company following
this offering, we will not permit our executives to sell our
stock short, will prohibit our executives from holding our stock
in a margin account, and will discourage the purchase and sale
of exchange-traded options on our stock by our executives.
Type of Equity
Awards
Historically, we have only issued stock options, or in limited
circumstances, warrants, as equity awards. However, our 2010
Omnibus Incentive Plan permits us to issue stock options,
restricted stock units, restricted stock, stock appreciation
rights, performance units and performance stock.
Severance and
Change in Control Arrangements
See Employment Arrangements with Named Executive
Officers and Payments Upon Termination or Upon
Change in Control below for a description of the severance
and change in control arrangements we have with our named
executive officer. The compensation committee believed that
these arrangements were necessary to attract and retain our
named executive officers. The terms of the arrangements with
Messrs. Slaughter and Jimmerson were determined in
negotiation with the applicable named executive officer and were
not based on any set formula. The severance arrangements with
Messrs. Sutton, Eliassen and Maytorena were structured to
provide an incentive to these named executive officers to remain
with our Company and to get them to execute non-compete
agreements.
Effect of
Accounting and Tax Treatment on Compensation
Decisions
In the review and establishment of our compensation programs, we
consider the anticipated accounting and tax implications to us
and our executives. In this regard, following the
96
completion of this offering, we may begin utilizing restricted
stock and restricted stock units as additional forms of equity
compensation incentives in response to changes in the accounting
treatment of equity awards under Financial Accounting Standards
Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, Stock
Compensation, or FASB ASC Topic 718. While we consider the
applicable accounting and tax treatment of alternative forms of
equity compensation, these factors alone are not dispositive,
and we also consider the cash and non-cash impact of the
programs and whether a program is consistent with our overall
compensation philosophy and objectives.
After we become a public company, Section 162(m) of the
Internal Revenue Code and related guidance from the Internal
Revenue Service will generally impose a limit on the amount of
compensation that we may deduct in any one year with respect to
our chief executive officer and each of our next three most
highly compensated executive officers, unless specific and
detailed criteria are satisfied. Performance-based compensation,
as defined in the Internal Revenue Code, is fully deductible if
the plan under which the compensation is paid is approved by
stockholders and meets other requirements. In addition, certain
compensation paid under our plans that existed before we became
a public company are not subject to the limitations imposed by
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code. We believe
that certain grants of equity awards under our option plans that
existed before we became a public company will not be subject to
the limitations imposed by Section 162(m) of the Internal
Revenue Code, thereby permitting us to receive a federal income
tax deduction in connection with such awards. In general, we
have determined that we will not seek to limit executive
compensation so that it is deductible under Section 162(m).
However, from time to time, we monitor whether it might be in
our interests to structure our compensation programs to satisfy
the requirements of Section 162(m). We seek to maintain
flexibility in compensating our executives in a manner designed
to promote our corporate goals and therefore our compensation
committee has not adopted a policy requiring all compensation to
be deductible. Our compensation committee will continue to
assess the impact of Section 162(m) on our compensation
practices and determine what further action, if any, is
appropriate.
Role of
Executives in Executive Compensation Decisions
Our compensation committee generally seeks input from our chief
executive officer, Mark Slaughter, when discussing the
performance of and compensation levels for executives other than
himself. The compensation committee also works with
Mr. Slaughter and with our chief financial officer and the
head of our human resources department in evaluating the
financial, accounting, tax and retention implications of our
various compensation programs. Neither Mr. Slaughter nor
any of our other executives participates in deliberations
relating to his or her own compensation.
97
Summary
Compensation Table
The following table provides information regarding the
compensation of our chief executive officer, chief financial
officer and each of our other three most highly compensated
executive officers during 2009. We refer to these executive
officers as our named executive officers.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Incentive Plan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
Compensation
|
|
All Other
|
|
|
Name and Principal Position
|
|
Year
|
|
Salary
|
|
Bonus
|
|
Awards (1)
|
|
(2)
|
|
Compensation
|
|
Total
|
|
Mark Slaughter
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
$
|
262,784
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
161,000
|
|
|
$
|
101,172
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
524,956
|
|
President and Chief Executive Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Martin Jimmerson
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
218,784
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
103,500
|
|
|
|
58,962
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
381,246
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William Sutton
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
172,784
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
33,261
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
218,045
|
|
Vice President & General Counsel
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lars Eliassen
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
165,734
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
48,195
|
|
|
|
406,448
|
(3)
|
|
|
632,377
|
|
Vice President, & General Manager, Europe Middle East
Africa
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hector Maytorena
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
140,838
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
24,938
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
177,776
|
|
Vice President & General Manager, Americas
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Amounts in this column represent
the aggregate grant date fair value of option awards calculated
in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718. The assumptions we used
in valuing options are described in
Note 12Stock-Based Compensation to our
consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Represents incentive plan cash
bonuses paid to our named executive officers during the first
quarter of 2010 based on the achievement of performance metrics
during 2009. See Compensation Discussion and
AnalysisDetermining the Amount of Each Element of
CompensationVariable Pay for additional information
relating to our 2009 bonuses.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Mr. Eliassen received tax
equalization of $232,727, $107,245 of cost of living allowance
and $66,476 of other assignment allowances, which were paid in
Norwegian Kroner but converted to United States Dollars using
the average rate of exchange from Onanda.com for 2009.
|
98
Grants of
Plan-Based Awards in 2009
The following table sets forth each grant of plan-based awards
to our named executive officers during 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Awards:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated Future Payouts
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Under Non-Equity Incentive
|
|
|
Securities
|
|
|
Price of
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Plan Awards
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Fair Value of
|
|
|
|
Grant
|
|
|
80%
|
|
|
100%
|
|
|
140%
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Awards
|
|
|
Option
|
|
Name
|
|
Date
|
|
|
Threshold
|
|
|
Target
|
|
|
Maximum (1)
|
|
|
(#)
|
|
|
($/SH) (2)
|
|
|
Awards ($) (3)
|
|
|
Mark Slaughter
|
|
|
8/19/2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
140,000
|
|
|
$
|
1.33
|
|
|
$
|
161,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
79,492
|
|
|
$
|
131,392
|
|
|
$
|
235,192
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Martin Jimmerson
|
|
|
8/19/2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
90,000
|
|
|
|
1.33
|
|
|
|
103,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
46,327
|
|
|
|
76,574
|
|
|
|
137,067
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William Sutton
|
|
|
1/1/2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
1.33
|
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26,134
|
|
|
|
43,196
|
|
|
|
77,321
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lars Eliassen
|
|
|
1/1/2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
1.33
|
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,713
|
|
|
|
42,500
|
|
|
|
76,075
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hector Maytorena
|
|
|
1/1/2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
1.33
|
|
|
|
12,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22,688
|
|
|
|
37,500
|
|
|
|
67,125
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The tables in our executive bonus
plan for 2009 provided for incentive bonuses up to 140% of
plan/budget. However, payouts could have exceeded the maximum
set forth in this column if our 2009 metrics exceeded 140% of
plan/budget. See Compensation Discussion and
AnalysisDetermining the Amount of Each Element of
CompensationVariable Pay for more information
regarding our executive bonus plan for 2009.
|
|
(2)
|
|
For a discussion of our methodology
for determining the fair value of our common stock, see the
Managements Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of OperationsCritical Accounting
Policies section of this prospectus.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Valuation of these options is based
on the aggregate dollar amount of stock-based compensation
recognized for financial statement reporting purposes computed
in accordance with FASB ASC Topic 718 over the term of these
options, excluding the impact of estimated forfeitures related
to service-based vesting conditions. The assumptions used by us
with respect to the valuation of stock and option awards are set
forth in Note 12Stock-Based Compensation
to our consolidated financial statements included in this
prospectus.
|
99
Outstanding
Equity Awards at 2009 Fiscal Year-End
The following table lists all outstanding equity awards held by
our named executive officers as of December 31, 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities Underlying
|
|
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
|
Unexercised Options
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Expiration
|
|
Name
|
|
Exerciseable (1)
|
|
|
Unexerciseable (1)
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
Mark Slaughter
|
|
|
386,250
|
|
|
|
386,250
|
(2)
|
|
$
|
1.75
|
|
|
|
1/1/2017
|
|
|
|
|
12,500
|
|
|
|
37,500
|
(3)
|
|
|
2.41
|
|
|
|
1/1/2018
|
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
140,000
|
(4)
|
|
|
1.33
|
|
|
|
8/19/2019
|
|
Marty Jimmerson
|
|
|
220,750
|
|
|
|
220,750
|
(5)
|
|
|
1.75
|
|
|
|
1/1/2017
|
|
|
|
|
12,500
|
|
|
|
37,500
|
(6)
|
|
|
2.41
|
|
|
|
1/1/2018
|
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
90,000
|
(7)
|
|
|
1.33
|
|
|
|
8/19/2019
|
|
William Sutton
|
|
|
12,500
|
|
|
|
37,500
|
(8)
|
|
|
2.41
|
|
|
|
1/1/2018
|
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
(9)
|
|
|
1.33
|
|
|
|
1/1/2019
|
|
Lars Eliassen
|
|
|
40,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
(10)
|
|
|
0.60
|
|
|
|
11/1/2014
|
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
(11)
|
|
|
1.00
|
|
|
|
3/1/2016
|
|
|
|
|
12,500
|
|
|
|
12,500
|
(12)
|
|
|
2.08
|
|
|
|
5/1/2017
|
|
|
|
|
6,250
|
|
|
|
18,750
|
(13)
|
|
|
2.41
|
|
|
|
1/1/2018
|
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
(14)
|
|
|
1.33
|
|
|
|
1/1/2019
|
|
Hector Maytorena
|
|
|
12,500
|
|
|
|
12,500
|
(15)
|
|
|
2.75
|
|
|
|
11/5/2017
|
|
|
|
|
6,250
|
|
|
|
18,750
|
(16)
|
|
|
2.41
|
|
|
|
1/1/2018
|
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
(17)
|
|
|
1.33
|
|
|
|
1/1/2019
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The options reflected in the table
above, except the option granted to Mr. Eliassen on
March 1, 2006, vest as to one-fourth of the total number of
shares on the first, second, third and fourth year anniversary
of the date of award specified in the award agreement.
|
|
(2)
|
|
The date of award was
January 1, 2007.
|
|
(3)
|
|
The date of award was
January 1, 2008.
|
|
(4)
|
|
The date of award was
August 19, 2009.
|
|
(5)
|
|
The date of award was
January 1, 2007.
|
|
(6)
|
|
The date of award was
January 1, 2008.
|
|
(7)
|
|
The date of award was
August 19, 2009.
|
|
(8)
|
|
The date of award was
January 1, 2008.
|
|
(9)
|
|
The date of award was
January 1, 2009.
|
|
(10)
|
|
The date of award was
October 1, 2004.
|
|
(11)
|
|
The date of award was March 1,
2006.
|
|
(12)
|
|
The date of award was May 1,
2007.
|
|
(13)
|
|
The date of award was
January 1, 2008.
|
|
(14)
|
|
The date of award was
January 1, 2009.
|
|
(15)
|
|
The date of award was
November 5, 2007.
|
|
(16)
|
|
The date of award was
January 1, 2008.
|
|
(17)
|
|
The date of award was
January 1, 2009.
|
Option Exercises
in 2009
None of our named executive officers exercised any options in
2009.
100
Pension
Benefits
None of our named executive officers participates in or has
account balances in qualified or non-qualified defined benefit
plans sponsored by us.
Nonqualified
Deferred Compensation
None of our named executive officers participates in or has
account balances in non-qualified defined contribution plans or
other deferred compensation plans maintained by us.
Employment
Arrangements with Named Executive Officers
We are party to an employment agreement with our chief executive
officer, Mark Slaughter, dated effective August 15, 2007.
Through a subsequent amendment, we agreed to employ
Mr. Slaughter as our Chief Executive Officer and President
through November 15, 2011, but will automatically extend
the term of his employment for successive one year periods
unless either we or Mr. Slaughter give notice of
non-renewal at least 90 days before the end of any term.
Mr. Slaughters initial annual base salary was set at
$225,000, subject to increase from time to time.
Mr. Slaughter is entitled to an annual target bonus of at
least 50% of his annual base salary subject to the terms of our
annual bonus plan and payable within four months following the
end of the fiscal year to which the bonus relates. In 2010,
Mr. Slaughters target bonus opportunity was increased
to 75% of his base salary.
If we terminate Mr. Slaughters employment without
cause or Mr. Slaughter terminates his
employment with us for good reason, he is entitled
to (i) a lump sum cash severance in an amount equal to the
sum of his then annual base salary and target bonus for the
bonus period in which the termination occurs; (ii) COBRA
premiums for up to 18 months or a cash payment in the
amount of such premiums plus a tax gross up on any tax he would
pay on such amounts under Section 409A of the Internal
Revenue Code, or an insured product that does not subject
Mr. Slaughter to the Section 409A tax; (iii) all
earned but unpaid base salary, accrued but unused vacation and
unreimbursed business expenses; and (iv) outplacement
services of up to $20,000,
For this purpose, cause is defined as any of the
following: (i) Mr. Slaughters conviction of a
felony or a misdemeanor involving moral turpitude, or
(ii) if three-fourths of our entire Board approves
Mr. Slaughters termination based upon either of
(a) Mr. Slaughters intentional or continued
failure to perform his duties other than by reason of an illness
or a disability, (b) Mr. Slaughters intentional
engagement in conduct that is materially injurious to us
monetarily or otherwise, or (c) Mr. Slaughters
gross negligence in the performance of his duties.
For this purpose, good reason is defined as any of
the following: (i) an adverse change in
Mr. Slaughters position, authority, duties or
responsibilities, including job title, (ii) an adverse
change in Mr. Slaughters base salary or the taking of
any action by us that would diminish, other than in a de minimis
amount, the aggregate incentive compensation awards or
opportunities of Mr. Slaughter or the level of
Mr. Slaughters participation relative to other
participants, (iii) the relocation of our principal
executive offices more than 25 miles from where such
offices are located on the effective date of the agreement or
Mr. Slaughter being based at any office other than our
principal executive offices, except for travel reasonably
required in the performance of Mr. Slaughters duties
and reasonably consistent with Mr. Slaughters travel
prior to the effective date of the agreement, or (iv) a
breach of the employment agreement by us, which remains uncured
for 10 days following Mr. Slaughters written
notice to us of such breach.
If any payment to Mr. Slaughter, would be subject to the
excise tax imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal Revenue
Code, we must pay Mr. Slaughter a
gross-up
payment in an amount such that after the payment by
Mr. Slaughter of all taxes he retains an amount of the
gross-up
payment equal to the initial excise tax.
101
Likewise, if any payment to Mr. Slaughter, whether under
the employment agreement or otherwise, would be subject to the
excise tax imposed by Section 409A of the Internal Revenue
Code, we must pay Mr. Slaughter a
gross-up
payment in an amount such that after the payment by
Mr. Slaughter of all taxes he retains an amount of the
gross-up
payment equal to the initial 409A tax.
If Mr. Slaughters employment with us is terminated
for any reason other than cause, any unvested
options granted to Mr. Slaughter prior to his termination
will become fully vested and exercisable, except any equity
awards, including options, issued to Mr. Slaughter by us
under a long-term incentive plan after our stock is listed on a
public stock exchange or securities market, which awards will
vest and continue in accordance with the terms of any such plan.
All vested options will be exercisable for the remainder of the
original option terms, subject to the same exception noted in
the prior sentence.
If Mr. Slaughters employment with us is terminated
for any reason (i) while he owns shares of our stock
purchased by him within his first 90 days of employment
with us and (ii) our stock is not listed on any public
stock exchange or securities market on such termination date,
then for 90 days following his termination,
Mr. Slaughter will have a right to sell such shares to us
for an immediate lump sum cash payment determined by multiplying
the number of such shares by the fair market value per share
(such right, the Put Option).
Upon a change of control as defined in
Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, all equity
awards granted to Mr. Slaughter shall vest and continue to
be exercisable pursuant to their respective terms.
Mr. Slaughter may also require us to repurchase our
warrants that he owns for their net fair market value.
If we terminate Mr. Slaughters employment without
cause or if he terminates his employment for other
than good reason, he is subject to restrictive
covenants of non-competition and non-solicitation for a period
of 12 months from his termination date.
We also agreed to a similar agreement with Mr. Jimmerson on
the same date. In that agreement, we agree to employ
Mr. Jimmerson as our Chief Financial Officer. That
agreement has all of the same terms as Mr. Slaughters
agreement, including subsequent amendments as to term, except
Mr. Jimmersons initial annual base salary was set at
$180,000, subject to increase from time to time, and his annual
target bonus potential was 35% of his base salary. In 2010,
Mr. Jimmersons annual target bonus opportunity was
increased to 50% of his base salary.
We also agreed to a similar agreement with Mr. Sutton on
May 18, 2010. In that agreement, we agree to employ
Mr. Sutton as our Vice President, Secretary &
General Counsel. That agreement has all of the same terms as
Mr. Slaughters agreement, including a subsequent
amendment as to term, except Mr. Suttons initial
annual base salary was set at $172,784, his annual target bonus
potential was 30% of his base salary, his agreement does not
contain a Put Option and he is not entitled to a
gross-up
for
excise taxes imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal
Revenue Code as discussed above.
We also agreed to a similar agreement with Mr. Maytorena on
May 18, 2010. In that agreement, we agree to employee
Mr. Maytorena as our Vice President & General
Manager, Americas. That agreement has all of the same terms as
Mr. Slaughters agreement, including a subsequent
amendment as to term, except Mr. Maytorenas initial
annual base salary was set at $150,000 his annual target bonus
potential was 30% of his base salary, his agreement does not
contain a Put Option and he is not entitled to a
gross-up
for
excise taxes imposed by Section 4999 of the Internal
Revenue Code as discussed above.
Our subsidiary, RigNet AS, is a party to an employment agreement
with Lars Eliassen effective as of June 1, 2010. Our
subsidiary agreed to employ Mr. Eliassen as Vice
President & General Manager, Europe Middle East
Africa. Through a subsequent amendment, we agreed to
102
employ Mr. Eliassen through November 15, 2011, but
will automatically extend the term of his employment for
successive one year periods unless either we or
Mr. Eliassen give notice of non-renewal at least
90 days before the end of any term. Our subsidiary agreed
to pay Mr. Eliassen a monthly base salary of $16,667 plus
net adjustments of $3,333 per month. Our subsidiary also agreed
to provide Mr. Eliassen with housing, a tax equalization
benefit equal to the taxes he would have paid in the United
States, closing costs on United States home sale, standard house
appliances, repatriation back to the United States if his
employment is involuntarily terminated, use of a company car,
two trips back to the United States each year, and tax allowance
for taxes incurred on these benefits. Mr. Eliassen agreed
not to compete with our subsidiary in any geographical area in
which our subsidiary does or plans to provide services on the
date of termination for a period of 12 months after the
date of termination. Mr. Eliassen also will not hire or
induce any employees of our subsidiary to cease their employment
with our subsidiary during the same 12 month period. The
payments due to Mr. Eliassen upon termination of his
employment with us under various conditions and the treatment of
the shares of stock that he owns in us (including any options
for such shares that he may hold) are the same as those stated
above in the discussion of Mr. Slaughters agreement,
except that the lump sum cash severance amount may vary, as it
will be negotiated in good faith at the time of termination, and
Mr. Eliassens agreement does not contain a Put Option.
Payments Upon
Termination or Upon Change in Control
The following table sets forth information concerning the
payments that would be received by each of our named executive
officers upon a termination of their employment without cause or
upon a change of control. The table assumes the termination
occurred on December 31, 2009 and uses the fair value of
$2.12 for each share of our common stock as of that date, but
has been updated to reflect first quarter 2010 salary increases
and option awards. The table only shows additional amounts that
the named executive officers would be entitled to receive upon
termination, and does not show other items of compensation that
may be earned and payable at such time such as earned but unpaid
base salary or bonuses.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accelerated Vesting
|
|
|
|
|
of Options Upon
|
|
|
Severance Payment
|
|
Termination Without
|
|
|
Upon Termination
|
|
Cause, for Good
|
|
|
Without Cause or
|
|
Reason or Upon a
|
Name
|
|
for Good Reason
|
|
Change of Control
|
|
Mark Slaughter
|
|
$
|
584,818 (1
|
)
|
|
$
|
182,056
|
(2)
|
Martin Jimmerson
|
|
|
443,818 (1
|
)
|
|
|
111,939
|
(2)
|
William Sutton
|
|
|
312,868 (1
|
)
|
|
|
14,813
|
(2)
|
Lars Eliassen
|
|
|
(3
|
)
|
|
|
41,563
|
(2)
|
Hector Maytorena
|
|
|
266,125 (1
|
)
|
|
|
14,813
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
Includes one year base salary, one
year bonus opportunity, 18 months COBRA premiums and
$20,000 in outplacement services.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Outstanding options as of
December 31, 2009 are set forth above under
Outstanding Equity Awards at 2009 Fiscal
Year-End and first quarter 2010 option awards are set
forth below under Option Awards in 2010.
|
|
(3)
|
|
In accordance with Norwegian law,
Mr. Eliassens employment agreement provides that the
cash severance amount payable to Mr. Eliassen will be
negotiated in good faith at the time of severance.
|
103
Compensation
Increases in 2010
Effective January 1, 2010, the named executive officers
base salaries were increased according to the table below.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2010
|
|
Dollar
|
|
Percentage
|
Name
|
|
Base Salary
|
|
Base Salary
|
|
Increase
|
|
Increase
|
|
Mark Slaughter
|
|
$
|
262,784
|
|
|
$
|
281,400
|
|
|
$
|
18,616
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
%
|
Martin Jimmerson
|
|
|
218,784
|
|
|
|
234,300
|
|
|
|
15,516
|
|
|
|
7.1
|
|
William Sutton
|
|
|
172,784
|
|
|
|
210,000
|
|
|
|
37,216
|
|
|
|
21.5
|
|
Lars Eliassen
|
|
|
170,000
|
|
|
|
200,000
|
|
|
|
30,000
|
|
|
|
17.6
|
|
Hector Maytorena
|
|
|
150,000
|
|
|
|
175,000
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
16.7
|
|
The adjustments for executive management were due to individual
merit and market adjustment pools rather than the use of third
party compensation studies. We purchased a third party
compensation report to gain input on average market increases in
the various geographies in which our employees work. Management
then recommended to the compensation committee and board of
directors both the merit increase and market adjustment pools,
expressed as percentages of aggregate base pay of all employees,
which pools were then allocated to individual employees based on
performance, future potential and retention factors. For 2010,
the compensation committee and board of directors awarded an
aggregate pool of 5% in eligible compensation, broken down into
3.1% for merit increases, 0.9% for market adjustments, and 1%
for special retention compensation in a year of expected
economic recovery. Individual employee increases may be higher
or lower than the average, provided that the pool is not
exceeded for increases across all eligible employees.
In setting pay for individual employees, we considered
performance, career potential, need for retention, tenure and
skills for the position and overall responsibilities. The
aggregate compensation increases were within the 5% overall pool
limit, as overages had to be further approved by the board. The
board set the pay increase for our chief executive officer. The
chief executive officer recommended the pay increases for his
direct reports, subject to compensation committee and board
approval. All remaining employees had their pay recommended by
management, subject to chief executive officer approval and
compensation committee concurrence.
For Messrs. Jimmerson, Sutton, Eliassen and Maytorena, we
took into account the above described evaluation factors to set
each of their base salary increases, which were then reviewed
and approved by the compensation committee.
Mr. Slaughters base salary increase was determined by
the board of directors based on the same factors and drawing
from the same overall funding pools. After consultation with the
compensation committee, the chief executive officer recommended
Mr. Jimmersons base salary be increased by the same
percentage as his own, which has been typical of their treatment
at our Company. For Mr. Sutton, the chief executive officer
recommended an increase in base salary in order to bring
Mr. Suttons base salary up to a level he believed was
commensurate with the number three position in our Company and
recognizing his performance and importance to our Company. For
Mr. Eliassen, the chief executive officer recommended an
increase to bring his base salary to a level commensurate with
the responsibilities of running one of the largest geographic
regions in our Company and further recognizing his length of
service to the Company and in the position he currently holds.
For Mr. Maytorena, the chief executive officer recommended
an increase to bring his base salary to a level commensurate
with the responsibility of running one of the largest geographic
regions for our Company, while recognizing that he has recently
assumed this new role.
When we become a public company, we intend to move to a
market-based pay philosophy across base pay, annual bonuses and
long-term equity awards.
104
Option Awards in
2010
On January 1, 2010, we granted our named executive officers
the options listed in the table below. The number of options
granted to Messrs. Sutton, Eliassen and Maytorena was
determined based on the quantity of options granted in 2009 to
our executive officers with comparable titles and levels of
responsibility. The number of options granted to
Messrs. Jimmerson and Slaughter was determined in relation
to awards made to the other executive officers to reflect
Messrs. Jimmersons and Slaughters additional
responsibilities for our Company.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Securities Underlying
|
|
|
|
Option
|
|
|
Unexercised Options
|
|
Option
|
|
Expiration
|
Name
|
|
Exerciseable (1)
|
|
Unexerciseable (1)
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
Date
|
|
Mark Slaughter
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
60,000
|
|
|
$
|
2.12
|
|
|
|
1/1/2020
|
|
Marty Jimmerson
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
50,000
|
|
|
|
2.12
|
|
|
|
1/1/2020
|
|
William Sutton
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
2.12
|
|
|
|
1/1/2020
|
|
Lars Eliassen
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
2.12
|
|
|
|
1/1/2020
|
|
Hector Maytorena
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
25,000
|
|
|
|
2.12
|
|
|
|
1/1/2020
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
The options reflected in the table
above vest as to one-fourth of the total number of shares of
common stock on January 1, 2011, January 1, 2012,
January 1, 2013 and January 1, 2014.
|
IPO Success
Bonus
Our compensation committee has approved $400,000 in bonuses to
be paid to some of our key employees most involved in our
initial public offering process, including
Messrs. Slaughter, Jimmerson and Sutton, upon completion of
this offering. The allocation of the bonuses among those
individuals will be determined by the compensation committee on
a purely discretionary basis based upon the compensation
committees perception of each key employees
perceived relative contributions to the success of the offering.
Employee Benefit
Plans
2010 Omnibus
Incentive Plan
Our board of directors has adopted, subject to the approval of
such adoption by our stockholders, the RigNet, Inc. 2010 Omnibus
Incentive Plan, or our 2010 Plan, effective May 26, 2010.
Our 2010 Plan provides for the grant of options to purchase our
common stock, both incentive options that are intended to
satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal
Revenue Code, nonqualified options, stock appreciation rights,
restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance stock,
performance units, other stock-based awards and certain cash
awards.
We have reserved for issuance under our 2010 Plan
3,000,000 shares of our common stock.
Our employees are eligible to receive awards under our 2010
Plan. In addition, (1) the non-employee directors of our
Company, (2) the consultants, agents, representatives,
advisors and independent contractors who render services to our
Company and its affiliates that are not in connection with the
offer and sale of our Companys securities in a capital
raising transaction and do not directly or indirectly promote or
maintain a market for our Companys securities, and
(3) other persons designated by our board of directors,
will be eligible to receive awards settled in shares of our
common stock, other than incentive stock options, under our 2010
Plan.
Our board of directors will administer our 2010 Plan with
respect to awards to non-employee directors and our compensation
committee will administer our 2010 Plan with respect to awards
to employees and other non- employee service providers other
than non-
105
employee directors. In administering awards under our 2010 Plan
our board of directors or the compensation committee, as
applicable (the committee), has the power to
determine the terms of the awards granted under our 2010 Plan,
including the exercise price, the number of shares subject to
each award and the exercisability of the awards. The committee
also has full power to determine the persons to whom and the
time or times at which awards will be made and to make all other
determinations and take all other actions advisable for the
administration of the plan.
Under our 2010 Plan, the committee may grant:
|
|
|
|
|
options to acquire our common stock. The exercise price of
options granted under our 2010 Plan must at least be equal
to the fair market value of our common stock on the date of
grant and the term of an option may not exceed ten years, except
that with respect to an incentive option granted to any employee
who owns more than 10% of the voting power of all classes of our
outstanding stock as of the grant date the term must not exceed
five years and the exercise price must equal at least 110% of
the fair market value on the grant date;
|
|
|
|
stock appreciation rights, or SARs, which allow the recipient to
receive the appreciation in the fair market value of our common
stock between the exercise date and the date of grant. The
amount payable under the stock appreciation right may be paid in
cash or with shares of our common stock, or a combination
thereof, as determined by the committee;
|
|
|
|
restricted stock, which are awards of our shares of common stock
that vest in accordance with terms and conditions established by
the committee; and
|
|
|
|
restricted stock units, which are awards that are based on the
value of our common stock and may be paid in cash or in shares
of our common stock.
|
Under our 2010 Plan, the committee may also grant performance
stock and performance unit awards. Performance stock and
performance units are awards that will result in a payment to a
participant only if performance goals established by the
committee are achieved or the awards otherwise vest. It is
intended that our 2010 Plan will conform with the standards of
Section 162(m) of the Internal Revenue Code with respect to
individuals who are classified as covered employees
under Section 162(m). The committee will establish
organizational or individual performance goals which, depending
on the extent to which they are met, will determine the number
and the value of performance stock and performance units to be
paid out to participants. Payment under performance unit awards
may be made in cash or in shares of our common stock with
equivalent value, or some combination of the two, as determined
by the committee.
The amount of, the vesting and the transferability restrictions
applicable to any performance stock or performance unit award
will be based upon the attainment of such performance goals as
the committee may determine. A performance goal will be based on
one or more of the following business criteria: earnings per
share, earnings per share growth, total stockholder return,
economic value added, cash return on capitalization, increased
revenue, revenue ratios, per employee or per customer, net
income, stock price, market share, return on equity, return on
assets, return on capital, return on capital compared to cost of
capital, return on capital employed, return on invested capital,
stockholder value, net cash flow, operating income, earnings
before interest and taxes, cash flow, cash flow from operations,
cost reductions, cost ratios, per employee or per customer,
proceeds from dispositions, project completion time and budget
goals, net cash flow before financing activities, customer
growth and total market value.
Awards may be granted under our 2010 Plan in substitution for
stock options and other awards held by employees of other
corporations who are about to become employees of our
106
Company or any of our subsidiaries. The terms and conditions of
the substitute awards granted may vary from the terms and
conditions set forth in our 2010 Plan to the extent our board of
directors may deem appropriate.
The existence of outstanding awards will not affect in any way
the right or power of our Company to make any adjustments,
recapitalizations, reorganizations or other changes in our
Companys capital structure or its business. If our Company
shall effect a capital readjustment or any increase or reduction
of the number of shares of our common stock outstanding, without
receiving compensation therefor in money, services or property,
then the number and per share price of our common stock subject
to outstanding awards under our 2010 Plan shall be appropriately
adjusted.
If we are not the surviving entity in any merger, consolidation
or other reorganization; if we sell, lease or exchange or agree
to sell, lease or exchange all or substantially all of our
assets; if we are to be dissolved; or if we are a party to any
other corporate transaction, then the committee may:
|
|
|
|
|
accelerate the time at which some or all of the awards then
outstanding may be exercised, after which all such awards that
remain unexercised shall terminate;
|
|
|
|
require the mandatory surrender to our Company of some or all of
the then outstanding awards as of a date in which event the
committee will then cancel such award and our Company will pay
to each such holder an amount of cash per share equal to the
excess, if any, of the per share price offered to stockholders
of our Company in connection with such transaction over the
exercise price under such award for such shares;
|
|
|
|
have some or all outstanding awards assumed or have a new award
of a similar nature substituted for some or all of the then
outstanding awards;
|
|
|
|
provide that the number of our shares of common stock covered by
an award will be adjusted so that such award when exercised will
then cover the number and class or series of our common stock or
other securities or property to which the holder of such award
would have been entitled pursuant to the terms of the agreement
or plan relating to such transaction if the holder of such award
had been the holder of record of the number of shares of our
common stock then covered by such award; or
|
|
|
|
make such adjustments to awards then outstanding as the
committee deems appropriate to reflect such transaction.
|
After a merger or consolidation involving our Company each
holder of a restricted stock award granted under our 2010 Plan
shall be entitled to have his or her restricted stock
appropriately adjusted based on the manner in which the shares
of our common stock were adjusted under the terms of the
agreement of merger or consolidation.
Awards under our 2010 Plan shall be designed, granted and
administered in such a manner that they are either exempt from,
or comply with, the requirements of Section 409A of the
Internal Revenue Code.
Our board of directors may alter, amend, or terminate our 2010
Plan and the committee may alter, amend, or terminate any award
agreement in whole or in part; however, no termination,
amendment, or modification shall adversely affect in any
material way any award previously granted, without the written
consent of the holder.
No awards may be granted under our 2010 Plan on or after the
tenth anniversary of the effective date, unless our 2010 Plan is
subsequently amended, with the approval of stockholders, to
extend the termination date.
107
2001
Performance Stock Option Plan
The board of directors of RigNet Inc. adopted, and the
stockholders of RigNet Inc. approved, the RigNet Inc. 2001
Performance Stock Option Plan, or the 2001 Plan, effective
October 15, 2001. As a result of our merger with RigNet
Inc., we adopted and assumed sponsorship of the 2001 Plan. In
February 2010, the 2001 Plan was amended by our board of
directors to provide that no awards may be granted under the
2001 Plan and that no person will be eligible to receive an
award under the plan on or after February 17, 2010.
The 2001 Plan allows for the grant of options to purchase our
common stock, both incentive options that are intended to
satisfy the requirements of Section 422 of the Internal
Revenue Code, and nonqualified options. Awards under the 2001
Plan may be granted to our employees, non-employee directors and
consultants who are believed by our board of directors to be in
a position to make a substantial contribution to our success.
Our board of directors administers the 2001 Plan and makes all
awards under the 2001 Plan.
We will not issue any new awards under the 2001 Plan on or after
February 17, 2010. The terms of the 2001 Plan, and the
applicable award agreements, will continue to govern any
outstanding awards issued under the 2001 Plan.
We reserved for issuance under the 2001 Plan 581,570 shares
of our common stock. As of June 30, 2010, options to
purchase a total of 217,500 shares of our common stock were
issued and outstanding under the 2001 Plan, and a total of
220,729 shares of our common stock had been issued upon the
exercise of options granted under the 2001 Plan that had not
been repurchased by us.
Our board of directors has the authority to determine the terms
and conditions of the awards granted under the 2001 Plan.
The 2001 Plan provides that in the event substantially all of
our assets are acquired or 50 percent or more of our
outstanding shares are acquired our board of directors has the
discretion to cancel an option granted under the 2001 Plan as of
the effective date of the transaction in return for payment to
the option holder of an amount equal to a reasonable estimate
equal to the difference between the amount payable to a holder
of a share of our common stock as a result of the transaction
and the exercise price to acquire one share under the option. In
addition, the 2001 Plan provides that all options outstanding
under the 2001 Plan shall terminate if we are dissolved or
liquidated or are not the surviving entity in a merger or
consolidation, unless the surviving corporation in a merger or
consolidation transaction issues a substitute option that
substantially preserves the option holders rights and
benefits with respect to the option issued under the 2001 Plan.
The 2001 Plan allows our board of directors to require that a
grantee of an option agree to, and to become bound by, the terms
of the Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement dated
June 20, 2005, among us and our stockholders (the
Stockholders Agreement), in order to receive
an option under the plan.
The price at which shares of our common stock may be purchased
under an option shall be determined by our board of directors,
but such price may not be less than the fair market value of the
shares on the date the option is granted.
Options granted under the 2001 Plan vest and become exercisable
either (a) over a four-year term, with 25 percent of
the options vesting on each of the first four anniversary dates
of the grant or (b) over a three-year term, with
25 percent of the options vesting 30 days after the
grant date and 25 percent vesting on each of the first
three anniversary dates of the grant.
A nonqualified option issued under the 2001 Plan generally
expires a reasonable period of time after the date of grant as
set forth by our board of directors in the option award
108
agreement, unless terminated earlier. An incentive option issued
under the 2001 Plan generally expires on the tenth anniversary
of the date the option is granted, unless terminated earlier.
Upon termination, the 2001 Plan provides generally that a
grantee who is a former employee or director shall have the
right to exercise the vested portion of any option held at
termination for at least 3 months following termination of
his or her service for any reason and that the grantee (or his
or her authorized successor) shall have the right to exercise
the vested option for at least 12 months if the
grantees service terminates due to death or a qualifying
disability unless the general term of the option ends before
such 3 month or 12 month period, in which case the
vested option may be exercised only before the end of such
general term. Awards to individuals who are not employees or
directors shall terminate after termination of such
grantees service to us and our affiliates at the time
provided by our Board in the applicable award agreement.
A grantee shall not have any rights as a stockholder with
respect to our common stock covered by an option until the date
a stock certificate for such common stock is issued by us.
2006 Long-Term
Incentive Plan
Our board of directors adopted, and our stockholders approved,
the RigNet, Inc. 2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan, or our 2006
Plan, effective January 1, 2006. In February 2010, our 2006
Plan was amended by our board of directors, and the amendment
was approved by our stockholders. Our 2006 Plan allows for the
grant of options to purchase our common stock, both incentive
options that are intended to satisfy the requirements of
Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code and nonqualified
options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock awards,
performance stock awards and performance unit awards. Awards
under our 2006 Plan may be granted to our employees,
non-employee directors and consultants who have or will render
services to or on behalf of us and our affiliates. Our
compensation committee administers our 2006 Plan and makes all
awards under the plan, which awards are then confirmed by our
board of directors.
We will not issue any new awards under our 2006 Plan after the
completion of this offering. The terms of our 2006 Plan, and the
applicable award agreements, will continue to govern any
outstanding awards issued under the plan. No awards have been
issued under our 2006 Plan other than options to purchase our
common stock. We do not intend to issue any new awards under our
2006 Plan in 2010 prior to the completion of this offering other
than additional options to purchase our common stock.
We have reserved for issuance under our 2006 Plan
5,000,000 shares of our common stock. As of June 30,
2010, options to purchase a total of 3,243,250 shares of
our common stock were issued and outstanding under our 2006
Plan, and a total of 177,500 shares of our common stock had
been issued upon the exercise of options granted under our 2006
Plan that had not been repurchased by us.
Our board of directors has the authority to determine the terms
and conditions of the awards granted under our 2006 Plan.
Our 2006 Plan provides that in the event substantially all of
our assets are acquired or a controlling amount of our
outstanding shares are acquired each award granted under our
2006 Plan will expire as of the effective time of such
acquisition transaction unless the surviving or purchasing
entity agrees to assume such awards.
Our 2006 Plan requires a grantee of an option granted under our
2006 Plan to agree to, and become bound by, the terms of the
Stockholders Agreement in order to exercise an option
granted under the plan. That agreement restricts the transfer of
and grants us the right to repurchase shares of our stock
acquired under an option granted under the plan.
109
The price at which shares of our common stock may be purchased
under an option shall be determined by our board of directors,
but such price may not be less than the fair market value of the
shares on the date the option is granted.
Options granted under the 2006 Plan vest and become exercisable
as determined by our board of directors and provided in the
applicable award agreement. An option issued under our 2006 Plan
generally expires on the tenth anniversary of the date the
option is granted, unless terminated earlier.
After termination of a grantees service to us and our
affiliates, he or she may exercise the vested portion of his or
her option for the period of time stated in the option
agreement. Our 2006 Plan provides generally that the grantee
shall have the right to exercise the vested portion of any
option held at termination within 3 months following
termination of his or her service for any reason and that the
grantee (or his or her authorized successor) shall have the
right to exercise the option for at least one year if the
grantees service terminates due to death or a qualifying
disability unless the general term of the option ends before
such 3 month or one year period, in which case the option
may be exercised only before the end of such general term.
A grantee shall not have any rights as a stockholder with
respect to our common stock covered by an option until the date
a stock certificate for such common stock is issued by us.
Limitation on
Liability and Indemnification Matters
Our post-offering certificate of incorporation contains
provisions that limit the liability of our directors for
monetary damages to the fullest extent permitted by Delaware
law. Consequently, our directors will not be personally liable
to us or our stockholders for monetary damages for any breach of
fiduciary duties as directors, except liability for:
|
|
|
|
|
any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to us or our
stockholders;
|
|
|
|
any act or omission not in good faith or that involves
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
|
|
|
|
unlawful payments of dividends or unlawful stock repurchases or
redemptions as provided in Section 174 of the Delaware
General Corporation Law; or
|
|
|
|
any transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit.
|
Our post-offering certificate of incorporation and post-offering
bylaws provide that we are required to indemnify our directors
and officers, in each case to the fullest extent permitted by
Delaware law. Our post-offering bylaws also provide that we are
obligated to advance expenses incurred by a director or officer
in advance of the final disposition of any action or proceeding,
and permit us to secure insurance on behalf of any officer,
director, employee or other agent for any liability arising out
of his or her actions in that capacity regardless of whether we
would otherwise be permitted to indemnify him or her under the
provisions of Delaware law. We have entered and expect to
continue to enter into agreements to indemnify our directors,
executive officers and other employees as determined by our
board of directors. With specified exceptions, these agreements
provide for indemnification for related expenses including,
among other things, attorneys fees, judgments, fines and
settlement amounts incurred by any of these individuals in any
action or proceeding. We believe that these bylaw provisions and
indemnification agreements are necessary to attract and retain
qualified persons as directors and officers. We also maintain
directors and officers liability insurance.
110
The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in
our post-offering certificate of incorporation and our
post-offering bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a
lawsuit against our directors and officers for breach of their
fiduciary duty. They may also reduce the likelihood of
derivative litigation against our directors and officers, even
though an action, if successful, might benefit us and other
stockholders. Further, a stockholders investment may be
adversely affected to the extent that we pay the costs of
settlement and damage awards against directors and officers as
required by these indemnification provisions. At present, there
is no pending litigation or proceeding involving any of our
directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is
sought, and we are not aware of any threatened litigation that
may result in claims for indemnification.
111
RELATED PARTY
TRANSACTIONS
Since January 1, 2007, there has not been, nor is there
currently proposed, any transaction or series of similar
transactions to which we were or are a party in which the amount
involved exceeded or exceeds $120,000 and in which any of our
directors, executive officers, holders of more than 5% of any
class of our voting securities, or any member of the immediate
family of any of the foregoing persons, had or will have a
direct or indirect material interest, other than compensation
arrangements with directors and executive officers, which are
described where required under the captions
Management and Executive Compensation
appearing elsewhere in this prospectus, and the transactions
described below.
Board of
Directors
Prior to the completion of this offering, the holders of our
preferred stock have contractual rights to appoint four members
of our board of directors as described under
ManagementComposition of the Board of
Directors. This right terminates upon completion of this
offering. Some of these appointees will remain on our board
following this offering as described above under the caption
Management, but we are under no contractual
obligation to retain them.
Registration
Rights
All holders of our preferred stock, including Cubera, funds
managed by Altira and funds affiliated with Sanders Morris, have
registration rights with respect to the shares that they hold
beginning 180 days after completion of this offering or
such earlier date as is agreed by Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
For a description of these registration rights, see
Description of Capital StockRegistration
Rights.
Conversion of
Preferred Stock
Effective upon the completion of this offering, all of our
outstanding shares of preferred stock of all classes and accrued
and unpaid dividends on our series B and series C
preferred stock will convert
into shares
of our common stock, assuming an offering completion date
of ,
2010, plus an
additional shares
of our common stock for each day after such date for the accrual
of unpaid dividends on our series B and series C
preferred stock. There will be no shares of preferred stock of
any class outstanding upon completion of this offering.
Major Event
Preference
Effective upon the completion of this offering, we expect to
issue shares
of our common stock, based on the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share,
which is the midpoint of the range included on the cover page of
this prospectus, to pay our preferred stockholders the major
event preference. Our existing certificate of incorporation
requires that in the event of an initial public offering, such
as the completion of this offering, we must convert one share of
preferred stock for one share of common stock inclusive of
accumulated but unpaid dividends and we must pay
|
|
|
|
|
to the holders of our series C preferred stock, a number of
shares of our common stock equal to that number of shares of our
common stock which would be purchasable in the initial public
offering for a payment in cash of an amount equal to the amount
per share of our series C preferred stock that they paid
for such shares, or $1.20 per share, plus an amount equal to
accumulated but unpaid dividends;
|
|
|
|
to the holders of our series B preferred stock, a number of
shares of our common stock equal to that number of shares of our
common stock which would be purchasable in the initial public
offering for a payment in cash of an amount equal to the amount
per share
|
112
|
|
|
|
|
of our series B preferred stock that they paid for such
shares, or $1.20 per share, plus an amount equal to accumulated
but unpaid dividends; and
|
|
|
|
|
|
to the holders of our series A preferred stock, a number of
shares of our common stock equal to that number of shares of our
common stock which would be purchasable in the initial public
offering for a payment in cash of an amount equal to the amount
per share that they paid per share of our series A
preferred stock ($1.00) multiplied by 1.5, or $1.50 per share,
plus an amount equal to any declared and accumulated but unpaid
dividends.
|
Stock and Stock
Options Granted to and Employment Arrangements with Directors
and Executive Officers
For more information regarding the grant of stock and stock
options to directors and executive officers and employment
arrangements with our executive officers, please see
ManagementDirector Compensation for the Year Ended
December 31, 2009 and Executive
Compensation.
Indemnification
Agreements
We have entered and expect to enter into indemnification
agreements with each of our current directors and officers. Each
of our executive officers also has indemnification provisions in
his employment agreement. These agreements require us to
indemnify these individuals to the fullest extent permitted
under Delaware law against liabilities that may arise by reason
of their service to us, and to advance expenses incurred as a
result of any proceeding against them as to which they could be
indemnified. We also intend to enter into indemnification
arrangements with our future directors and executive officers.
Arrangement with
NuPhysicia
In May 2010, we entered into an exclusive arrangement with
NuPhysicia to provide a direct line of access to physician care
for offshore employees at remote offshore sites, or
telemedicine, through medical-quality videoconferencing for
real-time,
face-to-face
patient-to-physician
consultations and diagnoses as well as connectivity to
electronic medical record technology using highly secure
standard or wireless computer networks. Sanders Morris, a holder
of more than 5% of our common stock, owns 67% of the outstanding
equity interests in NuPhysicia and employees of Sanders Morris
serve on the board of NuPhysicia.
Stockholder
Notes
In December 2008, we issued Series A Stockholder Notes for
cash of $6.0 million. We also refinanced previously issued
stockholder notes, along with accrued and imputed interest of
$2.5 million, into the Series B Stockholder Notes
totaling $8.3 million. Series A and B Stockholder
Notes were non-interest bearing and payable on August 31,
2009. The Series A and B Stockholder Notes were subordinate
to bank debt but with an equal priority above preferred stock
and common stock. In May 2009, we repaid both the Series A
and Series B Stockholder Notes in full. Holders of the
Series A and B Stockholder Notes included
Messrs. Slaughter and Jimmerson and funds and persons
associated with Altira, Sanders Morris and Cubera.
In conjunction with such debt financing, we issued
1.5 million warrants to purchase common stock at a price of
$0.01 per share to the Series A noteholders and
1.4 million warrants to purchase common stock at a price of
$0.01 per share to the Series B noteholders.
113
Precision
Drilling Corporation
One of our directors, Kevin Neveu, is the President and Chief
Executive Officer of Precision Drilling Corporation. We received
an aggregate of approximately $0.1 million in 2009 and
approximately $0.2 million for the six months ended
June 30, 2010 from Precision Drilling Corporation for
services performed by us in the ordinary course of business.
Procedures for
Related Party Transactions
Under our code of business conduct and ethics, which will become
effective upon completion of this offering, our employees,
officers and directors are discouraged from entering into any
transaction that may cause a conflict of interest for us. In
addition, they must report any potential conflict of interest,
including related party transactions, to their managers or our
general counsel who then reviews and summarizes the proposed
transaction for our audit committee. Pursuant to its charter,
our audit committee must then approve any related-party
transactions, including those transactions involving our
directors. In approving or rejecting such proposed transactions,
the audit committee considers the relevant facts and
circumstances available and deemed relevant to the audit
committee, including the material terms of the transactions,
risks, benefits, costs, availability of other comparable
services or products and, if applicable, the impact on a
directors independence. Our audit committee will approve
only those transactions that, in light of known circumstances,
are in, or are not inconsistent with, our best interests, as our
audit committee determines in the good faith exercise of its
discretion. A copy of our code of business conduct and ethics
and audit committee charter may be found at our corporate
website
www.rignet.com
upon the completion of this
offering.
114
PRINCIPAL AND
SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
The following table sets forth information regarding the
beneficial ownership of our common stock as of June 30,
2010 by:
|
|
|
|
|
each person who beneficially owns more than 5% of the
outstanding shares of our common stock;
|
|
|
|
each of our executive officers named in the Summary Compensation
Table;
|
|
|
|
each of our stockholders selling shares in this offering;
|
|
|
|
each of our directors; and
|
|
|
|
all directors and executive officers as a group.
|
Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the rules
of the SEC and includes voting or investment power with respect
to the shares. Common stock subject to options that are
currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of
June 30, 2010 are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially
owned by the person holding the options. These shares, however,
are not deemed outstanding for the purposes of computing the
percentage ownership of any other person.
Percentage of shares outstanding is based
on shares
of our common stock, which comprises and assumes the following:
|
|
|
|
|
21,274,515 shares of our common stock outstanding as of
June 30, 2010;
|
|
|
|
the conversion, which will occur immediately prior to the
closing of the offering; of all outstanding shares of our
preferred stock and accrued and unpaid dividends on our
series B and series C preferred stock into an
aggregate of 15,663,258 shares of our common stock, plus
approximately 2,500 additional shares of our common stock
for each day after June 30, 2010 for the daily accrual of
unpaid dividends on our series B and series C
preferred stock;
|
|
|
|
the issuance
of shares
of our common stock, plus an
additional shares
of our common stock for each day
after ,
2010 for the daily accrual of unpaid dividends on our
series B and series C preferred stock, based on the
assumed initial public offering price of
$ per share, which is the midpoint
of the range included on the cover page of this prospectus, to
pay our preferred stockholders the major event preference, which
will occur immediately prior to the closing of the offering;
|
|
|
|
the exercise of all of our outstanding cashless warrants for an
aggregate of 3,030,526 shares of our common stock
immediately prior to the closing of the offering;
|
|
|
|
the exercise of all of our outstanding warrants with an exercise
price of $0.01 per share for an aggregate of
3,617,302 shares of our common stock immediately prior to
the closing of the offering;
|
|
|
|
the exercise of all of our outstanding warrants with an exercise
price of $1.75 per share for an aggregate of 46,264 shares
of our common stock immediately prior to the closing of the
offering;
|
|
|
|
the exercise of all of our outstanding anti-dilution warrants
with an exercise price of $0.01 per share for an aggregate of
174,266 shares of our common stock immediately prior to the
closing of the offering; and
|
|
|
|
the -to-one reverse split of our common stock
on ,
2010.
|
Unless otherwise indicated to our knowledge, all persons named
in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect
to their shares of common stock, except to the
115
extent authority is shared by spouses under applicable law.
Unless otherwise indicated, the address for each listed
stockholder is
c/o RigNet,
Inc., 1880 S. Dairy Ashford, Suite 300, Houston,
Texas 77077.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Number of Shares Beneficially Owned
|
|
Percentage of Shares Outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
After Offering
|
|
After Offering
|
|
|
|
After Offering
|
|
After Offering
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Assuming No
|
|
Assuming Full
|
|
|
|
Assuming No
|
|
Assuming Full
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Being
|
|
Exercise of
|
|
Exercise of
|
|
|
|
Exercise of
|
|
Exercise of
|
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
Offered
|
|
Over-
|
|
Over-
|
|
|
|
Over-
|
|
Over-
|
|
|
Before
|
|
Being
|
|
in Over-
|
|
Allotment
|
|
Allotment
|
|
Before
|
|
Allotment
|
|
Allotment
|
Name of Beneficial Owner
|
|
Offering
|
|
Offered
|
|
Allotment
|
|
Option
|
|
Option
|
|
Offering
|
|
Option
|
|
Option
|
|
5% Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Energy Growth AS
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Altira Group LLC
|
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Sanders Morris Harris Group, Inc
|
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Named Executive Officers:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Mark Slaughter
|
|
|
751,524
|
(4)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Martin Jimmerson
|
|
|
460,391
|
(5)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
William Sutton
|
|
|
31,250
|
(6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lars Eliassen
|
|
|
152,500
|
(7)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hector Maytorena
|
|
|
31,250
|
(8)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-Employee Directors:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Thomas M. Matthews
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Charles L. Davis
|
|
|
|
(9)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Omar Kulbrandstad
|
|
|
1,148,333
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Kevin Neveu
|
|
|
48,000
|
(10)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dirk McDermott
|
|
|
|
(11)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Ørjan Svanevik
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All of our directors and executive officers as a group
(11 persons)
|
|
|
|
(12)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Represents less than one percent.
|
|
(1)
|
|
Energy Growth AS owns the shares.
It is owned 100% by Energy Growth Holding AS, which is owned
100% by CSV III AS, which is owned 60% by the limited
partnership Cubera Secondary KS. The General Partner is the
limited partnership Cubera Secondary (GP) KS which owns 10% of
Cubera Secondary KS. Cubera Secondary (GP) AS owns 10% of Cubera
Secondary (GP) KS and is the ultimate General Partner.
Jørgen Kjærnes is the Chairman of the Board and
Managing Director of Cubera Secondary (GP) AS. All such entities
and Mr. Kjærnes disclaim beneficial ownership of such
shares except to the extent of their pecuniary interests in such
shares.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Altira Group LLC is the Managing
Member of Altira Technology Fund III LLC, or Fund III.
Additionally, Altira Group LLC is the Managing Member, and sole
member, of Altira Management IV LLC, which is the General
Partner of Altira Technology Fund IV L.P., or Fund IV.
Altira Group LLC and Altira Management IV LLC are
collectively referred to as the GP. Fund III and
Fund IV, which own the referenced shares, are collectively
referred to as the Funds. Dirk McDermott and Carol McDermott are
the members of Altira Group LLC, or the Managers. The GP and the
Managers may vote or sell securities owned by the Funds. The GP
and each of the Managers disclaim beneficial ownership of the
shares owned by the funds except to the extent of their
pecuniary interests.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Sanders Morris Harris Group, Inc.
owns 100% of Sanders Morris Harris Inc., which
owns of the referenced
shares. The Board of Directors of Sanders Morris Harris Group,
Inc. are George L. Ball, Richard E. Bean, Charles W.
Duncan, III, Fredric M. Edelman, Scott B. McClelland,
Ben T. Morris, Albert W. Niemi, Jr., Don A. Sanders, and W.
Blair Waltrip. SOF Management, LLC, or SOF, is the General
Partner of Sanders Opportunity Fund, L.P. which
owns of the referenced
shares, and Sanders Opportunity Fund (Institutional), L.P.,
which owns of the
referenced shares. Don A. Sanders is the chief investment
officer of SOF and may vote or sell securities owned by the
funds. Sanders Morris Harris Inc. is the sole member of SOF. SMH
PEG II Management I, LLC is the General Partner of SMH
Private Equity Group I, LP, which
owns of the referenced
shares. Charles L. Davis IV, Bruce R. McMaken and Ben T. Morris
are the managers of the General Partner. The General Partner and
the Managers may vote or sell securities owned by SMH Private
Equity Group I. Sanders Morris Harris Inc. owns a 62.5% member
interest in the General Partner. SMH PEG II Management II, LLC
is the General Partner of SMH Private Equity Group II, LP, which
owns of the referenced
shares. Charles L. Davis IV, Bruce R. McMaken and Ben T. Morris
are the managers of the General Partner. The General
|
116
|
|
|
|
|
Partner and the Managers may vote
or sell securities owned by SMH Private Equity Group I. Sanders
Morris Harris Inc. owns a 51.36% member interest in the General
Partner. Don A. Sanders
owns of the referenced
shares and his wife Kathy Sanders
owns of the referenced
shares. All such entities and individuals disclaim beneficial
ownership of the referenced shares except to the extent of their
pecuniary interests.
|
|
(4)
|
|
Includes 639,375 shares of
common stock subject to options and warrants which are
exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2010. Also
includes 20,000 shares of common stock, 28,448 warrants
exercisable immediately at $0.01 to purchase common stock and an
estimated 62,701 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise related to cashless warrants held by
Mr. Slaughter. Also includes 500 shares of common
stock owned by Kristen Slaughter, who is
Mr. Slaughters daughter, and 500 shares of
common stock owned by Leslie Slaughter, who is
Mr. Slaughters daughter. Mr. Slaughter disclaims
beneficial ownership of the shares owned by Kristen Slaughter
and Leslie Slaughter.
|
|
(5)
|
|
Includes 378,625 shares of
common stock subject to options and warrants which are
exercisable within 60 days of June 30, 2010. Also
includes 21,000 shares of common stock, 18,966 warrants
exercisable immediately at $0.01 to purchase common stock and an
estimated 41,800 shares of common stock issuable upon
exercise related to cashless warrants held by Mr. Jimmerson.
|
|
(6)
|
|
Includes 31,250 shares of
common stock subject to options which are exercisable within
60 days of June 30, 2010.
|
|
(7)
|
|
Includes 127,500 shares of
common stock subject to options which are exercisable within
60 days of June 30, 2010.
|
|
(8)
|
|
Includes 31,250 shares of
common stock subject to options which are exercisable within
60 days of June 30, 2010.
|
|
(9)
|
|
Consists of an aggregate
of shares held by Sanders
Morris Harris, Inc. as reflected in footnote 3 above and
32,000 shares owned by Mr. Davis directly.
Mr. Davis is a manager of two of the private equity funds
referenced in footnote 3. Mr. Davis disclaims beneficial
interest of those shares other than the 32,000 shares he
holds directly.
|
|
(10)
|
|
Includes 48,000 shares of
common stock subject to options which are exercisable within
60 days of June 30, 2010.
|
|
(11)
|
|
Consists
of shares held by Altira
Group LLC as reflected in footnote 2 above. Mr. McDermott
is a manager of the general partner of the funds referenced in
footnote 2. Mr. McDermott disclaims beneficial interest of
those shares.
|
|
(12)
|
|
Includes the shares reflected in
footnotes (4) through (11).
|
117
DESCRIPTION OF
CAPITAL STOCK
General
The following is a summary of our capital stock and provisions
of our post-offering certificate of incorporation and
post-offering bylaws. This summary does not purport to be
complete and is qualified in its entirety by the provisions of
our post-offering certificate of incorporation and post-offering
bylaws, copies of which have been filed as exhibits to the
registration statement of which this prospectus is a part.
Following the closing of this offering, our authorized capital
stock will consist of 190,000,000 shares of common stock,
$0.001 par value per share, and 10,000,000 shares of
undesignated preferred stock, $0.001 par value per share.
As of June 30, 2010, we had outstanding
21,274,515 shares of common stock. Following the closing of
this offering, our outstanding common stock will
include shares
of common stock, assuming an offering completion date
of ,
2010, plus an
additional shares
of our common stock for each day after such date for the accrual
of unpaid dividends on our series B and series C
preferred stock, that will be outstanding as of the completion
of this offering as a result of the conversion of each of our
outstanding shares of preferred stock of all series and accrued
and unpaid dividends on our series B and series C
preferred stock. Following the closing of this offering, our
outstanding common stock will also
include shares
of our common stock, assuming an offering completion date
of ,
2010, plus an
additional shares
of our common stock for each day after such date for the accrual
of unpaid dividends on our series B and series C
preferred stock, and based on the assumed initial public
offering price of $ per share,
which is the midpoint of the range included on the cover page of
this prospectus, to pay our preferred stockholders the major
event preference, which will occur immediately prior to the
closing of the offering. As of June 30, 2010, we had 39
common stockholders of record.
Common
Stock
Dividend
Rights
Subject to preferences that may apply to shares of preferred
stock outstanding at the time, the holders of outstanding shares
of our common stock are entitled to receive dividends out of
assets legally available at the times and in the amounts that
our board of directors may determine from time to time.
Voting
Rights
Each holder of common stock is entitled to one vote for each
share of common stock held on all matters submitted to a vote of
stockholders. We have not provided for cumulative voting for the
election of directors in our post-offering certificate of
incorporation. This means that the holders of a majority of the
shares voted can elect all of the directors then standing for
election.
No Preemptive,
Conversion, Redemption or Sinking Fund Rights
Our common stock is not entitled to preemptive rights and is not
subject to conversion or redemption or any sinking fund
provisions.
Right to
Receive Liquidation Distributions
Upon our liquidation, dissolution or
winding-up,
the holders of our common stock are entitled to share in all
assets remaining after payment of all liabilities and the
liquidation preferences of any outstanding preferred stock. Each
outstanding share of common stock is, and all shares of common
stock to be issued in this offering when they are paid for will
be, fully paid and nonassessable.
118
Preferred
Stock
Following the closing of this offering, our board of directors
will be authorized, subject to limitations imposed by Delaware
law, to issue up to a total of 10,000,000 shares of
preferred stock in one or more series, without stockholder
approval. Our board is authorized to establish from time to time
the number of shares to be included in each series of preferred
stock, and to fix the rights, preferences and privileges of the
shares of each series of preferred stock and any of its
qualifications, limitations or restrictions. Our board can also
increase or decrease the number of shares of any series of
preferred stock, but not below the number of shares of that
series of preferred stock then outstanding, without any further
vote or action by the stockholders.
Registration
Rights
According to the terms of our Registration Rights Agreement, all
holders of our preferred stock, including Cubera, funds managed
by Altira and Sanders Morris are entitled to demand, piggyback
and
Form S-3
registration rights. The stockholders who are a party to the
Registration Rights Agreement will hold shares of our common
stock upon completion of this offering and the conversion of all
existing series of our preferred stock into shares of our common
stock that are subject to the registration rights under that
Registration Rights Agreement.
Demand
Registration Rights
At any time following 180 days after the date of this
prospectus or such shorter period as may be agreed by our lead
underwriter, Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., the holders of a
majority of the then outstanding shares of common stock
underlying each of the series A preferred stock,
series B preferred stock and series C preferred stock
obtained as a result of the conversion of the shares of
preferred stock in this offering have the right, under our
Registration Rights Agreement, to require that we register all
or a portion, but not less than $1,000,000 worth of registrable
securities as defined in our Registration Rights Agreement, of
the aggregate number of registrable securities they hold. We are
not required to effect more than two registrations requested by
these stockholders on
Form S-1,
more than one demand registration in any twelve-month period,
any demand registration during any period in which we are in the
process of negotiating or preparing, and ending on a date
90 days following the effective date of, a registration
statement pertaining to an underwritten public offering of
securities for our own account, or during any period in which we
are in possession of material information concerning our Company
or our business and affairs, the public disclosure of which
would have a material adverse effect on our Company, which
information shall be disclosed to all of the holders requesting
registration. The other stockholders who are a party to the
Registration Rights Agreement may also include their shares in
such registration. The underwriters of any underwritten offering
have the right to limit the number of shares to be included in a
registration statement filed in response to the exercise of
these demand registration rights. We must pay all expenses,
except for underwriters discounts and commissions,
incurred in connection with these demand registration rights.
Piggyback
Registration Rights
If we register any securities for public sale, our stockholders
with piggyback registration rights under our Registration Rights
Agreement have the right to include their shares in the
registration, subject to specified exceptions. The underwriters
of any underwritten offering have the right to limit the number
of shares registered by these holders. We must pay all expenses,
except for underwriters discounts and commissions,
incurred in connection with these piggyback registration rights.
119
Form S-3
Registration Rights
The holders of a majority of the then outstanding shares of
common stock underlying each of the series A preferred
stock, series B preferred stock and series C preferred
stock obtained as a result of the conversion of the shares of
preferred stock in this offering have the right, under our
Registration Rights Agreement, to require that we register all
or a portion of their shares of common stock on
Form S-3
if we are eligible to file a registration statement on that form
and the expected proceeds of such offering are at least
$1,500,000. The other stockholders who are a party to the
Registration Rights Agreement may also include their shares in
any such registration. We must pay all expenses, except for
underwriters discounts and commissions, for all
registrations on
Form S-3.
Anti-Takeover
Effects of Delaware General Corporation Law and Our Certificate
of Incorporation and Bylaws
The provisions of Delaware General Corporation Law and our
post-offering certificate of incorporation and post-offering
bylaws may have the effect of delaying, deferring or
discouraging another party from acquiring control of our Company
in a coercive manner as described below. These provisions,
summarized below, are expected to discourage and prevent
coercive takeover practices and inadequate takeover bids. These
provisions are designed to encourage persons seeking to acquire
control of our Company to first negotiate with our board of
directors. They are also intended to provide our management with
the flexibility to enhance the likelihood of continuity and
stability if our board of directors determines that a takeover
is not in our best interests or the best interests of our
stockholders. These provisions, however, could have the effect
of discouraging attempts to acquire us, which could deprive our
stockholders of opportunities to sell their shares of common
stock at prices higher than prevailing market prices. We believe
that the benefits of these provisions, including increased
protection of our potential ability to negotiate with the
proponent of an unfriendly or unsolicited proposal to acquire or
restructure our Company, outweigh the disadvantages of
discouraging takeover proposals, because negotiation of takeover
proposals could result in an improvement of their terms.
Delaware
Law
We will be subject to the provisions of Section 203 of the
Delaware General Corporation Law regulating corporate takeovers.
In general, those provisions prohibit a Delaware corporation
from engaging in any business combination with any interested
stockholder for a period of three years following the date that
the stockholder became an interested stockholder, unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the transaction is approved by the board before the date the
interested stockholder attained that status;
|
|
|
|
upon consummation of the transaction that resulted in the
stockholder becoming an interested stockholder, the interested
stockholder owned at least 85% of the voting stock of the
corporation outstanding at the time the transaction
commenced; or
|
|
|
|
the business combination is approved by the board and authorized
at a meeting of stockholders by at least two-thirds of the
outstanding shares of voting stock that are not owned by the
interested stockholder.
|
Section 203 defines business combination to include the
following:
|
|
|
|
|
any merger or consolidation involving the corporation and the
interested stockholder;
|
|
|
|
any sale, transfer, pledge or other disposition of 10% or more
of the assets of the corporation involving the interested
stockholder;
|
120
|
|
|
|
|
subject to specific exceptions, any transaction that results in
the issuance or transfer by the corporation of any stock of the
corporation to the interested stockholder;
|
|
|
|
any transaction involving the corporation that has the effect of
increasing the proportionate share of the stock of any class or
series of the corporation beneficially owned by the interested
stockholder; or
|
|
|
|
the receipt by the interested stockholder of the benefit of any
loans, advances, guarantees, pledges or other financial benefits
provided by or through the corporation.
|
In general, Section 203 defines an interested stockholder
as any entity or person beneficially owning 15% or more of the
outstanding voting stock of the corporation and any entity or
person affiliated with or controlling or controlled by any of
these entities or persons. The statute could prohibit or delay
mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and,
accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire us.
Certificate of
Incorporation and Bylaws
Following the completion of this offering, our certificate of
incorporation and bylaws will provide for:
|
|
|
|
|
Election and Removal of Directors.
Our
certificate of incorporation and our bylaws contain provisions
that establish specific procedures for appointing and removing
members of the board of directors. Our directors are elected by
plurality vote. Vacancies and newly created directorships on our
board of directors may be filled only by a majority of the
directors then serving on the board and our directors may be
removed by our stockholders only for cause by the affirmative
vote of the holders of a majority of the shares then entitled to
vote at an election of our directors;
|
|
|
|
Special Stockholder Meetings.
Under our
bylaws, only a majority of the entire number of our directors
may call special meetings of stockholders;
|
|
|
|
Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder
Nominations and Proposals.
Our bylaws
establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder
proposals and the nomination of candidates for election as
directors;
|
|
|
|
Elimination of Stockholder Action by Written
Consent.
Our certificate of incorporation
eliminates the right of stockholders to act by written consent
without a meeting;
|
|
|
|
No Cumulative Voting.
Our certificate
of incorporation and bylaws do not provide for cumulative voting
in the election of directors. Cumulative voting allows a
minority stockholder to vote a portion or all of its shares for
one or more candidates for seats on the board of directors.
Without cumulative voting, a minority stockholder will not be
able to gain as many seats on our board of directors based on
the number of shares of our common stock the stockholder holds
as the stockholder would be able to gain if cumulative voting
were permitted. The absence of cumulative voting makes it more
difficult for a minority stockholder to gain a seat on our board
of directors to influence our board of directors decision
regarding a takeover; and
|
|
|
|
Undesignated Preferred Stock.
The
authorization of undesignated preferred stock makes it possible
for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with voting
or other rights or preferences that could impede the success of
any attempt to change control of our Company.
|
The provisions described above are intended to promote
continuity and stability in the composition of our board of
directors and in the policies formulated by the board, and to
discourage some types of transactions that may involve an actual
or threatened change of control. We expect these provisions
would reduce our vulnerability to unsolicited acquisition
121
attempts as well as discourage some tactics that may be used in
proxy fights. Such provisions, however, could discourage others
from making tender offers for our shares and, as a consequence,
may also inhibit increases in the market price of our common
stock that could result from actual or rumored takeover
attempts. These provisions could also operate to prevent changes
in our management.
Transfer Agent
and Registrar
The transfer agent and registrar for our common stock
is .
Listing
We intend to apply to have our common stock listed on NASDAQ
under the trading symbol RNET.
122
MATERIAL U.S.
FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSIDERATIONS
TO
NON-U.S.
HOLDERS
The following discussion summarizes the material United States
federal income and estate tax consequences of the purchase,
ownership and disposition of shares of our common stock by
certain
non-U.S. holders
(as defined below). This discussion only applies to
non-U.S. holders
who purchase and hold our common stock as a capital asset for
United States federal income tax purposes (generally property
held for investment). This discussion does not describe all of
the tax consequences that may be relevant to a
non-U.S. holder
in light of its particular circumstances.
For purposes of this discussion, a
non-U.S. holder
means a person (other than a partnership) that is not for United
States federal income tax purposes any of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
an individual citizen or resident of the United States
(including certain former citizens and former long-term
residents);
|
|
|
|
a corporation (or any other entity treated as a corporation for
United States federal income tax purposes) created or organized
in or under the laws of the United States, any state thereof or
the District of Columbia;
|
|
|
|
an estate the income of which is subject to United States
federal income taxation regardless of its source; or
|
|
|
|
a trust if it is subject to the primary supervision of a court
within the United States and one or more United States persons
have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the
trust or it has a valid election in effect under applicable
Treasury regulations to be treated as a United States person.
|
This discussion is based upon provisions of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code, and Treasury regulations,
rulings and judicial decisions as of the date hereof. These
authorities may change, perhaps retroactively, which could
result in United States federal income and estate tax
consequences different from those summarized below. This
discussion does not address all aspects of United States federal
income and estate taxes and does not describe any foreign,
state, local or other tax considerations that may be relevant to
non-U.S. holders
in light of their particular circumstances. In addition, this
discussion does not describe the United States federal income
and estate tax consequences applicable to a
non-U.S. holder
who is subject to special treatment under United States federal
income tax laws (including a United States expatriate, a
controlled foreign corporation, a passive
foreign investment company, a corporation that accumulates
earnings to avoid United States federal income tax, a
pass-through entity or an investor in a pass-through entity, or
a tax-exempt organization or an insurance company). We cannot
assure you that a change in law will not significantly alter the
tax considerations that we describe in this discussion.
If a partnership (or any other entity treated as a partnership
for United States federal income tax purposes) holds our common
stock, the United States federal income tax treatment of a
partner of that partnership will generally depend upon the
status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If
you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, you
should consult your tax advisors.
THIS DISCUSSION IS PROVIDED FOR GENERAL INFORMATION ONLY AND
DOES NOT CONSTITUTE LEGAL ADVICE TO ANY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASER OF
OUR COMMON STOCK. ADDITIONALLY, THIS DISCUSSION CANNOT BE USED
BY ANY HOLDER FOR THE PURPOSE OF AVOIDING TAX PENALTIES THAT MAY
BE IMPOSED ON SUCH HOLDER. IF YOU ARE CONSIDERING THE PURCHASE
OF OUR COMMON STOCK, YOU SHOULD CONSULT YOUR OWN TAX ADVISORS
CONCERNING THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX
CONSEQUENCES OF PURCHASING, OWNING AND DISPOSING OF OUR COMMON
STOCK IN LIGHT OF
123
YOUR PARTICULAR CIRCUMSTANCES AND ANY CONSEQUENCES ARISING UNDER
THE LAWS OF APPLICABLE STATE, LOCAL OR FOREIGN TAXING
JURISDICTIONS. YOU SHOULD ALSO CONSULT WITH YOUR TAX ADVISORS
CONCERNING ANY POSSIBLE ENACTMENT OF LEGISLATION THAT WOULD
AFFECT YOUR INVESTMENT IN OUR COMMON STOCK IN YOUR PARTICULAR
CIRCUMSTANCES.
Distributions on
Common Stock
In general, if distributions are made to
non-U.S. holders
with respect to our common stock, such distributions will be
treated as dividends to the extent of our current and
accumulated earnings and profits as determined under the Code
and will be subject to withholding as discussed below. Any
portion of a distribution that exceeds our current and
accumulated earnings and profits will first be applied to reduce
the
non-U.S. holders
basis in the common stock and, to the extent such portion
exceeds the
non-U.S. holders
basis, the excess will be treated as gain from the disposition
of the common stock, the tax treatment of which is discussed
below under Disposition of Common Stock.
Dividends paid to a
non-U.S. holder
of our common stock will generally be subject to
United States withholding tax at a 30% rate or such lower
rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty. But
dividends that are effectively connected with the conduct of a
trade or business by the
non-U.S. holder
within the United States (and, where a tax treaty applies, are
attributable to a permanent establishment maintained by the
non-U.S. holder
in the United States) are not subject to the withholding tax,
provided certain certification and disclosure requirements are
satisfied. Instead, such dividends are subject to United States
federal income tax on a net income basis in the same manner as
if the
non-U.S. holder
were a United States person as defined under the Code, unless an
applicable income tax treaty provides otherwise. Any such
effectively connected dividends received by a foreign
corporation may be subject to an additional branch profits
tax at a 30% rate or such lower rate as may be specified
by an applicable income tax treaty.
A
non-U.S. holder
of our common stock who wishes to claim the benefit of an
applicable treaty rate and avoid backup withholding, as
discussed below, for dividends will be required to
(a) complete Internal Revenue Service
Form W-8BEN
(or other applicable form) and certify under penalty of perjury
that such holder is not a United States person as defined under
the Code and is eligible for treaty benefits, or (b) if our
common stock is held through certain foreign intermediaries,
satisfy the relevant certification requirements of applicable
Treasury regulations.
A
non-U.S. holder
of our common stock is eligible for a reduced rate of United
States withholding tax pursuant to an income tax treaty may
obtain a refund of any excess amounts withheld by filing an
appropriate claim for refund with the Internal Revenue Service.
Disposition of
Common Stock
Any gain realized by a
non-U.S. holder
on the disposition of our common stock will generally not be
subject to United States federal income or withholding tax
unless:
|
|
|
|
|
the gain is effectively connected with a trade or business of
the
non-U.S. holder
in the United States (and, if required by an applicable income
tax treaty, is attributable to a permanent establishment
maintained by the
non-U.S. holder
in the United States);
|
|
|
|
the
non-U.S. holder
is an individual who is present in the United States for
183 days or more in the taxable year of that disposition,
and certain other conditions are met; or
|
|
|
|
we are or have been a United States real property holding
corporation for United States federal income tax purposes, as
such term is defined in Section 897(c) of the Code, and in
the case that our common stock is regularly traded on an
established securities market
|
124
|
|
|
|
|
within the meaning of section 897(c)(3) of the Code, you
owned directly or pursuant to attribution rules at any time
during the five-year period ending on the date of disposition
more than 5% of our common stock.
|
A
non-U.S. holder
described in the first bullet point immediately above will be
subject to tax on the net gain derived from the sale under
regular graduated United States federal income tax rates, and if
it is a corporation, in addition it may be subject to the branch
profits tax equal to 30% of its effectively connected earnings
and profits or at such lower rate as may be specified by an
applicable income tax treaty. An individual
non-U.S. holder
described in the second bullet point immediately above will be
subject to a flat 30% tax on the gain derived from the sale,
which may be offset by United States source capital losses, even
though the individual is not considered a resident of the United
States. A
non-U.S. holder
described in the third bullet point above will be subject to
United States federal income tax under regular graduated
United States federal income tax rates with respect to the gain
recognized.
United States
Federal Estate Tax
Common stock held by an individual who is not a citizen or
resident of the United States (as defined for United States
federal estate tax purposes) at the time of death and common
stock held by entities the property of which is potentially
includible in such individuals gross estate for United
States federal estate tax purposes will be included in such
individuals gross estate for United States federal estate
tax purposes, unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise.
Information
Reporting and Backup Withholding
We must report annually to the Internal Revenue Service and to
each
non-U.S. holder
the amount of dividends paid to such
non-U.S. holder
and the tax withheld with respect to such dividends, regardless
of whether withholding was required. Copies of the information
returns reporting such dividends and withholding may also be
made available to the tax authorities in the country in which
the
non-U.S. holder
resides under the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty.
A
non-U.S. holder
will be subject to backup withholding for dividends paid to such
non-U.S. holder
unless such
non-U.S. holder
certifies under penalty of perjury that it is a
non-U.S. holder
(and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know
that such
non-U.S. holder
is a United States person as defined under the Code), or such
non-U.S. holder
otherwise establishes an exemption.
Information reporting and, depending on the circumstances,
backup withholding will apply to the proceeds of a sale of our
common stock within the United States or conducted through
certain United States-related financial intermediaries,
unless the beneficial owner certifies under penalty of perjury
that it is a
non-U.S. holder
(and the payor does not have actual knowledge or reason to know
that the beneficial owner is a United States person as defined
under the Code), or such owner otherwise establishes an
exemption.
Any amounts withheld under the backup withholding rules may be
allowed as a refund or a credit against a
non-U.S. holders
United States federal income tax liability provided the required
information is furnished to the Internal Revenue Service.
Recently Enacted
Legislation and Other Reporting Requirements
Subject to certain exceptions, legislation recently enacted
generally imposes a withholding tax of 30 percent on
dividends paid on our common stock, and the gross proceeds from
the disposition of our common stock paid, to a foreign financial
institution after December 31, 2012 (regardless of whether
the foreign financial institution holds such common stock for
its
125
own account or for the account of another U.S. or
non-U.S. holder),
unless such institution enters into an agreement with the United
States government to comply with certain obligations with
respect to each account it maintains including the obligations
to collect and provide to the United States tax authorities
information regarding United States account holders of such
institution (which would include certain equity and debt holders
of such institution, as well as certain account holders that are
foreign entities with United States owners).
Subject to certain exceptions, the legislation also generally
imposes a withholding tax of 30 percent on dividends paid
on our common stock, and the gross proceeds from the disposition
of our common stock paid, to a non-financial foreign entity
after December 31, 2012, unless such entity provides the
withholding agent with a certification that it does not have any
substantial United States owners or provides information to the
withholding agent identifying the substantial United States
owners of the entity. Under certain circumstances, a
non-U.S. holder
of our common stock might be eligible for refunds or credits of
such withholding taxes.
Non-U.S. holders
are encouraged to consult with their own tax advisors regarding
the possible implications of this proposed legislation on their
investment in our common stock.
126
SHARES ELIGIBLE
FOR FUTURE SALE
Before this offering, there has not been a public market for our
common stock. As described below, only a limited number of
shares currently outstanding will be available for sale
immediately after this offering due to contractual and legal
restrictions on resale. Nevertheless, future sales of
substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares issued
upon exercise of outstanding options, in the public market after
the restrictions lapse, or the possibility of such sales, could
cause the prevailing market price of our common stock to fall or
impair our ability to raise equity capital in the future.
Upon completion of this offering, we will have
outstanding shares
of our common stock, after giving effect to the conversion of
all of our outstanding preferred stock of all classes and
accrued and unpaid dividends on our series B and
series C preferred stock and the payment to our preferred
stockholders of the major event preference. Such number of
shares was calculated assuming that there are no exercises of
outstanding options after June 30, 2010 and assuming an
offering completion date
of ,
2010, with such number of shares increasing by an
additional shares
of our common stock for each day after such date for the accrual
of unpaid dividends on our series B and series C
preferred stock. Of these shares, all of
the shares
sold in this offering will be freely tradable in the public
market without restriction or further registration under the
Securities Act, unless these shares are held by our affiliates,
as that term is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities
Act. Shares purchased by our affiliates may not be resold except
pursuant to an effective registration statement or an exemption
from registration, including the exemption under Rule 144
of the Securities Act described below.
After this offering, and assuming no exercise of the
underwriters over-allotment
option, shares
of our common stock held by existing stockholders will be
restricted securities, as that term is defined in Rule 144
under the Securities Act. These restricted securities may be
sold in the public market only if they are registered or if they
qualify for an exemption from registration under Rule 144
or Rule 701 under the Securities Act, which exemptions are
summarized
below.
of these restricted securities are subject to the
lock-up
agreements described below until 180 to 214 days after the
date of this prospectus.
Lock-Up
Agreements
In connection with this offering, officers, directors, employees
and stockholders, who together hold an aggregate of more
than % of the outstanding shares of
our common stock, have agreed, subject to limited exceptions,
not to directly or indirectly sell or dispose of any shares of
our common stock or any securities convertible into or
exchangeable or exercisable for shares of our common stock for a
period of 180 days after the date of this prospectus, and
in specific circumstances, up to an additional 34 days,
without the prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities
Inc. For additional information, see Underwriting.
Rule 144
In general, under Rule 144, beginning 90 days after
the date of this prospectus, a person who is not our affiliate
and has not been our affiliate at any time during the preceding
three months will be entitled to sell any shares of our common
stock that such person has beneficially owned for at least six
months, including the holding period of any prior owner other
than one of our affiliates, without regard to volume
limitations. Sales of our common stock by any such person would
be subject to the availability of current public information
about us if the shares to be sold were beneficially owned by
such person for less than one year.
127
In addition, under Rule 144, a person may sell shares of
our common stock acquired from us immediately upon the closing
of this offering, without regard to volume limitations or the
availability of public information about us, if:
|
|
|
|
|
the person is not our affiliate and has not been our affiliate
at any time during the preceding three months; and
|
|
|
|
the person has beneficially owned the shares to be sold for at
least one year, including the holding period of any prior owner
other than one of our affiliates.
|
Beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus, our
affiliates who have beneficially owned shares of our common
stock for at least six months, including the holding period of
any prior owner other than one of our affiliates, would be
entitled to sell within any three-month period a number of
shares that does not exceed the greater of:
|
|
|
|
|
1% of the number of shares of our common stock then outstanding,
which will equal
approximately shares
immediately after the completion of this offering; and
|
|
|
|
the average weekly trading volume in our common stock on the
NASDAQ during the four calendar weeks preceding the date of
filing of a Notice of Proposed Sale of Securities Pursuant to
Rule 144 with respect to the sale.
|
Sales under Rule 144 by our affiliates are also subject to
manner of sale provisions and notice requirements and to the
availability of current public information about us.
Rule 701
Any employee, officer or director of our Company, or consultant
to our Company who purchased shares under a written compensatory
plan or contract may be entitled to sell them in reliance on
Rule 701. Rule 701 permits affiliates to sell their
Rule 701 shares under Rule 144 without complying
with the holding period requirements of Rule 144.
Rule 701 further provides that non-affiliates may sell
these shares in reliance on Rule 144 without complying with
the holding period, public information, volume limitation or
notice provisions of Rule 144. All holders of
Rule 701 shares are required to wait until
90 days after the date of this prospectus before selling
those shares.
Share
Plans
We plan on filing a registration statement on
Form S-8
under the Securities Act covering the shares of our common stock
issuable upon exercise of outstanding options under our 2006
Plan and 2010 Plan and shares of our common stock reserved for
issuance under our 2010 Plan. We expect to file this
registration statement as soon as practicable after the
completion of this offering. However, no resale of these
registered shares shall occur until after the
180-day
lock-up
period.
Registration
Rights
At any time after 180 days following this offering or such
shorter period as may be agreed by our lead underwriter,
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc., the holders of a majority of the
then outstanding shares of common stock underlying each of our
series A preferred stock, series B preferred stock and
series C preferred stock obtained as a result of the
conversion of the shares of preferred stock in this offering may
demand that we register their shares under the Securities Act
or, if we file another registration statement under the
Securities Act other than a
Form S-8
covering securities issuable under our stock plans or on a
Form S-4
covering securities issuable in exchange for the common stock
sold pursuant to this offering, may elect to include their
shares in such registration. If these shares are registered,
they will be freely tradable without restriction under the
Securities Act. For additional information, see
Description of Capital StockRegistration
Rights.
128
We have agreed not to file any registration statements during
the
180-day
period after the date of this prospectus with respect to the
registration of any common stock or any securities convertible
into or exercisable or exchangeable into common stock, other
than one or more registration statements on
Form S-8
covering securities issuable under our stock plans, without the
prior written consent of Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
129
UNDERWRITING
The Company, the selling stockholders and the underwriters named
below have entered into an underwriting agreement with respect
to the shares being offered. Subject to certain conditions, each
underwriter has severally agreed to purchase the number of
shares indicated in the following table. Deutsche Bank
Securities Inc. and Jefferies & Company, Inc. are
acting as the representatives of the underwriters.
|
|
|
|
|
Underwriters
|
|
Number of Shares
|
|
Deutsche Bank Securities Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Jefferies & Company, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
Simmons & Company International
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
The underwriters are committed to take and pay for all of the
shares being offered, if any are taken, other than the shares
covered by the option described below unless and until this
option is exercised.
If the underwriters sell more shares than the total number set
forth in the table above, the underwriters have an option to buy
up to an
additional shares
from the Company. They may exercise that option for
30 days. If any shares are purchased pursuant to this
option, the underwriters will severally purchase shares in
approximately the same proportion as set forth in the table
above.
The following tables show the per share and total underwriting
discounts and commissions to be paid to the underwriters by the
Company and the selling stockholders. With respect to the shares
sold by the Company, such amounts are shown assuming both no
exercise and full exercise of the underwriters option to
purchase
additional shares.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid by the Company
|
|
No Exercise
|
|
Full Exercise
|
|
Per Share
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Paid by the Selling Stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
Per Share
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Shares sold by the underwriters to the public will initially be
offered at the initial public offering price set forth on the
cover of this prospectus. Any shares sold by the underwriters to
securities dealers may be sold at a discount of up to
$ per share from the initial
public offering price. If all the shares are not sold at the
initial public offering price, the representatives may change
the offering price and the other selling terms. The offering of
the shares by the underwriters is subject to receipt and
acceptance and subject to the underwriters right to reject
any order in whole or in part.
The Company and its officers, directors, and holders of
approximately % of the
Companys common stock, including the selling stockholders,
have agreed with the underwriters, subject to certain
exceptions, not to dispose of or hedge any of their common stock
or securities convertible into or exchangeable for common stock
during the period from the date of this prospectus continuing
through the date 180 days after the date of this
prospectus, except with the prior written consent of Deutsche
Bank Securities Inc. This agreement does not apply to any
existing employee benefit plans. See Shares Eligible
for Future Sale for a discussion of certain transfer
restrictions.
The
180-day
restricted period described in the preceding paragraph will be
automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days
of the
180-day
restricted period the Company issues an earnings release or
announces material news or a material event; or (2) prior
to the expiration
130
of the
180-day
restricted period, the Company announces that it will release
earnings results during the
15-day
period following the last day of the
180-day
period, in which case the restrictions described in the
preceding paragraph will continue to apply until the expiration
of the
18-day
period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release of the
announcement of the material news or material event.
Prior to the offering, there has been no public market for the
shares. The initial public offering price will be negotiated
among the Company and the representatives. Among the factors to
be considered in determining the initial public offering price
of the shares, in addition to prevailing market conditions, will
be the Companys historical performance, estimates of the
business potential and earnings prospects of the Company, an
assessment of the Companys management and the
consideration of the above factors in relation to market
valuation of companies in related businesses.
The Company intends to make an application to quote the common
stock on the NASDAQ under the symbol RNET.
In connection with the offering, the underwriters may purchase
and sell common stock in the open market. These transactions may
include short sales, stabilizing transactions and purchases to
cover positions created by short sales. Short sales involve the
sale by the underwriters of a greater number of shares than they
are required to purchase in the offering. Covered
short sales are sales made in an amount not greater than the
underwriters option to purchase additional shares from the
Company in the offering. The underwriters may close out any
covered short position by either exercising their option to
purchase additional shares or purchasing shares in the open
market. In determining the source of shares to close out the
covered short position, the underwriters will consider, among
other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the
open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase
additional shares pursuant to the option granted to them.
Naked short sales are any sales in excess of such
option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position
by purchasing shares in the open market. A naked short position
is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned
that there may be downward pressure on the price of the common
stock in the open market after pricing that could adversely
affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing
transactions consist of various bids for or purchases of common
stock made by the underwriters in the open market prior to the
completion of the offering.
The underwriters may also impose a penalty bid. This occurs when
a particular underwriter repays to the underwriters a portion of
the underwriting discount received by it because the
representatives have repurchased shares sold by or for the
account of such underwriter in stabilizing or short covering
transactions.
Purchases to cover a short position and stabilizing
transactions, as well as other purchases by the underwriters for
their own accounts, may have the effect of preventing or
retarding a decline in the market price of the Companys
shares, and together with the imposition of the penalty bid, may
stabilize, maintain or otherwise affect the market price of the
common stock. As a result, the price of the common stock may be
higher than the price that otherwise might exist in the open
market. If these activities are commenced, they may be
discontinued at any time. These transactions may be effected on
the NASDAQ, in the
over-the-counter
market or otherwise.
European
Economic Area
In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area,
or the EEA, which has implemented the Prospectus Directive, each
a Relevant Member State, each underwriter has represented and
agreed that with effect from and including the date on which the
Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member
State, or the Relevant Implementation Date,
131
it has not made and will not make an offer of shares to the
public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of
a prospectus in relation to the shares which has been approved
by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or,
where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and
notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member
State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except
that it may, with effect from and including the Relevant
Implementation Date, make an offer of shares to the public in
that Relevant Member State at any time:
(a) to legal entities which are authorized or regulated to
operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or
regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in
securities;
(b) to any legal entity which has two or more of
(1) an average of at least 250 employees during the
last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than
43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more
than 50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or
consolidated accounts;
(c) to fewer than 100 natural or legal persons (other than
qualified investors as defined in the Prospectus Directive)
subject to obtaining the prior consent of the representatives
for any such offer; or
(d) in any other circumstances which do not require the
publication by the Company of a prospectus pursuant to
Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.
For the purposes of this provision, the expression an
offer of shares to the public in relation to any
shares in any Relevant Member State means the communication in
any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms
of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an
investor to decide to purchase or subscribe the shares, as the
same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure
implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member
State and the expression Prospectus Directive means Directive
2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in
each Relevant Member State.
Each underwriter has represented and agreed that:
(a) it has only communicated or caused to be communicated
and will only communicate or cause to be communicated an
invitation or inducement to engage in investment activity
(within the meaning of Section 21 of the Financial Services
and Markets Act 2000, or the FSMA) received by it in connection
with the issue or sale of the shares in circumstances in which
Section 21(1) of the FSMA does not apply to the Company; and
(b) it has complied and will comply with all applicable
provisions of the FSMA with respect to anything done by it in
relation to the shares in, from or otherwise involving the
United Kingdom.
The shares may not be offered or sold by means of any document
other than (i) in circumstances which do not constitute an
offer to the public within the meaning of the Companies
Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), or (ii) to
professional investors within the meaning of the
Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.571, Laws of Hong Kong)
and any rules made thereunder, or (iii) in other
circumstances which do not result in the document being a
prospectus within the meaning of the Companies
Ordinance (Cap.32, Laws of Hong Kong), and no advertisement,
invitation or document relating to the shares may be issued or
may be in the possession of any person for the purpose of issue
(in each case whether in Hong Kong or elsewhere), which is
directed at, or the contents of which are likely to be accessed
or read by, the public in Hong Kong (except if permitted to do
so under the laws of Hong Kong) other than with respect to
shares which are or are intended to be disposed of only to
persons
132
outside Hong Kong or only to professional investors
within the meaning of the Securities and Futures Ordinance (Cap.
571, Laws of Hong Kong) and any rules made thereunder.
This prospectus has not been registered as a prospectus with the
Monetary Authority of Singapore. Accordingly, this prospectus
and any other document or material in connection with the offer
or sale, or invitation for subscription or purchase, of the
shares may not be circulated or distributed, nor may the shares
be offered or sold, or be made the subject of an invitation for
subscription or purchase, whether directly or indirectly, to
persons in Singapore other than (i) to an institutional
investor under Section 274 of the Securities and Futures
Act, Chapter 289 of Singapore (the SFA),
(ii) to a relevant person, or any person pursuant to
Section 275(1A), and in accordance with the conditions,
specified in Section 275 of the SFA or (iii) otherwise
pursuant to, and in accordance with the conditions of, any other
applicable provision of the SFA.
Where the shares are subscribed or purchased under
Section 275 by a relevant person which is: (a) a
corporation (which is not an accredited investor) the sole
business of which is to hold investments and the entire share
capital of which is owned by one or more individuals, each of
whom is an accredited investor; or (b) a trust (where the
trustee is not an accredited investor) whose sole purpose is to
hold investments and each beneficiary is an accredited investor,
shares, debentures and units of shares and debentures of that
corporation or the beneficiaries rights and interest in
that trust shall not be transferable for 6 months after
that corporation or that trust has acquired the shares under
Section 275 except: (1) to an institutional investor
under Section 274 of the SFA or to a relevant person, or
any person pursuant to Section 275(1A), and in accordance
with the conditions, specified in Section 275 of the SFA;
(2) where no consideration is given for the transfer; or
(3) by operation of law.
The securities have not been and will not be registered under
the Financial Instruments and Exchange Law of Japan, or the
Financial Instruments and Exchange Law, and each underwriter has
agreed that it will not offer or sell any securities, directly
or indirectly, in Japan or to, or for the benefit of, any
resident of Japan (which term as used herein means any person
resident in Japan, including any corporation or other entity
organized under the laws of Japan), or to others for re-offering
or resale, directly or indirectly, in Japan or to a resident of
Japan, except pursuant to an exemption from the registration
requirements of, and otherwise in compliance with, the Financial
Instruments and Exchange Law and any other applicable laws,
regulations and ministerial guidelines of Japan.
The underwriters do not expect sales to discretionary accounts
to exceed five percent of the total number of shares offered.
The Company and the selling stockholders estimate that their
share of the total expenses of the offering, excluding
underwriting discounts and commissions, will be approximately
$ .
The Company has agreed to indemnify the several underwriters
against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the
Securities Act of 1933. The three selling stockholders holding
the largest amount of common stock, Cubera, Altira, and Sanders
Morris, have also agreed that, in the event that the
Companys indemnity is unavailable or insufficient to hold
harmless any underwriter, each of them will severally, and not
jointly, indemnify the underwriters to the extent of such
unavailability or insufficiency up to the lesser of
(i) that selling stockholders pro rata share of the
Companys equity and (ii) that selling
stockholders respective net proceeds from this offering.
The underwriters and their respective affiliates are full
service financial institutions engaged in various activities,
which may include securities trading, commercial and investment
banking, financial advisory, investment management, investment
research, principal investment, hedging, financing and brokerage
activities. Certain of the underwriters and their
133
respective affiliates have, from time to time, performed, and
may in the future perform, various financial advisory and
investment banking services for the Company, for which they
received or will receive customary fees and expenses.
In the ordinary course of their various business activities, the
underwriters and their respective affiliates may make or hold a
broad array of investments and actively trade debt and equity
securities (or related derivative securities) and financial
instruments (including bank loans) for their own account and for
the accounts of their customers and such investment and
securities activities may involve securities
and/or
instruments of the Company. The underwriters and their
respective affiliates may also make investment recommendations
and/or
publish or express independent research views in respect of such
securities or instruments and may at any time hold, or recommend
to clients that they acquire, long
and/or
short
positions in such securities and instruments.
134
LEGAL
MATTERS
Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P., Houston, Texas, will pass
upon the validity of the issuance of the common stock offered by
this prospectus. Cleary Gottlieb Steen & Hamilton LLP,
New York, New York is representing the underwriters in this
offering.
EXPERTS
The consolidated financial statements of RigNet, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for each
of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2009,
included in this Prospectus, which is part of this registration
statement, have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP,
an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in
their report appearing herein and have been so included in
reliance upon the report of such firm given upon their authority
as experts in accounting and auditing.
WHERE YOU CAN
FIND ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
We have filed with the SEC a registration statement on
Form S-1,
including exhibits, under the Securities Act with respect to the
common stock to be sold in this offering. This prospectus, which
constitutes a part of the registration statement, does not
contain all of the information in the registration statement or
the exhibits. Statements made in this prospectus regarding the
contents of any contract, agreement or other document are only
summaries. With respect to each contract, agreement or other
document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we
refer you to the exhibit for a more complete description of the
matter involved.
We are not currently subject to the informational requirements
of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934. As a result of the
offering of the shares of our common stock, we will become
subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act
and, in accordance therewith, will file reports and other
information with the SEC. You may read and copy all or any
portion of the registration statement or any reports, statements
or other information in the files at the public reference room
of the SEC located at 100 F Street, N.E.,
Washington, D.C. 20549.
You can request copies of these documents upon payment of a
duplicating fee by writing to the SEC. You may call the SEC at
1-800-SEC-0330
for further information on the operation of its public reference
room. Our filings, including the registration statement, will
also be available to you on the web site maintained by the SEC
at
http://www.sec.gov
.
We intend to furnish our stockholders with annual reports
containing consolidated financial statements audited by our
independent auditors, and to make available to our stockholders
quarterly reports for the first three quarters of each year
containing unaudited interim consolidated financial statements.
135
REPORT OF
INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the Board of Directors and Stockholders of RigNet, Inc.
Houston, Texas
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of
RigNet, Inc. and subsidiaries (the Company) as of
December 31, 2009 and 2008, and the related consolidated
statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss),
cash flows, and stockholders equity for each of the three
years in the period ended December 31, 2009. These
financial statements are the responsibility of the
Companys management. Our responsibility is to express an
opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the
Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those
standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are
free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to
have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal
control over financial reporting. Our audits included
consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a
basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the
circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion
on the effectiveness of the Companys internal control over
financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An
audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence
supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial
statements, assessing the accounting principles used and
significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating
the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that
our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of
RigNet, Inc. and subsidiaries at December 31, 2009 and
2008, and the results of their operations and their cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended
December 31, 2009, in conformity with accounting principles
generally accepted in the United States of America.
/s/
DELOITTE &
TOUCHE LLP
Houston, Texas
June 22, 2010
F-2
RIGNET, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
11,379
|
|
|
$
|
15,376
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
|
|
775
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
12,729
|
|
|
|
16,446
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
4,358
|
|
|
|
3,796
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
30,966
|
|
|
|
36,393
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
27,011
|
|
|
|
26,849
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
7,500
|
|
|
|
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
13,887
|
|
|
|
16,265
|
|
Intangibles
|
|
|
8,372
|
|
|
|
9,716
|
|
Deferred tax and other assets
|
|
|
1,074
|
|
|
|
294
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS
|
|
$
|
88,810
|
|
|
$
|
89,517
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
3,755
|
|
|
$
|
2,826
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
5,926
|
|
|
|
4,187
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt
|
|
|
8,664
|
|
|
|
5,753
|
|
Stockholder notes payable
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11,074
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
6,027
|
|
|
|
2,917
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
1,306
|
|
|
|
647
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
25,678
|
|
|
|
27,404
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
21,022
|
|
|
|
18,322
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
348
|
|
|
|
1,516
|
|
Deferred tax liability
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
|
552
|
|
Other liability
|
|
|
5,201
|
|
|
|
3,808
|
|
Preferred stock derivatives
|
|
|
30,446
|
|
|
|
8,413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
83,140
|
|
|
|
60,015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 11)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
17,333
|
|
|
|
16,257
|
|
Redeemable, non-controlling interest
|
|
|
4,576
|
|
|
|
9,344
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RigNet, Inc. stockholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock$0.001 par value; 50,000,000 shares
authorized; 21,273,265 and 21,212,015 shares issued and
outstanding at December 31, 2009 and 2008, respectively
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
9,505
|
|
|
|
11,287
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(26,847
|
)
|
|
|
(6,925
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
941
|
|
|
|
(555
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total RigNet, Inc. stockholders equity
|
|
|
(16,380
|
)
|
|
|
3,828
|
|
Non-redeemable, non-controlling interest
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
(16,239
|
)
|
|
|
3,901
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
|
|
$
|
88,810
|
|
|
$
|
89,517
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-3
RIGNET, INC.
INCOME
(LOSS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
80,936
|
|
|
$
|
89,909
|
|
|
$
|
67,164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
35,165
|
|
|
|
39,294
|
|
|
|
29,747
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
12,554
|
|
|
|
10,519
|
|
|
|
9,451
|
|
Impairment of goodwill
|
|
|
2,898
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Selling and marketing
|
|
|
2,187
|
|
|
|
2,605
|
|
|
|
2,405
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
16,444
|
|
|
|
21,277
|
|
|
|
20,338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total expenses
|
|
|
69,248
|
|
|
|
73,695
|
|
|
|
61,941
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
11,688
|
|
|
|
16,214
|
|
|
|
5,223
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(5,146
|
)
|
|
|
(2,464
|
)
|
|
|
(5,497
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
Change in fair value of preferred stock derivatives
|
|
|
(21,009
|
)
|
|
|
2,461
|
|
|
|
(1,156
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes
|
|
|
(14,163
|
)
|
|
|
16,238
|
|
|
|
(1,493
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
(5,457
|
)
|
|
|
(5,882
|
)
|
|
|
(628
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
(19,620
|
)
|
|
|
10,356
|
|
|
|
(2,121
|
)
|
Less: Net income (loss) attributable to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-redeemable, non-controlling interest
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
|
167
|
|
Redeemable, non-controlling interest
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
1,715
|
|
|
|
971
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to RigNet, Inc.
stockholders
|
|
$
|
(19,922
|
)
|
|
$
|
8,406
|
|
|
$
|
(3,259
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(19,620
|
)
|
|
$
|
10,356
|
|
|
$
|
(2,121
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
1,496
|
|
|
|
(848
|
)
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(18,124
|
)
|
|
$
|
9,508
|
|
|
$
|
(1,839
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
INCOME (LOSS) PER SHAREBASIC AND DILUTED
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to RigNet, Inc. stockholders
|
|
$
|
(19,922
|
)
|
|
$
|
8,406
|
|
|
$
|
(3,259
|
)
|
Less: Preferred stock dividends
|
|
|
2,100
|
|
|
|
3,227
|
|
|
|
1,051
|
|
Less: Adjustment to redeemable, non-controlling interest
redemption value
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
9,369
|
|
|
|
(379
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to RigNet, Inc. common
stockholders
|
|
$
|
(22,118
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,190
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,931
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share attributable to RigNet, Inc. common
stockholders, basic
|
|
$
|
(1.04
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) per share attributable to RigNet, Inc. common
stockholders, diluted
|
|
$
|
(1.04
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.20
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.19
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic
|
|
|
21,248
|
|
|
|
21,206
|
|
|
|
21,116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted
|
|
|
21,248
|
|
|
|
21,206
|
|
|
|
21,116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-4
RIGNET, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
$
|
(19,620
|
)
|
|
$
|
10,356
|
|
|
$
|
(2,121
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash from
operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
12,554
|
|
|
|
10,519
|
|
|
|
9,451
|
|
Impairment of goodwill
|
|
|
2,898
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
|
169
|
|
Write-off of deferred financing costs
|
|
|
352
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in fair value of preferred stock derivatives
|
|
|
21,009
|
|
|
|
(2,461
|
)
|
|
|
1,156
|
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
(818
|
)
|
|
|
(204
|
)
|
|
|
(503
|
)
|
(Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment
|
|
|
111
|
|
|
|
(92
|
)
|
|
|
(27
|
)
|
Accrued and imputed interest on stockholder notes
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
309
|
|
|
|
2,185
|
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
3,717
|
|
|
|
(2,566
|
)
|
|
|
(5,013
|
)
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
(633
|
)
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
|
(91
|
)
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
609
|
|
|
|
(510
|
)
|
|
|
(2,406
|
)
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
4,849
|
|
|
|
1,684
|
|
|
|
700
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
(509
|
)
|
|
|
71
|
|
|
|
131
|
|
Other liability
|
|
|
1,393
|
|
|
|
2,087
|
|
|
|
1,721
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
26,189
|
|
|
|
19,655
|
|
|
|
5,352
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(10,173
|
)
|
|
|
(8,680
|
)
|
|
|
(7,231
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
|
|
|
93
|
|
|
|
92
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Increase in restricted cash
|
|
|
(9,225
|
)
|
|
|
(775
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used by investing activities
|
|
|
(19,305
|
)
|
|
|
(9,363
|
)
|
|
|
(7,204
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
|
|
|
137
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
Subsidiary distributions to non-controlling interest
|
|
|
(335
|
)
|
|
|
(496
|
)
|
|
|
(120
|
)
|
Redemption of redeemable, non-controlling interest
|
|
|
(4,763
|
)
|
|
|
(6,745
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from borrowings
|
|
|
35,000
|
|
|
|
9,868
|
|
|
|
21,849
|
|
Repayments of long-term debt
|
|
|
(40,440
|
)
|
|
|
(3,864
|
)
|
|
|
(16,005
|
)
|
Payment of financing fees
|
|
|
(373
|
)
|
|
|
(448
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided (used) by financing activities
|
|
|
(10,774
|
)
|
|
|
(1,669
|
)
|
|
|
5,871
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(3,890
|
)
|
|
|
8,623
|
|
|
|
4,019
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, January 1,
|
|
|
15,376
|
|
|
|
6,864
|
|
|
|
3,096
|
|
Changes in foreign currency translation
|
|
|
(107
|
)
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
|
|
(251
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31,
|
|
$
|
11,379
|
|
|
$
|
15,376
|
|
|
$
|
6,864
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes paid
|
|
$
|
2,243
|
|
|
$
|
1,124
|
|
|
$
|
172
|
|
Interest paidother
|
|
$
|
1,240
|
|
|
$
|
1,790
|
|
|
$
|
1,885
|
|
Interest paidstockholders
|
|
$
|
5,708
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-5
RIGNET, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Non-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
RigNet, Inc.
|
|
|
Redeemable,
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
Non-Controlling
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, January 1, 2007
|
|
|
20,908
|
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
|
$
|
20,087
|
|
|
$
|
(18,745
|
)
|
|
$
|
11
|
|
|
$
|
1,374
|
|
|
$
|
27
|
|
|
$
|
1,401
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
293
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
147
|
|
Preferred stock dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,051
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,051
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,051
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
169
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
169
|
|
Uncertain tax position adoption
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(362
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(362
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(362
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
282
|
|
Non-controlling owner distributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(120
|
)
|
|
|
(120
|
)
|
Adjustment to redemption value of non-controlling interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
379
|
|
Warrants issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,070
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,070
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,070
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,259
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,259
|
)
|
|
|
167
|
|
|
|
(3,092
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2007
|
|
|
21,201
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
20,422
|
|
|
|
(21,987
|
)
|
|
|
293
|
|
|
|
(1,251
|
)
|
|
|
74
|
|
|
|
(1,177
|
)
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Preferred stock dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,227
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,227
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,227
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
231
|
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(848
|
)
|
|
|
(848
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(848
|
)
|
Adjustment to redemption value of non-controlling interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,369
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,369
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,369
|
)
|
Redemption of non-controlling interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,656
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,656
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6,656
|
|
Non-controlling owner distributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(236
|
)
|
|
|
(236
|
)
|
Warrants issued
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,214
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,214
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,214
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,406
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8,406
|
|
|
|
235
|
|
|
|
8,641
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2008
|
|
|
21,212
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
11,287
|
|
|
|
(6,925
|
)
|
|
|
(555
|
)
|
|
|
3,828
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
|
|
3,901
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
137
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
137
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
137
|
|
Preferred stock dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,100
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,100
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,100
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
277
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
277
|
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,496
|
|
|
|
1,496
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,496
|
|
Adjustment to redemption value of non-controlling interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
Non-controlling owner distributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(224
|
)
|
|
|
(224
|
)
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,922
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(19,922
|
)
|
|
|
292
|
|
|
|
(19,630
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2009
|
|
|
21,273
|
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
|
$
|
9,505
|
|
|
$
|
(26,847
|
)
|
|
$
|
941
|
|
|
$
|
(16,380
|
)
|
|
$
|
141
|
|
|
$
|
(16,239
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an
integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
F-6
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007
Note 1Business
and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies
Nature of
Business
RigNet, Inc. (the Company or RigNet) provides remote
communications services for the oil and gas industry through a
controlled and managed Internet Protocol/Multiprotocol Label
Switching
(IP/MPLS)
global network, enabling drilling contractors, oil companies and
oilfield service companies to communicate more effectively. The
Company provides its customers with broadband voice, fax, video
and data services in real-time between remote sites and home
offices throughout the world, while the Company manages and
operates the infrastructure from its land-based Network
Operations Center.
RigNet is primarily owned by three private-equity backed
investor groups. The Companys corporate offices are
located in Houston, Texas. The Company serves the owners and
operators of offshore drilling rigs and production facilities,
land rigs, remote offices and supply bases in approximately 30
countries including the United States, Mexico, Qatar, Saudi
Arabia, Singapore and Australia.
Basis of
Presentation
The Company presents its financial statements in accordance with
generally accepted accounting principles in the United States
(U.S. GAAP).
Principles of
Consolidation and Reporting
The Companys consolidated financial statements include the
accounts of RigNet, LandTel Communications LLC (LandTel),
OilCamp AS (OilCamp), RigNet Qatar, WLL (Qatar) and all
subsidiaries thereof. All intercompany accounts and transactions
have been eliminated in consolidation. RigNet acquired its
controlling ownership in LandTel in 2006 and subsequently
acquired non-controlling interests (see
Note 3Acquisitions).
Non-controlling interest of subsidiaries represents the outside
economic ownership interest of Qatar of less than 3.0% and
outside ownership of LandTel of 7.0%, 14.3% and 25.0% as of
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. The
Companys consolidated financial statements retrospectively
present non-controlling interest as a result of adoption of new
accounting guidance effective January 1, 2009 (see
Note 3Acquisitions).
Use of
Estimates in Preparation of Financial Statements
The preparation of financial statements in conformity with
U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and
assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and
liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities
at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts
of revenue and expenses during the reporting periods, as well as
certain financial statement disclosures. The estimates that are
particularly significant to the financial statements include the
Companys valuation of goodwill, intangibles, preferred
stock derivatives, stock-based compensation, tax valuation
allowance and uncertain tax positions. While management believes
that the estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of
the financial statements are appropriate, actual results could
differ from these estimates. Further, volatile equity and energy
markets combine to increase uncertainty in such estimates and
assumptions. As such, estimates and assumptions are adjusted
when facts and circumstances dictate and any changes will be
reflected in the financial statements in future periods.
F-7
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
Cash and Cash
Equivalents
Cash and cash equivalents consist of cash on-hand and
highly-liquid investments purchased with maturities of three
months or less.
Restricted
Cash
At December 31, 2009, the Company had $10.0 million in
restricted cash to satisfy credit facility requirements, of
which $7.5 million was non-current. At December 31,
2008, the Company had $0.8 million in restricted cash.
Accounts
Receivable
Trade accounts receivable are recognized as customers are billed
in accordance with customer contracts. The Company reports an
allowance for doubtful accounts for probable credit losses
existing in accounts receivable. Management determines the
allowance based on a review of currently outstanding receivables
and the Companys historical write-off experience.
Significant individual receivables and balances which have been
outstanding greater than 90 days are reviewed individually.
Account balances, when determined to be uncollectible, are
charged against the allowance.
Property and
Equipment
Property and equipment, which consists of rig-based
telecommunication equipment (including antennas), computer
equipment and furniture and other, is stated at acquisition cost
net of accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided using
the straight-line method over the expected useful lives of the
respective assets, which range from two to seven years. The
Company assesses property and equipment for impairment when
events indicate the carrying value exceeds fair value.
Maintenance and repair costs are charged to expense when
incurred.
Preferred
Stock Derivatives
All contracts are evaluated for embedded derivatives which are
bifurcated when (a) the economic characteristics and risks
of such instruments are not clearly and closely related to the
economic characteristics and risks of the preferred stock
agreement, (b) the contract is not already reported at fair
value and (c) such instruments meet the definition of a
derivative instrument and are not scope exceptions under the
Financial Accounting Standards Boards (FASB) guidance on
Derivatives and Hedging
. As of December 31, 2009 and
2008, the Company has identified embedded features within its
preferred stock agreements which qualify as derivatives and are
reported separately from preferred stock (see
Note 13Stockholders Equity, Warrants and
Preferred Stock).
Fair values of these derivatives are determined using a
combination of the expected present value of future cash flows
and a market approach. The present value of future cash flows is
estimated using the Companys most recent forecast and its
weighted average cost of capital. The market approach uses a
market multiple on the related cash generated from operations.
Significant estimates for determining fair value include cash
flow forecasts, estimate of the Companys weighted average
cost of capital, projected income tax rates and market multiples.
F-8
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
Intangibles
Intangibles consist of brand names and customer relationships
acquired as part of the LandTel and OilCamp acquisitions, as
well as internal-use software. Intangibles are amortized over
their respective estimated useful lives, which range from four
to nine years, using the straight-line method. The Company
assesses intangibles for impairment when events indicate the
carrying value exceeds fair value.
Goodwill
Goodwill relates to the acquisitions of LandTel and OilCamp as
the consideration paid exceeded the fair value of acquired
identifiable net tangible assets and intangibles. Goodwill is
reviewed for impairment annually, on July 31st, with
additional evaluations being performed when events or
circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets
may not be recoverable. During 2009, the Company identified a
triggering event associated with the significant decline in
land-based drilling activity for which an impairment test was
performed as of June 30, 2009. Subsequently, the Company
performed its annual impairment test on July 31, 2009. No
additional impairment indicators were identified as of
December 31, 2009.
Goodwill impairment is determined using a two-step process. The
first step of the impairment test is used to identify potential
impairment by comparing the fair value of each reporting unit to
the book value of the reporting unit, including goodwill. Fair
value of the reporting unit is determined using a combination of
the reporting units expected present value of future cash
flows and a market approach. The present value of future cash
flows is estimated using the Companys most recent forecast
and the weighted average cost of capital. The market approach
uses a market multiple on the reporting units cash
generated from operations. Significant estimates for each
reporting unit included in the Companys impairment
analysis are cash flow forecasts, the Companys weighted
average cost of capital, projected income tax rates and market
multiples. Changes in these estimates could affect the estimated
fair value of the reporting units and result in an impairment of
goodwill in a future period.
If the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its book
value, goodwill of the reporting unit is considered to be
impaired and the second step of the impairment test is performed
to measure the amount of impairment loss, if any. The second
step of the impairment test compares the implied fair value of
the reporting units goodwill with the book value of that
goodwill. If the book value of the reporting units
goodwill exceeds the implied fair value of that goodwill, an
impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess.
The implied fair value of goodwill is determined by allocating
the reporting units fair value to all of its assets and
liabilities other than goodwill in the same manner as a purchase
price allocation.
Any impairment in the value of goodwill is charged to earnings
in the period such impairment is determined. In 2009, the
Company recognized $2.9 million in impairment of goodwill
related to its U.S. land reporting unit (see
Note 4Goodwill and Intangibles). There were no
impairments of goodwill in 2008 or 2007.
Long-Term
Debt
Long-term debt is recognized in the consolidated balance sheets
net of costs incurred in connection with obtaining debt
financing. Debt financing costs are deferred and reported as a
reduction to the principal amount of the debt. Such costs are
amortized over the life of the
F-9
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
debt using the effective interest rate method and included in
interest expense in the consolidated statements of income (loss)
and comprehensive income (loss).
Revenue
Recognition
All revenue is recognized when persuasive evidence of an
arrangement exists, the service is complete, the amount is fixed
or determinable and collectability is reasonably assured.
Network service fee revenue is based on fixed-price, day-rate
contracts and recognized monthly as the service is provided.
Generally, customer contracts also provide for installation and
maintenance services. Installation services are paid upon
initiation of the contract and recognized over the life of the
respective contract. Maintenance charges are recognized as
specific services are performed. Deferred revenue consists of
deferred installation billings, customer deposits and other
prepayments for which services have not yet been rendered.
Revenue is reported net of any tax assessed and collected on
behalf of a governmental authority. Such tax is then remitted
directly to the appropriate jurisdictional entity.
Stock-Based
Compensation
The Company recognizes expense for stock-based compensation
based on the calculated fair value of options on the grant date
of the awards. Fair value of options on the grant date is
determined using the Black-Scholes model, which requires
judgment in estimating the expected term of the option,
risk-free interest rate, expected volatility of the
Companys stock and dividend yield of the option. The
Company currently does not have any awards accounted for as a
liability.
The Companys policy is to recognize compensation expense
for service-based awards on straight-line basis over the
requisite service period of the entire award. Stock-based
compensation expense is based on awards ultimately expected to
vest.
Taxes
Income taxes are provided using the asset and liability method.
Under this method, income taxes (i.e. deferred tax assets,
deferred tax liabilities, taxes currently payable, refunds
receivable and tax expense) are recorded based on amounts
refundable or payable in the current year and include the
results of any difference between book and tax reporting.
Deferred income taxes reflect the tax effect of net operating
losses, foreign tax credits and the tax effects of temporary
differences between the carrying amount of assets and
liabilities for financial statement and income tax purposes, as
determined under enacted tax laws and rates. Valuation
allowances are established when management determines that it is
more likely than not that some portion or the entire deferred
tax asset will not be realized. The financial effect of changes
in tax laws or rates is accounted for in the period of enactment.
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted new
accounting provisions requiring the evaluation of its tax
positions and recognizing only tax benefits that, more likely
than not, will be sustained upon examination, including
resolutions of any related appeals or litigation processes,
based on technical merits of the position. Tax positions are
measured at the largest amount of benefit that has a greater
than 50% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. The
cumulative effect of applying these provisions resulted in a
$0.4 million adjustment to beginning accumulated deficit.
F-10
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
From time to time, the Company engages in transactions in which
the tax consequences may be subject to uncertainty. Examples of
such transactions include business acquisitions, certain
financing transactions, international investments, stock-based
compensation and foreign tax credits. Significant judgment is
required in assessing and estimating the tax consequences of
these transactions. In the normal course of business, the
Company prepares and files tax returns based on interpretation
of tax laws and regulations, which are subject to examination by
various taxing authorities. Such examinations may result in
future tax and interest assessments by these taxing authorities.
In determining the Companys tax provision for financial
reporting purposes, the Company establishes a reserve for
uncertain income tax positions unless such positions are
determined to be more likely than not sustained upon
examination, based on their technical merits. There is
considerable judgment involved in determining whether positions
taken on the tax return will, more likely than not, be sustained.
Foreign
Currency Translation
The U.S. dollar serves as the currency of measurement and
reporting for the Companys consolidated financial
statements. Functional currencies of the Companys
subsidiaries of LandTel, OilCamp and Qatar are
U.S. dollars, Norwegian kroner, and U.S. dollars,
respectively. Transactions occurring in currencies other than
the functional currency of a subsidiary have been converted to
the functional currency of that subsidiary at the exchange rate
in effect at the transaction date with resulting gains and
losses included in current earnings. Carrying values of monetary
assets and liabilities in functional currencies other than
U.S. dollars have been translated to U.S. dollars
based on the U.S. exchange rate at the balance sheet date
and the resulting foreign currency translation gain or loss is
included in comprehensive income (loss) in the accompanying
financial statements.
Note 2Business
and Credit Concentrations
The Company is exposed to various business and credit risks
including interest rate, foreign currency, credit and liquidity
risks.
Interest Rate
Risk
The Company has significant interest-bearing liabilities at
variable interest rates. The Companys variable borrowing
rates are tied to LIBOR and prime resulting in interest rate
risk (see Note 6Long-Term Debt and Stockholder Notes
Payable). The Company does not currently use financial
instruments to hedge these interest risk exposures, but
evaluates this on a continual basis and may put financial
instruments in place in the future if deemed necessary.
Foreign
Currency Risk
The Company has limited exposure to foreign currency risk as
most of the Companys activities are conducted in
U.S. dollars, which is the functional currency of the
parent company and most of its subsidiaries.
Credit
Risk
Credit risk, with respect to accounts receivable, is due to the
limited number of customers concentrated in the oil and gas
industry. The Company mitigates the risk of financial loss from
defaults through defined collection terms in each contract or
service agreements and periodic evaluations of the
collectability of accounts receivable. The evaluations include a
review of
F-11
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
customer credit reports and past transaction history with the
customer. The Company provides an allowance for doubtful
accounts which is adjusted when the Company becomes aware of a
specific customers inability to meet its financial
obligations or as a result of changes in the overall aging of
accounts receivable.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
$
|
15,349
|
|
|
$
|
19,181
|
|
|
$
|
17,167
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts, January 1,
|
|
|
(2,735
|
)
|
|
|
(3,287
|
)
|
|
|
(2,269
|
)
|
Current year provision for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
(296
|
)
|
|
|
491
|
|
|
|
(1,798
|
)
|
Write-offs
|
|
|
411
|
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
780
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts, December 31,
|
|
|
(2,620
|
)
|
|
|
(2,735
|
)
|
|
|
(3,287
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
$
|
12,729
|
|
|
$
|
16,446
|
|
|
$
|
13,880
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During 2009, the Company had one significant customer comprising
10.9% of its revenue. The Company had no significant customers
in 2008 or 2007.
Liquidity
Risk
The Company maintains cash and cash equivalent balances with
major financial institutions which, at times, exceed federally
insured limits. The Company monitors the financial condition of
the financial institutions and has not experienced losses
associated with these accounts during 2009, 2008 or 2007.
Liquidity is monitored on a continual basis by management.
Liquidity risk is managed by continuously monitoring forecasted
and actual cash flows and by matching the maturity profiles of
financial assets and liabilities (see Note 6Long-Term
Debt and Stockholder Notes Payable).
Note 3Acquisitions
During 2006, the Company acquired a 75.0% controlling interest
in LandTel in order to expand its onshore operations, resulting
in a 25.0% redeemable, non-controlling interest in LandTel. In
connection with this acquisition, the Company entered into an
agreement which provided the non-controlling interest owners a
right to sell their interest in LandTel to the Company, with a
purchase price determinable based on an
agreed-upon
formula.
In December 2008, the Company acquired 10.7% of the redeemable,
non-controlling interest for $7.0 million, of which
$6.7 million was paid in December 2008 and
$0.3 million was paid in May 2009. In February 2009, the
Company acquired an additional 7.3% of the redeemable,
non-controlling interest for $4.8 million.
F-12
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
The following table presents the total purchase price for the
acquisitions:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Cash
|
|
$
|
4,763
|
|
|
$
|
6,745
|
|
Note
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
260
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total purchase price
|
|
$
|
4,763
|
|
|
$
|
7,005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance on
Business
Combinations
and
Non-Controlling Interests in
Consolidated Financial Statements
, which became effective
for the Company as of January 1, 2009, and must be applied
prospectively, except for the presentation and disclosure
requirements which must be applied retrospectively for all
periods presented in the consolidated financial statements. This
guidance provides for the use of the acquisition method of
accounting for acquisitions of non-controlling interest, rather
than the purchase method of accounting. Under the acquisition
method, purchases or sales of non-controlling equity interests
that do not result in a change in control will be accounted for
as equity transactions. As such, asset and liability balances do
not change for acquisitions of non-controlling interest as long
as control is maintained (see Note 17Recently Issued
Accounting Pronouncements).
The following table presents the purchase price allocations for
the redeemable, non-controlling interest acquired and reflects
the acquisition method of accounting for the 2009 acquisition,
occurring after the January 1, 2009 effective date of the
aforementioned guidance, and the purchase method of accounting
for the 2008 acquisition:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Intangibles
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,069
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,587
|
|
Non-controlling interest
|
|
|
4,763
|
|
|
|
349
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net assets acquired
|
|
$
|
4,763
|
|
|
$
|
7,005
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009, the non-controlling interest owner
maintains the right to sell the remaining 7.0% non-controlling
interest in LandTel to the Company (see
Note 10Redeemable, Non-Controlling Interest).
Note 4Goodwill
and Intangibles
Goodwill
Goodwill consists of amounts recognized from the acquisitions of
LandTel (75.0% in 2006 and 10.7% in 2008), included in the
U.S. land reporting unit, and OilCamp (100.0% in 2006),
included in the eastern hemisphere reporting unit. The goodwill
primarily relates to the growth prospects foreseen for the
companies acquired, synergies between existing business and the
acquirees and the assembled workforce of the acquired companies.
F-13
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
Goodwill balances and changes therein, by reporting unit, as of
and for the years ended December 31, 2009 and 2008 are as
follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eastern
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Hemisphere
|
|
|
U.S. Land
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Balance, January 1, 2008
|
|
$
|
3,210
|
|
|
$
|
9,204
|
|
|
$
|
12,414
|
|
Acquisition of non-controlling interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,587
|
|
|
|
4,587
|
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
(736
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(736
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2008
|
|
|
2,474
|
|
|
|
13,791
|
|
|
|
16,265
|
|
Impairment of goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(2,898
|
)
|
|
|
(2,898
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
520
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
520
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
2,994
|
|
|
$
|
10,893
|
|
|
$
|
13,887
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The impairment loss of $2.9 million reported in 2009 equals
the excess of the carrying amount of goodwill over its implied
fair value as calculated in Step 2 of the interim impairment
test conducted as of June 30, 2009. No other impairment of
goodwill has ever been reported by the company.
Intangibles
Intangibles consist of brand names and customer relationships
acquired as part of the LandTel and OilCamp acquisitions, as
well as internal-use software. The following table reflects
intangibles activities for the years ended December 31,
2009 and 2008 (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Customer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Brand
|
|
|
Relation-
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name
|
|
|
ships
|
|
|
Software
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
Initial value of intangibles
|
|
$
|
3,987
|
|
|
$
|
7,770
|
|
|
$
|
503
|
|
|
|
12,260
|
|
Accumulated amortization, January 1, 2008
|
|
|
(1,299
|
)
|
|
|
(1,273
|
)
|
|
|
(99
|
)
|
|
|
(2,671
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, January 1, 2008
|
|
|
2,688
|
|
|
|
6,497
|
|
|
|
404
|
|
|
|
9,589
|
|
Acquisition of non-controlling interest
|
|
|
61
|
|
|
|
2,008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,069
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
301
|
|
|
|
301
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
(901
|
)
|
|
|
(810
|
)
|
|
|
(298
|
)
|
|
|
(2,009
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
(138
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(234
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2008
|
|
|
1,752
|
|
|
|
7,557
|
|
|
|
407
|
|
|
|
9,716
|
|
Additions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
192
|
|
|
|
192
|
|
Amortization expense
|
|
|
(1,043
|
)
|
|
|
(859
|
)
|
|
|
(118
|
)
|
|
|
(2,020
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
160
|
|
|
|
324
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
484
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
869
|
|
|
$
|
7,022
|
|
|
$
|
481
|
|
|
$
|
8,372
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-14
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
The Company estimates the lives of the brand name, customer
relationships and software at four years, eight to nine years
and five years, respectively. The following table sets forth
amortization expense for intangibles over the next five years
(in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
1,919
|
|
2011
|
|
|
1,068
|
|
2012
|
|
|
1,068
|
|
2013
|
|
|
1,068
|
|
2014
|
|
|
1,068
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
6,191
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 5Property
and Equipment
Property and equipment consists of the following:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Estimated
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
Lives
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Rig-based telecommunication equipment
|
|
5
|
|
$
|
46,298
|
|
|
$
|
35,403
|
|
Computer equipment
|
|
2 - 3
|
|
|
13,532
|
|
|
|
14,203
|
|
Furniture and other
|
|
7
|
|
|
2,221
|
|
|
|
1,943
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
62,051
|
|
|
|
51,549
|
|
Less: Accumulated depreciation
|
|
|
|
|
(35,040
|
)
|
|
|
(24,700
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
27,011
|
|
|
$
|
26,849
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation expense associated with property and equipment was
$10.3 million, $8.5 million and $7.7 million in
2009, 2008 and 2007, respectively. During the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the Companys
additions to property and equipment included non-cash
transactions of $0.3 million, $0.8 million and
$0.1 million, respectively.
Note 6Long-Term
Debt and Stockholder Notes Payable
As of December 31, 2009 and 2008, the following credit
facilities and long-term debt arrangements with financial
institutions were in place:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Term loan
|
|
$
|
29,681
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Parent term loan and credit facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14,590
|
|
Subsidiary term loan and credit facility
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9,452
|
|
Equipment notes
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
33
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
29,686
|
|
|
|
24,075
|
|
Less: Current maturities of long-term debt
|
|
|
(8,664
|
)
|
|
|
(5,753
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
21,022
|
|
|
$
|
18,322
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-15
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
In addition, at December 31, 2008, the Company had
short-term stockholder notes payable, including accrued and
imputed interest, totaling $11.1 million, which were repaid
during 2009 with proceeds from the above credit facilities (see
Stockholder Notes below).
Term
Loan
In May 2009, the Company entered into a $35.0 million term
loan (the Term Loan) with two participating financial
institutions, the proceeds of which were used to repay the
existing parent and subsidiary term loans and credit facilities
and stockholder notes payable. The facility is secured by
substantially all the assets of the Company and bears interest
at a rate ranging from 4.3% to 5.3%, based on a funded debt to
adjusted earnings ratio, as defined in the agreement. Interest
is payable monthly along with quarterly principal installments
of approximately $2.2 million, with the balance due
May 31, 2012. At December 31, 2009, $29.9 million
was outstanding, with an interest rate of 5.0%. The weighted
average interest rate for the year ended December 31, 2009
was 5.2%.
Parent Term
Loan and Credit Facility
The facility with a financial institution included an
$11.5 million senior term loan and $5.0 million
equipment revolver line of credit. This revolver was used to
fund 80.0% of equipment and software purchases and was
fully drawn at December 31, 2008. Interest on the facility
was paid monthly at LIBOR plus 2.25%. The weighted average
interest rates for the years ended December 31, 2009 and
2008 were 6.3% and 7.2%, respectively. The parent term loan and
revolver were repaid in May 2009 with proceeds from the Term
Loan.
Subsidiary
Term Loan and Credit Facility
The facility with a financial institution included a
$12.0 million term loan and $5.0 million equipment
revolver line of credit, of which no amount was outstanding
under the revolver at December 31, 2008. The term loan was
secured by the assets of the subsidiary and the individual
ownership interests in LandTel. Interest on the facility varied
based on stated covenants and was paid monthly. The weighted
average interest rates for the years ended December 31,
2009 and 2008 were 8.8% and 7.8%, respectively. The subsidiary
term loan and revolver were repaid in May 2009 with proceeds
from the Term Loan.
Stockholder
Notes
In December 2008, the Company issued Series A Stockholder
Notes for cash of $6.0 million. The Company also refinanced
previously issued stockholder notes, along with accrued and
imputed interest of $2.5 million, into the Series B
Stockholder Notes totaling $8.3 million. Series A and
B Stockholder Notes were non-interest bearing and payable on
August 31, 2009. The Series A and B Stockholder Notes
were subordinate to bank debt but with an equal priority above
preferred stock and common stock.
In conjunction with this financing, the Company issued
1.5 million warrants to purchase common stock at a price of
$0.01 per share to the Series A noteholders and
1.4 million warrants to purchase common stock at a price of
$0.01 per share to the Series B noteholders (see
Note 13 - Stockholders Equity, Warrants and Preferred
Stock).
In May 2009, the Company repaid both the Series A and
Series B Stockholder Notes in full (see
Note 8Related Party Transactions).
F-16
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
Equipment
Notes
The Company had various equipment notes payable outstanding at
December 31, 2009 and 2008 totaling approximately $5,000
and $33,000, respectively. The notes are payable monthly,
including interest at rates ranging from 4.0% to 10.9%.
Covenants and
Restrictions
The Companys term loans and credit facilities each contain
certain covenants and restrictions, including restricting the
payment of cash dividends and maintaining certain financial
covenants such as funded debt to adjusted earnings ratio, as
defined in the agreement and a fixed charge coverage ratio.
These loans also require maintenance of restricted cash
balances. If any default occurs related to these covenants, the
unpaid principal and any accrued interest shall be declared
immediately due and payable. As of December 31, 2009 and
2008, the Company was in compliance with all covenants.
Deferred
Financing Costs
During 2009, the Company incurred legal and bank fees associated
with the Term Loan which were capitalized and reported as a
reduction to long-term debt and current maturities of long-term
debt. Deferred financing costs are expensed using the effective
interest method over the life of the agreement. For the year
ended December 31, 2009, deferred financing cost
amortization of $0.1 million is included in interest
expense in the accompanying consolidated statements of income
(loss) and comprehensive income (loss).
During 2009, the Company wrote-off $0.4 million of
remaining deferred financing costs related to the subsidiary
term loan and credit facility upon repayment in May 2009.
Debt
Maturities
The following table sets forth the aggregate principal
maturities of long-term debt (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
8,664
|
|
2011
|
|
|
8,652
|
|
2012
|
|
|
12,370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt, including current maturities
|
|
$
|
29,686
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 7Leases
The Company leases office space under lease agreements expiring
on various dates through 2012. The Company recognized expense
under operating leases of $0.9 million for each of the
years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007.
F-17
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
As of December 31, 2009, future minimum lease obligations
were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
751
|
|
2011
|
|
|
422
|
|
2012
|
|
|
353
|
|
2013
|
|
|
322
|
|
2014
|
|
|
303
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
144
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
2,295
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 8Related
Party Transactions
During the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007,
the Company had the following related party transactions with
stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Stockholder notes (See Note 6Long-Term Debt and
Stockholder Notes Payable):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of notes to officers
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
200
|
|
Issuance of notes to other stockholders
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,786
|
|
|
|
4,080
|
|
Repayment of notes to officers
|
|
|
200
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Repayment of notes to other stockholders
|
|
|
8,379
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Issuance of warrants (See
Note 13Stockholders Equity, Warrants and
Preferred Stock):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise price of $0.01, expiring December 31, 2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Officer warrants of 47,414
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
53
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Other stockholder warrants of 2,827, 586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3,161
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercise price of $1.75, expiring December 31, 2015
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Officer warrants of 142,856
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
50
|
|
Other stockholder warrants of 2,914,795
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,020
|
|
Interest expense related to stockholder notes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accrued and imputed interest expense
|
|
$
|
3,214
|
|
|
$
|
309
|
|
|
$
|
2,185
|
|
Payment of interest
|
|
|
5,708
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had warrants
outstanding to stockholders totaling 7.0 million shares,
with exercise prices ranging from $0.01 to $1.75, or a weighted
average exercise price of $1.04 (see
Note 13Stockholders Equity, Warrants and
Preferred Stock).
Note 9Fair
Value Measurements
The Company uses the following methods and assumptions to
estimate the fair value of financial instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Reported
amounts approximate fair value.
|
F-18
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
|
|
|
|
|
Restricted Cash
Reported amounts approximate
fair value.
|
|
|
|
Accounts Receivable
Reported amounts, net of
the allowance for doubtful accounts, approximate fair value.
|
|
|
|
Accounts Payable, Including Income Taxes Payable and
Accrued Expenses
Reported amounts approximate fair
value.
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Debt
The carrying amount of the
Companys floating-rate debt approximates fair value since
the interest rates paid are based on short-term maturities and
recent quoted rates from financial institutions.
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock Derivatives
Such represent
conversion and redemption rights associated with preferred
stock, which are bifurcated based on an analysis of the features
in relation to the preferred stock agreements (Series A, B,
and C Preferred Stock) and are classified as non-current as of
December 31, 2009 and 2008. For the purposes of measuring
fair value, these bifurcated derivatives were bundled together
for each class of preferred stock and are reported at the
aggregate fair value (see Note 13Stockholders
Equity, Warrants and Preferred Stock).
|
Fair value is the price that would be received to sell an asset
or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction
between market participants at the measurement date. For items
that are not actively traded, fair value reflects the price in a
transaction with a market participant, including an adjustment
for risk, not just the
mark-to-market
value.
The fair value measurement standard establishes a fair value
hierarchy that prioritizes the inputs to valuation techniques
used to measure fair value. As presented in the table below, the
hierarchy consists of three broad levels:
Level 1Inputs are unadjusted quoted prices in active
markets for identical assets and liabilities and have the
highest priority.
Level 2Inputs are observable inputs other than quoted
prices considered Level 1. Level 2 inputs are
market-based and are directly or indirectly observable,
including quoted prices for similar instruments in active
markets; quoted prices for identical or similar instruments in
markets that are not active; or valuation techniques whose
inputs are observable. Where observable inputs are available,
directly or indirectly, for substantially the full term of the
asset or liability, the instrument is categorized in
Level 2.
Level 3Inputs are unobservable (meaning they reflect
the Companys assumptions regarding how market participants
would price the asset or liability based on the best available
information) and therefore have the lowest priority.
A financial instruments level within the fair value
hierarchy is based on the lowest level of any input that is
significant to the fair value measurement. RigNet believes it
uses appropriate valuation techniques, such as market-based
valuation, based on the available inputs to measure the fair
values of its assets and liabilities. The Companys
valuation technique maximizes the use of observable inputs and
minimizes the use of unobservable inputs.
F-19
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
The following table summarizes the fair value of the
Companys derivative instruments (the preferred stock
derivatives), all of which are reported in the consolidated
balance sheets as preferred stock derivatives, in non-current
liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock conversion rights
|
|
$
|
30,446
|
|
|
$
|
8,413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the Companys fair value
hierarchy for these derivative liabilities accounted for at fair
value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock Conversion and Redemption Rights
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-current derivative liability:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
30,446
|
|
|
$
|
30,446
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2008
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
8,413
|
|
|
$
|
8,413
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of preferred stock derivative liabilities
classified as Level 3 changed as follows during 2009, 2008
and 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Balance, January 1,
|
|
$
|
8,413
|
|
|
$
|
9,808
|
|
|
$
|
8,241
|
|
Unrealized (gains) losses included in earnings
|
|
|
21,009
|
|
|
|
(2,461
|
)
|
|
|
1,156
|
|
Derivative related to preferred stock dividends
|
|
|
1,024
|
|
|
|
1,066
|
|
|
|
411
|
|
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31,
|
|
$
|
30,446
|
|
|
$
|
8,413
|
|
|
$
|
9,808
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Dividends are paid on Series B and C Preferred stock in the
form of additional shares, each with conversion rights, which
are bifurcated and reported at fair value (see
Note 13Stockholders Equity, Warrants and
Preferred Stock).
The Level 3 amounts representing the change in fair value
of derivatives included in the Companys consolidated
statements of income (loss) and comprehensive income (loss) for
the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, were
$(21.0) million, $2.5 million and $(1.2) million,
respectively.
The Companys non-financial assets, such as goodwill,
intangibles and property and equipment, are measured at fair
value when there is an indicator of impairment and recorded at
fair value only when an impairment charge is recognized. Such
impairment charges incorporate fair value measurements based on
level 3 inputs. See Note 4Goodwill and
Intangibles for discussion of an impairment of goodwill reported
in 2009.
F-20
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
Note 10Redeemable,
Non-Controlling Interest
In connection with the 2006 acquisition of LandTel, the Company
entered into an agreement which provided for additional
interests to be acquired based on an
agreed-upon
formula. As described in Note 3Acquisitions, during
2008 and 2009 the Company acquired additional non-controlling
interests. The defined redemption amount is variable, based on a
fixed trailing adjusted earnings formula with no mandatory or
stated redemption date. The reported agreement is adjusted each
reporting period to the computed redeemable value with the
corresponding adjustment recorded to retained deficit, when the
adjustment is a gain, or additional paid in-capital, when the
adjustment is a loss.
As of December 31, 2009, the non-controlling interest owner
maintains the right to sell the remaining 7.0% non-controlling
interest in LandTel to the Company, upon formal notice which may
be given from February 2010 through January 2012. The purchase
price will be determined based on the
agreed-upon
formula discussed above, which yields approximately
$4.6 million as of December 31, 2009.
The following table reconciles redeemable, non-controlling
interest for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and
2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Balance, January 1,
|
|
$
|
9,344
|
|
|
$
|
5,525
|
|
|
$
|
4,933
|
|
Adjustment to redemption value
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
9,369
|
|
|
|
(379
|
)
|
Acquisition of non-controlling interest
|
|
|
(4,763
|
)
|
|
|
(7,005
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Non-controlling owner distributions
|
|
|
(111
|
)
|
|
|
(260
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Net income
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
1,715
|
|
|
|
971
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31,
|
|
$
|
4,576
|
|
|
$
|
9,344
|
|
|
$
|
5,525
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
On May 7, 2010, the non-controlling interest owner notified
the Company that it was exercising its right to sell its
remaining interest in LandTel in accordance with the agreement.
Should the Company not complete the transaction within
75 days of the notice date, the Company will be obligated
to issue 1.0 million warrants at an exercise price of $0.01
to extend the due date of the purchase price indefinitely. The
Company expects to close the purchase before July 20, 2010.
Note 11Commitments
and Contingencies
Leases
See Note 7Leases, for operating lease commitments.
F-21
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
Commercial
Commitments
The Company enters into contracts for satellite bandwidth and
other networks services with certain providers. As of
December 31, 2009, the Company had the following commercial
commitments related to satellite and network services (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
10,300
|
|
2011
|
|
|
4,349
|
|
2012
|
|
|
2,126
|
|
2013
|
|
|
702
|
|
2014
|
|
|
112
|
|
Thereafter
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
17,589
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Redeemable,
Non-Controlling Interest
See Note 10Redeemable, Non-Controlling Interest,
regarding the Companys agreement to purchase the remaining
7.0% non-controlling interest of LandTel.
Litigation
The Company, in the ordinary course of business, is a claimant
or a defendant in various legal proceedings, including
proceedings as to which the Company has insurance coverage and
those that may involve the filing of liens against the Company
or its assets. The Company does not consider its exposure in
these proceedings, individually or in the aggregate, to be
material.
Note 12Stock-Based
Compensation
The Company has two stock-based compensation plans as described
below.
Long-Term
Incentive Plan
In March 2006, the Board of Directors adopted the RigNet 2006
Long-Term Incentive Plan (the 2006 Plan). Under the 2006 Plan,
the Board of Directors is authorized to issue options to
purchase RigNet common stock to certain officers and employees
of the Company. In general, all options granted under the 2006
Plan have a contractual term of ten years and a four-year
vesting period, with 25.0% of the options vesting on each of the
first four anniversaries of the grant date. The 2006 Plan
authorized the issuance of 3.0 million options, which was
increased to 5.0 million in January, 2010, net of any
options returned or forfeited. As of December 31, 2009, the
Company has issued 3.4 million options under the 2006 Plan,
of which 0.1 million options have been exercised,
0.5 million options have been returned or forfeited and
2.8 million options are outstanding.
Stock Option
Plan
The 2001 Performance Stock Option Plan (the 2001 Plan) was
authorized to issue options to purchase RigNet common stock to
certain officers and employees of the Company. Options granted
under the 2001 Plan vest either (a) over a four-year term,
with 25.0% of the options vesting on each of the first four
anniversary dates of the grant or (b) over a three-year
term,
F-22
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
with 25.0% of the options vesting 30 days after the grant
date and 25.0% vesting on each of the first three anniversary
dates of the grant. Vested options, which have not been
forfeited, are exercisable in whole or in part during the option
term, which does not exceed ten years. The 2001 Plan authorized
the issuance of 0.6 million options. As of
December 31, 2009, the Company has issued 523,867 options
under the 2001 Plan, of which 220,729 options have been
exercised, 85,638 options have been returned and 217,500 options
are outstanding. The Company plans to issue no additional
options under the 2001 Plan.
There are no dividends related to stock options or common stock.
Expense related to the Companys two stock-based
compensation plans, which has been charged against income, for
the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was as
follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation recognized
|
|
$
|
277
|
|
|
$
|
231
|
|
|
$
|
169
|
|
Less: Related recognized tax benefit
|
|
|
97
|
|
|
|
81
|
|
|
|
59
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Stock-based compensation, net
|
|
$
|
180
|
|
|
$
|
150
|
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
There were no significant modifications to the two stock-based
compensation plans during the years ended December 31,
2009, 2008 and 2007. As of December 31, 2009 and 2008,
there were $0.6 million and $0.4 million,
respectively, of total unrecognized compensation cost related to
unvested options granted and expected to vest, under the two
plans. This cost is expected to be recognized on a remaining
weighted-average period of three years.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Cash received from exercise of stock options
|
|
$
|
137
|
|
|
$
|
16
|
|
|
$
|
62
|
|
Tax benefit realized from exercised stock options
|
|
$
|
48
|
|
|
$
|
6
|
|
|
$
|
22
|
|
All equity instruments granted under the two stock-based
compensation plans are settled in stock. The Company did not
issue fractional shares nor pay cash in lieu of fractional
shares.
The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant
date using a Black-Scholes option valuation model, which uses
certain assumptions as of the date of grant:
|
|
|
|
|
Expected Volatility
based on peer group price
volatility for periods equivalent to the expected term of the
options
|
|
|
|
Expected Term
expected life adjusted based on
managements best estimate for the effects of
non-transferability, exercise restriction and behavioral
considerations
|
|
|
|
Risk-Free Interest Rate
risk-free rate, for
periods within the contractual terms of the options, is based on
the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant
|
|
|
|
Dividend Yield
expected dividends based on
the Companys historical dividend rate at the date of grant
|
F-23
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
The assumptions used for grants made in the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
42% - 60%
|
|
35% - 42%
|
|
35% - 43%
|
Expected term (in years)
|
|
4
|
|
4
|
|
4
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
2.2% - 3.1%
|
|
2.6% - 3.3%
|
|
3.5% - 4.7%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the Companys stock option
activity under both the 2001 Plan and the 2006 Plan as of and
for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008, and 2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Exercise
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Price
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Balance, January 1,
|
|
|
2,410
|
|
|
$
|
1.86
|
|
|
|
2,130
|
|
|
$
|
1.74
|
|
|
|
694
|
|
|
$
|
0.67
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
778
|
|
|
|
1.33
|
|
|
|
530
|
|
|
|
2.44
|
|
|
|
1,802
|
|
|
|
1.92
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(61
|
)
|
|
|
2.25
|
|
|
|
(11
|
)
|
|
|
1.42
|
|
|
|
(246
|
)
|
|
|
0.25
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(154
|
)
|
|
|
2.14
|
|
|
|
(239
|
)
|
|
|
2.14
|
|
|
|
(120
|
)
|
|
|
1.24
|
|
Expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31,
|
|
|
2,973
|
|
|
$
|
1.70
|
|
|
|
2,410
|
|
|
$
|
1.86
|
|
|
|
2,130
|
|
|
$
|
1.74
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exercisable, December 31,
|
|
|
1,149
|
|
|
$
|
1.63
|
|
|
|
710
|
|
|
$
|
1.48
|
|
|
|
214
|
|
|
$
|
0.66
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average fair value of options granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.73
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.31
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.41
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
2009
|
|
2008
|
|
2007
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Intrinsic value of options exercised
|
|
$
|
32
|
|
|
$
|
1
|
|
|
$
|
311
|
|
Fair value of options vested
|
|
$
|
234
|
|
|
$
|
212
|
|
|
$
|
57
|
|
The weighted average remaining contractual term in years as of
and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
was 7.6, 8.1, and 8.9 years, respectively. The total fair
value of all options that vested during the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 was approximately
$0.2 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million,
respectively. At December 31, 2009 options vested and
expected to vest totaled 2.7 million, with options
available for grant of approximately 0.3 million.
F-24
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
The following is a summary of changes in unvested options as of
and for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007
(in thousands, except per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Grant Date
|
|
|
|
Options
|
|
|
Fair Value
|
|
|
Unvested options, January 1, 2007
|
|
|
327
|
|
|
$
|
0.59
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
1,802
|
|
|
|
0.41
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(102
|
)
|
|
|
0.56
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(110
|
)
|
|
|
0.63
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested options, December 31, 2007
|
|
|
1,917
|
|
|
|
0.42
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
530
|
|
|
|
0.31
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(515
|
)
|
|
|
0.41
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(231
|
)
|
|
|
0.37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested options, December 31, 2008
|
|
|
1,701
|
|
|
|
0.39
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
778
|
|
|
|
0.73
|
|
Vested
|
|
|
(588
|
)
|
|
|
0.40
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
0.37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Unvested options, December 31, 2009
|
|
|
1,823
|
|
|
|
0.53
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 13Stockholders
Equity, Warrants and Preferred Stock
Common
Stock
The Company authorized 50.0 million shares of common stock
with a par value of $0.001 per share. As of December 31,
2009 and 2008, the Company has common stock issued and
outstanding of 21,273,265 and 21,212,015, respectively.
Warrants
The Company issued warrants in conjunction with certain
financing arrangements. Detachable warrants are accounted for
separately from the debt security as additional paid-in capital.
The allocation is based on the relative fair value of the
warrant compared to the total fair value of the two securities
at the time of issuance. Fair values of instruments were
determined using a combination of the expected present value of
future cash flows and a market approach. The present value of
future cash flows is estimated using the Companys most
recent forecast and the weighted average cost of capital. The
market approach uses a market multiple on the related cash
generated from operations. Significant estimates for determining
fair value included cash flow forecasts, the Companys
weighted average cost of capital, projected income tax rates and
market multiples.
F-25
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
Fair value calculations also consider the fair value of the
Companys common stock at the grant date, exercise price of
the warrants, expected volatility, expected term, risk-free
interest rate and dividend yield. The assumptions used for
warrants issued in the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008
and 2007 were as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
60.0
|
%
|
|
|
42.0
|
%
|
|
|
43.0
|
%
|
Expected term (in years)
|
|
|
1.5
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
|
|
3.0
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
0.9
|
%
|
|
|
1.0
|
%
|
|
|
4.7
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RigNet has warrants outstanding with exercise prices ranging
from $0.01 to $1.75 per share, which include certain warrants
issued to a third party with an annual anti-dilutive adjustment.
The following table summarizes the Companys warrant
activity for the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and
2007:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
Remaining Life
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
(Years)
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Outstanding at January 1, 2007
|
|
|
1,882
|
|
|
|
1.06
|
|
|
|
7.90
|
|
Issued
|
|
|
3,087
|
|
|
|
1.73
|
|
|
|
8.85
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2007
|
|
|
4,969
|
|
|
|
1.48
|
|
|
|
7.57
|
|
Issued
|
|
|
2,904
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
6.89
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2008
|
|
|
7,873
|
|
|
|
0.94
|
|
|
|
6.72
|
|
Issued
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
0.01
|
|
|
|
3.72
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Outstanding at December 31, 2009
|
|
|
7,902
|
|
|
|
0.93
|
|
|
|
5.71
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-26
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
Preferred
Stock
The Company authorized the issuance of up to 13.9 million
preferred shares with a par value of $0.001. At
December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had the following
series of preferred stock issued and outstanding (in thousands,
except share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Series A
|
|
|
Series B
|
|
|
Series C
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Balance, January 1, 2007
|
|
|
2,750
|
|
|
$
|
2,750
|
|
|
|
3,128
|
|
|
$
|
3,750
|
|
|
|
5,919
|
|
|
$
|
6,956
|
|
|
|
11,797
|
|
|
$
|
13,456
|
|
Issued shares in lieu of dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
640
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
640
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2007
|
|
|
2,750
|
|
|
|
2,750
|
|
|
|
3,128
|
|
|
|
3,750
|
|
|
|
6,519
|
|
|
|
7,596
|
|
|
|
12,397
|
|
|
|
14,096
|
|
Issued shares in lieu of dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
678
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
678
|
|
Accrued dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,483
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,483
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2008
|
|
|
2,750
|
|
|
|
2,750
|
|
|
|
3,128
|
|
|
|
5,233
|
|
|
|
7,119
|
|
|
|
8,274
|
|
|
|
12,997
|
|
|
|
16,257
|
|
Issued shares in lieu of dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
710
|
|
|
|
600
|
|
|
|
710
|
|
Accrued dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
366
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
366
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2009
|
|
|
2,750
|
|
|
$
|
2,750
|
|
|
|
3,128
|
|
|
$
|
5,599
|
|
|
|
7,719
|
|
|
$
|
8,984
|
|
|
|
13,597
|
|
|
$
|
17,333
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Series A, B and C Preferred stock have the following
rights and privileges:
Voting Rights
All preferred shares are
entitled to vote on an as-if-converted basis on all voting
matters.
Dividend Rights
From the date of issuance,
each Series has unique dividend features:
Series AShares earn dividends only as approved by the
Board of Directors dependent on availability of funds.
Series BShares accumulate dividends from the date of
issuance, whether or not declared by the Board of Directors, in
the annual amount of $0.1199 per share, until July 2014. As of
December 31, 2009 and 2008, cumulative dividends totaled
$1.8 million and $1.5 million or $0.59 and $0.47 per
share, respectively.
Series CShares accumulate dividends, whether or not
declared by the Board of Directors, at the rate of 12.0% annum
evidenced in the form of Series C Preferred PIK shares,
which have all the same features as other Series C
Preferred shares, except that dividends do not accumulate. As of
December 31, 2009 and 2008, accrued dividends, not yet
settled with Series C Preferred PIK shares, totaled
$0.4 million and $0.4 million, or $0.05 and $0.06 per
share, respectively. In addition, as of December 31, 2009
and 2008, the Company has issued Series C Preferred PIK
shares in lieu of dividends totaling 2.4 million and
1.8 million, respectively.
Dividends are payable only upon unanimous approval by the Board
of Directors with all Series C cumulative dividends being
fully satisfied prior to payment of any other dividends. No
interest is payable on accrued dividends. Dividends payable on
the Series C and B Preferred stock for any period less than
a full calendar year are computed on a pro-rata basis for the
actual number of days elapsed.
F-27
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
Liquidation Preference
If liquidation occurs,
preferred stock will be ranked behind all borrowings but before
common stock, in the following order: Series C,
Series B and Series A.
Conversion Rights Upon IPO
In the event of an
Initial Public Offering (IPO), holders of preferred stock would
receive, in addition to the
one-for-one
conversion of preferred stock for common stock inclusive of
accumulated but unpaid dividends, a major event preference in
the form of common stock equal to the number of common shares
that would be purchasable in an IPO for a cash payment of:
|
|
|
|
|
Series A
the amount originally paid for
Series A of $1.00 per share times 150%
|
|
|
|
Series B
the amount originally paid of
$1.20 per share, plus accumulated dividend
|
|
|
|
Series C
the amount originally paid of
$1.20, plus the accumulated 12% stated return (Series C
Preferred PIK dividend shares)
|
The conversion rights upon IPO were deemed to be derivatives and
have been bifurcated from the preferred stock agreements.
Conversion Rights other than upon IPO
Each
preferred share is convertible into one common share, at the
option of the preferred stockholder. The conversion rights,
other than upon IPO, were deemed to be derivatives and have been
bifurcated from the preferred stock agreements.
Conversion Right Related to Series B
Dividends
When declared, the accumulated
Series B dividend may be paid in cash or in shares, as
elected by each holder of the Series B stock. The
conversion right related to Series B dividends was deemed
to be a derivative and has been bifurcated from the preferred
stock agreements.
Redemption Rights upon Major Event
Upon a
merger, acquisition, liquidation, reorganization, dissolution or
other major event excluding an IPO (Major Event), Series C
and B stock will be redeemed for cash at per share amounts equal
to the original investment plus unpaid dividends and
Series A will be redeemed for cash at 150% of the amount
per share originally invested. Through December 31, 2009,
no major event has occurred or is probable of occurring and as
such, the preferred stock is not mandatorily redeemable. The
redemption right for Series A stock was determined to be a
derivative and has been bifurcated from the preferred stock
agreements.
Redemption Rights other than upon Major Event or
IPO
All preferred shares carry cash redemption
rights, subject to the majority consent of all preferred
stockholders. Each share became redeemable in June 2008 at the
maximum redemption value which is defined as the higher of the
original investment plus accumulated dividends, totaling
approximately $17.3 million at December 31, 2009, or
the then-determined fair market value. The order of redemption
specifies that Series C stock takes priority over
Series B and Series B stock takes priority over
Series A stock. In the event that any holder were to
exercise its redemption right, the Company would be required to
obtain consent from its lending financial institution before any
payment could be made. If the Company is unable to pay within
90 days the Company will be obligated to use cash as it
comes available to satisfy the redemption.
For each series of preferred stock, bifurcated conversion rights
upon IPO, conversion rights other than upon IPO and redemption
rights upon Major Event for Series A have been bundled
together and recorded at fair value (see Note 9 -Fair Value
Measurements).
F-28
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
Note 14Income
(Loss) per Share
Basic earnings per share (EPS) is computed by dividing net
income (loss) attributable to RigNet common stockholders by the
number of basic shares outstanding. Basic shares equals the
total of the common shares outstanding, weighted for the average
days outstanding for the period. Basic shares exclude the
dilutive effect of common shares that could potentially be
issued due to the conversion of preferred stock, exercise of
stock options, exercise of warrants or satisfaction of necessary
conditions for contingently issuable shares. Diluted EPS is
computed by dividing net income (loss) attributable to RigNet
common stockholders by the number of diluted shares outstanding.
Diluted shares equals the total of the basic shares outstanding
and all potentially issuable shares, weighted for the average
days outstanding for the period. The Company uses the treasury
stock method to determine the dilutive effect.
The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerators
and denominators of the basic and diluted per share computations
for net income (loss) attributable to RigNet, Inc. common
stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to RigNet, Inc. stockholders
|
|
$
|
(19,922
|
)
|
|
$
|
8,406
|
|
|
$
|
(3,259
|
)
|
Less: Dividends on preferred stock (Note 13)
|
|
|
1,076
|
|
|
|
2,161
|
|
|
|
640
|
|
Less: Derivative related to preferred stock dividends
(Note 9)
|
|
|
1,024
|
|
|
|
1,066
|
|
|
|
411
|
|
Less: Adjustment to redeemable, non-controlling
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
interest redemption value (Note 10)
|
|
|
96
|
|
|
|
9,369
|
|
|
|
(379
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net income (loss) attributable to RigNet, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(22,118
|
)
|
|
$
|
(4,190
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,931
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic
|
|
|
21,248
|
|
|
|
21,206
|
|
|
|
21,116
|
|
Effect of dilutive securities
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted
|
|
|
21,248
|
|
|
|
21,206
|
|
|
|
21,116
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All equivalent units were anti-dilutive for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007. Anti-dilutive share
equivalents excluded from the earnings per share computations
totaled 17.5 million, 17.1 million and
14.0 million for the years ended December 31, 2009,
2008 and 2007, respectively, and related to outstanding
preferred shares, options and warrants.
Note 15Segment
Information
Segment information has been prepared consistent with the
components of the enterprise for which separate financial
information is available and regularly evaluated by the chief
operating decision-maker for the purpose of allocating resources
and assessing performance. The Companys reportable
segments are business units which operate in different regions
and are each managed separately.
Accordingly, the Company has three reportable segments:
|
|
|
|
|
Eastern Hemisphere.
Our eastern
hemisphere segment provides remote communications services for
offshore drilling rigs, production facilities, energy support
vessels and
|
F-29
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
|
|
|
|
|
other remote sites. Our eastern hemisphere segment services are
performed out of our Norway, Qatar, United Kingdom and Singapore
based offices for customers and rig sites located on the eastern
side of the Atlantic Ocean primarily off the coasts of the U.K.,
Norway and West Africa, around the Indian Ocean in Qatar, Saudi
Arabia and India, around the Pacific Ocean near Australia, and
within the South China Sea.
|
|
|
|
|
|
Western Hemisphere.
Our western
hemisphere segment provides remote communications services for
offshore drilling rigs, production facilities, energy support
vessels and other remote sites. Our western hemisphere segment
services are performed out of our United States and Brazil based
offices for customers and rig sites located on the western side
of the Atlantic Ocean primarily off the coasts of the United
States, Mexico and Brazil, and within the Gulf of Mexico, but
excluding land rigs and other land-based sites in North America.
|
|
|
|
U.S. Land.
Our U.S. land segment
provides remote communications services for drilling rigs and
production facilities located onshore in North America. Our
U.S. land segment services are performed out of our
Louisiana based office for customers and rig sites located in
the continental United States.
|
Corporate and eliminations primarily represents unallocated
corporate office activities, derivative valuation adjustments,
interest expenses, income taxes and eliminations.
The Companys business segment information as of
December 31, 2009 and 2008 and for the years ended
December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Eastern
|
|
Western
|
|
|
|
Corporate and
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
Hemisphere
|
|
Hemisphere
|
|
U.S. Land
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
60,917
|
|
|
$
|
11,222
|
|
|
$
|
9,850
|
|
|
$
|
(1,053
|
)
|
|
$
|
80,936
|
|
Total expenses
|
|
|
35,959
|
|
|
|
9,103
|
|
|
|
14,045
|
|
|
|
10,141
|
|
|
|
69,248
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
345
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
455
|
|
|
|
4,346
|
|
|
|
5,146
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
342
|
|
|
|
(84
|
)
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
|
|
304
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,457
|
|
|
|
5,457
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
24,711
|
|
|
|
2,205
|
|
|
|
(4,532
|
)
|
|
|
(42,004
|
)
|
|
|
(19,620
|
)
|
Total assets
|
|
|
42,934
|
|
|
|
21,859
|
|
|
|
25,661
|
|
|
|
(1,644
|
)
|
|
|
88,810
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
1,168
|
|
|
|
9,160
|
|
|
|
29
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
10,492
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
54,586
|
|
|
$
|
12,225
|
|
|
$
|
23,047
|
|
|
$
|
51
|
|
|
$
|
89,909
|
|
Total expenses
|
|
|
35,881
|
|
|
|
9,609
|
|
|
|
16,502
|
|
|
|
11,703
|
|
|
|
73,695
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
309
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1,356
|
|
|
|
799
|
|
|
|
2,464
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
(1,984
|
)
|
|
|
47
|
|
|
|
31
|
|
|
|
1,933
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5,882
|
|
|
|
5,882
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
16,506
|
|
|
|
2,569
|
|
|
|
5,220
|
|
|
|
(13,939
|
)
|
|
|
10,356
|
|
Total assets
|
|
|
32,992
|
|
|
|
22,208
|
|
|
|
36,823
|
|
|
|
(2,506
|
)
|
|
|
89,517
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
5,749
|
|
|
|
2,390
|
|
|
|
1,308
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
9,449
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
38,229
|
|
|
$
|
12,228
|
|
|
$
|
17,480
|
|
|
$
|
(773
|
)
|
|
$
|
67,164
|
|
Total expenses
|
|
|
27,547
|
|
|
|
10,451
|
|
|
|
14,093
|
|
|
|
9,850
|
|
|
|
61,941
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
1,471
|
|
|
|
4,026
|
|
|
|
5,497
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
7,753
|
|
|
|
(4,642
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(3,174
|
)
|
|
|
(63
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
628
|
|
|
|
628
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
9,063
|
|
|
|
6,507
|
|
|
|
1,916
|
|
|
|
(19,607
|
)
|
|
|
(2,121
|
)
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
5,243
|
|
|
|
1,084
|
|
|
|
946
|
|
|
|
63
|
|
|
|
7,336
|
|
The Company provides customers with two primary product lines;
onshore communications and offshore communications. Onshore
communication products are represented by the U.S. land
segment. The majority of the eastern hemisphere segment and
western hemisphere segment operations relates to offshore
communication products primarily provided to jackup,
semi-submersible and drillship rigs.
F-30
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
For the years ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007, the
Company earned revenue from both our domestic and international
operations as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Domestic
|
|
$
|
18,045
|
|
|
$
|
33,953
|
|
|
$
|
27,863
|
|
International
|
|
|
62,891
|
|
|
|
55,956
|
|
|
|
39,301
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
80,936
|
|
|
$
|
89,909
|
|
|
$
|
67,164
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 16Income
Taxes
Income Tax
Expense
The components of the income tax expense are:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Current:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
$
|
42
|
|
|
$
|
93
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
State
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
508
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
4,791
|
|
|
|
3,186
|
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current
|
|
|
4,905
|
|
|
|
3,787
|
|
|
|
586
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Federal
|
|
|
(841
|
)
|
|
|
1,731
|
|
|
|
(943
|
)
|
State
|
|
|
(123
|
)
|
|
|
(53
|
)
|
|
|
74
|
|
Foreign
|
|
|
1,516
|
|
|
|
417
|
|
|
|
911
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred
|
|
|
552
|
|
|
|
2,095
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
$
|
5,457
|
|
|
$
|
5,882
|
|
|
$
|
628
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The following table sets forth the components of income (loss)
before income taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Income (loss) before income taxes:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
United States
|
|
$
|
(34,050
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,355
|
|
|
$
|
(3,104
|
)
|
Foreign
|
|
|
19,887
|
|
|
|
12,883
|
|
|
|
1,611
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(14,163
|
)
|
|
$
|
16,238
|
|
|
$
|
(1,493
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-31
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
Income tax expense differs from the amount computed by applying
the statutory federal income tax rate of 35.0% to income (loss)
before taxes as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
United States statutory federal income tax rate
|
|
$
|
(4,957
|
)
|
|
$
|
5,683
|
|
|
$
|
(522
|
)
|
Non-deductible expenses
|
|
|
3,021
|
|
|
|
1,617
|
|
|
|
672
|
|
Non-deductible financial expenses
|
|
|
7,197
|
|
|
|
(862
|
)
|
|
|
405
|
|
U.S. tax on foreign earnings, net of tax credits
|
|
|
1,756
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in valuation allowances
|
|
|
705
|
|
|
|
624
|
|
|
|
(300
|
)
|
Tax credits
|
|
|
(2,048
|
)
|
|
|
(2,442
|
)
|
|
|
(364
|
)
|
State taxes
|
|
|
(129
|
)
|
|
|
450
|
|
|
|
73
|
|
Effect of operating in foreign jurisdictions
|
|
|
(714
|
)
|
|
|
1,072
|
|
|
|
(264
|
)
|
Non-controlling interest in U.S. subsidiary
|
|
|
(4
|
)
|
|
|
(555
|
)
|
|
|
(340
|
)
|
Changes in prior year estimates
|
|
|
(969
|
)
|
|
|
(1,811
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Changes in uncertain tax benefits
|
|
|
1,393
|
|
|
|
2,087
|
|
|
|
1,268
|
|
Other
|
|
|
206
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
$
|
5,457
|
|
|
$
|
5,882
|
|
|
$
|
628
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Deferred Tax
Assets and Liabilities
The Companys deferred tax position reflects the net tax
effects of the temporary differences between the carrying
amounts of assets and liabilities for financial reporting
purposes and the amounts used for income tax reporting.
Significant components of the deferred tax assets and
liabilities are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Deferred tax assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net operating loss carryforwards
|
|
$
|
110
|
|
|
$
|
498
|
|
Federal and foreign tax credits
|
|
|
4,874
|
|
|
|
2,826
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
1,180
|
|
|
|
707
|
|
Allowance for doubtful accounts
|
|
|
503
|
|
|
|
825
|
|
Accruals not currently deductible
|
|
|
1,253
|
|
|
|
640
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
76
|
|
Other
|
|
|
506
|
|
|
|
134
|
|
Valuation allowance
|
|
|
(3,419
|
)
|
|
|
(3,031
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax assets
|
|
|
5,042
|
|
|
|
2,675
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
F-32
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Deferred tax liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
(2,341
|
)
|
|
|
(2,627
|
)
|
Tax on foreign earnings
|
|
|
(1,756
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
(386
|
)
|
|
|
(306
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total deferred tax liabilities
|
|
|
(4,483
|
)
|
|
|
(2,933
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net deferred tax assets (liabilities)
|
|
$
|
559
|
|
|
$
|
(258
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Company had state net
operating loss carry forwards of approximately $1.8 million
and $0.6 million respectively, which will expire in varying
amounts beginning in 2024, and foreign net operating losses of
$30 thousand and $2.2 million respectively, which do not
expire.
In assessing deferred tax assets, the Company considers whether
a valuation allowance should be recorded for some or all of the
deferred tax assets which may not be realized. The ultimate
realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the
generation of future taxable income during the periods in which
the temporary differences become deductible. Among other items,
the Company considers the scheduled reversal of deferred tax
liabilities, projected future taxable income and available tax
planning strategies. As of December 31, 2009, a valuation
allowance of $3.4 million had been recorded for deferred
tax assets that were not more likely than not to be realized.
While the Company expects to realize the net deferred tax
assets, changes in future taxable income or in tax laws may
alter this expectation and result in future increases to the
valuation allowance.
Prior to 2009, U.S. deferred income taxes and related
foreign dividend withholding taxes were not provided on the
undistributed taxable earnings of the Companys foreign
subsidiaries since the Company considered such earnings to be
permanently reinvested outside the United States. In order to
service the Companys debt obligations, deferred income
taxes, net of foreign tax credits of $1.8 million, have
been provided on those subsidiaries for which the undistributed
earnings are no longer considered permanently reinvested as of
December 31, 2009. Other subsidiaries continue to have
undistributed earnings which are considered permanently
reinvested for which $3.5 million in deferred taxes, net of
foreign tax credits, have not been recognized as of
December 31, 2009.
Uncertain Tax
Benefits
Effective January 1, 2007, the Company adopted new
accounting provisions requiring the evaluation of its tax
positions and recognizing only tax benefits that, more likely
than not, will be sustained upon examination, including
resolution of any related appeals or litigation processes, based
on technical merits of the position. The tax position is
measured at the largest amount of benefit that has a greater
than 50.0% likelihood of being realized upon settlement. The
cumulative effect of applying these provisions resulted in a
$0.4 million adjustment to beginning accumulated deficit.
At December 31, 2009 and 2008, the Companys uncertain
tax benefits totaling $5.2 million and $3.8 million,
respectively, are reported as other liability in the
consolidated balance sheets.
F-33
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
Changes in the Companys gross unrecognized tax benefits
are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Year Ended December 31,
|
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
2008
|
|
|
2007
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Balance, January 1,
|
|
$
|
4,040
|
|
|
$
|
2,263
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
Unrecognized tax benefits, adoption
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
537
|
|
Additions for the current year tax
|
|
|
3,070
|
|
|
|
2,350
|
|
|
|
1,726
|
|
Reductions related to prior years
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(573
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31,
|
|
$
|
7,110
|
|
|
$
|
4,040
|
|
|
$
|
2,263
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
As of December 31, 2009, the Company had gross unrecognized
tax benefits of $7.1 million, of which $5.2 million
would impact on the annual effective tax rate upon recognition.
Of the remaining balance, the Company recorded related assets,
net of a valuation allowance. The related asset might not be
recognized in the same period as the contingent tax liability
and, other than interest and penalties, such timing differences
would not affect the annual effective tax rate but would
accelerate cash payments to the taxing authority.
The Company recognized interest and penalties related to
unrecognized tax benefits in income tax expense. For the years
ended December 31, 2009, 2008 and 2007 the Company accrued
approximately $1.9 million, $1.2 million and
$0.7 million, respectively. To the extent interest and
penalties are not assessed with respect to uncertain tax
positions, accruals will be reduced and reflected as a reduction
to income tax expense. We do not anticipate significant changes
in the unrecognized tax benefits within the next twelve months.
Note 17Recently
Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In September 2006, the FASB issued guidance and expanded
disclosures regarding
Fair Value Measurements
. The
guidance does not require any new fair value measurements but
rather it eliminates inconsistencies in the guidance found in
various prior accounting pronouncements. The guidance is
effective for financial assets and liabilities for fiscal years
and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after
November 15, 2007. The Company adopted the guidance for
financial assets and liabilities as of January 1, 2008,
which resulted in no material effect on the Companys
financial position, cash flows, or results of operations. In
February 2008, the FASB issued guidance delaying the effective
date of this guidance for nonfinancial assets and liabilities,
except for items that are recognized or disclosed at fair value
in the financial statements on a recurring basis (at least
annually). The guidance is effective for nonfinancial assets and
liabilities for fiscal years, and interim periods within those
fiscal years, beginning after November 15, 2008. The
Company adopted the guidance for nonfinancial assets and
liabilities as of January 1, 2009, which resulted in no
material effect on the Companys financial position, cash
flows, or results of operations (see Note 9Fair Value
Measurements).
In January 2007, the Company adopted the guidance regarding
How Taxes Collected from Customers and Remitted to
Governmental Authorities Should Be Presented in the Income
Statement (Gross versus Net Presentation)
. The guidance is
effective fiscal years, and interim periods within those fiscal
years, beginning after December 15, 2006. The adoption of
this guidance did not have a material effect on the
Companys financial position, cash flows, or results of
operations.
F-34
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
In January 2007, the Company adopted the guidance on
Accounting for Uncertainty in Income Taxes
and the
related guidance,
Definition of Settlement in FASB
Interpretation No. 48;
Effective Date of FASB
Interpretation No. 48 for Certain Nonpublic
Enterprises
; and
Effective Date of FASB Interpretation
No. 48 for Certain Nonpublic Enterprises
. This guidance
clarified the accounting for uncertainty in income taxes
recognized in the financial statements by prescribing a
recognition threshold and measurement attribute for a tax
position taken or expected to be taken in a tax return. During
the ordinary course of business, there are many transactions and
calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is
uncertain. The actual outcome of these future tax consequences
could differ significantly from these estimates, which could
impact the Companys financial position, cash flows and
results of operations. The adoption resulted in the Company
recognizing liabilities for uncertain tax positions of
$0.4 million as of January 1, 2007.
In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance on
Business
Combinations,
which amends previous guidance issued by the
FASB. This guidance requires an acquiring entity to recognize
all assets acquired and liabilities assumed at the acquisition
date fair value with limited exceptions. This guidance changed
the accounting treatment for certain specific items, including
acquisition costs, which will be expensed as incurred, and
acquired contingent liabilities, which will be recorded at fair
value at the acquisition date. This guidance includes new
disclosure requirements and applies prospectively to business
combinations for which the acquisition date is on or after the
beginning of the first annual reporting period on or after
December 15, 2008, with earlier adoption prohibited. The
adoption of this guidance as of January 1, 2009 affected
the acquisition accounting of the 7.3% non-controlling interest
in LandTel (see Note 3Acquisitions).
In December 2007, the FASB issued guidance on
Non-Controlling
Interests in Consolidated Financial Statements
. This
guidance establishes new accounting and reporting standards for
the non-controlling interest in a subsidiary and for the
deconsolidation of a subsidiary. In January 2009, the FASB
ratified additional guidance
Selected Statement 160
Implementation Questions
. Both statements are effective as
of January 1, 2009, and must be applied prospectively,
except for the presentation and disclosure requirements which
must be applied retrospectively for all periods presented in the
consolidated financial statements. The adoption of these
statements as of January 1, 2009 did not have a material
effect on disclosures related to the acquisition of the 7.3%
non-controlling interest in LandTel (see
Note 3Acquisitions).
In March 2008, the FASB issued the guidance on
Disclosures
about Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities,
which
amends previous guidance issued by the FASB. This guidance
improves transparency about the location and amounts of
derivative instruments in an entitys financial statements
by requiring disclosure of the fair values of derivative
instruments and the related gains and losses in a tabular
format. It also provides more information about an entitys
liquidity by requiring disclosure of derivative features that
are credit-risk related. Finally, it requires cross-referencing
within footnotes to enable financial statement users to locate
important information about derivative instruments. The guidance
is effective fiscal years, and interim periods within those
fiscal years, beginning after November 15, 2008. The
adoption of the guidance did not have a material effect on the
Companys financial position, cash flows, or results of
operations.
In April 2008, the FASB issued guidance on
Determination of
the Useful Life of Intangible Assets
. This guidance amends
the factors that should be considered in developing renewal or
extension assumptions used to determine the useful life of a
recognized intangibles under the
F-35
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
FASBs guidance on
Goodwill and Other Intangible
Assets
. The guidance is effective for fiscal years, and
interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after
December 15, 2008. The adoption of this guidance did not
have a material effect on the Companys financial position,
cash flows, or results of operations.
In October 2008, the FASB issued guidance on
Determining the
Fair Value of a Financial Asset When the Market for That Asset
Is Not Active
. This guidance applies to financial assets
within the scope of accounting pronouncements that require or
permit fair value measurements and clarifies the application of
fair value measurements and disclosures in a market that is not
active. This pronouncement was effective upon issuance,
including prior periods for which financial statements have not
been issued. Revisions resulting from a change in the valuation
technique or its application are accounted for as a change in
accounting estimate according to guidance on
Accounting
Changes and Error Corrections
. The adoption of this guidance
did not have a material effect on the Companys financial
position, cash flows, or results of operations.
In April 2009, the FASB issued the guidance regarding
Determining Fair Value When the Volume and Level of Activity
for the Asset or Liability Have Significantly Decreased and
Identifying Transactions That Are Not Orderly
which provides
guidelines for making fair value measurements more consistent
with the principles presented in fair value measurements and
disclosures. The guidance is effective for interim and annual
periods ending after June 15, 2009, with early adoption
permitted for periods ending after March 15, 2009. The
adoption of this guidance did not have a material effect on the
Companys financial position, cash flows, or results of
operations.
In May 2009, the FASB issued guidance on
Subsequent Events
regarding the general standards of accounting for, and
disclosure of, events that occur after the balance sheet date
but before the financial statements are issued or available to
be issued. This guidance introduces new terminology, defines a
date through which management must evaluate subsequent events,
and lists the circumstances under which an entity must recognize
and disclose events or transactions occurring after the
balance-sheet date. In February 2010, the FASB issued
Subsequent Events, Amendments to Certain Recognition and
Disclosure Requirements,
which addresses amendments to the
guidance on
Subsequent Events
. This amended guidance is
effective immediately for all financial statements that have not
yet been issued or have not yet become available to be issued.
The Company adopted the accounting pronouncement as of
December 31, 2009, which resulted in no material effect on
the Companys financial position, cash flows, or results of
operations.
In June 2009, the FASB issued the guidance on the
FASB
Accounting Standards Codification
. This guidance replaces
previous accounting literature and establishes only two levels
of GAAP standards, authoritative and non-authoritative. The FASB
Accounting Standards Codification (the Codification)
became the source of authoritative, nongovernmental GAAP, except
for rules and interpretive releases of the U.S. Securities
and Exchange Commission (SEC), which are sources of
authoritative GAAP for SEC registrants. All other
non-grandfathered, non-SEC accounting literature not included in
the Codification became non-authoritative. This guidance is
effective for financial statements for interim or annual
reporting periods ending after September 15, 2009. The
Company began using the new guidelines and numbering system
prescribed by the Codification when referring to GAAP as of
September 30, 2009. As the Codification was not intended to
change or alter existing GAAP, it did not have any impact on the
Companys consolidated financial position, cash flows, or
results of operations.
F-36
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
In June 2009, the FASB issued amended guidance regarding
Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities
. This
guidance amends certain guidance in previous accounting
literature regarding the consolidation of variable interest
entities to eliminate the exemption for special purpose
entities, require a new qualitative approach for determining who
should consolidate a variable interest entity and changes the
requirement for when to reassess who should consolidate a
variable interest entity. The guidance is effective for fiscal
years, and interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning
after November 15, 2009. The Company adopted the guidance
effective January 1, 2010, which resulted in no material
effect on the Companys financial position, cash flow, or
results of operations.
In January 2010, the FASB issued guidance regarding amendments
to guidance on
Accounting for Distributions to Shareholders
with Components of Stock and Cash
. The guidance amends
certain guidance in previous accounting literature regarding
entities that declare dividends to shareholders that may be paid
in cash or shares at the election of the shareholders with a
potential limitation on the total amount of cash that all
shareholders can elect to receive in aggregate. This guidance is
effective for fiscal years, and interim periods within those
fiscal years, ending on or after December 15, 2009, and
should be applied on a retrospective basis. The Company adopted
the accounting pronouncement as of December 31, 2009, which
resulted in no material effect on the Companys financial
position, cash flows, or results of operations.
In April 2009, the FASB issued the additional guidance
Accounting for Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed in a
Business Combination That Arise from Contingencies
. This
additional accounting guidance replaces the previous accounting
guidance on
Business Combinations
. This guidance
establishes principles and requirements for how an acquirer
recognizes and measures the identifiable assets acquired, the
liabilities assumed, the goodwill acquired, and any
non-controlling interest in the acquiree. This guidance also
establishes disclosure requirements which will enable users to
evaluate the nature and financial effects of the business
combination. The provisions of this guidance are to be applied
prospectively to business combinations completed on or after the
adoption date and is effective for assets or liabilities arising
from contingencies in business combinations completed on or
after the adoption date. The Company will adopt this guidance
for all acquisitions occurring after January 1, 2010. The
adoption will impact the Companys accounting for business
combinations which occur after January 1, 2010 and the
effect will be dependent upon the terms of the acquisition.
In January 2010, the FASB issued guidance regarding
Improving
Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements,
which amends ASC
topic
820-10,
Fair Value Measurement and DisclosuresOverall
. This
guidance requires new disclosures regarding transfers in and out
of assets and liabilities measured at fair value classified
within the valuation hierarchy as either Level 1 or
Level 2 and information about sales, issuances and
settlements on a gross basis for assets and liabilities
classified as Level 3. This guidance also requires a higher
level of disaggregation for the different types of financial
instruments. For the reconciliation of Level 3 fair value
measurements, information about purchases, sales, issuances and
settlements should be presented separately. This guidance is
effective for annual and interim reporting periods beginning
after December 15, 2009 for most of the new disclosures and
for periods beginning after December 15, 2010 for the new
Level 3 disclosures. Comparative disclosures are not
required in the first year the disclosures are required. The
Company plans to adopt the guidance effective January 1,
2010, except for disclosure of information about sales,
issuances and settlements on a gross basis for assets and
liabilities classified as Level 3, which will be
F-37
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO THE
CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE YEARS
ENDED 2009, 2008 AND 2007(CONTINUED)
adopted January 1, 2011. The Companys adoption of
this new guidance is not expected it to have a material impact
on the Companys financial position, cash flow, or results
of operations.
Note 18Subsequent
Events
Effective as of May 8, 2010, the LandTel non-controlling
interest owner formally exercised its right to sell its
remaining interest to the Company for $4.6 million, based
on a previously
agreed-upon
formula (see Note 3Acquisitions).
On June 10, 2010, the Company obtained an amendment to its
term loan agreement to reduce total restricted cash on
July 3, 2010 to $5.25 million, from
$10.0 million, to fund the transaction. On October 31,
2010, the Company will be required to increase its total
restricted cash to $7.5 million.
F-38
RIGNET, INC.
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
ASSETS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current assets:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents
|
|
$
|
7,468
|
|
|
$
|
11,379
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
|
|
2,500
|
|
Accounts receivable, net
|
|
|
16,692
|
|
|
|
12,729
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
3,922
|
|
|
|
4,358
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current assets
|
|
|
30,582
|
|
|
|
30,966
|
|
Property and equipment, net
|
|
|
26,231
|
|
|
|
27,011
|
|
Restricted cash
|
|
|
7,500
|
|
|
|
7,500
|
|
Goodwill
|
|
|
13,574
|
|
|
|
13,887
|
|
Intangibles
|
|
|
7,455
|
|
|
|
8,372
|
|
Deferred tax and other assets
|
|
|
1,000
|
|
|
|
1,074
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL ASSETS
|
|
$
|
86,342
|
|
|
$
|
88,810
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Current liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
$
|
4,782
|
|
|
$
|
3,755
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
6,309
|
|
|
|
5,926
|
|
Current maturities of long-term debt
|
|
|
8,637
|
|
|
|
8,664
|
|
Redeemable, non-controlling interest
|
|
|
4,576
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes payable
|
|
|
6,639
|
|
|
|
6,027
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
1,259
|
|
|
|
1,306
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total current liabilities
|
|
|
32,202
|
|
|
|
25,678
|
|
Long-term debt
|
|
|
16,701
|
|
|
|
21,022
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
356
|
|
|
|
348
|
|
Deferred tax liability
|
|
|
445
|
|
|
|
445
|
|
Other liability
|
|
|
5,504
|
|
|
|
5,201
|
|
Preferred stock derivatives
|
|
|
43,872
|
|
|
|
30,446
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total liabilities
|
|
|
99,080
|
|
|
|
83,140
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 6)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock
|
|
|
17,873
|
|
|
|
17,333
|
|
Redeemable, non-controlling interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4,576
|
|
Stockholders equity:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RigNet, Inc. stockholders equity
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common stock$0.001 par value; 52,000,000 shares
authorized; 21,274,515 and 21,273,265 shares issued and
outstanding at June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009,
respectively
|
|
|
21
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Additional paid-in capital
|
|
|
8,233
|
|
|
|
9,505
|
|
Accumulated deficit
|
|
|
(38,093
|
)
|
|
|
(26,847
|
)
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)
|
|
|
(934
|
)
|
|
|
941
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total RigNet, Inc. stockholders equity
|
|
|
(30,773
|
)
|
|
|
(16,380
|
)
|
Non-redeemable, non-controlling interest
|
|
|
162
|
|
|
|
141
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total stockholders equity
|
|
|
(30,611
|
)
|
|
|
(16,239
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND EQUITY
|
|
$
|
86,342
|
|
|
$
|
88,810
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-39
RIGNET, INC.
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands, except per share amounts)
|
|
|
Revenue
|
|
$
|
44,370
|
|
|
$
|
40,880
|
|
Expenses:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cost of revenue
|
|
|
20,726
|
|
|
|
17,767
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
7,788
|
|
|
|
6,360
|
|
Impairment of goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,898
|
|
Selling and marketing
|
|
|
894
|
|
|
|
1,027
|
|
General and administrative
|
|
|
10,271
|
|
|
|
7,061
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total expenses
|
|
|
39,679
|
|
|
|
35,113
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Operating income
|
|
|
4,691
|
|
|
|
5,767
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other income (expense):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
(762
|
)
|
|
|
(4,061
|
)
|
Other income (expense), net
|
|
|
(250
|
)
|
|
|
127
|
|
Change in fair value of preferred stock derivatives
|
|
|
(12,446
|
)
|
|
|
(6,721
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loss before income taxes
|
|
|
(8,767
|
)
|
|
|
(4,888
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
(2,292
|
)
|
|
|
(2,314
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
|
(11,059
|
)
|
|
|
(7,202
|
)
|
Less: Net loss attributable to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Non-redeemable, non-controlling interest
|
|
|
162
|
|
|
|
146
|
|
Redeemable, non-controlling interest
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
54
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to RigNet, Inc. stockholders
|
|
$
|
(11,246
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,402
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
COMPREHENSIVE LOSS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(11,059
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,202
|
)
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
(1,875
|
)
|
|
|
(124
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total comprehensive loss
|
|
$
|
(12,934
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,326
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LOSS PER SHAREBASIC AND DILUTED
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to RigNet, Inc. stockholders
|
|
$
|
(11,246
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,402
|
)
|
Less: Preferred stock dividends
|
|
|
1,520
|
|
|
|
873
|
|
Less: Adjustment to redeemable, non-controlling interest
redemption value
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to RigNet, Inc. common stockholders
|
|
$
|
(12,741
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,370
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per share attributable to RigNet, Inc. common
stockholders, basic
|
|
$
|
(0.60
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.39
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss per share attributable to RigNet, Inc. common
stockholders, diluted
|
|
$
|
(0.60
|
)
|
|
$
|
(0.39
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding, basic
|
|
|
21,274
|
|
|
|
21,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted average shares outstanding, diluted
|
|
|
21,274
|
|
|
|
21,231
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-40
RIGNET, INC.
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Cash flows from operating activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net loss
|
|
$
|
(11,059
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,202
|
)
|
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash from operations:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Change in fair value of preferred stock derivatives
|
|
|
12,446
|
|
|
|
6,721
|
|
Depreciation and amortization
|
|
|
7,788
|
|
|
|
6,360
|
|
Impairment of goodwill
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,898
|
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
Write-off/amortization of deferred financing costs
|
|
|
27
|
|
|
|
352
|
|
Deferred taxes
|
|
|
10
|
|
|
|
41
|
|
(Gain) loss on sale of property and equipment
|
|
|
320
|
|
|
|
(23
|
)
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accounts receivable
|
|
|
(3,962
|
)
|
|
|
3,184
|
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets
|
|
|
501
|
|
|
|
675
|
|
Accounts payable
|
|
|
1,024
|
|
|
|
209
|
|
Accrued expenses
|
|
|
996
|
|
|
|
4,577
|
|
Deferred revenue
|
|
|
(39
|
)
|
|
|
(220
|
)
|
Other liability
|
|
|
304
|
|
|
|
(2,964
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash provided by operating activities
|
|
|
8,574
|
|
|
|
14,748
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from investing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
(6,563
|
)
|
|
|
(4,317
|
)
|
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Increase in restricted cash
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(9,225
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used by investing activities
|
|
|
(6,563
|
)
|
|
|
(13,519
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash flows from financing activities:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Proceeds from issuance of common stock
|
|
|
4
|
|
|
|
121
|
|
Subsidiary distributions to non-controlling interest
|
|
|
(141
|
)
|
|
|
(335
|
)
|
Redemption of redeemable, non-controlling interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(4,763
|
)
|
Proceeds from borrowings
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
35,000
|
|
Repayments of long-term debt
|
|
|
(4,375
|
)
|
|
|
(35,791
|
)
|
Payment of financing fees
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(373
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net cash used by financing activities
|
|
|
(4,512
|
)
|
|
|
(6,141
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Net decrease in cash and cash equivalents
|
|
|
(2,501
|
)
|
|
|
(4,912
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and cash equivalents:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, January 1,
|
|
|
11,379
|
|
|
|
15,376
|
|
Changes in foreign currency translation
|
|
|
(1,410
|
)
|
|
|
679
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, June 30,
|
|
$
|
7,468
|
|
|
$
|
11,143
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Supplemental disclosures:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Income taxes paid
|
|
$
|
1,468
|
|
|
$
|
636
|
|
Interest paidother
|
|
$
|
726
|
|
|
$
|
232
|
|
Interest paidstockholders
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
5,708
|
|
The accompanying notes are an integral part of the consolidated
financial statements.
F-41
RIGNET, INC.
(UNAUDITED)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Additional
|
|
|
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
RigNet, Inc.
|
|
|
Non-Redeemable,
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Common Stock
|
|
|
Paid-In
|
|
|
Accumulated
|
|
|
Comprehensive
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
Non-Controlling
|
|
|
Stockholders
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
Capital
|
|
|
Deficit
|
|
|
Income (Loss)
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Equity
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2008
|
|
|
21,212
|
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
|
$
|
11,287
|
|
|
$
|
(6,925
|
)
|
|
$
|
(555
|
)
|
|
$
|
3,828
|
|
|
$
|
73
|
|
|
$
|
3,901
|
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
Preferred stock dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(874
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(874
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(874
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
140
|
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
361
|
|
|
|
361
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
361
|
|
Adjustment to redemption value of non-controlling interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(95
|
)
|
Non-controlling owner distributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
|
|
(68
|
)
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,402
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(7,402
|
)
|
|
|
146
|
|
|
|
(7,256
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, June 30, 2009
|
|
|
21,262
|
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
|
$
|
10,581
|
|
|
$
|
(14,327
|
)
|
|
$
|
(194
|
)
|
|
$
|
(3,919
|
)
|
|
$
|
151
|
|
|
$
|
(3,768
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, December 31, 2009
|
|
|
21,273
|
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
|
$
|
9,505
|
|
|
$
|
(26,847
|
)
|
|
$
|
941
|
|
|
$
|
(16,380
|
)
|
|
$
|
141
|
|
|
$
|
(16,239
|
)
|
Issuance of common stock
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Preferred stock dividends
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,520
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,520
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,520
|
)
|
Stock-based compensation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
218
|
|
Foreign currency translation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,875
|
)
|
|
|
(1,875
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1,875
|
)
|
Adjustment to redemption value of non-controlling interest
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Non-controlling owner distributions
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(141
|
)
|
|
|
(141
|
)
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,246
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(11,246
|
)
|
|
|
162
|
|
|
|
(11,084
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, June 30, 2010
|
|
|
21,275
|
|
|
$
|
21
|
|
|
$
|
8,233
|
|
|
$
|
(38,093
|
)
|
|
$
|
(934
|
)
|
|
$
|
(30,773
|
)
|
|
$
|
162
|
|
|
$
|
(30,611
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The accompanying notes are an
integral part of the consolidated financial statements.
F-42
RIGNET, INC.
FOR THE SIX
MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND 2009
Note 1Business
and Basis of Presentation
RigNet, Inc. (the Company or RigNet) provides remote
communications services for the oil and gas industry through a
controlled and managed Internet Protocol/Multiprotocol Label
Switching (IP/MPLS) global network, enabling drilling
contractors, oil companies and oilfield service companies to
communicate more effectively. The Company provides its customers
with broadband voice, fax, video and data services in real-time
between remote sites and home offices throughout the world,
while the Company manages and operates the infrastructure from
its land-based Network Operations Center.
RigNet is primarily owned by three private-equity backed
investor groups. The Companys corporate offices are
located in Houston, Texas. The Company serves the owners and
operators of offshore drilling rigs and production facilities,
land rigs, remote offices and supply bases in approximately 30
countries, including the United States, Mexico, Qatar, Saudi
Arabia, Singapore and Australia.
The interim unaudited consolidated financial statements of the
Company include all adjustments which, in the opinion of
management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the
Companys financial position and results of operations. All
such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. These
financial statements have been prepared in accordance with
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States
for interim financial information and
Rule 10-01
of
Regulation S-X.
The preparation of these financial statements requires
management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the
amounts reported in the financial statements and accompanying
footnotes. Estimates and assumptions about future events and
their effects cannot be perceived with certainty. Estimates may
change as new events occur, as more experience is acquired, as
additional information becomes available and as the
Companys operating environment changes. Actual results
could differ from estimates. These statements should be read in
conjunction with the audited consolidated financial statements
for the year ended December 31, 2009.
Note 2Recently
Issued Accounting Pronouncements
In April 2009, the FASB issued the additional guidance
Accounting for Assets Acquired and Liabilities Assumed in a
Business Combination That Arise from Contingencies
, which
replaces previous accounting guidance on
Business
Combinations
. The guidance establishes principles and
requirements for an acquirers recognition and measurement
of identifiable assets, liabilities assumed, goodwill, and any
non-controlling interest in the acquiree. The guidance also
establishes disclosure requirements to assist users in
evaluating the nature and financial effects of the business
combination. This guidance is to be applied prospectively to
business combinations completed on or after the adoption date
and is effective for assets or liabilities arising from
contingencies in business combinations completed on or after the
adoption date. The Company engaged in no business combinations
during the six months ended June 30, 2010.
In January 2010, the FASB issued guidance regarding
Improving
Disclosures about Fair Value Measurements,
which amends ASC
topic
820-10,
Fair Value Measurement and DisclosuresOverall
. This
guidance requires additional disclosures about fair value
measurements. This guidance is effective for annual and interim
reporting periods beginning after December 15, 2009. The
Company adopted the guidance effective January 1, 2010,
which did not have a material impact on the Companys
financial position, cash flow, or results of operations.
F-43
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND
2009(CONTINUED)
Note 3Goodwill
and Intangibles
Goodwill is reviewed for impairment at least annually with
additional evaluations being performed when events or
circumstances indicate that the carrying value of these assets
may not be recoverable. The Company performs its annual
impairment test on July 31st with the most recent test
being performed as of July 31, 2009. No additional
impairment indicators have been identified as of June 30,
2010. As of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009
goodwill was $13.6 million and $13.9 million,
respectively. Goodwill decreased in value during the six months
ended June 30, 2010 by $0.3 million due to the effect
of foreign currency translation.
The Companys intangible assets all have useful lives
ranging from four to nine years and are being amortized on a
straight-line basis. Impairment testing is performed when events
or circumstances indicate that the carrying value of the assets
may not be recoverable. No impairment indicators have been
identified as of June 30, 2010. During the six months ended
June 30, 2010 and 2009, the Company recognized amortization
expense of $1.0 million and $1.2 million, respectively.
Note 4Long-Term
Debt
As of June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the
following credit facilities and long-term debt arrangements with
financial institutions were in place.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Term loan
|
|
$
|
25,329
|
|
|
$
|
29,681
|
|
Equipment notes
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25,338
|
|
|
|
29,686
|
|
Less: Current maturities of long-term debt
|
|
|
(8,637
|
)
|
|
|
(8,664
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
16,701
|
|
|
$
|
21,022
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Term
Loan
The Company has a $35.0 million term loan with two
participating financial institutions. The facility is secured by
substantially all the assets of the Company and bears interest
at a rate ranging from 4.3% to 5.3%, based on a funded debt to
adjusted earnings ratio, as defined in the agreement. Interest
is payable monthly along with quarterly principal installments
of approximately $2.2 million with the balance due
May 31, 2012. At June 30, 2010, $25.5 million was
outstanding with an interest rate of 5.3%. At December 31,
2009, $29.9 million was outstanding with an interest rate
of 5.0%. The weighted average interest rate for the six months
ended June 30, 2010 and the year ended December 31,
2009 was 5.3% and 5.2%, respectively.
In August, 2010, the Company amended its Term Loan to increase
the principal balance by $10 million. All other terms
including quarterly principal payments and maturity date remain
unchanged; therefore the maturity date payment, due May 31,
2012, will be increased by $10 million.
Covenants and
Restrictions
The Companys term loan contains certain covenants and
restrictions, including restricting the payment of cash
dividends and maintaining certain financial covenants including
a funded
F-44
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND
2009(CONTINUED)
debt to adjusted earnings ratio, as defined in the agreement,
and a fixed charge coverage ratio. These loans also require
maintenance of restricted cash balances. If any default occurs
related to these covenants, the unpaid principal and any accrued
interest shall be declared immediately due and payable. As of
June 30, 2010 and December 31, 2009, the Company was
in compliance with all covenants.
On June 10, 2010, the Company obtained an amendment to its
term loan agreement to reduce total restricted cash on
July 3, 2010 to $5.25 million, from
$10.0 million. On October 31, 2010, the Company will
be required to increase its total restricted cash to
$7.5 million.
Debt
Maturities
The following table sets forth the aggregate principal
maturities of long-term debt after June 30, 2010 (in
thousands):
|
|
|
|
|
Year
|
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
$
|
4,316
|
|
2011
|
|
|
8,652
|
|
2012
|
|
|
12,370
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total debt, including current maturities
|
|
$
|
25,338
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 5Fair
Value Measurements
The Company uses the following methods and assumptions to
estimate the fair value of financial instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
Cash and Cash Equivalents
Reported amounts
approximate fair value.
|
|
|
|
Restricted Cash
Reported amounts approximate
fair value.
|
|
|
|
Accounts Receivable
Reported amounts, net of
the allowance for doubtful accounts, approximate fair value.
|
|
|
|
Accounts Payable, Including Income Taxes Payable and
Accrued Expenses
Reported amounts approximate fair
value.
|
|
|
|
Long-Term Debt
The carrying amount of the
Companys floating-rate debt approximates fair value since
the interest rate paid is based on short-term maturities and
rates quoted from financial institutions, which can only
fluctuate between 4.3% and 5.3%.
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock Derivatives
Such represent
conversion and redemption rights associated with preferred
stock, which are bifurcated based on an analysis of the features
of the Series A, B, and C Preferred Stock and are
classified as non-current as of June 30, 2010. For the
purposes of measuring fair value, these bifurcated derivatives
were bundled together for each class of preferred stock and are
reported at the aggregate fair value.
|
F-45
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND
2009(CONTINUED)
The following table summarizes the fair value of the
Companys derivative instruments, all of which are reported
as non-current liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets
and were valued using Level 3 inputs:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
December 31,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred stock conversion and redemption rights
|
|
$
|
43,872
|
|
|
$
|
30,446
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The changes in fair value of preferred stock derivatives were
included in other income (expense) in the Companys
consolidated statements of loss and comprehensive loss.
The following table summarizes the Companys fair value
hierarchy for these derivatives liabilities accounted for a fair
value:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Preferred Stock Conversion and Redemption Rights
|
|
|
|
Level 1
|
|
|
Level 2
|
|
|
Level 3
|
|
|
Total
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Non-current derivative liability:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
43,872
|
|
|
$
|
43,872
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2009
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
|
|
$
|
30,446
|
|
|
$
|
30,446
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The fair value of preferred stock derivative liabilities
classified as Level 3 changed as follows during the six
months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Balance, January 1,
|
|
$
|
30,446
|
|
|
$
|
8,413
|
|
Unrealized (gains) losses included in earnings
|
|
|
12,446
|
|
|
|
6,721
|
|
Derivative related to preferred stock dividends
|
|
|
980
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
Transfers in and/or out of Level 3
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, June 30,
|
|
$
|
43,872
|
|
|
$
|
15,478
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 6Commitments
and Contingencies
The Company, in the ordinary course of business, is a claimant
and/or
a
defendant in various legal proceedings, including proceedings as
to which the Company has insurance coverage and those that may
involve the filing of liens against the Company or its assets.
The Company does not consider its exposure in these proceedings,
individually or in the aggregate, to be material.
Note 7Stock-Based
Compensation
The Company has two stock-based compensation plans as described
below.
F-46
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND
2009(CONTINUED)
Long-Term
Incentive Plan
In March 2006, the Board of Directors adopted the RigNet 2006
Long-Term Incentive Plan (2006 Plan). Under the 2006 Plan, the
Board of Directors is authorized to issue options to purchase
common stock to certain officers and employees of the Company.
In general, all options granted under the 2006 Plan have a
contractual term of ten years and a four-year vesting period,
with 25.0% of the options vesting on each of the first four
anniversaries of the grant date. The 2006 Plan authorized the
issuance of 5.0 million options, net of any options
returned or forfeited. As of June 30, 2010, the Company has
issued 3.9 million options under the 2006 Plan, of which
0.1 million options have been exercised, 0.6 million
options have been returned or forfeited, and 3.2 million
options are outstanding.
Stock Option
Plan
The 2001 Performance Stock Option Plan (2001 Plan) was
authorized to issue options to purchase RigNet common stock to
certain officers and employees of the Company. Options granted
under the 2001 Plan vest either (a) over a four-year term,
with 25.0% of the options vesting on each of the first four
anniversary dates of the grant or (b) over a three-year
term, with 25.0% of the options vesting 30 days after the
grant date and 25.0% vesting on each of the first three
anniversary dates of the grant. Vested options, which have not
been forfeited, are exercisable in whole or in part during the
option term, which does not exceed ten years. The 2001 Plan
authorized issuance of 0.6 million options. As of
June 30, 2010, the Company issued 0.5 million options
under the 2001 plan, of which 0.2 million options have been
exercised, 0.1 million options have been returned and
grants of 0.2 million are outstanding. The Company plans to
issue no additional options under the 2001 Plan.
There are no dividends related to stock options.
Stock-based compensation expense for the Companys two
plans for the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 was
$0.2 million and $0.1 million.
There were no significant modifications to the plans, as
described above, in the six months ended June 30, 2010. As
of June 30, 2010, there was $1.0 million of total
unrecognized compensation cost related to unvested options
granted under the two plans. This cost is expected to be
recognized over the remaining weighted-average period of three
years.
All equity instruments granted under stock-based compensation
agreement are settled in stock. The Company did not issue
fractional shares nor pay cash in lieu of fractional shares.
The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant
date using a Black-Scholes option valuation model, which uses
certain assumptions as of the date of grant:
|
|
|
|
|
Expected Volatility
based on peer group price
volatility for periods equivalent to the expected term of the
options
|
|
|
|
Expected Term
expected life adjusted based on
managements best estimate for the effects of
non-transferability, exercise restriction and behavioral
considerations
|
|
|
|
Risk-Free Interest Rate
risk-free rate, for
periods within the contractual terms of the options, is based on
the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant
|
|
|
|
Dividend Yield
expected dividends based on
the Companys historical dividend rate at the date of grant
|
F-47
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND
2009(CONTINUED)
The assumptions used for grants made during the six months ended
June 30, 2010 are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months
|
|
|
|
Ended
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2010
|
|
|
Expected volatility
|
|
|
57.5
|
%
|
Expected term (years)
|
|
|
4
|
|
Risk-free interest rate
|
|
|
2.7
|
%
|
Dividend yield
|
|
|
|
|
The following table summarizes the Companys stock option
activity under both the 2001 Plan and the 2006 Plan as of and
for the six months ended June 30, 2010 (in thousands,
except per share amounts):
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
June 30, 2010
|
|
|
|
Number of
|
|
|
Weighted
|
|
|
|
Underlying
|
|
|
Average
|
|
|
|
Shares
|
|
|
Exercise Price
|
|
|
Balance, January 1,
|
|
|
2,973
|
|
|
$
|
1.70
|
|
Granted
|
|
|
545
|
|
|
|
2.12
|
|
Exercised
|
|
|
(1
|
)
|
|
|
2.41
|
|
Forfeited
|
|
|
(96
|
)
|
|
|
1.96
|
|
Expired
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Balance, June 30,
|
|
|
3,421
|
|
|
$
|
1.76
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Weighted-average fair value of options granted
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
0.98
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The weighted average remaining contractual term in years as of
June 30, 2010 was 7.5 years. At June 30, 2010,
vested options and options expected to vest totaled
3.1 million, with options available for grant of
approximately 1.6 million.
Note 8Loss
per Share
Basic earnings per share (EPS) is computed by dividing net loss
attributable to RigNet, Inc. common stockholders by the number
of basic shares outstanding. Basic shares equal the total of the
common shares outstanding, weighted for the average days
outstanding for the period. Basic shares exclude the dilutive
effect of common stock that could potentially be issued due to
the conversion of preferred stock, exercise of stock options,
exercise of warrants or satisfaction of necessary conditions for
contingently issuable shares. Diluted EPS was computed by
dividing net loss attributable to RigNet, Inc. common
stockholders by the number of diluted shares outstanding.
Diluted shares equal the total of the basic shares outstanding
and all potentially issuable shares, weighted for the average
days outstanding for the period. The Company used the treasury
stock method to determine the dilutive effect.
F-48
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND
2009(CONTINUED)
The following table provides a reconciliation of the numerators
and denominators of the basic and diluted per share computations
for net loss attributable to RigNet, Inc. common stockholders:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended
|
|
|
|
June 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
|
Net loss attributable to RigNet, Inc. stockholders
|
|
$
|
(11,246
|
)
|
|
$
|
(7,402
|
)
|
Less: Dividends accrued on preferred stock
|
|
|
540
|
|
|
|
529
|
|
Less: Derivatives related to preferred stock dividends
|
|
|
980
|
|
|
|
344
|
|
Less: Adjustment to redeemable, non-controlling interest
redemption value
|
|
|
(25
|
)
|
|
|
95
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
(12,741
|
)
|
|
$
|
(8,370
|
)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
All equivalent units were anti-dilutive for the six months ended
June 30, 2010.
Note 9Segment
Information
Segment information has been prepared consistent with the
components of the enterprise for which separate financial
information is available and regularly evaluated by the chief
operating decision-maker for the purpose of allocating resources
and assessing performance. The Companys reportable
segments are business units which operate in different regions
and are each managed separately.
Accordingly, the Company has three reportable segments:
|
|
|
|
|
Eastern Hemisphere.
Our eastern
hemisphere segment provides remote communications services for
offshore drilling rigs, production facilities, energy support
vessels and other remote sites. Our eastern hemisphere segment
services are performed out of our Norway, Qatar, United Kingdom
and Singapore based offices for customers and rig sites located
on the eastern side of the Atlantic Ocean primarily off the
coasts of the U.K., Norway and West Africa, around the Indian
Ocean in Qatar, Saudi Arabia and India, around the Pacific Ocean
near Australia, and within the South China Sea.
|
|
|
|
Western Hemisphere.
Our western
hemisphere segment provides remote communications services for
offshore drilling rigs, production facilities, energy support
vessels and other remote sites. Our western hemisphere segment
services are performed out of our United States and Brazil based
offices for customers and rig sites located on the western side
of the Atlantic Ocean primarily off the coasts of the United
States, Mexico and Brazil, and within the Gulf of Mexico, but
excluding land rigs and other land-based sites in North America.
|
|
|
|
U.S. Land
. Our U.S. land segment
provides remote communications services for drilling rigs and
production facilities located onshore in North America. Our
U.S. land segment services are performed out of our
Louisiana based office for customers and rig sites located in
the continental United States.
|
Corporate and eliminations primarily represents unallocated
corporate office activities, derivative valuation adjustments,
interest expenses, income taxes and eliminations.
F-49
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND
2009(CONTINUED)
The Companys business segment information as of and for
the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009 is as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30, 2010
|
|
|
Eastern
|
|
Western
|
|
|
|
Corporate and
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
Hemisphere
|
|
Hemisphere
|
|
U.S. Land
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
30,407
|
|
|
$
|
8,648
|
|
|
$
|
5,595
|
|
|
$
|
(280
|
)
|
|
$
|
44,370
|
|
Total expenses
|
|
|
19,846
|
|
|
|
7,349
|
|
|
|
5,931
|
|
|
|
6,553
|
|
|
|
39,679
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
51
|
|
|
|
711
|
|
|
|
762
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
174
|
|
|
|
(402
|
)
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
(40
|
)
|
|
|
(250
|
)
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,292
|
|
|
|
2,292
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
10,427
|
|
|
|
819
|
|
|
|
(369
|
)
|
|
|
(21,936
|
)
|
|
|
(11,059
|
)
|
Total assets
|
|
|
44,781
|
|
|
|
44,671
|
|
|
|
20,648
|
|
|
|
(23,758
|
)
|
|
|
86,342
|
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
2,952
|
|
|
|
3,433
|
|
|
|
116
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
6,563
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30, 2009
|
|
|
Eastern
|
|
Western
|
|
|
|
Corporate and
|
|
Consolidated
|
|
|
Hemisphere
|
|
Hemisphere
|
|
U.S. Land
|
|
Eliminations
|
|
Total
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Total revenue
|
|
$
|
30,421
|
|
|
$
|
5,580
|
|
|
$
|
5,600
|
|
|
$
|
(721
|
)
|
|
$
|
40,880
|
|
Total expenses
|
|
|
18,242
|
|
|
|
4,277
|
|
|
|
8,866
|
|
|
|
3,728
|
|
|
|
35,113
|
|
Interest expense
|
|
|
173
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
346
|
|
|
|
3,542
|
|
|
|
4,061
|
|
Other income (expense)
|
|
|
60
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
Income tax expense
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2,314
|
|
|
|
2,314
|
|
Net income (loss)
|
|
|
12,029
|
|
|
|
1,310
|
|
|
|
(3,551
|
)
|
|
|
(16,990
|
)
|
|
|
(7,202
|
)
|
Capital expenditures
|
|
|
1,905
|
|
|
|
3,259
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
67
|
|
|
|
5,246
|
|
The Company provides customers with two primary product lines;
onshore communications and offshore communications. Onshore
communication products are represented by the U.S. land
segment. The majority of the eastern hemisphere segment and
western hemisphere segment operations relates to offshore
communication products primarily provided to jackup,
semi-submersible and drillship rigs.
For the six months ended June 30, 2010 and 2009, the
Company earned revenue from both our domestic and international
operations as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Six Months Ended June 30,
|
|
|
|
2010
|
|
|
2009
|
|
|
|
(in thousands)
|
|
Domestic
|
|
$
|
11,014
|
|
|
$
|
9,873
|
|
International
|
|
|
33,356
|
|
|
|
31,007
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
44,370
|
|
|
$
|
40,880
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Note 10
|
Related Party
Transactions
|
One of our directors is the president and chief executive
officer of a drilling corporation. Revenue recognized for the
six months ended June 30, 2010 was $0.2 million for
services
F-50
RIGNET, INC.
NOTES TO
UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 2010 AND
2009(CONTINUED)
performed by us in the ordinary course of business. Revenue from
this corporation was not material for the six months ended
June 30, 2009.
Note 11Subsequent
Events
Effective as of May 8, 2010, the LandTel non-controlling
interest owner formally exercised its right to sell its
remaining interest to the Company for $4.6 million, based
on a previously
agreed-upon
formula. The exercise of its right caused the redeemable,
non-controlling interest to be mandatorily redeemable;
therefore, the amount of $4.6 million was reclassified from
mezzanine equity to current liabilities as of June 30,
2010. On July 21, 2010, the Company made a cash payment of
$4.6 million to satisfy its obligation for the remaining
redeemable, non-controlling interest consistent with a
previously agreed upon formula. Subsequently, the LandTel
non-controlling interest owner assigned the remaining ownership
interests to the Company and exercised a right to a
recalculation of the $4.6 million purchase price by a third
party arbiter.
In July, 2010, the Company received notice from the Internal
Revenue Service that it would be performing an audit of the
Companys 2008 income tax return.
In August, 2010, the Company amended its Term Loan to increase
the principal balance by $10 million (see
Note 4Long-Term Debt).
F-51
You should rely only on the information contained in this
prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide information
different from that contained in this prospectus. We are
offering to sell, and seeking offers to buy, shares of common
stock only in jurisdictions where offers and sales are
permitted. The information contained in this prospectus is
accurate only as of the date of this prospectus, regardless of
the time of delivery of this prospectus or of any sale of our
common stock.
TABLE OF
CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Page
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
34
|
|
|
|
|
35
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
36
|
|
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
40
|
|
|
|
|
42
|
|
|
|
|
45
|
|
|
|
|
62
|
|
|
|
|
85
|
|
|
|
|
91
|
|
|
|
|
112
|
|
|
|
|
115
|
|
|
|
|
118
|
|
|
|
|
123
|
|
|
|
|
127
|
|
|
|
|
130
|
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
|
135
|
|
|
|
|
F-1
|
|
Until ,
2010, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities,
whether or not participating in this offering, may be required
to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the
dealers obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as
an underwriter and with respect to unsold allotments or
subscriptions.
RigNet, Inc.
Shares
Common Stock
Deutsche Bank
Securities
Jefferies &
Company
|
|
Simm
|
ons & Company
International
|
Prospectus
,
2010
PART II
INFORMATION NOT
REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
|
|
Item 13.
|
Other Expenses
of Issuance and Distribution
|
The following table sets forth the expenses, other than the
underwriting discounts and commissions, all of which are payable
by the Registrant in connection with the sale and distribution
of the common stock being registered hereby, including the
shares being offered for sale by the selling stockholders. All
amounts shown are estimates, except the Securities and Exchange
Commission registration fee, FINRA filing fee and the initial
NASDAQ listing fee.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount
|
|
|
|
to be Paid
|
|
|
SEC registration fee
|
|
$
|
6,150
|
|
FINRA filing fee
|
|
$
|
9,125
|
|
Initial NASDAQ listing fee
|
|
|
*
|
|
Legal fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Accounting fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Printing expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Transfer agent and registrar fees and expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
Miscellaneous expenses
|
|
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
*
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
To be filed by amendment.
|
|
|
Item 14.
|
Indemnification
of Directors and Officers
|
We are incorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware.
Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
authorizes a court to award, or a corporations board of
directors to grant, indemnity to directors and officers under
certain circumstances and subject to certain limitations. The
terms of Section 145 of the Delaware General Corporation
Law are sufficiently broad to permit indemnification under some
circumstances for liabilities, including reimbursement of
expenses incurred, arising under the Securities Act.
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our
post-offering certificate of incorporation includes a provision
that eliminates the personal liability of its directors for
monetary damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director,
except for liability:
|
|
|
|
|
for any breach of the directors duty of loyalty to the
Registrant or its stockholders;
|
|
|
|
for acts or omissions not in good faith or that involve
intentional misconduct or a knowing violation of law;
|
|
|
|
under Section 174 of the Delaware General Corporation Law
regarding unlawful dividends, stock purchases and
redemptions; or
|
|
|
|
for any transaction from which the director derived an improper
personal benefit.
|
As permitted by the Delaware General Corporation Law, our
post-offering bylaws, which will become effective upon the
closing of this offering, provide that:
|
|
|
|
|
we are required to indemnify our directors and officers to the
fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation
Law, subject to limited exceptions where indemnification is not
permitted by applicable law;
|
II-1
|
|
|
|
|
we are required to advance expenses, as incurred, to our
directors and officers in connection with a legal proceeding to
the fullest extent permitted by the Delaware General Corporation
Law; and
|
|
|
|
the rights conferred in the our post-offering bylaws are not
exclusive.
|
In addition, we have entered and expect to enter into indemnity
agreements with each of our current directors and officers. Each
of our executive officers also has indemnification provisions in
his employment agreement. These agreements provide for the
indemnification of our executive officers and directors for all
expenses and liabilities incurred in connection with any action
or proceeding brought against them by reason of the fact that
they are or were our agents. At present, there is no pending
litigation or proceeding involving one of our directors,
executive officers or employees regarding which indemnification
is sought, nor are we aware of any threatened litigation that
may result in claims for indemnification.
We maintain directors and officers insurance to
cover our directors and executive officers for specific
liabilities, including coverage for public securities matters.
The indemnification provisions in our post-offering certificate
of incorporation and post-offering bylaws and the indemnity
agreements entered into between us and each of our directors and
executive officers may be sufficiently broad to permit
indemnification of our directors and executive officers for
liabilities arising under the Securities Act.
Reference is also made to section 9 of the underwriting
agreement in Exhibit 1.1 hereto, which provides for the
indemnification by the underwriters of us and our executive
officers, directors and controlling persons against certain
liabilities, including liabilities arising under the Securities
Act, in connection with matters specifically provided for in
writing by the underwriters for inclusion in this Registration
Statement.
See also the undertakings set out in response to Item 17 of
this Registration Statement.
Reference is made to the following documents filed as exhibits
to this Registration Statement regarding relevant
indemnification provisions described above and elsewhere herein:
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit Document
|
|
Number
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement
|
|
|
1.1
|
|
Form of Certificate of Incorporation to be effective upon the
closing of the offering
|
|
|
3.2
|
|
Form of Amended and Restated Bylaws to be effective upon the
closing of the offering
|
|
|
3.4
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into among us and our
directors and executive officers
|
|
|
10.6
|
|
|
|
Item 15.
|
Recent Sales
of Unregistered Securities
|
In the three years preceding the filing of this Registration
Statement, we have issued the following securities that were not
registered under the Securities Act:
In December 2008, we issued Series A Shareholder Notes for
cash of $6.0 million. We also restructured previous
shareholder notes, along with accrued and imputed interest of
$2.5 million, into the Series B Shareholder Notes
totaling $8.3 million. In May 2009, we repaid both the
Series A and Series B Shareholder Notes. In
conjunction with this financing, on December 31, 2008, we
issued 1,500,000 warrants to purchase shares of our common stock
at a price of $0.01 per share to the Series A holders and
1,375,000 warrants to purchase shares of our common stock at a
price of $0.01 per share to the Series B holders.
II-2
The sales and issuances of securities above were determined to
be exempt from registration under Section 4(2) of the
Securities Act or Regulation D thereunder as transactions
by an issuer not involving a public offering. The purchasers in
such transactions were all accredited investors and represented
their intention to acquire the securities for investment only
and not with a view to or for resale in connection with any
distribution thereof, and appropriate legends were affixed to
the stock certificates and other instruments issued in such
transactions. The sales of these securities were made without
general solicitation or advertising, and there were no
underwriters used in connection with the sale of these
securities. All of the foregoing securities are deemed
restricted securities for the purposes of the Securities Act.
From time to time we have granted common stock, restricted
common stock, options and common stock upon the exercise of
options to employees, directors and consultants in compliance
with Rule 701. These grants are as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
On January 1, 2007, we issued options to purchase
1,214,000 shares of common stock to our employees,
consultants and other service providers under our 2006 plan with
an exercise price of $1.75 per share;
|
|
|
|
On May 1, 2007, we issued options to purchase
302,000 shares of common stock to our employees,
consultants and other service providers under our 2006 plan with
an exercise price of $2.08 per share;
|
|
|
|
On August 5, 2007, we issued options to purchase
100,000 shares of common stock to our employees,
consultants and other service providers under our 2006 plan with
an exercise price of $2.08 per share;
|
|
|
|
On September 25, 2007, we issued options to purchase
16,000 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants
and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise
price of $2.08 per share;
|
|
|
|
On November 8, 2007, we issued options to purchase
145000 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants
and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise
price of $2.75 per share;
|
|
|
|
On December 19, 2007, we issued options to purchase
25,000 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants
and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise
price of $2.75 per share;
|
|
|
|
On January 1, 2008, we issued options to purchase
465,000 shares of common stock to our employees,
consultants and other service providers under our 2006 plan with
an exercise price of $2.41 per share;
|
|
|
|
On March 26, 2008, we issued options to purchase
50,000 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants
and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise
price of $2.41 per share;
|
|
|
|
On July 1, 2008, we issued options to purchase
10,000 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants
and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise
price of $3.00 per share;
|
|
|
|
On July 27, 2008, we issued options to purchase
15,000 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants
and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise
price of $3.00 per share;
|
|
|
|
On January 1, 2009, we issued options to purchase
488,000 shares of common stock to our employees,
consultants and other service providers under our 2006 plan with
an exercise price of $1.33 per share;
|
II-3
|
|
|
|
|
On May 21, 2009, we issued options to purchase
17,500 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants
and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise
price of $1.33 per share;
|
|
|
|
On June 23, 2009, we issued options to purchase
10,000 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants
and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise
price of $1.33 per share;
|
|
|
|
On August 19, 2009, we issued options to purchase
230,000 shares of common stock to our employees,
consultants and other service providers under our 2006 plan with
an exercise price of $1.33 per share;
|
|
|
|
On November 4, 2009, we issued options to purchase
30,000 shares of common stock to our employees, consultants
and other service providers under our 2006 plan with an exercise
price of $1.33 per share; and
|
|
|
|
On January 1, 2010, we issued options to purchase
545,000 shares of common stock to our employees,
consultants and other service providers under our 2006 plan with
an exercise price of $2.12 per share.
|
Since January 1, 2007 through June 30, 2010, options
have been exercised to acquire 319,479 shares of common
stock at a weighted average exercise price of $0.69 per share.
The sales and issuances of securities listed above were deemed
to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act by
virtue of Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of
the Securities Act as transactions pursuant to compensation
benefits plans and contracts relating to compensation. All of
the foregoing securities are deemed restricted securities for
the purposes of the Securities Act.
|
|
Item 16.
|
Exhibits and
Financial Statement Schedules
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Index to Exhibits
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated as of
July 11, 2007, as amended and currently in effect
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be
effective upon the closing of the offering
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
Bylaws dated as of July 6, 2004, as currently in effect
|
|
3
|
.4*
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon the closing of
the offering
|
|
4
|
.1*
|
|
Specimen certificate evidencing common stock
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement dated effective as of June 20,
2005 among the Registrant and the holders of our preferred stock
party thereto
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
Opinion of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
|
|
10
|
.1+
|
|
2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan
|
|
10
|
.2+*
|
|
2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan
|
|
10
|
.3+
|
|
Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan
|
|
10
|
.4+*
|
|
Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2010
Plan
|
|
10
|
.5+*
|
|
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2010
Plan
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into with each
director and executive officer
|
|
10
|
.7+
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Mark Slaughter
dated August 15, 2007, as amended
|
II-4
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Index to Exhibits
|
|
|
10
|
.8+
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Martin Jimmerson
dated August 15, 2007, as amended
|
|
10
|
.9+
|
|
Employment Agreement between the RigNet AS and Lars Eliassen
dated June 1, 2010, as amended
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Lease Agreement between RigNet Inc., a Texas corporation, and
KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P. dated as of June 17, 2003,
as amended
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Credit Agreement dated as of May 29, 2009 among RigNet, Inc.,
Bank of America Bank N.A., as administrative agent, and the
lenders party thereto
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of June 10, 2010
among RigNet, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as administrative
agent, and the lenders party thereto
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of August 19, 2010
among RigNet, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as administrative
agent, and the lenders party thereto
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and William Sutton
dated May 18, 2010, as amended
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Hector Maytorena
dated May 18, 2010, as amended
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered
public accounting firm
|
|
23
|
.2*
|
|
Consent of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P. (included in Exhibit
5.1)
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this
Registration Statement)
|
|
99
|
.1
|
|
Consent of ODS Petrodata, Inc. dated September 28, 2010
|
|
99
|
.2
|
|
Consent of Spears & Associates, Inc. dated June 25, 2010
|
|
99
|
.3
|
|
Consent of International Energy Agency dated June 29, 2010
|
|
99
|
.4
|
|
Consent of Mark B. Slaughter as a nominee for directorship
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
To be filed by Amendment.
|
|
+
|
|
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
|
|
|
(B)
|
Financial
Statement Schedule
|
All schedules have been omitted because the information required
to be presented in them is not applicable or is shown in the
financial statements or related notes.
The undersigned hereby undertakes to provide to the underwriters
at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement,
certificates in such denominations and registered in such names
as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to
each purchaser.
Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to our directors, officers and
controlling persons pursuant to the DGCL, our Certificate of
Incorporation or our Bylaws, the underwriting agreement or
otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the
Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is
against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is
therefore unenforceable. In the event that a claim for
indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment
by us of expenses incurred or paid by one of our directors,
officers, or controlling persons in the successful defense of
any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director,
officer or controlling person in connection with the securities
being registered hereunder, we will, unless in the opinion of
our counsel the matter has been settled by controlling
precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the
question of whether such indemnification by us is against
II-5
public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be
governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
We hereby undertake that:
|
|
|
|
|
For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities
Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed
as part of this registration statement in reliance upon
Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by us
pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the
Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration
statement as of the time it was declared effective; and
|
|
|
|
For the purpose of determining any liability under the
Securities Act, each post-effective amendment that contains a
form of prospectus shall be deemed to be a new registration
statement relating to the securities offered therein, and this
offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be
the initial bona fide offering thereof.
|
II-6
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, the registrant has duly caused this Registration
Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned,
thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Houston, Texas, on
October 1, 2010.
RigNet, Inc.
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
MARK
B. SLAUGHTER
|
Mark B. Slaughter
President and Chief Executive Officer
SIGNATURES AND
POWER OF ATTORNEY
We, the undersigned officers and directors of RigNet, Inc.,
hereby severally constitute and appoint Mark Slaughter, Martin
Jimmerson and William Sutton, and each of them singly (with full
power to each of them to act alone), our true and lawful
attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of substitution
and resubstitution in each of them for him and in his name,
place and stead, and in any and all capacities, to sign any and
all amendments (including post-effective amendments) to this
Registration Statement, and any other registration statement for
the same offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the
Securities Act of 1933, and to file the same, with all exhibits
thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said
attorneys-in-fact and agents, and each of them, full power and
authority to do and perform each and every act and thing
requisite or necessary to be done in and about the premises, as
full to all intents and purposes as he might or could do in
person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said
attorneys-in-fact and agents or any of them, or their or his
substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done
by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the
following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ MARK
B. SLAUGHTER
Mark
B. Slaughter
|
|
Chief Executive Officer
(Principal Executive Officer)
and Director Nominee
|
|
October 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ MARTIN
L. JIMMERSON, JR.
Martin
L. Jimmerson, Jr.
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)
|
|
October 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ THOMAS
M. MATTHEWS
Thomas
M. Matthews
|
|
Chairman of the Board
|
|
October 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ CHARLES
L. DAVIS IV
Charles
L. Davis IV
|
|
Director
|
|
October 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ OMAR
KULBRANDSTAD
Omar
Kulbrandstad
|
|
Director
|
|
October 1, 2010
|
II-7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signature
|
|
Title
|
|
Date
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ KEVIN
A. NEVEU
Kevin
A. Neveu
|
|
Director
|
|
October 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Director
|
|
October 1, 2010
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ ØRJAN
SVANEVIK
Ørjan
Svanevik
|
|
Director
|
|
October 1, 2010
|
II-8
INDEX TO
EXHIBITS
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
.1*
|
|
Form of Underwriting Agreement
|
|
3
|
.1
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation dated as of
July 11, 2007, as amended and currently in effect
|
|
3
|
.2
|
|
Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, to be
effective upon the closing of the offering
|
|
3
|
.3
|
|
Bylaws dated as of July 6, 2004, as currently in effect
|
|
3
|
.4*
|
|
Amended and Restated Bylaws, to be effective upon the closing of
the offering
|
|
4
|
.1*
|
|
Specimen certificate evidencing common stock
|
|
4
|
.2
|
|
Registration Rights Agreement dated effective as of June 20,
2005 among the Registrant and the holders of our preferred stock
party thereto
|
|
5
|
.1*
|
|
Opinion of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P.
|
|
10
|
.1+
|
|
2006 Long-Term Incentive Plan
|
|
10
|
.2+*
|
|
2010 Omnibus Incentive Plan
|
|
10
|
.3+
|
|
Form of Option Award Agreement under the 2006 Plan
|
|
10
|
.4+*
|
|
Form of Incentive Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2010
Plan
|
|
10
|
.5+*
|
|
Form of Nonqualified Stock Option Award Agreement under the 2010
Plan
|
|
10
|
.6
|
|
Form of Indemnification Agreement entered into with each
director and executive officer
|
|
10
|
.7+
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Mark Slaughter
dated August 15, 2007, as amended
|
|
10
|
.8+
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Martin Jimmerson
dated August 15, 2007, as amended
|
|
10
|
.9+
|
|
Employment Agreement between the RigNet AS and Lars Eliassen
dated June 1, 2010, as amended
|
|
10
|
.10
|
|
Lease Agreement between RigNet Inc., a Texas corporation, and
KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P. dated as of June 17, 2003,
as amended
|
|
10
|
.11
|
|
Credit Agreement dated as of May 29, 2009 among RigNet, Inc.,
Bank of America Bank N.A., as administrative agent, and the
lenders party thereto
|
|
10
|
.12
|
|
First Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of June 10, 2010
among RigNet, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as administrative
agent, and the lenders party thereto
|
|
10
|
.13
|
|
Second Amendment to Credit Agreement dated as of August 19, 2010
among RigNet, Inc., Bank of America, N.A., as administrative
agent, and the lenders party thereto
|
|
10
|
.14
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and William Sutton
dated May 18, 2010, as amended
|
|
10
|
.15
|
|
Employment Agreement between the Registrant and Hector Maytorena
dated May 18, 2010, as amended
|
|
21
|
.1
|
|
Subsidiaries of the Registrant
|
|
23
|
.1
|
|
Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered
public accounting firm
|
|
23
|
.2*
|
|
Consent of Fulbright & Jaworski L.L.P. (included in Exhibit
5.1)
|
|
24
|
.1
|
|
Power of Attorney (included on signature page of this
Registration Statement)
|
|
99
|
.1
|
|
Consent of ODS Petrodata, Inc. dated September 28, 2010
|
|
99
|
.2
|
|
Consent of Spears & Associates, Inc. dated June 25, 2010
|
|
99
|
.3
|
|
Consent of International Energy Agency dated June 29, 2010
|
|
99
|
.4
|
|
Consent of Mark B. Slaughter as a nominee for directorship
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
To be filed by Amendment.
|
|
+
|
|
Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.
|
Exhibit 10.10
OFFICE LEASE
between
KWI ASHFORD WESTCHASE BUILDINGS, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership
DBA: ASHFORD CROSSING II
By: KWI ASHFORD WESTCHASE GENERAL PARTNER, L.L.C.,
a Delaware Limited Liability Company General Partner
(Landlord)
and
RIGNET INC.
A Texas Corporation
(Tenant)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
OFFICE LEASE
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Article
|
|
Title
|
|
Page
|
1
|
|
Definitions
|
|
|
1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Premises
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Term
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
4
|
|
Rental
|
|
|
2
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
5
|
|
Security Deposit
|
|
|
5
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
6
|
|
Use of Premises
|
|
|
6
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
7
|
|
Utilities and Services
|
|
|
7
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
8
|
|
Maintenance and Repairs
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
9
|
|
Alterations, Additions and Improvements
|
|
|
8
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
10
|
|
Indemnification and Insurance
|
|
|
9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11
|
|
Damage or Destruction
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12
|
|
Condemnation
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
13
|
|
Relocation
|
|
|
11
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
14
|
|
Assignment and Subletting
|
|
|
12
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
15
|
|
Default and Remedies
|
|
|
13
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
16
|
|
Attorneys Fees; Costs of Suits
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
17
|
|
Subordination and Attornment
|
|
|
15
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
18
|
|
Quiet Enjoyment
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
19
|
|
Rules and Regulations
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
20
|
|
Estoppel Certificates
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
21
|
|
Entry by Landlord
|
|
|
16
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
22
|
|
Landlords Lease Undertakings-Exculpation from Personal
Liability; Transfer of Landlords Interest
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
23
|
|
Holdover Tenancy
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
24
|
|
Notices
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
25
|
|
Brokers
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
26
|
|
Electronic Services
|
|
|
17
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
27
|
|
Landlords Contractual Lien and Security Interest
|
|
|
19
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
28
|
|
Miscellaneous
|
|
|
20
|
|
EXHIBITS
|
|
|
Exhibit A
|
|
Location in the Building Premises
|
Exhibit A-l
|
|
Location in the Building Storage Area
|
Exhibit B
|
|
Work Letter Agreement
|
Exhibit B-l
|
|
Schedule of Occupancy
|
Exhibit C
|
|
Rules and Regulations
|
Exhibit D
|
|
Addendum
|
Exhibit E
|
|
Suite Acceptance Agreement
|
OFFICE LEASE
THIS OFFICE LEASE (Lease), dated
June 17, 2003
, is made and entered into by and
between KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P., a Texas Limited Partnership dba Ashford
Crossing II (Landlord) and
RigNet Inc,
(Tenant) upon the following terms and
conditions:
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS
Unless the context otherwise specifies or requires, the following terms shall have
the meanings specified herein;
1.01
Building.
The term Building shall mean that certain office building
located at
1880 South Dairy Ashford, Houston. Texas
commonly known as
Ashford
Crossing II
together with any related land, improvements, parking facilities, common areas,
driveways, sidewalks and landscaping.
1.02
Premises.
The term Premises shall mean
Suite(s)
505
in the Building, as
more particularly outlined on the drawing attached hereto as Exhibit A and incorporated
herein by reference. As used herein, Premises shall not include any storage area in the
Building, which shall be leased or rented pursuant to separate agreement.
1.03
Rentable Area of the Premises.
The term Rentable Area of the Premises
shall mean
3.638
square feet, which Landlord and Tenant have stipulated as the Rentable Area
of the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that the Rentable Area of the Premises includes the
usable area, without deduction for columns or projections, multiplied by a load factor to
reflect a share of certain areas, which may include lobbies, corridors, mechanical, utility,
janitorial, boiler and service rooms and closets, restrooms and other public, common and
service areas of the Building.
1.04
Lease Term.
The term Lease Term shall mean the period between the
Commencement Date and the Expiration Date (as such terms are hereinafter defined), unless
sooner terminated as otherwise provided in this Lease.
1.05
Commencement Date.
Subject to adjustment as provided in Article 3, the
term Commencement Date shall mean
July 15,
2003
or
August 1, 2003
or upon Substantial Completion
of the Premises, to be determined after RigNet Inc. has clarified with existing land
lord when the current office lease expires.
, whichever is
later.
1.06
Expiration Date.
Subject to adjustment as provided in Article 3,
the term Expiration Date shall mean
forty-one (41) full calendar months after the
Commencement Date
1.07
Base Rent.
Base Monthly Rent is payable in lawful money of the
United States of America as shown below:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Rent
|
|
|
Period
|
|
Per RSF
|
|
Monthly Rent
|
01 - 02 mos.
|
|
$
|
0.00/SF
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
03 - 12 mos.
|
|
$
|
14.25/SF
|
|
|
$
|
4,320.13
|
|
13 - 24 mos.
|
|
$
|
14.75/SF
|
|
|
$
|
4,471.71
|
|
25 - 26 mos.
|
|
$
|
7.63/SF
|
|
|
$
|
2,313.16
|
|
27 - 39 mos.
|
|
$
|
15.25/SF
|
|
|
$
|
4,623.29
|
|
40 - 41 mos.
|
|
$
|
0.00/SF
|
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
1.08
Tenants Percentage Share.
The term Tenants Percentage Share
shall mean
2.21
% with respect to increases in Property Taxes and Operating Expenses (as such
terms are hereinafter defined). Landlord may reasonably redetermine Tenants Percentage
Share from time to time to reflect reconfigurations, additions or modifications to the
Building.
1.09
Security Deposit.
The term Security Deposit shall mean
Four Thousand Six
Hundred Twenty-Three & 29/100
Dollars ($
4,623.29).
1.10
Tenants Permitted Use.
The term Tenants Permitted Use shall mean
general office purposes
and no other use.
1.11
Business Hours.
The term Business Hours shall mean the hours of 7:00 A.M.
to 6:00 P.M., Monday through Friday (federal and state holidays excepted). Holidays are
defined as the following: New Years Day, Memorial Day, Independence Day, Labor Day,
Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day, and to the extent of utilities or services provided by
union members engaged at the Building, such other holidays observed by such unions.
1.12
Expense Base Year.
The calendar year
2003
.
1
1.13
Landlords Address For Notices.
The term Landlords Address for Notices shall
mean with Kennedy-Wilson Properties Ltd., 9700 Richmond Avenue, Suite 124, Houston, Texas 77042,
Attn: Property Manager, copies to Kennedy-Wilson Properties Ltd., 9601 Wilshire Boulevard,
Beverly Hills, California 90210, Attn: Property Management and KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings,
L.P.
1.14
Tenants Address For Notices.
The term Tenants Address for Notices shall mean
1880 South Dairy Ashford. Suite 505. Houston, Texas 77077
.
1.15
Broker
.
The term Broker shall mean Kennedy-Wilson Properties Ltd. for the
Landlord and
Office Space Advisors
for the Tenant.
1.16
Guarantor
.
The Term Guarantor shall
mean
1.17
Tenants Parking Stalls:
The term Tenants Parking Stalls shall mean that Landlord
shall provide up to 3.0 uncovered, unreserved parking spaces per each 1,000 RSF leased. Subject to
availability, Tenant will have the right to convert up to three (3) of the uncovered, unreserved
parking spaces to covered, reserved. Unreserved parking for the Building is on a first come, first
served basis. If a covered space is not denoted as reserved and is not being utilized by a third
party, Tenants employees will be allowed to utilized said parking space until such time as it is
designated as reserved or is occupied by another third party. There shall not be any parking
charges for the Initial Lease Term. Visitor parking is located at the entrance to the building and
is provided at no charge.
ARTICLE II PREMISES
2.01
Lease of Premises.
Landlord hereby leases the Premises to Tenant, and Tenant
hereby leases the Premises from Landlord, upon all of the terms, covenants and conditions contained
in this Lease. On the Commencement Date described herein, Landlord shall deliver the Premises to
Tenant in substantial conformance with the Work Letter Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit B.
2.02
Acceptance of Premises.
Tenant acknowledges that Landlord has not made any
representation or warranty with respect to the condition of the Premises or the Building or with
respect to the suitability or fitness of either for the conduct of Tenants Permitted Use or for
any other purpose. Prior to Tenants taking possession of the Premises, Landlord or its designee
and Tenant will walk the Premises for the purpose of reviewing the condition of the Premises (and
the condition of completion and workmanship of any tenant improvements which Landlord is required
to construct in the Premises pursuant to this Lease); after such review, Tenant shall execute a
Suite Acceptance Letter, in the form of Exhibit E attached hereto, accepting the Premises. Except
as is expressly set forth in this Section 2.02 or the Work Letter Agreement attached hereto, if
any, or as may be expressly set forth in Suite Acceptance Letter, Tenant agrees to accept the
Premises in its as is said physical condition without any agreements, representations,
understandings or obligations on the part of Landlord to perform any alterations, repairs or
improvements (or to provide any allowance for same).
ARTICLE III TERM
3.01
Except as otherwise provided in this Lease, the Lease Term shall be for the period
described in Section 1.04 of this Lease, commencing on the Commencement Date described in Section
1.05 of this Lease and ending on the Expiration Date described in Section 1.06 of this Lease;
provided, however, that, if, for any reason, Landlord is unable to deliver possession of the
Premises on the date described in Section 1.05 of this Lease, Landlord shall not be liable for any
damage caused thereby, nor shall the Lease be void or voidable, but, rather, the Lease Term shall
commence upon, and the Commencement Date shall be the date that possession of the Premises is so
tendered to Tenant (except for Tenant-caused delays which shall not be deemed to delay
commencement of the Lease Term), and, unless Landlord elects otherwise, the Expiration Date
described in Section 1.06 of this Lease shall be extended by an equal number of days.
ARTICLE IV
RENTAL
4.01
Definitions
. As used herein.
(A) Base Year shall mean the previous calendar year.
(B) Property Taxes shall mean the aggregate amount of all real estate taxes, assessments (whether
they be general or special), sewer rents and charges, transit taxes, taxes based upon the receipt
of rent and any other federal, state or local governmental charge, general, special, ordinary or
extraordinary (but not including income or franchise taxes, capital stock, inheritance, estate,
gift, or any other taxes imposed upon or measured by Landlords gross income or profits, unless the
same shall be imposed in lieu of real estate taxes or other ad valorem taxes), which Landlord shall
pay or become obligated to pay in connection with the Building, or any part thereof. Property Taxes
shall also include all fees and costs, including attorneys fees, appraisals and consultants fees,
incurred by Landlord in seeking to obtain a reassessment, reduction of, or a limit on the increase
in, any Property Taxes, regardless of whether any reduction or limitation is obtained. Property
Taxes for any calendar year shall be Property Taxes which are due for
payment or paid in such year,
rather than Property Taxes which are assessed or become a lien during such year. Property Taxes
shall include any tax, assessment, levy, imposition or charge imposed upon Landlord and measured by
or based in whole or in part upon the Building or the rents or other income from the Building, to
the extent that such items would be payable if the Building was the
only property of Landlord subject
to same and the income received by Landlord from the Building was the only income of Landlord.
Property
2
Taxes shall also include any personal property taxes imposed upon the furniture, fixtures,
machinery, equipment, apparatus, systems and appurtenances of Landlord used in connection with
the Building.
(C) Operating Expenses shall mean all costs, fees, disbursements and expenses paid or
incurred by or on behalf of Landlord in the operation, ownership, maintenance, insurance,
management, replacement and repair of the Building (excluding Property Taxes) including without
limitation:
(i) Premiums for property, earthquake, casualty, liability, rent
interruption or other types of insurance carried by Landlord.
(ii) Salaries, wages and other amounts paid or payable for personnel including the
Building manager, superintendent, operation and maintenance staff, and other
employees of Landlord involved in the maintenance and operation of the Building,
including contributions and premiums towards fringe benefits, unemployment,
disability and workers compensation insurance, pension plan contributions and
similar premiums and contributions and the total charges of any independent
contractors or property managers engaged in the operation, repair, care,
maintenance and cleaning of any portion of the Building.
(iii) Cleaning expenses, including without limitation janitorial
services, window cleaning, and garbage and refuse removal.
(iv) Landscaping expenses, including without limitation
irrigating, trimming, mowing, fertilizing, seeding, and replacing plants.
(v) Heating, ventilating, air conditioning and steam/utilities expenses,
including fuel, gas, electricity, water, sewer, telephone, and other services.
(vi) Subject to the provisions of Section 4.01(C)(xii) below, the cost of maintaining,
operating, repairing and replacing components of equipment or machinery, including
without limitation heating, refrigeration, ventilation, electrical, plumbing,
mechanical, elevator, escalator, sprinklers, fire/life safety, security and energy
management systems, including service contracts, maintenance contracts, supplies
and parts.
(vii) Other items of repair or maintenance of elements of the
Building.
(viii) The costs of policing, security and supervision of the
Building.
(ix) Fair market rental and other costs with respect to the management office
for the Building.
(x) The cost of the rental of any machinery or equipment and the cost of
supplies used in the maintenance and operation of the Building.
(xi) Audit fees and the cost of accounting services incurred in the preparation of
statements referred to in this Lease and financial statements, and in the
computation of the rents and charges payable by tenants of the Building.
(xii) Capital expenditures (a) made primarily to reduce Operating Expenses,
or to comply with any laws or other governmental requirements, or (b) for
replacements (as opposed to additions or new improvements) of non-structural
items located in the common areas of the property required to keep such areas in
good condition; provided, all such permitted capital expenditures (together with
reasonable financing charges) shall be amortized for purposes of this Lease over
the shorter of (i) their useful lives, (ii) the period during which the
reasonably estimated savings in Operating Expenses equals the expenditures, or
(iii) three (3) years.
(xiii) Legal fees and expenses.
(xiv) Payments under any easement, operating agreement, declaration,
restrictive covenant, or instrument pertaining to the sharing of costs in any
planned development.
(xv) A fee for the administration and management of the Building as
reasonably determined by Landlord from time to time.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in the Lease, as amended, when
calculating Operating Expenses for the Base Year, Operating Expenses shall exclude (a)
market-wide labor-rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances including, but not limited
to, boycotts and strikes, (b) utility rate increases due to extraordinary circumstances
including, but not limited to, conservation surcharges, boycotts, embargos or other shortages,
and (c) amortization of any capital items including, but not
limited to, capital improvements,
capital repairs and capital replacements (including such amortized costs where the actual
improvement, repair or replacement was made in prior years).
Operating Expenses shall not include costs of alteration of the premises of tenants of the
Building, depreciation charges, interest and principal payments on mortgages, ground rental
payments, real estate brokerage
3
and leasing commissions, expenses incurred in enforcing obligations of tenants of the Building,
salaries and other compensation of executive officers of the managing agent of the Building
senior to the Building manager, costs of any special service provided to any one tenant of the
Building but not to tenants of the Building generally, and costs of marketing or advertising the
Building.
(D) If the Building does not have one hundred percent (100%) occupancy during an entire
calendar year, including the Base Year, then the variable cost component of Property Taxes and
Operating Expenses shall be equitably adjusted so that the total amount of Property Taxes and
Operating Expenses equals the total amount which would have been paid or incurred by Landlord had
the Building been one hundred percent (100%) occupied for the entire calendar year. In no event
shall Landlord be entitled to receive from Tenant and any other tenants in the Building an
aggregate amount in excess of actual Property Taxes and Operating Expenses as a result of the
foregoing provision.
4.02
Base Rent.
(A) During the Lease Term, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as rental for the Premises the Base
Rent described in Section 1.07 above, subject to the following annual adjustments (herein called
the Rent Adjustments):
(B) During each calendar year, the Base Rent payable by Tenant to Landlord, shall be
increased by (collectively, the Tax and Operating Expense Adjustment): (i) Tenants Percentage
Share of the dollar increase, if any, in Property Taxes for such year over Property Taxes for the
Base Year; and (ii) Tenants Percentage Share of the dollar increase, if any, in any category of
Operating Expenses paid or incurred by Landlord during such year over the respective category of
Operating Expenses paid or incurred by Landlord during the Base Year. A decrease in Property
Taxes or any category of Operating Expenses below the Base Year amounts shall not decrease the
amount of the Base Rent due hereunder or give rise to a credit in favor of Tenant.
4.03
Adjustment Procedure; Estimates
. The Tax and Operating Expense
Adjustment specified in Section 4.02(B) shall be determined and paid as follows:
(A) During each calendar year subsequent to the Base Year, Landlord shall give Tenant
written notice of its estimate of any increased amounts payable under Section 4.02(B) for that
calendar year. On or before the first day of each calendar month during the calendar year, Tenant shall pay to Landlord
one-twelfth (l/12th) of such estimated amounts; provided, however, that, not more often than quarterly, Landlord
may, by written notice to Tenant, revise its estimate for such year, and subsequent payments by Tenant for such year
shall be based upon such revised estimate.
(B) Within one hundred twenty (120) days after the close of each calendar year or as soon
thereafter as is practicable, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a statement of that years
Property Taxes and Operating Expenses, and the actual Tax and Operating Expense Adjustment to be
made pursuant to Section 4.02(B) for such calendar year, as determined by Landlord (the
Landlords Statement) and such Landlords Statement shall be binding upon Tenant, except as
provided in Section 4.04 below. If the amount of the actual Tax and Operating Expense Adjustment
is more than the estimated payments for such calendar year made by Tenant, Tenant shall pay the
deficiency to Landlord upon receipt of Landlords Statement. If the amount of the actual Tax and
Operating Expense Adjustment is less than the estimated payments for such calendar year made by
Tenant, any excess shall be credited against Rent (as hereinafter defined) next payable by Tenant
under this Lease or, if the Lease Term has expired, any excess shall be paid to Tenant. No delay
in providing the statement described in this subparagraph (B) shall act as a waiver of Landlords
right to payment under Section 4.02(B) above.
(C) If this Lease shall terminate on a day other than the end of a calendar year, the amount
of the Tax and Operating Expense Adjustment to be paid pursuant to Section 4.02(B) that is
applicable to the calendar year in which such termination occurs shall be prorated on the basis
of the number of days from January 1 of the calendar year to the termination date bears to 365.
The termination of this Lease shall not affect the obligations of Landlord and Tenant pursuant to
Section 4.03(B) to be performed after such termination.
4.04
Review of Landlords Statement.
Provided that Tenant is not then in default
beyond any applicable cure period of its obligations to pay Base Rent, additional rent described
in Section 4.02(B), or any other payments required to be made by it under this Lease and provided
further that Tenant strictly complies with the provisions of this Section 4.04, Tenant shall have
the right, once each calendar year, lo reasonably review supporting data for any portion of a
Landlords Statement (provided, however, Tenant may not have an audit right to all documentation
relating to Building operations as this would far exceed the relevant information necessary to
properly document a pass-through billing statement, but real estate tax statements, and
information on utilities, repairs, maintenance and insurance will be available), in accordance
with the following procedure:
(A) Tenant shall, within ten (10) business days after any such Landlords Statement is
delivered, deliver a written notice to Landlord specifying the portions of the Landlords
Statement that are claimed to be incorrect, and Tenant shall simultaneously pay to Landlord all
amounts due from Tenant to Landlord as specified in the Landlords Statement. Except as expressly
set forth in subsection (C) below, in no event shall Tenant be entitled to withhold, deduct, or
offset any monetary obligation of Tenant to Landlord under the Lease (including, without
limitation, Tenants obligation to make all payments of Base Rent and all payments of Tenants Tax
and Operating Expense Adjustment) pending the completion of and regardless of the results of any
review of records under this Section 4.04. The right of Tenant under this Section 4.04 may only be
exercised once for any Landlords Statement, and if Tenant fails to meet any of the above
conditions as a prerequisite to the exercise of such right, the right of Tenant under this Section
4.04 for a particular Landlords Statement shall be deemed waived.
4
(B) Tenant acknowledges that Landlord maintains its records for the Building at Landlords
managers corporate offices presently located at the address set forth in Section 1.12 and Tenant
agrees that any review of records under this Section 4.04 shall be at the sole expense of Tenant
and shall be conducted by an independent firm of certified public accountants of national
standing. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that any records reviewed under this Section 4.04
constitute confidential information of Landlord, which shall not be disclosed to anyone other
than the accountants performing the review and the principals of Tenant who receive the results
of the review. The disclosure of such information to any other person, whether or not caused by
the conduct of Tenant, shall constitute a material breach of this Lease.
(C) Any errors disclosed by the review shall be promptly corrected by Landlord, provided,
however, that if Landlord disagrees with any such claimed errors, Landlord shall have the right to
cause another review to be made by an independent firm of certified public accountants of national
standing. In the event of a disagreement between the two accounting firms, the review that
discloses the least amount of deviation from the Landlords Statement shall be deemed to be
correct. In the event that the results of the review of records (taking into account, if
applicable, the results of any additional review caused by Landlord) reveal that Tenant has
overpaid obligations for a preceding period, the amount of such overpayment shall be credited
against Tenants subsequent installment obligations to pay the estimated Tax and Operating Expense
Adjustment. In the event that such results show that Tenant has underpaid its obligations for a
preceding period. Tenant shall be liable for Landlords actual accounting fees, and the amount of
such underpayment shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord with the next succeeding installment
obligation of estimated Tax and Operating Expense Adjustment.
4.05
Payment.
Concurrently with the execution hereof, Tenant shall pay Landlord Base
Rent for the first calendar month of the Lease Term. Thereafter the Base Rent described in Section
1.07, as adjusted in accordance with Section 4.02, shall be payable in advance on the first day of
each calendar month. If the Commencement Date is other than the first day of a calendar month, the
prepaid Base Rent for such partial month shall be prorated in the proportion that the number of
days this Lease is in effect during such partial month bears to the total number of days in the
calendar month. All Rent, and all other amounts payable to Landlord by Tenant pursuant to the
provisions of this Lease, shall be paid to Landlord, without notice, demand, abatement, deduction
or offset, in lawful money of the United States at Landlords
office in the Building or to such
other person or at such other place as Landlord may designate from time to time by written notice
given to Tenant. All Rent shall be paid to Landlord electronically via wire transfer or other
direct deposit method and copies of all such electronic payments shall be provided to the Landlord
on a monthly basis. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the
correct Rent due hereunder shall be deemed to be other than a payment on account; nor shall any
endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment be deemed to
effect or evidence an accord and satisfaction; and Landlord may accept such check or payment
without prejudice to Landlords right to recover the balance or pursue any other remedy in this
Lease or at law or in equity provided.
4.06
Late Charge; Interest.
Tenant acknowledges that the late payment of Base Rent
or any other amounts payable by Tenant to Landlord hereunder (all of which shall constitute
additional rental to the same extent as Base Rent) will cause Landlord to incur administrative
costs and other damages, the exact amount of which would be impracticable or extremely difficult
to ascertain. Landlord and Tenant agree that if Landlord does not receive any such payment on or
before five (5) days after the date the payment is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as
additional rent, (a) a late charge equal to five percent (5%) of the overdue amount to cover such
additional administrative costs; and (b) interest on the delinquent amounts at the lesser of the
maximum rate permitted by law if any or twelve percent (12%) per annum from the date due to the
date paid.
4.07
Additional Rent
. For purposes of this Lease, all amounts payable by Tenant to
Landlord pursuant to this Lease, whether or not denominated as such, shall constitute Base Rent.
Any amounts due Landlord shall sometimes be referred to in this Lease as Rent.
4.08
Additional Taxes.
Notwithstanding anything in Section 4.01(B) to the contrary,
Tenant shall reimburse Landlord upon demand for any and all taxes payable by or imposed upon
Landlord upon or with respect to: any fixtures or personal property located in the Premises; any
leasehold improvements made in or to the Premises by or for Tenant; the Rent payable hereunder,
including, without limitation, any gross receipts tax, license fee or excise tax levied by any
governmental authority; the possession, leasing, operation, management, maintenance, alteration,
repair, use or occupancy of any portion of the Premises (including without limitation any
applicable possessory interest taxes); or this transaction or any document to which Tenant is a
party creating or transferring an interest or an estate in the Premises.
ARTICLE V SECURITY DEPOSIT
5.01 Upon the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord the Security
Deposit described in Section 1.09 above. The Security Deposit is made by Tenant to secure the
faithful performance of all the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease to be performed by
Tenant. If Tenant shall default with respect to any covenant or provision hereof, Landlord may
use, apply or retain all or any portion of the Security Deposit to cure such default or to
compensate Landlord for any loss or damage which Landlord may suffer thereby. If Landlord so uses
or applies all or any portion of the Security Deposit, Tenant shall immediately upon written
demand deposit cash with Landlord in an amount sufficient to restore the Security Deposit to the
full amount hereinabove stated. Landlord shall not be required to keep the Security Deposit
separate from its general accounts and Tenant shall not be entitled to interest on the Security
Deposit. Within thirty (30) days after the expiration of the Lease Term and the vacation of the
Premises by Tenant, the Security Deposit, or such part as has not been applied to cure the
default, shall be returned to Tenant.
5
ARTICLE VI USE OF PREMISES
6.01
Tenants Permitted Use.
Tenant shall use the Premises only for Tenants Permitted
Use as set forth in Section 1.10 above and shall not use or permit the Premises to be used for
any other purpose. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, obtain all governmental licenses
and permits required to allow Tenant to conduct Tenants Permitted Use. Landlord disclaims any
warranty that the Premises are suitable for Tenants use and Tenant acknowledges that it has had
a full opportunity to make its own determination in this regard.
6.02
Compliance With Laws and Other Requirements.
(A) Tenant shall cause the Premises to comply in all material respects with all laws,
ordinances, regulations and directives of any governmental authority having jurisdiction
including, without limitation, any certificate of occupancy and any law, ordinance, regulation,
covenant, condition or restriction affecting the Building or the Premises which in the future may
become applicable to the Premises (collectively Applicable Laws).
(B) Tenant shall not use the Premises, or permit the Premises to be used, in any manner
which: (a) violates any Applicable Law; (b) causes or is reasonably likely to cause damage to the
Building or the Premises; (c) violates a requirement or condition of any fire and extended
insurance policy covering the Building and/or the Premises, or increases the cost of such policy;
(d) constitutes or is reasonably likely to constitute a nuisance, annoyance or inconvenience to
other tenants or occupants of the Building or its equipment, facilities or systems; (e) interferes
with, or is reasonably likely to interfere with, the transmission or reception of microwave,
television, radio, telephone or other communication signals by antennae or other facilities
located in the Building; or (f) violates the Rules and Regulations described in Article XIX.
6.03
Hazardous Materials.
(A) No Hazardous Materials, as defined herein, shall be Handled, as also defined herein,
upon, about, above or beneath the Premises or any portion of the Building by or on behalf of
Tenant, its subtenants or its assignees, or their respective contractors, clients, officers, directors, employees, agents,
or invitees. Any such Hazardous Materials so Handled shall be known as Tenants Hazardous Materials.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, normal quantities of Tenants Hazardous Materials customarily used in the conduct of general
administrative and executive office activities (e.g., copier fluids and cleaning supplies) may be Handled at the
Premises without Landlords prior written consent. Tenants Hazardous Materials shall be Handled at all times
in compliance with the manufacturers instructions therefor and all applicable Environmental Laws, as defined
herein.
(B) Notwithstanding the obligation of Tenant to indemnify Landlord pursuant to this Lease,
Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, promptly take all actions required by any Regulatory
Authority, as defined herein, or necessary for Landlord to make full economic use of the Premises
or any portion of the Building, which requirements or necessity arises from the Handling of
Tenants Hazardous Materials upon, about, above or beneath the Premises or any portion of the
Building. Such actions shall include, but not be limited to, the investigation of the
environmental condition of the Premises or any portion of the Building, the preparation of any
feasibility studies or reports and the performance of any cleanup, remedial, removal or
restoration work. Tenant shall take all actions necessary to restore the Premises or any portion
of the Building to the condition existing prior to the introduction of Tenants Hazardous
Materials, notwithstanding any less stringent standards or remediation allowable under applicable
Environmental Laws. Tenant shall nevertheless obtain Landlords written approval prior to
undertaking any actions required by this Section, which approval shall not be unreasonably
withheld so long as such actions would not potentially have a material adverse long-term or
short-term effect on the Premises or any portion of the Building.
(C) Tenant agrees to execute affidavits, representations, and the like from time to time at
Landlords request stating Tenants best knowledge and belief regarding the presence of Hazardous
Materials on the Premises.
(D) Environmental Laws means and includes all now and hereafter existing statutes, laws,
ordinances, codes, regulations, rules, rulings, orders, decrees, directives, policies and
requirements by any Regulatory Authority regulating, relating to, or imposing liability or
standards of conduct concerning public health and safety or the environment.
(E) Hazardous Materials means: (a) any material or substance: (i) which is defined or
becomes defined as a hazardous substance, hazardous waste, infectious waste, chemical mixture
or substance, or air pollutant under Environmental
Laws; (ii) containing petroleum, crude oil or any fraction
thereof; (iii) containing polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs);
(iv) containing asbestos; (v) which is radioactive; (vi)
which is infectious; or (b) any other material or substance displaying toxic, reactive, ignitable or corrosive
characteristics, as all such terms are used in their broadest sense, and are defined, or become defined by Environmental Laws; or
(c) materials which cause a nuisance upon or waste to the Premises or any portion of the Building.
(F) Handle, handle, Handled, handled, Handling, or handling shall mean any
installation, handling, generation, storage, treatment, use, disposal, discharge, release,
manufacture, refinement, presence, migration, emission, abatement, removal, transportation, or any other activity of
any type in connection with or involving Hazardous Materials.
6
(G) Regulatory Authority shall mean any federal, state or local governmental agency,
commission, board or political subdivision.
ARTICLE VII UTILITIES AND SERVICES
7.01
Building Services.
As long as Tenant is not in monetary default under this
Lease, Landlord agrees to furnish or cause to be furnished to the Premises the following
utilities and services, subject to the conditions and standards set forth herein:
(A) Non-attended automatic elevator service (if the Building has such equipment serving the
Premises), in common with Landlord and other tenants and occupants and their agents and invitees.
(B) During Business Hours, such air conditioning, heating and ventilation as, in Landlords
reasonable judgment, are required for the comfortable use and occupancy of the Premises. Landlord
may make available to Tenant heating, ventilation or air conditioning in excess of that which
Landlord shall be required to provide hereunder upon such conditions as shall be determined by
Landlord from time to time. Landlords fee for any such additional heating, ventilation or air
conditioning provided to Tenant, to be set by Landlord from time to time, will be separate from
and in addition to the fax and Operating Expenses Adjustment provide in Article IV.
(C) Water for drinking and rest room purposes.
(D) Reasonable janitorial and cleaning services, provided that the Premises are used
exclusively for office purposes and are kept reasonably in order by
Tenant. If the Premises are not used
exclusively as offices, Landlord, at Landlords sole discretion, may require that the Premises be kept clean and in
order by Tenant, at Tenants expense, to the satisfaction of Landlord and by persons approved by Landlord; and,
in all events. Tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of removal of Tenants refuse and rubbish, to tire extent that
the same exceeds the refuse and rubbish attendant to normal office usage.
(E) At all reasonable tunes, electric current of not less than 3.5 waits per square foot for
building standard lighting and fractional horsepower office machines; provided, however, that (i)
without Landlords consent, Tenant shall not install, or permit the installation, m the Premises
of any computers, word processors, electronic data processing equipment or other type of equipment
or machines which will increase Tenants use of electric current in excess of that which Landlord
is obligated to provide hereunder (provided, however, that the foregoing shall not preclude the
use of personal computers or similar office equipment); (ii) if Tenant shall require electric
current which may disrupt the provision of electrical service to other tenants, Landlord may
refuse to grant its consent or may condition its consent upon
Tenants payment of the cost of
installing and providing any additional facilities required to furnish such excess power to the
Premises and upon the installation in the Premises of electric current meters to measure the
amount of electric current consumed, in which latter event Tenant shall pay for the cost of such
meter(s) and the cost of installation, maintenance and repair thereof, as well as for all excess
electric current consumed at the rates charged by the applicable local public utility, plus a
reasonable amount to cover the additional expenses incurred by Landlord in keeping account of the
electric current so consumed; and (iii) if Tenants increased electrical requirements will
materially affect the temperature level in the Premises or the Building, Landlords consent may be
conditioned upon Tenants requirement to pay such amounts as will be incurred by Landlord to
install and operate any machinery or equipment necessary to restore the temperature level to that
otherwise required to be provided by Landlord, including but not limited to the cost of
modifications to the air conditioning system. Landlord shall not, in any way, be liable or
responsible to Tenant for any loss or damage or expense which Tenant may incur or sustain if, for
any reasons beyond Landlords reasonable control, either the quantity or character of electric
service is changed or is no longer available or suitable for Tenants requirements, Tenant
covenants that at all times its use of electric current shall never exceed the capacity of the
feeders, risers or electrical installations of the Building. If submetering of electricity in the
Building will not be permuted under future laws or regulations, the Rent will then be equitably
and periodically adjusted to include an additional payment to Landlord reflecting the cost to
Landlord for furnishing electricity to Tenant in the Premises.
Any amounts which Tenant is required to pay to Landlord pursuant to this Section 7.01 shall
be payable upon demand by Landlord and shall constitute additional rent.
7.02
Interruption of Services.
Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to
furnish, stoppage of, or interruption in furnishing any of the services or utilities described in
Section 7.01, when such failure is caused by accident, breakage, repairs, strikes, lockouts, labor
disputes, labor disturbances, governmental regulation, civil
disturbances, acts of war, moratorium
or oilier governmental action, or any other cause beyond Landlords reasonable control, and, in
such event, Tenant shall not be entitled to any damages nor shall any failure or interruption abate
or suspend Tenants obligation to pay Base Rent and additional rent required under this Lease or
constitute or be construed as a constructive or other eviction of Tenant. Further, in the event any
governmental authority or public utility promulgates or revises any law, ordinance, rule or
regulation, or issues mandatory controls or voluntary controls relating to the use or conservation
of energy, water, gas, light or electricity, the reduction of automobile or other emissions, or the
provision of any other utility or service, Landlord may take any reasonably appropriate action to
comply with such law, ordinance, rule, regulation, mandatory control or voluntary guideline and
Tenants obligations hereunder shall not be affected by any such action of Landlord. The parties
acknowledge that safety and security devices, services and programs provided by Landlord, if any,
while intended to deter crime and ensure safety, may not in given instances prevent theft or other
criminal acts, or ensure safety of persons or property. The risk that any safety or security
device, service or program may not be effective, or may malfunction, or be circumvented by a
criminal, is assumed by Tenant with respect to Tenants property and interests, and Tenant
7
shall obtain insurance coverage to the extent Tenant desires protection against such criminal
acts and other losses, as further described in this Lease. Tenant agrees to cooperate in any
reasonable safety or security program developed by Landlord or required by Law.
ARTICLE VIII MAINTENANCE AND REPAIRS
8.01
Landlords Obligations.
Except as provided in Sections 8.02 and 8.03 below,
Landlord shall maintain the Building in reasonable order and repair
throughout the Lease Term;
provided, however, that Landlord shall not be liable for any failure to make any repairs or to
perform any maintenance unless such failure shall persist for an unreasonable time after written
notice of the need for such repairs or maintenance is given to
Landlord by Tenant. Except as
provided in Article XI, there shall be no abatement of Rent, nor shall there be any liability of
Landlord, by reason of any injury or inconvenience to, or interference with, Tenants business or
operations arising from the making of, or failure to make, any maintenance or repairs in or to any
portion of the Building.
8.02
Tenants Obligations.
During the Lease Term, Tenant shall, at its sole cost and
expense, maintain the Premises in good order and repair (including, without limitation, the
carpet, wall-covering, doors, plumbing and other fixtures, equipment, alterations and
improvements, whether installed by Landlord or Tenant). Further, Tenant shall be responsible for,
and upon demand by Landlord shall promptly reimburse Landlord for, any damage to any portion of
the Building or the Premises caused by (a) Tenants
activities in the Building or the Premises; (b)
the performance or existence of any alterations, additions or improvements made by Tenant in or to
the Premises; (c) the installation, use, operation or movement of Tenants property in or about
the Building or the Premises; or (d) any act or omission by Tenant or its officers, partners,
employees, agents, contractors or invitees.
8.03
Landlords Rights.
Landlord and its contractors shall have the right, at all
reasonable times and upon prior oral or telephonic notice to Tenant at the Premises, other than in the case of any
emergency in which case no notice shall be required, to enter upon
the Premises to make any repairs to the Premises
or the Building reasonably required or deemed reasonably necessary by Landlord and to erect such equipment,
including scaffolding, as is reasonably necessary to effect such repairs.
ARTICLE IX ALTERATIONS. ADDITIONS AND IMPROVEMENTS
9.01
Landlords Consent; Conditions.
Tenant shall not make or permit to be made any
alterations, additions, or improvements in or to the Premises (Alterations) without the prior
written consent of Landlord, which consent, with respect to non-structural alterations, shall not
be unreasonably withheld. Landlord may impose as a condition to making any Alterations such
requirements as Landlord in its sole discretion deems necessary or desirable including without
limitation: Tenants submission to Landlord, for Landlords prior written approval, of all plans
and specifications relating to the Alterations; Landlords prior written approval of the time or
times when the Alterations are to be performed; Landlords prior written approval of the
contractors and subcontractors performing work in connection with the Alterations; employment of
union contractors and subcontractors who shall not cause labor
disharmony; Tenants receipt of all
necessary permits and approvals from all governmental authorities having jurisdiction over the
Premises prior to the construction of the Alterations; Tenants delivery to Landlord of such bonds
and insurance as Landlord shall reasonably require; and Tenants payment to Landlord of all costs
and expenses incurred by Landlord because of Tenants Alterations, including but not limited to
costs incurred in reviewing the plans and specifications for, and the progress of, the
Alterations. Tenant is required to provide Landlord written notice of whether the Alterations
include the Handling of any Hazardous Materials and whether these materials are of a customary and
typical nature for industry practices. Upon completion of the Alterations, Tenant shall provide
Landlord with copies of as-built plans. Neither the approval by Landlord of plans and
specifications relating to any Alterations nor Landlords supervision or monitoring of any
Alterations shall constitute any warranty by Landlord to Tenant of the adequacy of the design for
Tenants intended use or the proper performance of the Alterations.
9.02
Performance of Alterations Work.
All work relating to the Alterations shall be
performed in compliance with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord, all applicable
laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and directives of all governmental authorities having
jurisdiction and the requirements of all carriers of insurance on the Premises and the Building,
the Board of Underwriters, Fire Rating Bureau, or similar organization. All work shall be
performed in a diligent, first-class manner and so as not to unreasonably interfere with any other
tenants or occupants of the Building. All costs incurred by Landlord relating to the Alterations
shall be payable to Landlord by Tenant as additional rent upon demand. No asbestos-containing
materials shall be used or incorporated in the Alterations. No lead-containing surfacing material,
solder, or other construction materials or fixtures where the presence of lead might create a
condition of exposure not in compliance with Environmental Laws shall be incorporated in the
Alterations.
9.03
Liens
. Tenant shall pay when due all costs for work performed and materials
supplied to the Premises. Tenant shall keep Landlord, the Premises and the Building free from all
liens, stop notices and violation notices relating to the Alterations or any other work performed
for, materials furnished to or obligations incurred by or for Tenant and Tenant shall protect,
indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord, the Premises and the Building of and from any and
all loss, cost, damage, liability and expense, including attorneys fees, arising out of or
related to any such liens or notices. During the progress of such work, Tenant shall, upon
Landlords request, furnish Landlord with sworn contractors statements and lien waivers covering
all work theretofore performed. Tenant shall satisfy or otherwise discharge all liens, stop
notices or other claims or encumbrances within ten (10) days after Landlord notifies Tenant in
writing that any such lien, stop notice, claim or encumbrance has been filed. If Tenant fails to
pay and remove such lien, claim or encumbrance within such ten (10) days, Landlord, at its
election, may pay and satisfy
8
the same and in such event the amounts owed Landlord by Tenant shall be deemed to be additional
rent due and payable by Tenant at once without notice or demand.
9.04
Lease Termination.
Except as provided in this Section 9.04, upon expiration or
earlier termination of this Lease Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same
condition as existed on the date Tenant first occupied the Premises, (whether pursuant to this
Lease or an earlier lease), subject to reasonable wear and tear. All Alterations shall become a
part of the Premises and shall become the property of Landlord upon the expiration or earlier
termination of this Lease, unless Landlord shall, by written notice given to Tenant, require
Tenant to remove some or all of Tenants Alterations, in which event Tenant shall promptly remove
the designated Alterations and shall promptly repair any resulting damage, all at Tenants sole
expense. All business and trade fixtures, machinery and equipment, furniture, movable partitions
and items of personal property owned by Tenant or installed by Tenant at its expense in the
Premises shall be and remain the property of Tenant; upon the expiration or earlier termination of
this Lease, Tenant shall, at its sole expense, remove all such items and repair any damage to the
Premises or the Building caused by such removal. If Tenant fails to remove any such items or
repair such damage promptly after the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Landlord
may, but need not, do so with no liability to Tenant, and Tenant shall pay Landlord the cost
thereof upon demand. Notwithstanding the foregoing to the contrary, in the event that Landlord
gives its consent, pursuant to the provisions of Section 9.01 of this Lease, to allow Tenant to
make an Alteration in the Premises, Landlord agrees, upon Tenants written request, to notify
Tenant in writing at the time of the giving of such consent whether Landlord will require Tenant,
at Tenants cost, to remove such Alteration at the end of the Lease Term.
ARTICLE X INDEMNIFICATION AND INSURANCE
10.01
Indemnification.
(A) Tenant agrees to protect, indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord and any
Mortgagee, as defined herein, and each of their respective partners, directors, officers,
agents and employees, successors and assigns, from and against:
(i) any and all loss, cost, damage, liability or expense as incurred
(including but not limited to reasonable attorneys fees and legal costs) arising out of or related
to any claim, suit or judgment brought by or in favor of any person or persons for
damage, loss or expense due to, but not limited to, bodily injury, including
death, or property damage sustained by such person or persons which arises out of,
is occasioned by, or is in any way attributable to the use or occupancy of the
Premises or any portion of the Building by Tenant or the acts or omission of
Tenant or its agents, employees, contractors, clients, invitees or subtenants.
Such loss or damage shall include, but not be limited to, any injury or damages
to, or death of, Landlords employees or agents or damage to the Premises or any
portion of the Building.
(ii) any and all environmental damages which arise from: (i) the handling
of any tenants Hazardous Materials, as defined in Section 6.03 or (ii) the breach of any
of the provisions of this Lease. For the purpose of this Lease, environmental
damages shall mean (a) all claims, judgments, damages, penalties, fines, costs,
liabilities, and losses (including without limitation, diminution in the value of
the Premises or any portion of the Building, damages for the loss of or
restriction on use of rentable or usable space or of any amenity of the Premises
or any portion of the Building, and from any adverse impact on Landlords
marketing of space); (b) all reasonable sums paid for settlement of claims,
attorneys fees, consultants fees and experts fees; and (c) all costs incurred
by Landlord in connection with investigation or remediation relating to the
handling of Tenants hazardous materials, whether or not required by environmental
laws, necessary for Landlord to make full economic use of the Premises or any
portion of the Building, or otherwise required under this Lease. To the extent
that Landlord is held strictly liable by a court or other governmental agency of
competent jurisdiction under any environmental laws, Tenants obligation to
Landlord and the other indemnities under the foregoing indemnification shall
likewise be without regard to fault on Tenants part with respect to the violation
of any environmental law which results in liability to the indemnitee. Tenants
obligations and liabilities pursuant to this Section 10.01 shall survive the
expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.
WITHOUT
LIMITATION, THE FOREGOING INDEMNITIES SHALL APPLY TO LANDLORD AND MORTGAGEE WITH RESPECT
TO MATTERS WHICH IN WHOLE OR IN PART ARE CAUSED BY OR ARISE OUT OF, OR ARE CLAIMED TO BE CAUSED
BY OR ARISE OUT OF, THE NEGLIGENCE (WHETHER SOLE, COMPARATIVE OR CONTRIBUTORY) OR STRICT
LIABILITY OF LANDLORD. HOWEVER, SUCH INDEMNITIES SHALL NOT APPLY TO LANDLORD TO THE EXTENT THAT
THE SUBJECT OF THE INDEMNIFICATION IS CAUSED BY OR ARISES OUT OF THE GROSS NEGLIGENCE OR WILLFUL
MISCONDUCT OF LANDLORD, ITS AGENTS AND EMPLOYEES.
(B) Landlord agrees to protect, indemnify, hold harmless and defend Tenant from and against
any and all loss, cost, damage, liability or expense, including reasonable attorneys fees, with
respect to any claim of damage or injury to persons or property at the Premises, caused by the
gross negligence of Landlord or its authorized agents or employees.
(C) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein, nothing shall be interpreted
or used to in any way affect, limit, reduce or abrogate any insurance coverage provided by any
insurers to either Tenant or Landlord.
9
(D) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Lease, nothing herein shall
be construed to infer or imply that Tenant is a partner, joint venturer, agent, employee, or
otherwise acting by or at the direction of Landlord.
10.02
Property Insurance.
(A,) At all times during the Lease Term, Tenant shall procure and maintain, at its sole
expense, all-risk property insurance, for damage or other loss caused by fire or other casualty
or cause including, but not limited to, vandalism and malicious mischief, theft, water damage of
any type, including sprinkler leakage, bursting of pipes, explosion, in an amount not less than
one hundred percent (100%) of the replacement cost covering (a) all Alterations made by or for
Tenant in the Premises; and (b) Tenants trade fixtures, equipment and other personal property
from time to time situated in the Premises. The proceeds of such insurance shall be used for the
repair or replacement of the property so insured, except that if not so applied or if this Lease
is terminated following a casualty, the proceeds applicable to the leasehold improvements shall
be paid to Landlord and the proceeds applicable to Tenants personal property shall be paid to
Tenant.
(B) At all times during the Lease Term, Tenant shall procure and maintain business
interruption insurance in such amount as will reimburse Tenant for direct or indirect loss of
earnings attributable to all perils insured against in Section 10.02(A).
(C) Landlord shall, at all times during the Lease Term, procure and maintain all-risk
property insurance in the amount nor less than ninety percent (90%) of the insurable replacement
cost covering the Building in which the Premises are located and such other insurance as may be
required by a Mortgagee or otherwise desired by Landlord.
10.03
Liability Insurance.
(A) At all times during the Lease Term, Tenant shall procure and maintain, at its sole
expense, commercial general liability insurance applying to the use and occupancy of the Premises
and the business operated by Tenant. Such insurance shall have a minimum combined single limit of
liability of at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) per occurrence and a general aggregate
limit of at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000). All such policies shall be written to apply
to all bodily injury, property damage, personal injury losses and shall be endorsed to include
Landlord and its agents, beneficiaries, partners, employees, and any deed of trust holder or
mortgagee of Landlord or any ground lessor as additional insureds. Such liability insurance shall
be written as primary policies, not excess or contributing with or secondary to any other
insurance as may be available to the additional insureds.
(B) Prior to the sale, storage, use or giving away of alcoholic beverages on or from the
Premises by Tenant or another person, Tenant, at its own expense, shall obtain a policy or
policies of insurance issued by a responsible insurance company and in a form acceptable to
Landlord saving harmless and protecting Landlord and the Premises against any and all damages,
claims, liens, judgments, expenses and costs, including actual attorneys fees, arising under any
present or future law, statute, or ordinance of the State of Texas or other governmental
authority having jurisdiction of the Premises, by reason of any storage, sale, use or giving away
of alcoholic beverages on or from the Premises. Such policy or policies of insurance shall have a
minimum combined single limit of One Million ($1,000,000) per occurrence and shall apply to
bodily injury, fatal or nonfatal; injury to means of support; and injury to property of any
person. Such policy or policies of insurance shall name Landlord and its agents, beneficiaries,
partners, employees and any mortgagee of Landlord or any ground lessor of Landlord as additional
insureds.
(C) Landlord
shall, at all times during the Lease Term, procure and maintain commercial
general liability insurance for the Building in which the Premises are located. Such insurance
shall have minimum combined single limit of liability of at least Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000)
per occurrence, and a general aggregate limit of at least Two Million
Dollars ($2,000,000).
10.04
Workers Compensation Insurance
. At all times during the Lease Term, Tenant
shall procure and maintain Workers Compensation Insurance in accordance with the laws of the
State of Texas, and Employers Liability insurance with a limit not less than One Million Dollars
($1,000,000) Bodily Injury Each Accident; One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) Bodily Injury By
Disease Each Person; and One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) Bodily Injury to Disease Policy
Limit.
10.05
Policy Requirements.
All insurance required to be maintained by Tenant shall be
issued by insurance companies authorized to do insurance business in the State of Texas and rated
not less than A-VIII in Bests Insurance Guide. A certificate of insurance (or, at Landlords
option, copies of the applicable policies) evidencing the insurance required under this Article X
shall be delivered to Landlord not less than thirty (30) days prior to the Commencement Date. No
such policy shall be subject to cancellation or modification without thirty (30) days prior
written notice to Landlord and to any deed of trust holder, mortgagee or ground lessor designated
by Landlord to Tenant. Tenant shall furnish Landlord with a replacement certificate with respect
to any insurance not less than thirty (30) days prior to the expiration of the current policy.
Tenant shall have the right to provide the insurance required by this Article X pursuant to
blanket policies, but only if such blanket policies expressly provide coverage to the Premises and
Landlord as required by this Lease.
10.06
Waiver of Subrogation.
Each party hereby waives any right of recovery against
the other for injury or loss due to hazards covered by insurance or required to be covered, to the
extent of the injury or loss
10
covered thereby. Any policy of insurance to be provided by Tenant or Landlord pursuant to
this Article X shall contain a clause denying the applicable insurer any right of subrogation
against the other party.
10.07
Failure to Insure
.
If Tenant fails to maintain any
insurance which Tenant is
required to maintain pursuant to this Article X, Tenant shall be liable to Landlord for any loss
or cost resulting from such failure to maintain. Tenant may not self-insure against any risks
required to be covered by insurance without Landlords prior written, consent.
ARTICLE XI DAMAGE OR DESTRUCTION
11.01
Total Destruction.
Except as provided in Section 11.03 below, this Lease shall
automatically terminate if the Building is totally destroyed.
11.02
Partial Destruction of Premises.
If the Premises are damaged by any casualty and,
in Landlords opinion, the Premises (exclusive of any Alterations made to the Premises by Tenant)
can be restored to its pre-existing condition within two hundred seventy (270) days after the date
of the damage or destruction, Landlord shall, upon written notice from Tenant to Landlord of such
damage, except as provided in Section 11.03, promptly and with due diligence repair any damage to
the Premises (exclusive of any Alterations to the Premises made by Tenant, which shall be promptly
repaired by Tenant at its sole expense) and, until such repairs are completed, the Rent shall be
abated from the date of damage or destruction in the same proportion that the rentable area of the
portion of the Premises which is unusable by Tenant in the conduct of its business bears to the
total rentable area of the Premises. If such repairs cannot, in Landlords opinion, be made within
said two hundred seventy (270) day period, then Landlord may, at its option, exercisable by written
notice given to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the date of the damage or destruction, elect
to make the repairs within a reasonable time after the damage or destruction, in which event this
Lease shall remain in full force and effect but the Rent shall be abated as provided in the
preceding sentence, if Landlord does not so elect to make the repairs, then either Landlord or
Tenant shall have the right, by written notice given to the other within sixty (60) days after the
date of the damage or destruction, to terminate this Lease as of the date of the damage or
destruction.
11.03
Exceptions to Landlords Obligations.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Article XI, Landlord shall have no obligation to repair the Premises if either:
(a) the Building in which the Premises are located is so damaged as to require repairs to the
Building exceeding twenty percent (20%) of the full insurable value
of the Building; or (b)
Landlord elects to demolish the Building in which the Premises are located; or (c) the damage or
destruction occurs less than two (2) years prior to the Termination Date, exclusive of option
periods. Further, Tenants Rent shall not be abated if either (i) the damage or destruction is
repaired within five (5) business days after Landlord receives written notice from Tenant of the
casualty, or (ii) Tenant, or any officers, partners, employees, agents or invitees of Tenant, or
any assignee or subtenant of Tenant, is, in whole or in part, responsible for the damage or
destruction.
11.04
Waiver.
To the extent permitted by applicable law, the provisions contained in
this Lease shall supersede any contrary laws (whether statutory, common law or otherwise) now or
hereafter in effect relating to damage, destruction, self-help or termination.
ARTICLE XII CONDEMNATION
12.01
Taking.
If the entire Premises or so much of the Premises as to render the
balance unusable by Tenant shall be taken by condemnation, sale in lieu of condemnation or in any
other manner for any public or quasi-public purpose (collectively Condemnation), and if
Landlord, at its option, is unable or unwilling to provide substitute premises containing at
least as much rentable area as described in Section 1.02 above, then this Lease shall terminate
on the date that title or possession to the Premises is taken by the condemning authority,
whichever is earlier.
12.02
Award.
In the event of any Condemnation, the entire award for such taking
shall belong to Landlord. Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or the award for the value
of any unexpired term of this Lease or otherwise. Tenant shall be entitled to independently
pursue a separate award in a separate proceeding for Tenants relocation costs directly
associated with the taking, provided such separate award does not diminish Landlords award.
12.03
Temporary Taking.
No temporary taking of the Premises shall terminate this
Lease or entitle Tenant to any abatement of the Rent payable to Landlord under this Lease;
provided, further, that any award for such temporary taking shall belong to Tenant to the extent
that the award applies to any time period during the Lease Term and to Landlord to the extent that
the award applies to any time period outside the Lease Term.
ARTICLE
XIII RELOCATION
13.01
Relocation.
Landlord shall have the right, at its option upon not less than
thirty (30) days prior written notice to Tenant, to relocate Tenant and to substitute for the
Premises described above other space in the Building containing at least as much rentable area as
the Premises described in Section 1.02 above. If Tenant is already in occupancy of the Premises,
then Landlord shall approve in advance the relocation expenses for purposes
11
of reimbursement for Tenants reasonable moving and telephone relocation expenses and for
reasonable quantities of new stationery upon submission to Landlord of receipts for such
expenditures incurred by Tenant.
ARTICLE XIV ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING
14.01
Restriction.
Without the prior written consent of Landlord, Tenant shall not,
either voluntarily or by operation of law, assign, encumber, or otherwise transfer this Lease or
any interest herein, or sublet the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the Premises to be
occupied by anyone other than Tenant or Tenants employees (any such assignment, encumbrance,
subletting, occupation or transfer is hereinafter referred to as a Transfer). For purposes of
this Lease, the term Transfer shall also include (a) if Tenant is a partnership, the withdrawal
or change, voluntary, involuntary or by operation of law, of a majority of the partners, or a
transfer of a majority of partnership interests, within a twelve month period, or the dissolution
of the partnership, (b) if Tenant is a closely held corporation (i.e. whose stock is not publicly
held and not traded through an exchange or over the counter) or a limited liability company, the
dissolution, merger, consolidation, division, liquidation or other reorganization of Tenant, or
within a twelve month period: (i) the sale or other transfer of more than an aggregate of 50% of
the voting securities of Tenant (other than to immediate family members by reason of gift or
death) or (ii) the sale, mortgage, hypothecation or pledge of more than an aggregate of 50% of
Tenants net assets, and (c) any change by Tenant in the form of its legal organization under
applicable state law (such as, for example, a change from a general partnership to a limited
partnership or from a corporation to a limited liability company). An assignment, subletting or
other action in violation of the foregoing shall be void and, at Landlords option, shall
constitute a material breach of this Lease. Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article XIV
to the contrary, Tenant shall have the right to assign the Lease or sublease the Premises, or any
part thereof, to an Affiliate without the prior written consent of Landlord, but upon at least
twenty (20) days prior written notice to Landlord, provided that said Affiliate is not in default
under any other lease for space in a property that is managed by Kennedy-Wilson Properties Ltd. or
any of its affiliates. For purposes of this provision, the term Affiliate shall mean any
corporation or other entity controlling, controlled by, or under common control with (directly or
indirectly) Tenant, including, without limitation, any parent corporation controlling Tenant or
any subsidiary that Tenant controls. The term control, as used herein, shall mean the power to
direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of the controlled entity through the
ownership of more than fifty percent (50%) of the voting securities in such controlled entity.
Notwithstanding anything contained in this Article XIV to the contrary, Tenant expressly covenants and agrees
not to enter into any lease, sublease, license, concession or other agreement for use, occupancy or utilization
of the Premises which provides for rental or other payment for such use, occupancy or utilization based in whole or in part on the net income or profits derived by any person from the property leased, used, occupied or utilized (other than an amount based on a fixed percentage or
percentages of receipts or sales), and that any such purported lease, sublease, license, concession or other agreement shall be absolutely void and ineffective as a conveyance of any right or interest in the possession, use, occupancy or utilization of any part of the Premises.
14.02
Notice to Landlord.
If Tenant desires to assign this Lease or any interest
herein, or to sublet all or any part of the Premises, then at least thirty (30) days but not more
than one hundred eighty (180) days prior to the effective date of the proposed assignment or
subletting, Tenant shall submit to Landlord in connection with Tenants request for Landlords
consent:
(A) A statement containing (i) the name and address of the proposed assignee or subtenant;
(ii) such financial information with respect to the proposed assignee or subtenant as Landlord
shall reasonably require; (iii) the type of use proposed for the
Premises; and (iv) all of the
principal terms of the proposed assignment or subletting; and
(B) Four (4) originals of the assignment or sublease on a form approved by Landlord and four
(4) originals of the Landlords Consent to Sublease or Assignment and Assumption of Lease and
Consent.
14.03
Landlords Recapture Rights.
At any time within twenty (20) business days
after Landlords receipt of all (but not less than all) of the information and documents described
in Section 14.02 above, Landlord may, at its option by written notice to Tenant, elect to: (a)
sublease the Premises or the portion thereof proposed to be sublet by Tenant upon the same terms
as those offered to the proposed subtenant; (b) take an assignment of the Lease upon the same
terms as those offered to the proposed assignee; or (c) terminate the Lease in its entirety or as
to the portion of the Premises proposed to be assigned or sublet, with a proportionate adjustment
in the Rent payable hereunder if the Lease is terminated as to less than all of the Premises. If
Landlord does not exercise any of the options described in the preceding sentence, then, during
the above-described twenty (20) business day period, Landlord shall either consent or deny its
consent to the proposed assignment or subletting.
14.04
Landlords Consent; Standards.
Landlords consent to a proposed assignment or
subletting shall not be unreasonably withheld; but, in addition to any other grounds for denial,
Landlords consent shall be deemed reasonably withheld if, in Landlords good faith judgment: (i)
the proposed assignee or subtenant does not have the financial strength to perform its
obligations under this Lease or any proposed sublease; (ii) the business and operations of the
proposed assignee or subtenant are not of comparable quality to the business and operations being
conducted by other tenants in the Building; (iii) the proposed assignee or subtenant intends to
use any part of the Premises for a purpose not permitted under this Lease; (iv) either the
proposed assignee or subtenant, or any person which directly or indirectly controls, is controlled
by, or is under common control with the proposed assignee or subtenant occupies space in the
Building, or is negotiating with Landlord to lease space in the Building; (v) the proposed
assignee or subtenant is disreputable; or (vi) the use of the Premises or the Building by the
proposed assignee or subtenant would, in Landlords reasonable judgment, impact the Building in a
negative manner including but not limited to significantly increasing the pedestrian traffic in
and out of the Building or requiring any alterations to the Building to comply with applicable
laws; (vii) the subject space is not regular in shape with appropriate means
12
of ingress and egress suitable for normal renting purposes; (viii) the transferee is a government
(or agency or instrumentality thereof) or (ix) Tenant has failed to cure a default at the time
Tenant requests consent tot the proposed Transfer.
14.05
Additional Rent.
If Landlord consents to any such assignment or subletting,
two-thirds (2/3) of the amount by which all sums or other economic consideration received by Tenant
in connection with such assignment or subletting, whether denominated as rental or otherwise,
exceeds, in the aggregate, the total sum which Tenant is obligated to pay Landlord under this Lease
(prorated to reflect obligations allocable to less than all of the Premises under a sublease) shall
be paid to Landlord promptly after receipt as additional Rent under the Lease without affecting or
reducing any other obligation of Tenant hereunder.
14.06
Landlords Costs.
If Tenant shall Transfer this Lease or all or any part of the
Premises or shall request the consent of Landlord to any Transfer, Tenant shall pay to Landlord as
additional rent Landlords costs related thereto, including Landlords reasonable attorneys fees
and a minimum fee to Landlord of Five Hundred Dollars ($500.00).
14.07
Continuing Liability of Tenant.
Notwithstanding any Transfer, including an
assignment or sublease to an Affiliate, Tenant shall remain as fully and primarily liable for the
payment of Rent and for the performance of all other obligations of Tenant contained in this Lease
to the same extent as if the Transfer had not occurred; provided, however, that any act or omission
of any transferee, other than Landlord, that violates the terms of this Lease shall be deemed a
violation of this Lease by Tenant.
14.08
Non-Waiver.
The consent by Landlord to any Transfer shall not relieve Tenant,
or any person claiming through or by Tenant, of the obligation to obtain the consent of Landlord,
pursuant to this Article XIV, to any further Transfer, In the event of an assignment or
subletting, Landlord may collect rent from the assignee or the subtenant without waiving any rights
hereunder and collection of the rent from a person other than Tenant shall not be deemed a waiver
of any of Landlords rights under this Article XIV, an acceptance of assignee or subtenant as
Tenant, or a release of Tenant from the performance of Tenants obligations under this Lease, If
Tenant shall default under this Lease and fail to cure within the time permitted, Landlord is
irrevocably authorized, as Tenants agent and attorney-in-fact, to direct any transferee to make
all payments under or in connection with the Transfer directly to Landlord (which Landlord shall
apply towards Tenants obligations under this Lease) until such default is cured.
ARTICLE XV DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
15.01
Events of Default By Tenant.
The occurrence of any of the following shall
constitute a material default and breach of this Lease by Tenant:
(A) The failure by Tenant to pay Base Rent or make any other payment required to be made by
Tenant hereunder as and when due.
(B) The abandonment of the Premises by Tenant or the vacation of the Premises by Tenant for
fourteen (14) consecutive days (with or without the payment of Rent).
(C) The making by Tenant of any assignment of this Lease or any sublease of all or part of
the Premises, except as expressly permitted under Article XIV of this Lease.
(D) The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any other provision of this Lease to be
observed or performed by Tenant, other than those described in
Sections 15.01(A), 15.01(B) or 15.01(C) above, if such failure continues for ten (10) days after written notice thereof by Landlord to
Tenant; provided, however, that if the nature of the default is such that it cannot be cured
within the ten (10) day period, no default shall exist if Tenant commences the curing of the
default within the ten (10) day period and thereafter diligently prosecutes the same to
completion.
(E) The making by Tenant or its Guarantor of any general assignment for the benefit of
creditors, the filing by or against Tenant or its Guarantor of a petition under any federal or
slate bankruptcy or insolvency laws (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant or its
Guarantor the same is dismissed within thirty (30) days after filing); the appointment of a
trustee or receiver to take possession of substantially all of Tenants assets at the Premises or
Tenants interest in this Lease or the Premises, when possession is not restored to Tenant within
thirty (30) days; or the attachment, execution or other seizure of substantially all of Tenants
assets located at the Premises or Tenants interest in this Lease or the Premises, if such seizure
is not discharged within thirty (30) days.
(F) Any material misrepresentation herein, or material misrepresentation or omission in any
financial statements or other materials provided by Tenant or any Guarantor in connection with
negotiating or entering into this Lease or in connection with any Transfer under Section 14.01.
15.02
Landlords Right to Terminate Upon Tenant Default.
In the event of any default
by Tenant as provided in Section 15.01 above, Landlord shall have the right to terminate this
Lease and recover possession of the Premises by giving written notice to Tenant of Landlords
election to terminate this Lease, in which event Landlord shall be entitled to receive from
Tenant:
(A) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of
such termination; plus
13
(B) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have
been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss Tenant
proves could have been reasonably avoided; plus
(C) The worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of
the term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be
reasonably avoided; plus
(D) Any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused
by Tenants failure to perform its obligations under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of
things would be likely to result therefrom; and
(E) At Landlords election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as
may be permitted from time to time by applicable law.
As used in subparagraphs (A) and (B) above, worth at the time of award shall be computed
by allowing interest on such amounts at the then highest lawful rate of interest, but in no event
to exceed one percent (1%) per annum plus the rate established by the Federal Reserve Bank of San
Francisco on advances made to member banks under Sections of the Federal Reserve Act (discount
rate) prevailing at the time of the award. As used in paragraph (C) above, worth at the time of
award shall be computed by discounting such amount by (i) the discount rate of the Federal
Reserve Bank of San Francisco prevailing at the time of award plus (ii) one percent (1%).
15.03
Mitigation of Damages
.
If Landlord terminates this Lease or Tenants right to
possession of the premises, Landlord shall have no obligation to mitigate Landlords damages except
to the extent required by applicable laws. If Landlord is required to mitigate damages as provided
herein: (i) Landlord shall be required only to use reasonable efforts to mitigate, which shall not
exceed such efforts as Landlord generally uses to lease other space in the Building; (ii) Landlord
will not be deemed to have failed to mitigate if Landlord or its affiliates lease any other
portions of the Building or other projects owned by Landlord or its affiliates in the same
geographic area, before reletting all or any portion of the Premises,
and (ii) any failure to
mitigate as described herein with respect to any period of time shall only reduce the Rent and
other amounts to which Landlord is entitled hereunder by the reasonable rental value of the
Premises during such period. In recognition that the value of the Building depends on the rental
rates and terms of leases therein. Landlords rejection of a prospective replacement tenant based
on an offer of rentals below Landlords published rates for new leases of comparable space at the
Building at the time in question, or at Landlords option, below the rates provided in this Lease,
or containing terms less favorable than those contained herein, shall not give rise to a claim by
Tenant that Landlord failed to mitigate Landlords damages.
15.04
Landlords Right To Continue Lease Upon Tenant Default.
In the event of a
default of this Lease and abandonment of the Premises by Tenant, if Landlord does not elect to
terminate this Lease as provided in Section 15.02 above, Landlord may from time to time, without
terminating this Lease, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Lease. In the event
Landlord re-lets the Premises, to the fullest extend permitted by law, the proceeds of any
reletting shall be applied first to pay to Landlord all costs and expenses of such reletting
(including without limitation, costs and expenses of retaking or repossessing the Premises,
removing persons and property therefrom, securing new tenants, including expenses for
redecoration, alterations and other costs in connection with preparing the Premises for the new
tenant, and if Landlord shall maintain and operate the performance by a receiver to protect the
Premises and Landlords interest under this Lease and any necessary or reasonable alterations;
second, to the payment of any indebtedness of Tenant to Landlord other than Rent due and unpaid
hereunder; third, in the payment of Rent due and unpaid hereunder; and the residue, if any, shall
be held by Landlord and applied in payment of other or future obligations of Tenant to Landlord as
the same may become due and payable, and Tenant shall not be entitled to receive any portion of
such revenue.
15.05
Right of Landlord to Perform.
All covenants and agreements to be performed by
Tenant under this Lease shall be performed by Tenant at Tenants sole cost and expense. If
Tenant shall fail to pay any sum of money, other than Rent, required to be paid by it hereunder or
shall fail to perform any other act on its part to be performed hereunder, Landlord may, but shall
not be obligated to, make any payment or perform any such other act on Tenants part to be made or
performed, without waiving or releasing Tenant of its obligations
under this Lease. Any sums so
paid by Landlord and all necessary incidental costs, together with interest thereon at the lesser
of the maximum rate permitted by law if any or twelve percent (12%) per annum from the date of
such payment, shall be payable to Landlord as additional rent on demand and Landlord shall have
the same rights and remedies in the event of nonpayment as in the case of default by Tenant in the
payment of Rent.
15.06
Default Under Other Leases.
If the term of any lease, other than this
Lease, heretofore or hereafter made by Tenant for any office space in the Building shall be
terminated or terminable after the making of this Lease because of any default by Tenant under
such other lease, such fact shall empower Landlord, at Landlords sole option, to terminate this
Lease by notice to Tenant or to exercise any of the rights or remedies set forth in Section 15.02.
15.07
Non-Waiver.
Nothing in this Article shall be deemed to
affect Landlords rights to indemnification for liability or liabilities arising prior to
termination of this Lease or Tenants right to possession of the Premises for personal injury or
property damages under the indemnification clause or clauses contained in this Lease. No
acceptance by Landlord of a lesser sum than the Rent then due shall be deemed to be other than on
account of the earliest installment of such rent due, nor shall any endorsement or statement on
any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as rent be deemed an accord and
satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlords right
to recover the balance of such installment or pursue any
14
other remedy in the Lease provided. The delivery of keys to any employee of Landlord or to
Landlords agent or any employee thereof shall not operate as a termination of this Lease or a
surrender of the Premises.
15.08
Cumulative Remedies.
The specific remedies to which Landlord may resort
under the terms of the Lease are cumulative and are not intended to be exclusive of any other
remedies or means of redress to winch it may be lawfully entitled in case of any breach or
threatened breach by Tenant of any provisions of the Lease. In addition to the other remedies
provided in the Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to a restraint by injunction of the violation
or attempted or threatened violation of any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of the
Lease or to a decree compelling specific performance of any such covenants, conditions or
provisions.
15.09
Default by Landlord.
Landlords failure to perform or observe any of its
obligations under this Lease shall constitute a default by Landlord under this Lease only if such
failure shall continue for a period of thirty (30) days (or the additional time, if any, that is
reasonably necessary to promptly and diligently cure the failure) after Landlord receives written
notice from Tenant specifying the default. The notice shall give in reasonable detail the nature
and extent of the failure and shall identify the Lease provision(s) containing the obligation(s).
If Landlord shall default in the performance of any of its obligations under this Lease (alter
notice and opportunity to cure as provided herein), Tenant may pursue any remedies available to it
under the law and this Lease, except that, in no event, shall Landlord be liable for punitive
damages, lost profits, business interruption, speculative,
consequential or other such damages. In
recognition that Landlord must receive timely payments of Rent and operate the Building, Tenant
shall have no right of self-help to perform repairs or any other obligation of Landlord, and shall
have no right to withhold, set-off, or abate Rent.
ARTICLE XVI ATTORNEYS FEES: COSTS OF SUIT
16.01
Attorneys Fees.
If either Landlord or Tenant shall commence any action or other
proceeding against the other arising out of, or relating to, this Lease or the Premises, the
prevailing party shall be entitled to recover from the losing party, in addition to any other
relief, its actual attorneys fees irrespective of whether or not the action or other proceeding is
prosecuted to judgment and irrespective of any court schedule of reasonable attorneys fees. In
addition, Tenant shall reimburse Landlord, upon demand, for all reasonable attorneys fees incurred
in collecting Rent, resolving any actual default by Tenant, securing indemnification as provided in
Article X and paragraphs, 16.02, 23.01 and 25.01 herein or otherwise seeking enforcement against
Tenant, its sublessees and assigns, of Tenants obligations under this Lease.
16.02
Indemnification.
Should
Landlord be made a party to any litigation instituted by
Tenant against a party other than Landlord, or by a third party against Tenant, Tenant shall
indemnify, hold harmless and defend Landlord from any and all loss, cost, liability, damage or
expense incurred by Landlord, including attorneys fees, in connection with the litigation.
ARTICLE XVII SUBORDINATION AND ATTORNMENT
17.01
Subordination.
This Lease, and
the rights of Tenant hereunder, are and shall
be subject and subordinate to the interest of (i) all present and future ground leases and master
leases of all or any part of the Building; (ii) present and future mortgages and deeds of trust
encumbering all or any part of the Building; (iii) all past and future advances made under any such
mortgages or deeds of trust; and (iv) all renewals, modifications, replacements and extensions of
any such ground leases, master leases, mortgages and deeds of trust; provided, however, that any
lessor under any such ground lease or master lease or any mortgagee or beneficiary under any such
mortgage or deed of trust ( any such lessor, mortgagee or beneficiary is hereinafter referred to
as a Mortgagee) shall have the right to elect, by written
notice given to Tenant, to have this
Lease made superior in whole or in part to any such ground lease, master lease, mortgage or deed
of trust (or subject and subordinate to such ground lease, master lease, mortgage or deed of trust
but superior to any junior mortgage or junior deed of trust). Upon demand, Tenant shall execute,
acknowledge and deliver any instruments reasonably requested by Landlord or any such Mortgagee to
effect the purposes of this Section 17.01. Such instruments may contain, among other things,
provisions to the effect that such Mortgagee (hereafter, for the purposes of this Section 17.01,
a Successor Landlord) shall (i) not be liable for any act or omission of Landlord or its
predecessors, if any, prior to the date of such Successor Landlords succession to Landlords
interest under this Lease; (ii) not be subject to any offsets or defenses which Tenant might have
been able to assert against Landlord or its predecessors, if any, prior to the date of such
Successor Landlords succession to Landlords interest under this Lease; (iii) not be liable for
the return of any security deposit under the Lease unless the same shall have actually been
deposited with such Successor Landlord; (iv) be entitled to receive notice of any Landlord default
under this Lease plus a reasonable opportunity to cure such default prior to Tenant having any
right or ability to terminate this Lease as a result of such Landlord default; (v) not be bound by
any rent or additional rent which Tenant might have paid for more than the current month to
Landlord; (vi) not be bound by any amendment or modification of the Lease or any cancellation or
surrender of the same made without Successor Landlords prior written consent; (vii) not be bound
by any obligation to make any payment to Tenant which was required to be made prior to the time
such Successor Landlord succeeded to Landlords interest and (viii) not be bound by any obligation
under the Lease to perform any work or to make any improvements to the demised Premises. Any
obligations of any Successor Landlord under its respective lease shall be non-recourse as to any
assets of such Successor Landlord other than its interest in the
Premises and improvements.
17.02
Attornment.
If the interests of Landlord under the Lease shall be transferred
to any superior Mortgagee or other purchaser or person taking title to the Building by reason of
the termination of any superior lease or the foreclosure of any superior mortgage or deed of
trust, Tenant shall be bound to such Successor Landlord under all of the terms, covenants and
conditions of the Lease for the balance of the term thereof remaining and any extensions or
renewals thereof which may be effected in accordance with any option therefor in the Lease, with
the
15
same force and effect as if Successor Landlord were the landlord under the Lease, and Tenant
shall attorn to and recognize as Tenants landlord under this Lease such Successor Landlord, as
its landlord, said adornment to be effective and self-operative without the execution of any
further instruments upon Successor Landlords succeeding to the interest of Landlord under the
Lease. Tenant shall, upon demand, execute any documents reasonably requested by any such person
to evidence the attornment described in this Section 17.02. Concurrently, upon written request
from Tenant, and provided Tenant is not in default under this Lease, Landlord agrees to use
diligent, commercially reasonable efforts to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from the
Successor Landlord. Such Non-Disturbance Agreement may be embodied in the Mortgagees customary
form of Subordination and Non-Disturbance Agreement. If, after exerting diligent, commercially
reasonable efforts, Landlord is unable to obtain a Non-Disturbance Agreement from any such
Mortgagee, Landlord shall have no further obligation to Tenant with respect thereto.
17.03
Mortgagee Protection.
Tenant agrees to give any Mortgagee, by registered or
certified mail, a copy of any notice of default served upon Landlord by Tenant, provided that
prior to such notice Tenant has been notified in writing (by way of service on Tenant of a copy of
Assignment of Rents and Leases, or otherwise) of the address of such Mortgagee (hereafter the
Notified Party). Tenant further agrees that if Landlord shall have failed to cure such default
within twenty (20) days after such notice to Landlord (or if such default cannot be cured or
corrected within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary if Landlord has
commenced within such twenty (20) days and is diligently pursuing the remedies or steps necessary
to cure or correct such default), then the Notified Party shall have an additional thirty (30)
days within which to cure or correct such default (or if such default cannot be cured or corrected
within that time, then such additional time as may be necessary if the Notified Party has
commenced within such thirty (30) days and is diligently pursuing the remedies or steps necessary
to cure or correct such default). Until the time allowed, as aforesaid, for the Notified Party to
cure such default has expired without cure, Tenant shall have no
right to, and shall not,
terminate this Lease on account of Landlords default.
ARTICLE XVIII QUIET ENJOYMENT
18.01 Provided that Tenant performs all of its obligations hereunder, Tenant shall have and
peaceably enjoy the Premises during the Lease Term free of claims by or through Landlord, subject
to all of the terms and conditions contained in this Lease.
ARTICLE XIX RULES AND REGULATIONS
19.01 The Rules and Regulations attached hereto as Exhibit C are hereby incorporated by
reference herein and made a part hereof. Tenant shall abide by, and faithfully observe and comply
with the Rules and Regulations and any reasonable and non-discriminatory amendments,
modifications and/or additions thereto as may hereafter be adopted and published by written
notice to tenants by Landlord for the safety, care, security, good order and/or cleanliness of
the Premises and/or the Building. Landlord shall not be liable to Tenant for any violation of
such rules and regulations by any other tenant or occupant of the
Building.
ARTICLE XX ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATES
20.01 Tenant agrees at any time and from time to time upon not less than ten (10)
days prior written notice from Landlord to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord a
statement in writing addressed and certifying to Landlord, to any current or prospective
Mortgagee or any assignee thereof, to any prospective purchaser of the land, improvements or both
comprising the Building, and to any other party designated by Landlord, that this Lease is
unmodified and in full force and effect (of if there have been modifications, that the same is in
full force and effect as modified and stating the modifications); that Tenant has accepted
possession of the Premises, which are acceptable in all respects, and that any improvements
required by the terms of this Lease to be made by Landlord have been completed to the
satisfaction of Tenant; that Tenant is in full occupancy of the Premises; that no rent has been
paid more than thirty (30) days in advance; that the first months Base Rent has been paid; that
Tenant is entitled to no free rent or other concessions except as stated in this Lease; that
Tenant has not been notified of any previous assignment of Landlords or any predecessor
landlords interest under this Lease; the dates to which Base Rent, additional rental and other
charges have been paid; that Tenant, as of the date of such certificate, has no charge, lien or
claim of setoff under this Lease or otherwise against Base Rent, additional rental or other
charges due or to become due under this Lease; that Landlord is not in default in performance of
any covenant, agreement or condition contained in this Lease; or any other matter relating to
this Lease or the Premises or, if so, specifying each such default. If there is a Guaranty under
this Lease, said Guarantor shall confirm the validity of the Guaranty by joining in the execution
of the Estoppel Certificate or other documents so requested by Landlord or Mortgagee. In
addition, in the event that such certificate is being given to any Mortgagee, such statement may
contain any other provisions customarily required by such Mortgagee including, without
limitation, an agreement on the part of Tenant to furnish to such Mortgagee, written notice of
any Landlord default and a reasonable opportunity for such Mortgagee to cure such default prior
to Tenant being able to terminate this Lease. Any such statement delivered pursuant to this
Section may be relied upon by Landlord or any Mortgagee, or prospective purchaser to whom it is
addressed and such statement, if required by its addressee, may so specifically state. If Tenant
does not execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord the statement as and when required herein,
Landlord is hereby granted an irrevocable power-of-attorney, coupled with an interest, to execute
such statement on Tenants behalf, which statement shall be binding on Tenant to the same extent
as if executed by Tenant.
ARTICLE XXI ENTRY BY LANDLORD
21.01 Landlord may enter the Premises at all reasonable times to: inspect the same; exhibit
the same to prospective purchasers, Mortgagees or tenants; determine whether Tenant is complying
with all of its obligations
16
under this Lease; supply janitorial and other services to be provided by Landlord to Tenant
under this Lease; post notices of non-responsibility; and make repairs or improvements in or to
the Building or the Premises; provided, however, that all such work shall be done as promptly as
reasonably possible and so as to cause as little interference to
Tenant as reasonably possible.
Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages for any injury or inconvenience to, or interference
with, Tenants business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises or any other
loss occasioned by such entry. Landlord shall at all times have and retain a key with which to
unlock all of the doors in, on or about the Premises (excluding Tenants vaults, safes and
similar areas designated by Tenant in writing in advance), and Landlord shall have the right to
use any and all means by which Landlord may deem proper to open such doors to obtain entry to the
Premises, and any entry to the Premises obtained by Landlord by any such means, or otherwise,
shall not under any circumstances be deemed or construed to be a forcible or unlawful entry into
or a detainer of the Premises or an eviction, actual or constructive, of Tenant from any part of
the Premises. Such entry by Landlord shall not act as a termination of Tenants duties under this
Lease. If Landlord shall be required to obtain entry by means other than a key provided by
Tenant, the cost of such entry shall by payable by Tenant to Landlord as additional rent.
ARTICLE XXII
LANDLORDS LEASE UNDERTAKINGS-EXCULPATION FROM PERSONAL LIABILITY;
TRANSFER OF LANDLORDS INTEREST
22.01
Landlords Lease Undertakings.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained in this Lease or in any exhibits, Riders or addenda hereto attached (collectively the
Lease Documents), it is expressly understood and agreed by and between the parties hereto that:
(a) the recourse of Tenant or us successors or assigns against Landlord with respect to the
alleged breach by or on the part of Landlord of any representation, warranty, covenant, undertaking
or agreement contained in any of the Lease Documents or otherwise arising out of Tenants use of
the Premises or the Building (collectively, Landlords Lease Undertakings) shall extend only to
Landlords interest in the real estate of which the Premises demised under the Lease Documents are
a part (Landlords Real Estate) and not to any other assets of Landlord or its constituent
partners; and (b) except to the extent of Landlords interest in Landlords Real Estate, no
personal liability or personal responsibility of any sort with respect to any of Landlords Lease
Undertakings or any alleged breach thereof is assumed by, or shall at any time be asserted or
enforceable against, Landlord, its constituent partners, or Kennedy-Wilson Properties Ltd., or
against any of their respective directors, officers, employees, agents, constituent partners,
beneficiaries, trustees or representatives.
22.02
Transfer of Landlords Interest.
In the event of any transfer of Landlords
interest in the Building, Landlord shall be automatically freed and relieved from all applicable
liability with respect to performance of any covenant or obligation on the part of Landlord,
provided any deposits or advance rents held by Landlord are turned over to the grantee and said
grantee expressly assumes, subject to the limitations of this Section 22, all the terms, covenants
and conditions of this Lease to be performed on the part of Landlord, it being intended hereby that
the covenants and obligations contained in this Lease on the part of Landlord shall, subject to all
the provisions of this Section 22, be binding on Landlord, its successors and assigns, only during
their respective periods of ownership.
ARTICLE XXIII HOLDOVER TENANCY
23.01 If Tenant holds possession of the Premises after the expiration or termination of the
Lease Term, by lapse of time or otherwise, Tenant shall become a tenant at sufferance upon all of
the terms contained herein, except as to Lease Term and Rent. During such holdover period, Tenant
shall pay to Landlord a monthly rental equivalent to two hundred percent (200%) of the Rent
Payable by Tenant to Landlord with respect to the last month of the Lease Term. The monthly rent
payable for such holdover period shall in no event be construed as a penalty or as liquidated
damages for such retention of possession. Without limiting the foregoing, Tenant hereby agrees to
indemnify, defend and hold harmless Landlord, its beneficiary, and their respective agents,
contractors and employees, from and against any and all claims, liabilities, actions, losses,
damages (including without limitation, direct, indirect, incidental and consequential) and
expenses (including, without limitation, court costs and reasonable attorneys fees) asserted
against or sustained by any such party and arising from or by reason of such retention of
possession, which obligations shall survive the expiration or termination of the Lease Term.
ARTICLE XXIV NOTICES
24.01 All notices which Landlord or Tenant may be required, or may desire, to serve on the
other may be served, as an alternative to personal service, by mailing the same by registered or
certified mail, postage prepaid, addressed to Landlord at the address for Landlord set forth in
Section 1.12 above and to Tenant at the address for Tenant set forth in Section 1.13 above, or,
from and after the Commencement Date, to Tenant at the Premises whether or not Tenant has
departed from, abandoned or vacated the Premises, or addressed to such other address or addresses
as either Landlord or Tenant may from time to time designate to the
other in writing. Any notice
shall be deemed to have been served at the time the same was posted.
ARTICLE XXV BROKERS
25.01 The parties recognize as the broker(s) who procured this Lease the firm(s) specified
in Section 1.14 and agree that Landlord shall be solely responsible for the payment of any
brokerage commissions to said broker(s), and that Tenant shall have no responsibility therefor
unless written provision to the contrary has been made a part of this Lease. If Tenant has dealt
with any other person or real estate broker in respect to leasing, subleasing or renting space in
the Budding, Tenant shall be solely responsible for the payment of any fee due said
17
manner of giving Tenant reasonable notice, the requirement of reasonable notice shall be met if
such notice is given in the manner prescribed in this Lease at least five (5) days before the time
of sale. Any public sale made pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall be deemed to have
been a sale conducted in a commercially reasonable manner if held in the above-described Premises
or where the property is located after the time, place and method of sale and a general
description of the types of property to be sold have been advertised in a daily newspaper
published in the county in which the property is located for five consecutive days before the date
of the sale. The proceeds from any such disposition, less any and all expenses connected with the
taking of possession, holding and selling of the property (including reasonable attorneys fees
and legal expenses), shall be applied as a credit against the indebtedness secured by the lien and
security interest granted in this paragraph. Any surplus shall be paid to Tenant or as otherwise
required by law; Tenant shall pay any deficiencies forthwith. This Lease is intended as and
constitutes a security agreement within the meaning of the Uniform Commercial Code (or
corresponding state statute or statutes) in force in the state in which the property is located.
Landlord, in addition to the rights prescribed in this Lease, shall have all of the rights,
titles, liens, security interests and remedies with respect to the property in which Landlord is
granted a contractual lien and security interest hereunder as are available to a secured party
under the Uniform Commercial Code (or such corresponding state or statutes). Tenant will on
request, execute and deliver to Landlord a financing statement (or continuation statement) in form
satisfactory to Landlord and sufficient to perfect the security interest of Landlord in the
aforementioned property and proceeds thereof, or Landlord may file this Lease, or a carbon,
photographic or other reproduction of this Lease, as a financing statement. Landlord agrees that
it may subordinate its security interest and landlords lien to the security interest of Tenants
supplier or institutional financial source, provided that the subordination must be limited to a
specified transaction and specified items of the goods, wares, inventory, equipment, fixtures,
furniture improvements or other personal property involved in the transaction. Landlord reserves
all Landlords lien rights granted by applicable state and federal laws.
ARTICLE XXVIII MISCELLANEOUS
28.01
Entire Agreement
.
This Lease contains all of the agreements and understandings
relating to the leasing of the Premises and the obligations of Landlord and Tenant in connection
with such leasing. Landlord has not made, and Tenant is not relying upon, any warranties, or
representations, promises or statements made by Landlord or any agent of Landlord, except as
expressly set forth herein. This Lease supersedes any and all prior agreements and understandings
between Landlord and Tenant and alone expresses the agreement of the parties.
28.02
Amendments.
This Lease shall not be amended, changed or modified in any way
unless in writing executed by Landlord and Tenant. Landlord shall not have waived or released any
of its rights hereunder unless in writing and executed by Landlord.
28.03
Successors.
Except as expressly provided herein, this Lease and the obligations
of Landlord and Tenant contained herein shall bind and benefit the successors and assigns of the
parties hereto.
28.04
Force Majeure.
Landlord shall incur no liability to Tenant with respect to, and
shall not be responsible for any failure to perform, any of Landlords obligations hereunder if
such failure is caused by any reason beyond the control of Landlord including, but not limited to,
strike, labor trouble, governmental rule, regulations, ordinance, statute or interpretation, or by
fire, earthquake, civil commotion, or failure or disruption of utility services. The amount of
time for Landlord to perform any of Landlords obligations shall be extended by the amount of time
Landlord is delayed in performing such obligation by reason of any force majeure occurrence whether
similar to or different from the foregoing types of occurrences.
28.05
Survival of Obligations.
Any obligations of Tenant accruing prior to the
expiration of the Lease shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, and
Tenant shall promptly perform all such obligations whether or not this Lease has expired or been
terminated.
28.06
Light and Air
.
No diminution or shutting off of any light, air or view by any
structure now or hereafter erected shall in any manner affect this Lease or the obligations of
Tenant hereunder, or increase any of the obligations of Landlord hereunder.
28.07
Governing Law.
This Lease shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with,
the laws of the State of Texas.
28.08
Severability.
In the event any provision of this Lease is found to be
unenforceable, the remainder of this Lease shall not be affected, and any provision found to be
invalid shall be enforceable to the extent permitted by law. The parties agree that in the event
two different interpretations may be given to any provision hereunder, one of which will render the
provision unenforceable, and one of which will render the provision enforceable, the interpretation
rendering the provision enforceable shall be adopted.
28.09
Captions.
All captions, headings, titles, numerical references and computer
highlighting are for convenience only and shall have no effect on the interpretation of this Lease.
28.10
Interpretation.
Tenant acknowledges that it has read and reviewed this Lease
and that it has had the opportunity to confer with counsel in the
negotiation of this Lease.
Accordingly, this Lease shall be construed neither for nor against Landlord or Tenant, but shall be
given a fair and reasonable interpretation in accordance with the meaning of its terms and the
intent of the parties.
20
28.11
Independent Covenants.
Each covenant, agreement, obligation or other provision
of this Lease to be performed by Tenant are separate and independent covenants of Tenant, and not
dependent on any other provision of the Lease.
28.12
Number and Gender.
All terms and words used in this Lease, regardless of the
number or gender in which they are used, shall be deemed to include the appropriate number and
gender, as the context may require.
28.13
Time is of the Essence.
Time is of the essence of this Lease and the
performance of all obligations hereunder.
28.14
Joint and Several Liability.
If Tenant comprises more than one person or
entity, or if this Lease is guaranteed by any party, all such persons shall be jointly and
severally liable for payment of rents and the performance of Tenants obligations hereunder. If
Tenant comprises more than one person or entity and fewer than all of the persons or entities
comprising Tenant abandon the Premises, Landlord, at its sole option, may treat the abandonment by
such person or entities as an event of default and exercise with respect to such persons the rights
and remedies provided in Article XV without affecting the right or obligations of the persons or
entities comprising Tenant which have not abandoned the property.
28.15
Exhibits.
Exhibits A (Outline of Premises), B (Work Letter Agreement), C (Rules
and Regulations), D (Guaranty) and E (Suite Acceptance Letter) are incorporated into this Lease by
reference and made a part hereof.
28.16
Offer to Lease.
The submission of this Lease to Tenant or its broker or other
agent, does not constitute an offer to Tenant to lease the Premises. This Lease shall have no
force and effect until (a) it is executed and delivered by Tenant to Landlord and (b) it is fully
reviewed and executed by Landlord; provided, however, that, upon execution of this Lease by Tenant
and delivery to Landlord, such execution and delivery by Tenant, shall, in consideration of the
time and expense incurred by Landlord in reviewing the Lease and Tenants credit, constitute an
offer by Tenant to lease the Premises upon the terms and conditions set forth herein (which offer
to Lease shall be irrevocable for twenty (20) business days following the date of delivery).
28.17
No Counterclaim; Choice of Laws.
It is mutually agreed that in the event
Landlord commences any summary proceeding for non-payment of Rent, Tenant will not interpose any
counterclaim of whatever nature or description in any such proceeding. In addition, Tenant hereby
submits to local jurisdiction in the State of Texas and agrees that any action by Tenant against
Landlord shall be instituted in the State of Texas and that Landlord shall have personal
jurisdiction over Tenant for any action brought by Landlord against Tenant in the State of Texas.
28.18
Electrical Service to the Premises.
Anything set forth in Section 7.01 or
elsewhere in this Lease to the contrary notwithstanding, electricity to the Premises shall not be
furnished by Landlord, but shall be furnished by the approved electric utility company serving the
Building. Landlord shall permit Tenant to receive such service directly from such utility company
at Tenants cost (except as otherwise provided herein) and shall permit Landlords wire and
conduits, to the extent available, suitable and safely capable, to be used for such purposes.
28.19
Rights Reserved by Landlord.
Landlord reserves the following rights exercisable
without notice (except as otherwise expressly provided to the contrary in this Lease) and without
being deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenants use or possession of the Premises or giving
rise to any claim for set-off or abatement of Rent: (i) to change the name or street address of the
Building; (ii) to install, affix and maintain all signs on the exterior and/or interior of the
Building; (iii) to designate and/or approve prior to installation, all types of signs, window
shades, blinds, drapes, awnings or other similar items, and all internal lighting that may be
visible from the exterior of the Premises and, notwithstanding the provisions of Article IX, the
design, arrangement, style, color and general appearance of the portion of the Premises visible
from the exterior, and contents thereof, including, without limitation, furniture, fixtures, signs,
art work, wall coverings, carpet and decorations, and all changes, additions and removals thereto,
shall, at all times have the appearance of premises having the same type of exposure and used for
substantially the same purposes that are generally prevailing in comparable office buildings in the
area. Any violation of this provision shall be deemed a material breach of this Lease; (iv) to
change the arrangement of entrances, doors, corridors, elevators and/or stairs in the Building,
provided no such change shall materially adversely affect access to the Premises; (v) to grant any
party the exclusive right to conduct any business or render any service in the Building, provided
such exclusive right shall not operate to prohibit Tenant from using the Premises for the purposes
permitted under this Lease; (vi) to prohibit the placement of vending or dispensing machines of any
kind in or about the Premises other than for use by Tenants employees; (vii) to prohibit the
placement of video or other electronic games in the Premises; (viii) to have access for Landlord
and other tenants of the Building to any mail chutes and boxes located in or on the Premises
according to the rules of the United States Post Office and to discontinue any mail chute business
in the Building; (ix) to close the Building after normal business hours, except that Tenant and its
employees and invitees shall be entitled to admission at all times under such rules and regulations
as Landlord prescribes for security purposes; (x) to install, operate and maintain security systems
which monitor, by close circuit television or otherwise, all persons entering or leaving the
Building; (xi) to install and maintain pipes, ducts, conduits, wires and structural elements
located in the Premises which serve other parts or other tenants of the Building; and (xii) to
retain at all times master keys or pass keys to the Premises.
21
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this lease as of the date first
above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LANDLORD:
|
|
|
|
TENANT:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership
|
|
|
|
RigNet Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: KWI Ashford
Westchase General Partner, L.L.C., a
Delaware limited liability company, Its general partner
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Morten Haugan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Morten Haugan
|
|
|
By:
|
|
Kennedy-Wilson Austin, Inc., Agent
|
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
Chief Administrative Officer
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ E. Robert Shepard, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E. Robert Shepard, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assistant Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
If Tenant
is a limited liability company, this Lease must be executed by one or more of
the authorized manager(s) as evidenced by a copy of the duly filed Articles of Organization
(LLC-1), in which event a conformed copy of the filed Articles of Organization (LLC-1) must be
attached to this Lease.
If Tenant is a corporation, the authorized officers must sign on behalf of the corporation and
indicate the capacity in which they are signing. This Lease must be executed by the president
or vice president and the secretary or assistant secretary, unless the bylaws or a resolution
of the board of directors shall otherwise provide, in which event the bylaws or a certified
copy of the resolution, as the case may be, must be attached to this Lease. In addition, a
certificate by the secretary of the corporation must be attached to this Lease stating that the
signatories are authorized to sign on behalf of the corporation.
If Tenant is a partnership, this Lease must be executed by a general partner or another party
authorized to sign on behalf of the partnership as evidenced by a fully executed copy of the
Partnership Agreement or duly recorded Statement of Partnership (or in the case of a limited
partnership, a copy of the duly filed LP-1 Certificate of Limited Partnership), in which event a
copy of the Partnership Agreement or a conformed copy of the recorded Statement of Partnership
(or LP-1, as the case may be) must be attached to this Lease. Additionally, if the general
partner or another party authorized to sign on behalf of the partnership is other than a natural
person, then the procedures for signatory authorization of that entity must also be reviewed in
accordance with these instructions.
22
EXHIBIT A
LOCATION IN THE BUILDING PREMISES
1
EXHIBIT A-1
LOCATION IN THE BUILDING STORAGE SPACE
2
EXHIBIT B
WORK LETTER AGREEMENT
THIS
AGREEMENT made as of the 17 day of June, 2003, between KWI Ashford Westchase
Buildings, L.P., a Texas Limited Partnership dba
Ashford II
(Landlord) and
RigNet, Inc.
(Tenant).
Reference is made to the Lease or tenant expansion agreement dated June 17, 2003 (the
Lease) for premises
known as Suite
100
(the Premises), located in the property known as
1880 South
Dairy Ashford, Houston, Texas
(the Property)
Landlord agrees to perform the following items of work (the Work) in the Premises
(describe work and/or refer to any drawings or plans that have been prepared, if they are
final):
Landlord, at its sole cost and expense, shall
construct a demising partition to
separate the Premises from the Right of First Refusal Space (as defined in Exhibit
D
attached), furnish and install approximately 20 linear feet of interior partition and 2
doors, paint all previously painted surfaces, clean existing carpet (if required), furnish
and install Suite door plaque, and make all necessary reasonable modifications and
additions to the electrical and HVAC systems to comfortably accommodate Tenants
occupancy. The existing herculite entry door will remain.
If Landlord requires further choices by Tenant respecting the above Work (e.g., color
choices respecting the above items), Tenant shall promptly choose the same from such
choices, if any, that Landlord makes available to Tenant as building standard. If any
such further choices are required, the parties agree that Tenant has heretofore been
provided an opportunity to view the available choices and Tenant agrees to make such
choices by
N/A
, 20______ . If Tenant
fails to do so by such date, Landlord may make such
choices for Tenant.
Landlord will use reasonable efforts to complete the Work by the Commencement Date under
the Lease or within 90 days thereafter, subject to further delays beyond Landlords
reasonable control (as may be further described in the Lease), provided, notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in the Lease, delays in the Work hereunder shall not
postpone the commencement of Rent under any circumstances whether the delay is caused by
Tenant or Tenants contractors, agents or employees, or the delay is otherwise beyond
Landlords reasonable control (as may be further described in the Lease), or for any other
reason whatsoever Tenant acknowledges that the Work may occur during normal business hours
while Tenant is in occupancy of the Premises and that no interference to Tenants business
operations in, or use of, the Premises shall entitle Tenant to any abatement of rent or any
other concession, or give rise to any claim against, or liability of, Landlord.
Notwithstanding
anything to the contrary contained in this Work Letter, it is expressly
understood and agreed by and between the parties hereto that: (a) The recourse of Tenant or
its successors or assigns against Landlord with respect to the alleged breach by or on the
part of Landlord of any representation, warranty, covenant, undertaking or agreement
contained in this Work Letter (collectively, Landlords Work Letter Undertakings) shall
extend only to Landlords interest in the real estate of which the Premises demised under the
Lease are a part (hereinafter, Landlords Real Estate) and not to any other assets of
Landlord or its constituent partners; and (b) except to the extent of Landlords interest in
Landlords Real Estate, no personal liability or personal responsibility of any sort with
respect to any of Landlords Work Letter Undertakings or any alleged breach thereof is
assumed by, or shall at any time be asserted or enforceable against, Landlord, its
constituent partners or Kennedy-Wilson Properties Ltd., or against any of their respective
directors, officers, shareholders, employees, agents, constituent partners, beneficiaries,
trustees or representatives
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LANDLORD:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: KWI Ashford Westchase General
Partner L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability
company, Its general partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
Kennedy-Wilson Austin, Inc.
its Agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ E. Robert Shepard, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E. Robert Shepard, Jr.
|
|
|
|
|
Assistant Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
TENANT:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RigNet, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
/s/ Morten Haugan
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
Morten Haugan
|
|
|
Its:
|
|
CAO
|
EXHIBIT C
RULES AND REGULATIONS
1. The sidewalks, entrances, passages, courts, elevators, vestibules, stairways, corridors
or halls shall not be obstructed or used for any purpose other than ingress and egress. The halls,
passages, entrances, elevators, stairways, balconies and roof are not for the use of the general
public, and Landlord shall in all cases retain the right to control or prevent access thereto by
all persons whose presence in the judgment of Landlord shall be prejudicial to the safety,
character, reputation or interests of Landlord and its tenants, provided that nothing herein
contained shall be construed to prevent such access by persons with whom the tenant normally deals
in the ordinary course of its business unless such persons are engaged in illegal activities. No
tenant and no employees of any tenant shall go upon the roof of the Building without the written
consent of Landlord.
2. No awnings or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls or surfaces of the
Building nor shall the interior or exterior of any windows be coated without the prior written
consent of Landlord. Except as otherwise specifically approved by Landlord, all electrical ceiling
fixtures hung in offices or spaces along the perimeter of the Building must be fluorescent and of
a quality, type, design and bulb color approved by Landlord. Tenant shall not place anything or
allow anything to be placed near the glass of any window, door, partition or wall which may appear
unsightly from outside the Premises.
3. No sign, picture, plaque, advertisement, notice or other material shall be exhibited,
painted, inscribed or affixed by any tenant on any part of, or so as to be seen from the outside
of the Premises or the Building without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event of
the violation of the foregoing by any tenant, Landlord may remove the same without any liability,
and may charge the expense incurred in such removal to the tenant violating this rule. Interior
signs on doors and the directory tablet shall be inscribed, painted or affixed for each tenant by
Landlord at the expense of such tenant, and shall be of a size, color and style acceptable to
Landlord.
4. The toilets and wash basins and other plumbing fixtures shall not be used for any purpose
other than those for which they were constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags or other
substances shall be thrown therein. All damage resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be
borne by tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, visitors or licensees, shall have
caused the same.
5. No tenant or its officers, agents, employees or invitees shall mark, paint, drill into, or
in any way deface any part of the Premises or the Building. No boring, cutting or stringing of
wires or laying of linoleum or other similar floor coverings shall be permitted except with the
prior written consent of Landlord and as Landlord may direct.
6. No bicycles, vehicles or animals of any kind shall be brought into or kept in or about the
Premises and no cooking shall be done or permitted by any tenant on the Premises except that
microwave cooking in a UL-approved microwave oven and the preparation of coffee, tea, hot
chocolate and similar items for the tenant and its employees and business visitors shall be
permitted. Tenant shall not cause or permit any unusual or objectionable odors to escape from the
Premises.
7. The Premises shall not be used for manufacturing or for the storage of merchandise except
as such storage may be incidental to the use of the Premises for general office purposes. No
tenant shall engage or pay any employees on the Premises except those actually working for such
tenant on the Premises nor advertise for laborers giving an address at the Premises. The Premises
shall not be used for lodging or sleeping or for any immoral or illegal purposes.
8. No tenant or its officers, agents, employees or invitees shall make, or permit to be made
any unseemly or disturbing noises, sounds or vibrations or disturb or interfere with occupants of
this or neighboring buildings or Premises or those having business with them whether by the use of
any musical instrument, radio, phonograph, unusual noise, or in any other way.
9. No tenant or its officers, agents, employees or invitees shall throw anything out of
doors, balconies or down the passageways.
10. Tenant shall not maintain armed security in or about the Premises nor possess any
weapons, explosives, combustibles or other hazardous devices in or about the Building and/or
Premises.
11. No tenant or its officers, agents, employees or invitees shall at any time use, bring or
keep upon the Premises any flammable, combustible, explosive, foul or noxious fluid, chemical or
substance, or do or permit anything to be done in the leased Premises, or bring or keep anything
therein, which shall in any way increase the rate of fire insurance on the Building, or on the
property kept therein, or obstruct or interfere with the rights of other tenants, or in any way
injure or annoy them, or conflict with the regulations of the Fire Department or the fire laws, or
with any insurance policy upon the Building, or any part hereof, or with any rules and ordinances
established by the Board of Health or other governmental authority.
12. No additional locks or bolts of any kind shall be placed upon any of the doors or windows
by any tenant, nor shall any changes be made in existing locks or the mechanism thereof. Each
tenant must, upon the termination of this tenancy, restore to Landlord all keys of stores, offices,
and toilet rooms, either furnished to, or otherwise procured by, such tenant, and in the event of
the loss of any keys so furnished, such tenant shall pay to Landlord the cost of replacing the same
or of changing the lock or locks opened by such lost key if Landlord shall deem it necessary to
make such change.
13. All removals, or the carrying in or out of any safes, freight, furniture, or bulky matter
of any description must take place during the hours which Landlord
may determine form time to
time. The moving to sates or other fixtures or bulky matter of any kind must be made upon previous
notice to the manager of the Building and under his or her supervision, and the persons employed
by any tenant for such work must be acceptable to Landlord. Landlord reserves the right to inspect
all safes, freight or other bulky articles to be brought into the Building and to exclude from the
Building all sates, freight or other bulky articles which violate any of these Rules and
Regulations or the Lease of which these Rules and Regulations are a part. Landlord reserves the
right to prohibit or impose conditions upon the installation in the Premises of heavy objects
which might overload the building floors. Landlord will not be responsible for loss of or damage
to any safes, freight, bulky articles or other property from any cause, and all damage done to the
Building by moving or maintaining any such safe or other property shall be repaired at the expense
of the tenant.
14. No tenant shall purchase or otherwise obtain for use in the Premises water, ice, towel,
vending machine, janitorial, maintenance or other like services, or accept barbering or
bootblacking services, except from persons authorized by Landlord, and at hours and under
regulations fixed by Landlord.
15. Landlord shall have the right to prohibit any advertising by any tenant which, in
Landlords opinion, tends to impair the reputation of the Building or its desirability as an
office building and upon written notice from Landlord any tenant shall refrain from or discontinue
such advertising. No tenant shall use any graphic image of the Building or any part of the
Building for advertising or public relations without Landlords written permission.
16. Landlord
reserves the right to exclude from the Building between the hours of 10:00 p.m.
and 7:00 a.m. and at all hours of Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays all persons who do not
present a pass signed by Landlord. Landlord shall furnish passes to persons for whom any tenant
requests the same in writing. Each tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom he
requests passes and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts of such persons. Landlord shall in no
case be liable for damages for any error with regard to the admission to or exclusion from the
Building of any person. In the case of invasion, mob, riot, public excitement or other commotion,
Landlord reserves the right to prevent access to the Building during the continuance of the same,
by closing of the gates and doors or otherwise, for the safety of the tenants and others and the
protection of the Building and the property therein.
17. Any
outside contractor employed by any tenant, shall, while in the Building, be subject
to the prior written approval of Landlord and subject to the Rules and Regulations of the
Building. Tenant shall be responsible for all acts of such persons and Landlord shall not be
responsible for any loss or damage to property in the Premises, however occurring.
18. All
doors opening onto public corridors shall be kept closed, except when
in use for
ingress and egress, and left locked when not in use.
19. The requirements of tenants will be attended to only upon application to the Office of
the Building.
20. Canvassing, soliciting and peddling in the Building are prohibited and each tenant shall
cooperate to prevent the same.
21. All office equipment of any electrical or mechanical nature shall be placed by tenants in
the Premises in setting approved by Landlord, to absorb or prevent any vibration, noise or
annoyance.
22. No air conditioning unit or other similar apparatus shall be installed or used by any
tenant without the written consent of Landlord.
23. There shall not be used in any space, or in the public halls of the Building either by
any tenant or others, any hand trucks except those equipped with rubber tires and side guards.
24. Landlord will direct electricians as to where and how telephone and telegraph wires are
to be introduced. No boring or cutting for wires or stringing of wires will be allowed without
written consent of Landlord. The location of telephones, call boxes and other office equipment
affixed to the Premises shall be subject to the approval of Landlord. All such work shall be
effected pursuant to permits issued by all applicable governmental authorities having
jurisdiction.
25. No vendor with the intent of selling such goods shall be allowed to transport or carry
beverages, food, food containers, etc., on any passenger elevators. The transportation of such
items shall be via the service elevators in such manner as prescribed by Landlord.
26. Tenants shall cooperate with Landlord in the conservation of energy used in or about the
Building, including without limitation, cooperating with Landlord in obtaining maximum
effectiveness of the cooling system by closing drapes or other window coverings when the suns rays
fall directly on windows of the Premises, and closing windows and doors to prevent heat loss.
Tenant shall not obstruct, alter or in any way impair the efficient operation of Landlords
heating, lighting, ventilating and air conditioning system and shall not place bottles, machines,
parcels or any other articles on the induction unit enclosure so as to interfere with air flow.
Tenant shall not tamper with or change the setting of any thermostats or temperature control
valves, and shall in general use heat, gas, electricity, air conditioning equipment and heating
equipment in a manner compatible with sound energy conservation practices and standards.
27. All
parking ramps and areas, pedestrian walkways, plazas, and other public areas forming a
part of the Building shall be under the sole and absolute control of Landlord with the exclusive
right to regulate and control these areas. Tenant agrees to conform to the rules and regulations
that may be established by Landlord for these areas from time to time.
28. Landlord
reserves the right to exclude or expel from the Building any person who, in the
judgment of Landlord, is intoxicated or under the influence of liquor or drugs, or who shall in
any manner do any act in violation of any of the rules and regulations of the Building.
29. Tenant and its employees, agents, subtenants, contractors and invitees shall comply with
all applicable no-smoking ordinances and, irrespective of such ordinances, shall not smoke or
permit smoking of cigarettes, cigars or pipes inside or outside of Tenants Premises (including
plaza areas) in any portions of the Building except areas specifically designated as smoking areas
by Landlord.
EXHIBIT D
SPECIAL PROVISIONS
1.
Right of First Refusal
Provided the Lease in full force and effect and no Event of Default shall have occurred, Tenant
shall have the right of first refusal to lease approximately 1,432 RSF adjacent and contiguous to
the Premises (Right of First Refusal Space) prior to Landlord leasing said Right of First
Refusal Space, or any portion thereof, to any bona fide third party. At such time as Landlord
engages into negotiations with a prospective tenant on all or any portion of the Right of First
Refusal Space (Offered Space), Landlord shall notify Tenant in writing of such negotiations,
and Tenant shall have the right to exercise its Right of first Refusal on the Offered Space upon
the following conditions:
|
|
1.
|
|
If Landlord enters into negotiations with a prospective tenant to lease the Offered
Space, Landlord shall notify Tenant of such fact and shall include in such notice the
rent, term and other terms (including, but not limited to, finish out, moving allowances
and design fees), at which Landlord is prepared to offer such Offered Space to such
prospective tenant. Tenant shall have a period of three (3) days from the date of Tenants
actual receipt of the notice to notify Landlord whether Tenant elects to exercise the
right granted hereby to lease the Offered Space. If Tenant fails to give any notice to
Landlord within the required three (3) business day period, Tenant shall be deemed to have
waived its right to lease the Offered Space.
|
|
|
2.
|
|
If Tenant so waives its right to lease the Offered Space (either by giving written
notice thereof or by failing to give any notice), Landlord shall have the right to lease
the Offered Space to the prospective tenant and upon the execution of such lease between
Landlord and the prospective tenant this Right of First Refusal as to the Offered Space
shall thereafter be null, void and of no further force or effect.
|
|
|
3.
|
|
If Landlord does not enter into a lease with such prospective tenant covering the
Offered Space, Landlord shall not thereafter engage in other lease negotiations with
respect to the Right of First Refusal Space without first complying with the provisions of
this Option.
|
|
|
4.
|
|
Upon exercise by Tenant of its Right of First Refusal on the Offered Space as provided
herein, Landlord and Tenant shall, within fifteen (15) days after Tenant delivers to
Landlord notice of its election, enter into a lease amendment covering the Offered Space
for the rent, for the term, and containing such other terms and conditions as Landlord
notified Tenant pursuant to Paragraph 1 above, except that, if the term of such Right of
First Refusal Space would extend beyond the Expiration Date of the original Lease, the
term of the original Lease will be extended to the expiration date of the Right of First
Refusal Space.
|
|
|
5.
|
|
Any assignment or subletting by Tenant shall terminate the Right of First Refusal of
Tenant contained herein.
|
|
|
6.
|
|
The Right of First Refusal of Tenant contained herein shall be subject and subordinate
to any rights of renewal, expansion or extension existing under any other tenant leases
for the Building as of the date of the Lease.
|
Market Rental Rate will mean, for the date such determination is being made, the rate a willing
tenant would pay and a willing landlord would accept, neither being under any compulsion to
lease and both having reasonable knowledge of the relevant facts, considering the highest and
most profitable use if offered for lease in the open market with a reasonable period of time in
which to consummate a transaction. Specifically, factors include, but are not limited to,
location and quality of the building, term or length of lease, and condition of the Premises.
2.
Storage Area
Tenant will lease approximately 355 RSF on the first floor of the Building as Storage Space at a
monthly rate of $300.00 per month.
3.
Rooftop Antenna
Tenant, at its expense and without fee or additional rental to Landlord, shall have the right to
install (including all necessary connections to equipment located in the Premises) one microwave,
satellite or other antennae (the Antennae) on the roof of the Building for Tenants exclusive use
in connection with Tenants business in the Premises. The location and size of the Antennae shall be
subject to Landlords approval, which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld. Prior to
installation of its Antennae, Tenant shall submit plans and specifications to Landlord for its
review and approval. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary regarding allocation of
risk for damage to the Building, Tenant shall be responsible to Landlord for any damage to the roof
of the Building caused by Tenant during the installation or operation of such Antennae. Tenant
agrees it shall modify the Antennae as reasonably necessary in the event it disrupts any existing
microwave, satellite or other antenna communication system. Tenant shall have the right to have a
study conducted by its representative as to the suitability of the roof of the Building for
installation of such Antennae, Landlord agrees to allow such representative(s) access to the
Building and roof to perform such study. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, relocate the
Antennae if such relocation is necessary for Landlord to perform and maintenance or repairs with
respect to the roof or if the Antennae is, in Landlords reasonable judgment, damaging the roof in
its then current location.
3.
Directory Board
Landlord shall allocate up to three (3) spaces on the Building directory board for name of Tenant
and key employees.
EXHIBIT E
Suite Acceptance Agreement
Building Name/Address:
Tenant
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tenant Code:
|
|
|
|
Suite Number:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Managements Tenant Contact:
|
|
|
|
Phone:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Gentlemen:
As a representative of the above referenced tenant, I/we have physically inspected the suite noted above and its
improvements with
, a representative of
(name of KWP Corporation). I/we accept the suite improvements as to compliance with all the
requirements indicated in our lease, also including the following verified information below:
|
|
|
Lease Commencement Date:
,
|
|
Occupancy Date
|
|
Lease Rent Start Date*:
,
|
|
Actual Rent Start*:
|
|
Lease Expiration Date:
,
Actual Expiration Date:
|
|
Date Keys Delivered:
|
|
|
Items requiring attention:
|
|
|
*
|
|
If these dates are not the same, attach documentation.
|
NOTE: This inspection is to be made prior to tenant move-in.
Very truly yours,
Distribution
|
|
|
|
|
Tenant
|
|
|
|
|
Tenant Lease File
|
|
|
|
|
Leasing Manager:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KWP Document Control:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Regional Construction Manager:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Regional Engineering Manager:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
THIS FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT (the First Amendment) made and
entered into this 9th day of September, 2003, by and between KWI
Ashford Westchase
Buildings, L.P., d/b/a Ashford Crossing II (hereinafter referred to as Landlord) and RIGNET,
INC., (hereinafter referred as Tenant);
WITNESSETH:
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant entered into a Lease Agreement dated June 13, 2003, for certain
premises located at 1880 South Dairy Ashford, Suite 505, Houston, TX, (hereinafter referred to as
Original Lease),
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend the Lease in certain respects to ratify and confirm
all of the provisions of the Lease Agreement;
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises, the sum of TEN DOLLARS ($10.00) in hand paid by
Tenant to Landlord, and for other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of
which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:
1.
|
|
Effective Date: Effective date of this First Amendment to Lease shall be October 1, 2003.
|
2.
|
|
Section 1.02 Premises: Is hereby amended to include Suite 520 comprised of 1,432 rentable
square feet (Expansion Space) as shown on Exhibit A attached.
|
|
3.
|
|
Section 1.03 Rentable Area (RSF) of the Premises: Is hereby amended from 3,638 to 5,070
RSF (the Premises).
|
|
4.
|
|
Section 1.05 Commencement Date: The Commencement Date of the Expansion Space shall be the
earlier of October 1, 2003 or immediately upon substantial completion of the improvements to
be performed by Landlord in the Expansion Space.
|
|
5.
|
|
Section 1.06 Expiration Date: The Expiration Date of the Lease shall be simultaneous with
the Lease on December 31, 2006.
|
|
6.
|
|
Section 1.07 Base Rent: Base Monthly Rent for the
Expansion Space
shall be as per
the following schedule:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Annual Rent
|
|
|
Period
|
|
Per RSF
|
|
Monthly Rent
|
October 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003
|
|
$ 0.00/SF
|
|
$
|
0.00
|
|
January 1, 2004 through September 30, 2004
|
|
$14.50/SF
|
|
$
|
1,730.33
|
|
October 1, 2004 through September 30, 2005
|
|
$15.00/SF
|
|
$
|
1,790.00
|
|
October 1, 2005 through December 31, 2006
|
|
$15.50/SF
|
|
$
|
1,849.67
|
|
|
|
Therefore, Tenants
Combined Base Monthly Rent
for the entire Premises
effective on the Commencement Date of the Expansion Space will be as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
October 1, 2003 through December 31, 2003
|
|
$
|
4,320.13
|
|
January 1, 2004 through July 31, 2004
|
|
$
|
6,050.46
|
|
August 1, 2004 through September 30, 2004
|
|
$
|
6,202.04
|
|
October 1, 2004 through July 31, 2005
|
|
$
|
6,261.71
|
|
August 1, 2005 through September 30, 2005
|
|
$
|
4,103.16
|
|
October 1, 2005 through October 30, 2006
|
|
$
|
6,472.96
|
|
November 1, 2006 through December 31, 2006
|
|
$
|
1,849.67
|
|
7.
|
|
Section 1.08 Tenants Percentage Share: Is hereby amended from 2.21% to 3.08% of Building
area
|
|
8.
|
|
Section 1.09 Security Deposit: Simultaneous with the execution of this First Amendment to
Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum of $1,849.67 as additional Security Deposit for
the Expansion Space making the total amount deposited with Landlord for Tenants faithful
performance of the Lease the sum of $6,472.96.
|
FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
RIGNET, INC.
Page 2
9.
|
|
Section 1.12 Expense Base Year: The Expense Base Year shall remain 2003 for the
entire Premises.
|
|
10.
|
|
Section 1.17 Tenants Parking Stalls: Landlord shall provide 3.0 uncovered, unreserved
parking spaces per each 1,000 RSF leased for the Expansion Space. Tenant will have the right
to convert one (1) of the uncovered, unreserved parking spaces to one (1) additional covered,
reserved parking space, which shall be located in the Garage making a total of four (4)
covered, reserved parking spaces. Unreserved parking for the Building will continue on a
first come, first served basis. There shall continue to be no charge for any parking during
the Initial Lease Term. Parking for the initial premises shall remain as stated in the Lease.
|
11.
|
|
Exhibit B Workletter Agreement: Landlord, at Landlords expense will make and complete
in and to the Expansion Space improvements requested by Tenant. The total cost of
construction, including Building Standard materials, fees, labor, supervision,
architectural/mechanical/electrical drawings and all other necessary and incidental expenses,
shall be borne by Landlord up to, but not exceeding,
Five Thousand Twelve Dollars and
no/100
($5,012.00). In addition, Landlord shall contribute $4,296.00, i.e. $3.00 per RSF
(Additional Allowance) toward the cost of additional permanent leasehold improvements
completed by Landlord. The Additional Allowance may be used for installation of permanent
leasehold improvements, space planning and construction documents. A 5% construction
management fee payable to Landlord will be assessed for supervision and administration on all
additional improvements. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Tenant may utilize up to $3.00 per
RSF of any unused portion of the Additional Allowance for improvements to be performed by
Tenant. Therefore, for each dollar of the Additional Allowance not utilized for additional
improvements performed by Landlord by December 31, 2003, Landlord will pay Tenant in equal
installments on the fourth (4
th
), thirteenth (13
th
) and twenty-fifth
(25
th
) months of the Lease, the Additional Allowance not previously utilized for
additional improvements.
|
12.
|
|
Except as provided herein, all other terms, conditions and covenants under said Original
Lease shall remain in full force and effect and cannot be modified unless said modification
is reduced to writing and signed by all parties. Should any inconsistency or conflict arise
between the Original Lease and this First Amendment, this First Amendment shall take
precedence as the governing document with respect to such conflict.
|
13.
|
|
First Amendment shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord, Tenant and their
respected transfer, successors and assigns.
|
|
14.
|
|
First Amendment shall be governed in all respects by the laws of the State of Texas
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have set their hands and seals the day and year first above
written.
LANDLORD:
KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership
By: KWI
Ashford Westchase General Partner, L.L.C.,
a Delaware limited liability company, Its general partner
By: Kennedy Wilson Austin, Inc., its agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ E. Robert Shepard, Jr.
|
|
|
|
E. Robert Shepard, Jr.,
|
|
|
|
Assistant Vice President
|
|
|
TENANT:
RIGNET, INC.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/ Omar Kulbrandstad
|
|
|
|
Omar Kulbrandstad, COO
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FIRST AMENDMENT TO LEASE AGREEMENT
RIGNET, INC.
Page 3
EXHIBIT A LOCATION IN THE BUILDING
EXPANSION SPACE
BETWEEN
KWI ASHFORD WESTCHASE BUILDINGS, L.P.
AND
RIGNET, INC.
,
TENANT
ASHFORD CROSSING II
|
|
|
|
|
Expansion Space
|
|
1,432 RSF
|
Existing Space
|
|
3,638 RSF
|
|
|
|
|
Total Space
|
|
5,070 RSF
|
SECOND AMENDMENT TO LEASE
This second amendment to Lease (Amendment), dated for reference purposes only October 3,
2005 is attached to and becomes a part of that Lease between
KWI Ashford
Westchase Buildings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
successor in interest to KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings,
L.P., a Texas Limited Partnership
, (hereinafter called Landlord) and
Rignet, Inc.,
(hereinafter called Tenant).
W I T N
E S S E T H
WHEREAS, under that certain lease agreement (the Lease) dated June 17, 2003, Landlord
leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord office space consisting of approximately 3,638
rentable square feet in the office building known as Ashford Crossing II located at 1880 South
Dairy Ashford, Houston, Texas (Leased Premises) for a term of Forty-one (41) months ending
December 31, 2006 and was amended by First Amendment to Lease dated September 19, 2003 wherein
Tenant expanded by an additional 1,432 rentable square feet for a total of 5,070 rentable square
feet; and,
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend said Lease as set forth herein; and,
NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS MUTUALLY COVENANTED AND AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
|
(1)
|
|
TERM
. The term of the Lease as specified in
Article 1.06 therein shall
hereby be Seventy-four (74) months, commencing November 1, 2005 and expiring
December 31, 2011.
|
|
(2)
|
|
LEASED PREMISES
. Effective November 1, or upon substantial
completion of the Expansion Premises, whichever is later, the Leased Premises
specified in Section 1.02 of the Lease as approximately 3,638 rentable square feet
and as specified in First Amendment to Lease, Paragraph 2 as 5,070 rentable square
feet and known as Suite 505 (Existing Premises) shall hereby increase
approximately 2,363 rentable square feet, known as Suite 570 (Expansion Premises)
for a total Leased Premises of approximately 7,433 rentable square feet
(Premises), as further described in Exhibit A-1, attached hereto.
|
|
(3)
|
|
BASE RENTAL
. Effective November 1, 2005, the Base Rental
specified in Section 1.07 of the Lease shall hereby be modified as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
11/01/05 through 02/28/06
|
|
$4,726.15 per month
|
|
7,433 RSF
|
03/01/06 through 12/31/06
|
|
$9,446.10 per month
|
|
7,433 RSF
|
01/01/07 through 12/31/07
|
|
$9,755.81 per month
|
|
7,433 RSF
|
01/01/08 through 12/31/08
|
|
$10,065.52 per month
|
|
7,433 RSF
|
01/01/09 through 12/31/09
|
|
$10,375.23 per month
|
|
7,433 RSF
|
01/01/10 through 12/31/10
|
|
$10,684.94 per month
|
|
7,433 RSF
|
01/01/11 through 12/31/11
|
|
$10,839.79 per month
|
|
7,433 RSF
|
|
(4)
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSE BASE
. The Expense Stop specified in Section
1.12 of the Lease shall become the actual operating expenses for Calendar year
2006 (Base Year 2006) grossed up to reflect 95% occupancy. Adjustments for
Controllable operating expenses, excluding insurance and utilities, shall be
capped at 3% per year, compounded annually. Adjustments for Tax expenses shall be
capped at 10% per year, compounded annually.
|
Page 1
|
(5)
|
|
LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
.
|
|
|
|
|
Landlord shall contribute up to $10.00 RSF (Construction Allowance) toward the cost of
improvements to the Premises. Tenant may apply the balance of the Construction Allowance
not utilized in improving the Premises toward the payment of one months Base Rental any
time following October 31, 2010 to be used for re-painting the Premises upon 30 days
advance written notice to Landlord.
|
|
|
|
Up to a 4% management fee will be assessed for supervision and administration on all
tenant improvements, however, this fee shall not be charged to Tenants Construction
Allowance.
|
|
(6)
|
|
PARKING.
Tenant shall be entitled to a total of twenty-four (24) parking
spaces of which (7) shall be covered/reserved at no charge. Five (5) of the
covered/reserved parking spaces shall be located within the garage and two (2) of the
covered/reserved spaces shall be carports. Tenant shall have the right to convert the
carport spaces to garage spaces should the Building reach an occupancy level of 90%,
subject to availability.
|
|
(7)
|
|
The first sentence of Section 14.01 of the Lease is hereby amended to read as
follows:
|
|
|
|
Without the prior written consent of Landlord (which consent shall not be
unreasonably withheld, Tenant shall not, either voluntarily or by operation of law,
assign, encumber, or otherwise transfer this Lease or any interest herein, or subject
the Premises or any part thereof, or permit the Premises to be occupied by anyone other
than Tenant or Tenants employees (any such assignment, encumbrance, subletting,
occupation or transfer is hereinafter referred to as a Transfer).
|
|
(8)
|
|
EARLY TERMINATION.
Tenant shall have the right to terminate this lease agreement
with a penalty consisting of unamortized tenant improvements and commissions should Landlord
not be able to provide at least 3,700 rentable square feet of expansion space within the
Building.
|
|
(9)
|
|
CONFIDENTIALITY.
Tenant shall not, at any time either during or subsequent to the
negotiations of a Lease and/or Lease Amendment between Landlord and Tenant, disclose to any
person or entity any of the contents of the negotiations between Landlord and Tenant, if a
Lease and/or Lease Amendment is entered into between Landlord and Tenant, any terms of the
Lease.
|
|
(10)
|
|
NO BROKERS.
Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate
broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment
except Moody Rambin
(on behalf of the Landlord) and Office Space Advisors, L.L.C.
(on behalf of the Tenant), and that it knows of no other real estate brokers or
agents who are or might be entitled to a commission in connection with this
Amendment. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and
against any liability or claim arising in respect to any other brokers or agents
claiming a commission in connection with this Amendment through Tenant.
Landlord agrees to pay Tenants broker a commission based on a separate
agreement.
|
Page 2
|
(11)
|
|
AUTHORITY.
Tenant and each person signing this Amendment on behalf of
Tenant represents to Landlord as follows: (i) Tenant is/a duly formed and validly
existing corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) Tenant has and is
qualified to do business in Texas, (iii) Tenant has the full right and authority to
enter into this Amendment, and (iv) each person signing on behalf of Tenant was and
continues to be authorized to do so.
|
|
|
(12)
|
|
DEFINED TERMS.
All terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the
same meaning assigned to them in the Lease.
|
|
|
(13)
|
|
RATIFICATION OF LEASE.
Except as amended hereby, the Lease shall remain
in full force and effecting accordance with the terms and is hereby ratified. In the
event of a conflict between the Lease and this Amendment, this
Amendment shall control.
|
|
|
(14)
|
|
NO REPRESENTATIONS.
Landlord and Landlords agents have made no
representations or promises, express or implied, in connection with this Amendment
except as expressly set forth herein.
|
|
|
(15)
|
|
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
.
This Amendment together with Lease, contains all of
the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in
this Amendment or the Lease, and no prior agreement, understanding or representation
pertaining to any such matter shall be effective for any purpose.
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above
written. Except as specifically herein amended, all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall
remain in full force and effect.
|
|
|
|
|
LANDLORD:
|
|
TENANT:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KWI
Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership
|
|
Rignet, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: KWI Ashford Westchase General
Partner, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability
company, Its general partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: Kennedy Wilson Austin, Inc., Its Agent
|
|
By: Josh Tabin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
E. Robert Shepard, Jr.
E. Robert Shepard, Jr.
Vice President
|
|
/s/ Josh Tabin
Josh Tabin
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: 10/17/05
|
|
Date:
|
Page 3
THIRD AMENDMENT TO LEASE
This third amendment to Lease (Amendment), dated for reference purposes only January 13,
2006 is attached to and becomes a part of that Lease between
KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings,
L.P., a Delaware limited partnership,
(hereinafter called Landlord) and
Rignet,
Inc.,
(hereinafter called Tenant).
W I T N E S S E T H
WHEREAS, under that certain lease agreement (the Lease) dated June 17, 2003, Landlord leased
to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord office space consisting of approximately 3,638 rentable
square feet in the office building known as Ashford Crossing II located at 1880 South Dairy
Ashford, Houston, Texas (Leased Premises) for a term of Forty-one (41) months ending December 31,
2006 and was amended by First Amendment to Lease dated September 19, 2003 wherein Tenant expanded
by an additional 1,432 rentable square feet for a total of 5,070 rentable square feet; and, was
amended by Second Amendment to Lease dated October 3, 2005 wherein Tenant expanded by an additional
2,363 rentable square feet known as Suite 570.
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend said Lease as set forth herein; and,
NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS MUTUALLY COVENANTED AND AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
|
(1)
|
|
TERM
.
The term of the Lease as specified in Article 1.06 therein shall
hereby be Seventy-four (74) months, commencing April 1, 2006 and expiring May 31,
2012.
|
|
(2)
|
|
LEASED PREMISES
.
Effective April 1, 2006, or upon substantial
completion of the Premises, whichever is later, the Premises specified in Section 1.02
of the Lease as approximately 3,638 rentable square feet and as specified in First
Amendment to Lease, Paragraph 2 as 5,070 rentable square feet and as specified in
Second Amendment to Lease, Paragraph 2 as 7,433 rentable square feet and known as
Suite 505 (Existing Premises) shall be deleted and Tenant shall relocate the
Premises to approximately 11,772 rentable square feet known as Suite 300,
(Premises), as further described in Exhibit A-1, attached hereto.
|
|
(3)
|
|
BASE RENTAL
.
Effective April 1, 2006, the Base Rental specified in
Section 1.07 of the Lease shall hereby be modified as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
04/01/06 through 07/31/06
|
|
$ 7,485.13 per month
|
|
11,772 RSF
|
08/01/06 through 05/31/07
|
|
$14,960.25 per month
|
|
11,772 RSF
|
06/01/07 through 05/31/08
|
|
$15,450.75 per month
|
|
11,772 RSF
|
06/01/08 through 05/31/09
|
|
$15,941.25 per month
|
|
11,772 RSF
|
06/01/09 through 05/31/10
|
|
$16,431.75 per month
|
|
11,772 RSF
|
06/01/10 through 05/31/11
|
|
$16,922.25 per month
|
|
11,772 RSF
|
06/01/11 through 05/31/12
|
|
$17,167.50 per month
|
|
11,772 RSF
|
|
(4)
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSE BASE
.
The Expense Stop specified in Section 1.12 of
the Lease shall become the actual operating expenses for Calendar year 2006 (Base
Year 2006) grossed up to reflect 100% occupancy. Adjustments for Controllable
operating expenses, excluding insurance and utilities, shall be capped at 3% per year,
compounded annually. Adjustments for Tax expenses shall be capped at 10% per year,
compounded annually.
|
Page 1
|
(5)
|
|
LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
.
The Premises shall remain in an as is
condition, and Landlord shall not be required to perform any work therein.
Landlord does not warrant or represent the condition of existing leasehold
improvements.
|
|
|
|
Landlord agrees to provide an allowance of $10.00 per square foot for 7,433 net rentable
area and $15.00 per square foot for 4,339 net rentable area for a total of $139,415.00
(Construction Allowance) to be used for improvements to the Premises, including
architectural and engineering costs and construction management and permit fees. Landlord
agrees to allow Tenant the option to have the construction bid by a contractor of Tenants
choice and awarded to a contractor of Tenants choice as long as references are provided
and minimum requirements are met. A construction management fee not to exceed $2,500.00
shall be charged to Tenant.
|
|
|
|
All costs associated with constructing the public corridor on level 3, including
architectural and engineering costs and construction management and permit fees will be
paid by Landlord and shall not be charged to Tenants allowance.
|
|
(6)
|
|
PARKING.
Tenant shall be entitled to a total of thirty-five (35) parking spaces of
which twelve (12) shall be covered/reserved at no charge. Eight (8) of the covered/reserved
parking spaces shall be located within the garage and four (4) of the covered/reserved spaces
shall be carports. Tenant shall have the right to convert the carport spaces to garage spaces
should the Building reach an occupancy level of 90%, subject to availability.
|
|
(7)
|
|
EXPANSION.
Landlord grants Tenant an ongoing Right of First Refusal and an Expansion
Option on all space on the third floor that is unencumbered at the commencement of the lease.
Should Landlord receive a bona fide offer to lease all or a portion of this space, Landlord
shall deliver to Tenant a copy of the final offer and Tenant shall have seven (7) business
days to respond to such offer. Should Tenant elect to lease said space, Tenant shall lease
said space upon the terms contained in the offer. Should Tenant elect not to respond or
refuse to lease such space, Landlord is free to lease said space to the company outlined in
the offer. Should the Right of First Refusal offer be for a term of less than that which
remains on Tenants lease, said term shall be extended to expire on Tenants expiration and
the build out allowance shall be increased proportionately to equal an amount offered if the
expiration would have coincided with Tenants expiration date. Should Landlord fail to
consummate a transaction with said company based upon the terms contained in the Right of
First Refusal, Tenant shall retain its Right of First Refusal. Additionally, should Tenant
elect to lease additional space, such space shall be leased to Tenant based upon the then
prevailing market rates, terms, conditions and concessions offered in similar office
buildings in the Westchase West submarket area. Both parties agree to use best faith efforts
to reach an agreement in a timely fashion.
|
|
(8)
|
|
RENEWAL.
Tenant shall have an option to renew this lease for one (1) additional term
not to exceed sixty (60) months with written notification to Landlord no earlier than twelve
(12) nor later than six (6) months prior to lease expiration. Should Tenant desire to renew
the lease such renewal rate shall be
|
Page 2
|
|
|
based upon the then prevailing rates, terms, conditions and concessions offered
by other similar office buildings in the Westchase West submarket of Houston, Harris
County, Texas. Both parties agree to use best faith efforts to reach an agreement in a
timely fashion.
|
|
(9)
|
|
SIGNAGE.
Tenant shall have the right at
Tenants sole cost and expense to place
its name either on the building monument sign located near the
southeast corner of the Building
or on the sign located directly in front of the Building at no cost for the term of the lease
should space become available. This right shall be subordinate to existing rights of other
tenants in the Building and Landlord reserves the right to approve the design and location of
Tenants name on the sign.
|
|
(10)
|
|
CONFIDENTIALITY.
Tenant shall not, at any time either during or subsequent to the
negotiations of a Lease and/or Lease Amendment between Landlord and Tenant, disclose to any
person or entity any of the contents of the negotiations between Landlord and Tenant, if a
Lease and/or Lease Amendment is entered into between Landlord and Tenant, any terms of the
Lease.
|
|
(11)
|
|
NO BROKERS.
Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker
or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment except Moody Rambin (on behalf
of the Landlord) and Office Space Advisors, L.L.C. (on behalf of the Tenant), and that it
knows of no other real estate brokers or agents who are or might be entitled to a commission
in connection with this Amendment. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from
and against any liability or claim arising in respect to any other brokers or agents claiming
a commission in connection with this Amendment through Tenant. Landlord agrees to pay
Tenants broker a commission based on a separate agreement.
|
|
(12)
|
|
AUTHORITY.
Tenant and each person signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant
represents to Landlord as follows: (I) Tenant is a duly formed
and validly existing
corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) Tenant has and is qualified to do
business in Texas, (iii) Tenant has the full right and authority to enter into this Amendment,
and (iv) each person signing on behalf of Tenant was and continues to be authorized to do so.
|
|
(13)
|
|
DEFINED TERMS.
All terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same meaning
assigned to them in the Lease.
|
|
(14)
|
|
RATIFICATION OF LEASE.
Except as amended hereby, the Lease shall remain in full force
and effect in accordance with the terms and is hereby ratified. In the Event of a conflict
between the Lease and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control.
|
|
(15)
|
|
NO REPRESENTATIONS.
Landlord and Landlords agents have made no representations or
promises, express or implied, in connection with this Amendment except as expressly set forth
herein.
|
|
(16)
|
|
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
.
This Amendment together with the Lease contains all of the
agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in this
Amendment or the Lease, and no prior agreement, understanding or representation pertaining to
any such matter shall be effective for any purpose.
|
Page 3
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first
above written. Except as specifically herein amended, all other terms and conditions of the Lease
shall remain in full force and effect.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LANDLORD:
|
|
TENANT:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P., a
Delaware limited
partnership
|
|
Rignet, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
By: KWI Ashford Westchase General
|
|
|
|
Partner, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability
|
|
|
|
company, Its general partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: Kennedy Wilson Austin, Inc., Its Agent
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E. Robert Shepard, Jr.
|
|
Josh Tabin
|
Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
|
Date:
|
|
Page 4
EXHIBIT
A-1
PREMISES
FOURTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE
This fourth amendment to Lease (Amendment), dated for reference purposes only March 7, 2006
is attached to and becomes a part of that Lease between
KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P.,
a Delaware limited partnership,
(hereinafter called
Landlord) and
Rignet, Inc.,
(hereinafter called Tenant).
WITNESSETH
WHEREAS, under that certain lease agreement (the Lease) dated June 17, 2003, Landlord
leased to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord office space consisting of approximately 3,638
rentable square feet in the office building known as Ashford Crossing II located at 1880 South
Dairy Ashford, Houston, Texas (Leased Premises) for a term of Forty-one (41) months ending
December 31, 2006 and was amended by First Amendment to Lease dated September 19, 2003 wherein
Tenant expanded by an additional 1,432 rentable square feet for a total of 5,070 rentable square
feet; and, was amended by Second Amendment to Lease dated October 3, 2005 wherein Tenant expanded
by an additional 2,363 rentable square feet known as Suite 570; and, was amended by Third
Amendment to Lease dated January 13, 2006 wherein Tenant relocated to Suite 300 and expanded by
4,339 rentable square feet for a total area of 11,772 net rentable square feet.
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend said Lease as set forth herein; and,
NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS MUTUALLY COVENANTED AND AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
|
(1)
|
|
LEASED PREMISES
.
Effective April 1, 2006, or upon substantial
completion of the Premises, whichever is later, the Premises specified in Section
1.02 of the Lease and Paragraph 2 of the Third Amendment to Lease, consisting of
approximately 11,772 rentable square feet known as Suite 300, (Premises) shall be
expanded by approximately 928 rentable square feet known as Suite 140 and 355
rentable square feet known as Suite 130 currently used as Tenants storage area, for
a total of approximately 13,055 rentable square feet as shown on Exhibit A attached
hereto.
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
BASE RENTAL
.
Effective April 1, 2006, the Base Rental specified in
Section 1.07 of the Lease shall hereby be modified as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
04/01/06 through 07/31/06
|
|
$8,300.80 per month
|
|
13,055 RSF
|
08/01/06 through 05/31/07
|
|
$16,590.73 per month
|
|
13,055 RSF
|
06/01/07 through 05/31/08
|
|
$17,134.69 per month
|
|
13,055 RSF
|
06/01/08 through 05/31/09
|
|
$17,678.75 per month
|
|
13,055 RSF
|
06/01/09 through 05/31/10
|
|
$18,222.60 per month
|
|
13,055 RSF
|
06/01/10 through 05/31/11
|
|
$18,766.56 per month
|
|
13,055 RSF
|
06/01/11 through 05/31/12
|
|
$19,038.54 per month
|
|
13,055 RSF
|
|
(3)
|
|
LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
.
Suite 140, consisting of approximately 928
rentable square feet and Suite 130 consisting of approximately 355 rentable square
feet, shall be tendered in an as-is condition. Landlord does not warrant or
represent the condition of existing leasehold improvements
|
|
|
|
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord shall bear all costs of remodeling Suite 140
in an amount not to exceed Four Thousand Six Hundred Forty and 00/100 Dollars
($4,640.00), i.e., $5.00 per rentable square foot. The costs of such
|
Page 1
|
|
|
remodeling shall include, without limitation, preparation of Plans and all
working drawings, obtaining building permits, labor and materials used in such
construction, and all other costs of such construction including a conditional use
permit (if required) and occupancy permits.
|
|
|
(4)
|
|
PARKING.
Tenant shall be entitled to three (3) additional
unreserved/uncovered parking spaces and one (1) additional reserved carport parking
space for a total of thirty-nine (39) parking spaces at no charge for the term of the
Lease.
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
CONFIDENTIALITY.
Tenant shall not, at any time either during or
subsequent to the negotiations of a Lease and/or Lease Amendment between Landlord and
Tenant, disclose to any person or entity any of the contents of the negotiations
between Landlord and Tenant, if a Lease and/or Lease Amendment is entered into between
Landlord and Tenant, any terms of the Lease.
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
NO BROKERS.
Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real
estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment except
Moody Rambin (on behalf of the Landlord) and Office Space Advisors, L.L.C. (on behalf
of the Tenant), and that it knows of no other real estate brokers or agents who are or
might be entitled to a commission in connection with this Amendment. Tenant agrees to
indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any liability or claim arising in
respect to any other brokers or agents claiming a commission in connection with this
Amendment through Tenant. Landlord agrees to pay Tenants broker a commission based on
a separate agreement.
|
|
|
(7)
|
|
AUTHORITY.
Tenant and each person signing this Amendment on behalf of
Tenant represents to Landlord as follows: (i) Tenant is a duly formed and validly
existing corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) Tenant has and is
qualified to do business in Texas, (iii) Tenant has the full right and authority to
enter into this Amendment, and (iv) each person signing on behalf of Tenant was and
continues to be authorized to do so.
|
|
|
(8)
|
|
DEFINED TERMS.
All terms not otherwise defined herein shall have the same
meaning assigned to them in the Lease.
|
|
|
(9)
|
|
RATIFICATION OF LEASE.
Except as amended hereby, the Lease shall remain in
full force and effect in accordance with the terms and is hereby ratified. In the Event
of a conflict between the Lease and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control.
|
|
|
(10)
|
|
NO REPRESENTATIONS.
Landlord and Landlords agents have made no
representations or promises, express or implied, in connection with this Amendment
except as expressly set forth herein.
|
|
|
(11)
|
|
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
.
This Amendment together with the Lease contains all of
the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in
this Amendment or the Lease, and no prior agreement, understanding or representation
pertaining to any such matter shall be effective for any purpose.
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above
written. Except as specifically herein amended, all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall
remain in full force and effect.
Page 2
|
|
|
|
|
LANDLORD:
|
|
TENANT:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KWI
Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P., a Delaware limited partnership
|
|
Rignet, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: KWI Ashford Westchase General Partner, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability
company, Its general partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: Kennedy Wilson Austin, Inc., Its Agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/
E. Robert Shepard, Jr.
E. Robert Shepard, Jr.
Vice President
|
|
/s/ Josh Tabin
Josh Tabin
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: 3/23/06
|
|
Date: 3/9/2006
|
|
|
Page 3
FIFTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE
This fifth amendment to Lease (Amendment), dated for reference purposes only June 19, 2006
is attached to and becomes a part of that Lease between
KWI Ashford
Westchase
Buildings, L.P. a Delaware limited partnership,
hereafter called
Landlord) and
Rignet, Inc.,
(hereinafter called Tenant).
WHEREAS, under that certain lease agreement (the Lease) dated June 17, 2003, Landlord leased
to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord office space consisting of approximately 3,638 rentable
square feet in the office building known as Ashford Crossing II located at 1880 South Dairy
Ashford, Houston, Texas (Leased Premises) for a term of Forty-one (41) months ending December 31,
2006 and was amended by First Amendment to Lease dated September 9, 2003 wherein Tenant expanded by
an additional 1,432 rentable square feet for a total of 5,070 rentable square feet; and, was
amended by Second Amendment to Lease dated October 3, 2005 wherein Tenant expanded by an additional
2,363 rentable square feet known as Suite 570; and, was amended by Third Amendment to Lease dated
January 13, 2006 wherein Tenant relocated to Suite 300 and expended by 4,339 rentable square feet
for a total of 11,772 rentable square feet; and, was amended by Fourth Amendment to Lease dated
March 7, 2006 wherein Tenant expanded by an additional 928 rentable square feet known as Suite 140
and 355 rentable square feet known as suite 130 for a total of approximately 13,055 rentable square
feet.
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend said Lease as set forth herein; and,
|
(1)
|
|
Amortization of Additional Improvements:
Landlord and Tenant desire to
amortize the Additional Allowance in the amount of $22,154.00 into the Base Rent.
Said amount shall be amortized as additional rent over the Lease Term at ten percent
(10%) per annum. See attached Exhibit A, Summary of Amortization of Tenant
Improvement Billback.
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
Rental Rate:
Section 1.07 of the Lease shall be modified to reflect the
following revised rent schedule:
|
|
|
|
|
|
July 1, 2006 August 30, 2006
|
|
$
|
8,711.23
|
|
September 1, 2006 June 30, 2007
|
|
$
|
17,001.15
|
|
July 1, 2007 June 30, 2008
|
|
$
|
17,545.11
|
|
July 1, 2008 June 30, 2009
|
|
$
|
18,089.07
|
|
July 1, 2009 June 30, 2010
|
|
$
|
18,633.03
|
|
July 1, 2010 June 30, 2011
|
|
$
|
19,176.98
|
|
July 1, 2011 June 30, 2012
|
|
$
|
19,448.96
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
Payments:
simultaneous with the July 1, 2006 rental payment, Tenant will pay to
Landlord the sum of $9,546.87 representing the remaining balance of the tenant
improvement construction cost overage.
|
In consideration of the promises and mutual benefits that shall accrue to both, Landlord and Tenant
do hereby agree that except as expressly provided for in this Amendment, all other terms, covenants
and conditions of the Lease and modifications by addenda shall remain in full force and effect as
originally set forth therein.
|
|
|
|
|
LANDLORD:
|
|
TENANT:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings. L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership
|
|
Rignet, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: KWI Ashford Westchase General
Partner, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability
Company, Its general partner
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: Kennedy Wilson Austin, Inc., Its Agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Stephen A. Pyhrr
Stephen A. Pyhrr
Vice President
|
|
/s/ Josh Tabin
Josh Tabin
CFO
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Date: 8/14/06
|
|
Date: 7/10/2006
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RigNet, Inc.
Ashford Crossing II
Houston, Tx
|
|
EXHIBIT A
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Summary of Amortization of TI Billback
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total TI
Billback outstanding from tenant for additional TI work performed =
|
|
$
|
22,154
|
|
Monthly pymt when amortized at 10% interest over 72 month lease term =
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ / SF
|
|
Total
|
|
+ TI Billback
|
|
Total Due
|
|
Revised $ / SF
|
Jul-06
|
|
|
|
$
|
7.63
|
|
|
$
|
8,300.80
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
8,711.23
|
|
|
$
|
8.01
|
|
Aug-06
|
|
|
|
$
|
7.63
|
|
|
$
|
8,300.80
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
8,711.23
|
|
|
$
|
8.01
|
|
Sep-06
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.25
|
|
|
$
|
16,590.73
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
17,001.15
|
|
|
$
|
15.63
|
|
Oct-06
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.25
|
|
|
$
|
16,590.73
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
17,001.15
|
|
|
$
|
15.63
|
|
Nov-06
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.25
|
|
|
$
|
16,590.73
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
17,001.15
|
|
|
$
|
15.63
|
|
Dec-06
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.25
|
|
|
$
|
16,590.73
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
17,001.15
|
|
|
$
|
15.63
|
|
Jan-07
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.25
|
|
|
$
|
16,590.73
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
17,001.15
|
|
|
$
|
15.63
|
|
Feb-07
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.25
|
|
|
$
|
16,590.73
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
17,001.15
|
|
|
$
|
15.63
|
|
Mar-07
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.25
|
|
|
$
|
16,590.73
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
17,001.15
|
|
|
$
|
15.63
|
|
Apr-07
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.25
|
|
|
$
|
16,590.73
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
17,001.15
|
|
|
$
|
15.63
|
|
May-07
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.25
|
|
|
$
|
16,590.73
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
17,001.15
|
|
|
$
|
15.63
|
|
Jun-07
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.25
|
|
|
$
|
16,590.73
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
17,001.15
|
|
|
$
|
15.63
|
|
Jul-07
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.75
|
|
|
$
|
17,134.69
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
17,545.11
|
|
|
$
|
16.13
|
|
Aug-07
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.75
|
|
|
$
|
17,134.69
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
17,545.11
|
|
|
$
|
16.13
|
|
Sep-07
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.75
|
|
|
$
|
17,134.69
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
17,545.11
|
|
|
$
|
16.13
|
|
Oct-07
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.75
|
|
|
$
|
17,134.69
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
17,545.11
|
|
|
$
|
16.13
|
|
Nov-07
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.75
|
|
|
$
|
17,134.69
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
17,545.11
|
|
|
$
|
16.13
|
|
Dec-07
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.75
|
|
|
$
|
17,134.69
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
17,545.11
|
|
|
$
|
16.13
|
|
Jan-08
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.75
|
|
|
$
|
17,134.69
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
17,545.11
|
|
|
$
|
16.13
|
|
Feb-08
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.75
|
|
|
$
|
17,134.69
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
17,545.11
|
|
|
$
|
16.13
|
|
Mar-08
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.75
|
|
|
$
|
17,134.69
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
17,545.11
|
|
|
$
|
16.13
|
|
Apr-08
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.75
|
|
|
$
|
17,134.69
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
17,545.11
|
|
|
$
|
16.13
|
|
:May-08
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.75
|
|
|
$
|
17,134.69
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
17,545.11
|
|
|
$
|
16.13
|
|
Jun-08
|
|
|
|
$
|
15.75
|
|
|
$
|
17,134.69
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
17,545.11
|
|
|
$
|
16.13
|
|
Jul-08
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.25
|
|
|
$
|
17,678.65
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,089.07
|
|
|
$
|
16.63
|
|
Aug-08
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.25
|
|
|
$
|
17,678.65
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,089.07
|
|
|
$
|
16.63
|
|
Sep-08
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.25
|
|
|
$
|
17,678.65
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,089.07
|
|
|
$
|
16.63
|
|
Oct-08
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.25
|
|
|
$
|
17,678.65
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,089.07
|
|
|
$
|
16.63
|
|
Nov-08
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.25
|
|
|
$
|
17,678.65
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,089.07
|
|
|
$
|
16.63
|
|
Dec-08
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.25
|
|
|
$
|
17,678.65
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,089.07
|
|
|
$
|
16.63
|
|
Jan-09
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.25
|
|
|
$
|
17,678.65
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,089.07
|
|
|
$
|
16.63
|
|
Feb-09
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.25
|
|
|
$
|
17,678.65
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,089.07
|
|
|
$
|
16.63
|
|
Mar-09
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.25
|
|
|
$
|
17,678.65
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,089.07
|
|
|
$
|
16.63
|
|
Apr-09
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.25
|
|
|
$
|
17,678.65
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,089.07
|
|
|
$
|
16.63
|
|
May-09
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.25
|
|
|
$
|
17,678.65
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,089.07
|
|
|
$
|
16.63
|
|
Jun-09
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.25
|
|
|
$
|
17,678.65
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,089.07
|
|
|
$
|
16.63
|
|
Jul-09
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.75
|
|
|
$
|
18,222.60
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,633.03
|
|
|
$
|
17.13
|
|
RigNet,
Inc.
Ashford Crossing II
Houston, Tx
|
|
|
|
|
Summary of Amortization of TI Billback
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total TI
Billback outstanding from tenant for additional TI work performed =
|
|
$
|
22,154
|
|
Monthly pymt when amortized at 10% interest over 72 month lease term =
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ / SF
|
|
Total
|
|
+ TI Billback
|
|
Total Due
|
|
Revised $ / SF
|
Aug-09
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.75
|
|
|
$
|
18,222.60
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,633.03
|
|
|
$
|
17.13
|
|
Sep-09
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.75
|
|
|
$
|
18,222.60
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,633.03
|
|
|
$
|
17.13
|
|
Oct-09
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.75
|
|
|
$
|
18,222.60
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,633.03
|
|
|
$
|
17.13
|
|
Nov-09
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.75
|
|
|
$
|
18,222.60
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,633.03
|
|
|
$
|
17.13
|
|
Dec-09
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.75
|
|
|
$
|
18,222.60
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,633.03
|
|
|
$
|
17.13
|
|
Jan-10
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.75
|
|
|
$
|
18,222.60
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,633.03
|
|
|
$
|
17.13
|
|
Feb-10
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.75
|
|
|
$
|
18,222.60
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,633.03
|
|
|
$
|
17.13
|
|
Mar-10
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.75
|
|
|
$
|
18,222.60
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,633.03
|
|
|
$
|
17.13
|
|
Apr-10
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.75
|
|
|
$
|
18,222.60
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,633.03
|
|
|
$
|
17.13
|
|
May-10
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.75
|
|
|
$
|
18,222.60
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,633.03
|
|
|
$
|
17.13
|
|
Jun-10
|
|
|
|
$
|
16.75
|
|
|
$
|
18,222.60
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
18,633.03
|
|
|
$
|
17.13
|
|
Jul-10
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.25
|
|
|
$
|
18,766.56
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,176.98
|
|
|
$
|
17.63
|
|
Aug-10
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.25
|
|
|
$
|
18,766.56
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,176.98
|
|
|
$
|
17.63
|
|
Sep-10
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.25
|
|
|
$
|
18,766.56
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,176.98
|
|
|
$
|
17.63
|
|
Oct-10
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.25
|
|
|
$
|
18,766.56
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,176.98
|
|
|
$
|
17.63
|
|
Nov-10
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.25
|
|
|
$
|
18,766.56
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,176.98
|
|
|
$
|
17.63
|
|
Dec-10
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.25
|
|
|
$
|
18,766.56
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,176.98
|
|
|
$
|
17.63
|
|
Jan-11
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.25
|
|
|
$
|
18,766.56
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,176.98
|
|
|
$
|
17.63
|
|
Feb-11
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.25
|
|
|
$
|
18,766.56
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,176.98
|
|
|
$
|
17.63
|
|
Mar-11
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.25
|
|
|
$
|
18,766.56
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,176.98
|
|
|
$
|
17.63
|
|
Apr-11
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.25
|
|
|
$
|
18,766.56
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,176.98
|
|
|
$
|
17.63
|
|
May-11
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.25
|
|
|
$
|
18,766.56
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,176.98
|
|
|
$
|
17.63
|
|
Jun-11
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.25
|
|
|
$
|
18,766.56
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,176.98
|
|
|
$
|
17.63
|
|
Jul-11
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.50
|
|
|
$
|
19,038.54
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,448.96
|
|
|
$
|
17.88
|
|
Aug-11
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.50
|
|
|
$
|
19,038.54
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,448.96
|
|
|
$
|
17.88
|
|
Sep-11
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.50
|
|
|
$
|
19,038.54
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,448.96
|
|
|
$
|
17.88
|
|
Oct-11
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.50
|
|
|
$
|
19,038.54
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,448.96
|
|
|
$
|
17.88
|
|
Nov-11
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.50
|
|
|
$
|
19,038.54
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,448.96
|
|
|
$
|
17.88
|
|
Dec-11
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.50
|
|
|
$
|
19,038.54
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,448.96
|
|
|
$
|
17.88
|
|
Jan-12
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.50
|
|
|
$
|
19,038.54
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,448.96
|
|
|
$
|
17.88
|
|
Feb-12
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.50
|
|
|
$
|
19,038.54
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,448.96
|
|
|
$
|
17.88
|
|
Mar-12
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.50
|
|
|
$
|
19,038.54
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,448.96
|
|
|
$
|
17.88
|
|
Apr-12
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.50
|
|
|
$
|
19,038.54
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,448.96
|
|
|
$
|
17.88
|
|
May-12
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.50
|
|
|
$
|
19,038.54
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,448.96
|
|
|
$
|
17.88
|
|
Jun-12
|
|
|
|
$
|
17.50
|
|
|
$
|
19,038.54
|
|
|
$
|
410.42
|
|
|
$
|
19,448.96
|
|
|
$
|
17.88
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Totals
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
1,272,601.40
|
|
|
$
|
29,550.34
|
|
|
$
|
1,302,151.74
|
|
|
|
|
|
SIXTH AMENDMENT TO LEASE
This sixth amendment to Lease (Amendment), dated for reference purposes only November 5,
2009 is attached to and becomes a part of that Lease between
KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings,
L.P., a Delaware limited partnership,
(hereinafter called
Landlord) and
Rignet, Inc.,
(hereinafter called Tenant).
WITNESSETH
WHEREAS, under that certain lease agreement (the Lease) dated June 17, 2003, Landlord leased
to Tenant and Tenant leased from Landlord office space consisting of approximately 3,638 rentable
square feet in the office building known as Ashford Crossing II located at 1880 South Dairy
Ashford, Houston, Texas (Leased Premises) for a term of Forty-one (41) months ending December 31,
2006 and was amended by First Amendment to Lease dated September 19, 2003 wherein Tenant expanded
by an additional 1,432 rentable square feet for a total of 5,070 rentable square feet; and, was
amended by Second Amendment to Lease dated October 3, 2005 wherein Tenant expanded by an additional
2,363 rentable square feet known as Suite 570; and, was amended by Third Amendment to Lease dated
January 13, 2006 wherein Tenant relocated to Suite 300 and expanded by 4,339 rentable square feet;
and, was amended by Fourth Amendment to Lease dated March 7, 2006 wherein Tenant expanded by an
additional 928 rentable square feet known as Suite 140 and 355 rentable square feet for a total of
13,055 rentable square feet, and, was amended by Fifth Amendment to Lease dated June 19, 2006
wherein Tenant amortized additional improvements into the Base Rent..
WHEREAS, Landlord and Tenant desire to amend said Lease as set forth herein; and,
NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS MUTUALLY COVENANTED AND AGREED AS FOLLOWS:
|
(1)
|
|
TERM
. The term of the Lease as specified in Article 1.06 therein shall
hereby be Sixty-seven (67) months, commencing December 1, 2009 and expiring June 30,
2015.
|
|
|
(2)
|
|
LEASED PREMISES
. Effective December 1, 2009, or upon substantial
completion of the Premises, whichever is later, the Premises specified in Section 1.02
of the Lease and Paragraph 1 of the Fourth Amendment to Lease, consisting of
approximately 13,055 rentable square feet known as Suite 300, (Existing Office
Space) shall be expanded by approximately 2,151 rentable square feet, (Sixth
Amendment Expansion Area) for a total of approximately 15,206 rentable square feet
(Combined Lease Premises), as shown on Exhibit A attached hereto.
|
|
|
(3)
|
|
BASE RENTAL
. Effective December 1, 2009, the Base Rental for the Sixth
Amendment Expansion area shall be as follows:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
12/01/09 through 01/31/10
|
|
$1,523.63 per month
|
|
2,151 RSF
|
02/01/10 through 11/30/10
|
|
$3,047.25 per month
|
|
2,151 RSF
|
12/01/10 through 12/31/10
|
|
$1,568.44 per month
|
|
2,151 RSF
|
01/01/11 through 11/30/11
|
|
$3,136.88 per month
|
|
2,151 RSF
|
12/01/11 through 12/31/11
|
|
$1,613.25 per month
|
|
2,151 RSF
|
01/01/12 through 11/30/12
|
|
$3,226.50 per month
|
|
2,151 RSF
|
12/01/12 through 12/31/12
|
|
$1,658.07 per month
|
|
2,151 RSF
|
01/01/13 through 11/30/13
|
|
$3,316.13 per month
|
|
2,151 RSF
|
12/01/13 through 01/31/14
|
|
$1,702.88 per month
|
|
2,151 RSF
|
Page 1
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
02/01/14 through 06/30/15
|
|
$3,405.75 per month
|
|
2,151 RSF
|
Base Rental for the Existing Office Space (13,055 RSF) shall be:
|
|
|
|
|
12/01/09 through 06/30/10
|
|
$18,633.03 per month
|
|
13,055 RSF
|
07/01/10 through 06/30/11
|
|
$19,176.98 per month
|
|
13,055 RSF
|
07/01/11 through 06/30/12
|
|
$19,448.96 per month
|
|
13,055 RSF
|
07/01/12 through 11/30/12
|
|
$19,582.50 per month
|
|
13,055 RSF
|
12/01/12 through 12/31/12
|
|
$10,063.23 per month
|
|
13,055 RSF
|
01/01/13 through 11/30/13
|
|
$20,126.46 per month
|
|
13,055 RSF
|
12/01/13 through 01/31/14
|
|
$10,335.21 per month
|
|
13,055 RSF
|
02/01/14 through 06/30/15
|
|
$20,670.42 per month
|
|
13,055 RSF
|
|
(4)
|
|
OPERATING EXPENSE BASE
. The treatment of operating expenses will be as described
in the existing Lease Agreement and subsequent amendments.
|
|
|
(5)
|
|
LEASEHOLD IMPROVEMENTS
. The Sixth Amendment Expansion Area consisting of
approximately 2,151 rentable square feet shall be tendered in an as-is condition. Landlord
does not warrant or represent the condition of existing leasehold improvements.
|
|
|
|
|
Notwithstanding the foregoing, Landlord agrees to create an opening in the demising wall,
reconfigure the two offices in south end of the space and to close in the area on the
north end of the space with a wall and a door in the Sixth Amendment Expansion Area. In
addition, Landlord will provide Tenant with an allowance of Seventy-Six Thousand Thirty
and 00/100 Dollars (76,030.00), i.e., $5.00 per rentable square foot for improvements to
the Premises. The costs of such remodeling shall include, without limitation, preparation
of Plans and all working drawings, obtaining building permits, labor and materials used in
such construction, a construction management fee of 2%, and all other costs of such
construction including a conditional use permit (if required) and occupancy permits.
Tenant will have the right to use the allowance at any time during the Term provided
Tenant has waived its right to terminate as described herein.
|
|
|
(6)
|
|
PARKING
. Tenant shall be entitled to four (4) additional unreserved/uncovered
parking spaces for a total of thirty (30) and three (3) additional reserved garage parking
spaces for a total of sixteen (16) covered/reserved parking spaces at no charge for the term
of the Lease.
|
|
|
(7)
|
|
EXPANSION
. Landlord grants Tenant an ongoing Right of First Refusal and an Expansion
Option on all space on the third floor that is unencumbered at the commencement of the lease.
Should Landlord receive a bona fide offer to lease all or a portion of this space, Landlord
shall deliver to Tenant a copy of the final offer and Tenant shall have seven (7) business
days to respond to such offer. Should Tenant elect to lease said space, Tenant shall lease
said space upon the terms contained in the offer. Should Tenant elect not to respond or
refuse to lease such space, Landlord is free to lease said space to the company outlined in
the offer. Should the Right of First Refusal offer be for a term of less than that which
remains on Tenants lease, said term shall be extended to expire on Tenants expiration and
the build out allowance shall be increased proportionately to equal an amount offered if the
expiration would have coincided with Tenants expiration date. Should Landlord fail to
consummate a transaction with said company based upon the terms contained in the Right of
First Refusal,
|
Page 2
|
|
|
Tenant shall retain its Right of First Refusal. Additionally, should Tenant
elect to lease additional space, such space shall be leased to Tenant based upon the then
prevailing market rates, terms, conditions and concessions offered in similar office
buildings in the Westchase West submarket area. Both parties agree to use best faith
efforts to reach an agreement in a timely fashion.
|
|
|
(8)
|
|
RENEWAL
. Tenant shall have an option to renew this lease for one (1) additional term
not to exceed sixty (60) months with written notification to Landlord no earlier than twelve
(12) nor later than six (6) months prior to lease expiration. Should Tenant desire to renew
the lease such renewal rate shall be based upon the then prevailing rates, terms, conditions
and concessions offered by other similar office buildings in the Westchase West submarket of
Houston, Harris County, Texas. Both parties agree to use best faith efforts to reach an
agreement in a timely fashion.
|
|
(9)
|
|
TERMINATION OPTION
. Tenant shall have a one-time option to terminate the Lease with
a penalty consisting of unamortized tenant improvement and leasing commissions after the
forty-second (42
nd
) month from the commencement date of this Sixth Amendment
(Termination Date).. Tenant will have the right to terminate the Lease with respect to the
entire Premises (Termination Option) upon not less than six (6) months prior written notice
to Landlord. If Tenant does not exercise its option to terminate upon the Termination Date,
then Tenant will have waived its right to terminate and the Lease will remain in full force
and effect.
|
|
|
|
|
Payment of the penalty shall be due and payable simultaneously with Tenants written
notice of intent to terminate or Tenants termination rights shall be null and void.
|
|
|
(10)
|
|
CONFIDENTIALITY
. Tenant shall not, at any time either during or subsequent to the
negotiations of a Lease and/or Lease Amendment between Landlord and Tenant, disclose to any
person or entity any of the contents of the negotiations between Landlord and Tenant, if a
Lease and/or Lease Amendment is entered into between Landlord and Tenant, any terms of the
Lease.
|
|
|
(11)
|
|
NO BROKERS
. Tenant warrants that it has had no dealings with any real estate broker
or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Amendment except Moody Rambin (on behalf
of the Landlord) and Mohr Partners (on behalf of the Tenant), and that it knows of no other
real estate brokers or agents who are or might be entitled to a commission in connection with
this Amendment. Tenant agrees to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any
liability or claim arising in respect to any other brokers or agents claiming a commission in
connection with this Amendment through Tenant. Landlord agrees to pay Tenants broker a
commission based on a separate agreement.
|
|
|
(12)
|
|
AUTHORITY
. Tenant and each person signing this Amendment on behalf of Tenant
represents to Landlord as follows: (i) Tenant is a duly formed and validly existing
corporation under the laws of the State of Delaware, (ii) Tenant has and is qualified to do
business in Texas, (iii) Tenant has the full right and authority to enter into this
Amendment, and (iv) each person signing on behalf of Tenant was and continues to be
authorized to do so.
|
Page 3
|
(13)
|
|
DEFINED TERMS
. All terms not otherwise defined herein shall have
the same meaning assigned to them in the Lease.
|
|
|
(14)
|
|
RATIFICATION OF LEASE
. Except as amended hereby, the Lease shall remain
in full force and effect in accordance with the terms and is hereby ratified. In the
Event of a conflict between the Lease and this Amendment, this Amendment shall control.
|
|
|
(15)
|
|
NO REPRESENTATIONS
. Landlord and Landlords agents have made no
representations or promises, express or implied, in connection with this Amendment
except as expressly set forth herein.
|
|
|
(16)
|
|
ENTIRE AGREEMENT
. This Amendment together with the Lease contains all of
the agreements of the parties hereto with respect to any matter covered or mentioned in
this Amendment or the Lease, and no prior agreement, understanding or representation
pertaining to any such matter shall be effective for any purpose.
|
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Amendment as of the date first above
written. Except as specifically herein amended, all other terms and conditions of the Lease shall
remain in full force and effect.
|
|
|
|
|
LANDLORD:
|
|
TENANT:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
KWI Ashford Westchase Buildings, L.P., a
Delaware limited partnership
|
|
Rignet, Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: KWI Ashford Westchase General
Partner, L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability
company, Its general partner
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: /s/ Marty Jimmerson
|
|
By: Kennedy Wilson Austin, Inc., Its Agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Stephen A. Pyhrr
Stephen A. Pyhrr
Vice President
|
|
|
|
|
Date: 11/19/09
|
|
Date:
|
|
|
Page 4
EXHIBIT A
Sixth Amendment Expansion 2125 NRA
Exhibit 10.11
[Published CUSIP Number: ______________]
CREDIT AGREEMENT
Dated as of May 29, 2009
among
RIGNET, INC.
as Borrower
,
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
as Administrative Agent
and
The Other Lenders Party Hereto
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE I DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
|
|
|
1
|
|
1.01 Defined Terms
|
|
|
1
|
|
1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions
|
|
|
16
|
|
1.03 Accounting Terms
|
|
|
17
|
|
1.04 Rounding
|
|
|
18
|
|
1.05 Times of Day
|
|
|
18
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE II . THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
|
|
|
18
|
|
2.01 Term Loan Commitment
|
|
|
18
|
|
2.02 Conversions and Continuations of Loans
|
|
|
18
|
|
2.03 Prepayments
|
|
|
19
|
|
2.04 Repayment of Loans
|
|
|
20
|
|
2.05 Interest
|
|
|
20
|
|
2.06 Fees
|
|
|
21
|
|
2.07 Computation of Interest and Fees
|
|
|
21
|
|
2.08 Evidence of Debt
|
|
|
22
|
|
2.09 Payments Generally; Agents Clawback
|
|
|
22
|
|
2.10 Sharing of Payments
|
|
|
24
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE III TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
|
|
|
24
|
|
3.01 Taxes
|
|
|
24
|
|
3.02 Illegality
|
|
|
28
|
|
3.03 Inability to Determine Rates
|
|
|
28
|
|
3.04 Increased Costs
|
|
|
28
|
|
3.05 Compensation for Losses
|
|
|
29
|
|
3.06 Mitigation Obligations
|
|
|
30
|
|
3.07 Survival
|
|
|
30
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IV . CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
|
|
|
30
|
|
4.01 Conditions of Initial Credit Extension
|
|
|
31
|
|
4.02 Conditions to all Credit Extensions
|
|
|
32
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE V . REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
|
|
|
33
|
|
5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power
|
|
|
33
|
|
5.02 Authorization; No Contravention
|
|
|
33
|
|
5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents
|
|
|
33
|
|
5.04 Binding Effect
|
|
|
34
|
|
5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect
|
|
|
34
|
|
5.06 Litigation
|
|
|
34
|
|
5.07 No Default
|
|
|
34
|
|
5.08 Ownership of Property; Liens
|
|
|
35
|
|
5.09 Environmental Compliance
|
|
|
35
|
|
5.10 Insurance
|
|
|
35
|
|
5.11 Taxes
|
|
|
35
|
|
5.12 ERISA Compliance
|
|
|
35
|
|
5.13 Subsidiaries
|
|
|
36
|
|
i
|
|
|
|
|
5.14 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act
|
|
|
36
|
|
5.15 Disclosure
|
|
|
36
|
|
5.16 Compliance with Laws
|
|
|
37
|
|
5.17 Taxpayer Identification Number
|
|
|
37
|
|
5.18 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.
|
|
|
37
|
|
5.19 Rights in Collateral; Priority of Liens
|
|
|
37
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VI . AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
|
|
|
37
|
|
6.01 Financial Statements
|
|
|
37
|
|
6.02 Certificates; Other Information
|
|
|
38
|
|
6.03 Notices
|
|
|
40
|
|
6.04 Payment of Obligations
|
|
|
40
|
|
6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc.
|
|
|
40
|
|
6.06 Maintenance of Properties
|
|
|
40
|
|
6.07 Maintenance of Insurance
|
|
|
41
|
|
6.08 Compliance with Laws
|
|
|
41
|
|
6.09 Books and Records
|
|
|
41
|
|
6.10 Inspection Rights
|
|
|
41
|
|
6.11 Use of Proceeds
|
|
|
41
|
|
6.12 Financial Covenants
|
|
|
41
|
|
6.13 Collateral Records
|
|
|
42
|
|
6.14 Security Interests
|
|
|
42
|
|
6.15 Additional Guarantors; Pledge of Equity of Foreign Subsidiaries
|
|
|
42
|
|
6.16 Cash Collateral
|
|
|
43
|
|
6.17 Principal Depository
|
|
|
43
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VII . NEGATIVE COVENANTS
|
|
|
44
|
|
7.01 Liens
|
|
|
44
|
|
7.02 Investments
|
|
|
45
|
|
7.03 Indebtedness
|
|
|
46
|
|
7.04 Fundamental Changes
|
|
|
47
|
|
7.05 Dispositions
|
|
|
47
|
|
7.06 Restricted Payments
|
|
|
48
|
|
7.07 Change in Nature of Business
|
|
|
49
|
|
7.08 Transactions with Affiliates
|
|
|
49
|
|
7.09 Burdensome Agreements
|
|
|
49
|
|
7.10 Use of Proceeds
|
|
|
50
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE VIII . EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
|
|
|
50
|
|
8.01 Events of Default
|
|
|
50
|
|
8.02 Remedies Upon Event of Default
|
|
|
52
|
|
8.03 Application of Funds
|
|
|
52
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE IX . ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
|
|
|
53
|
|
9.01 Appointment and Authorization of Administrative Agent
|
|
|
53
|
|
9.02 Rights as a Lender
|
|
|
53
|
|
9.03 Exculpatory Provisions
|
|
|
54
|
|
9.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent
|
|
|
54
|
|
9.05 Delegation of Duties
|
|
|
55
|
|
ii
|
|
|
|
|
9.06 Resignation of Agent
|
|
|
55
|
|
9.07 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders
|
|
|
56
|
|
9.08 No Other Duties, Etc.
|
|
|
56
|
|
9.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim
|
|
|
56
|
|
9.10 Collateral Matters
|
|
|
56
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ARTICLE X . MISCELLANEOUS
|
|
|
58
|
|
10.01 Amendments, Etc.
|
|
|
58
|
|
10.02 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications
|
|
|
59
|
|
10.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies: Enforcement
|
|
|
61
|
|
10.04 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver
|
|
|
62
|
|
10.05 Payments Set Aside
|
|
|
63
|
|
10.06 Successors and Assigns
|
|
|
64
|
|
10.07 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality
|
|
|
67
|
|
10.08 Right of Setoff
|
|
|
68
|
|
10.09 Interest Rate Limitation
|
|
|
68
|
|
10.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness
|
|
|
68
|
|
10.11 Survival of Representations and Warranties
|
|
|
68
|
|
10.12 Severability
|
|
|
69
|
|
10.13 Replacement of Lenders
|
|
|
69
|
|
10.14 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.
|
|
|
70
|
|
10.15 Waiver of Jury Trial
|
|
|
71
|
|
10.16 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility
|
|
|
71
|
|
10.17 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents
|
|
|
72
|
|
10.18 USA PATRIOT Act Notice
|
|
|
72
|
|
10.19 Time of the Essence
|
|
|
72
|
|
10.20 Entire Agreement
|
|
|
72
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
SCHEDULES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
2.01 Commitments and Applicable Percentages
|
|
|
|
|
5.06 Litigation
|
|
|
|
|
5.13 Subsidiaries and Other Equity Investments
|
|
|
|
|
7.01 Existing Liens
|
|
|
|
|
7.02 Existing Investments
|
|
|
|
|
7.03 Existing Indebtedness
|
|
|
|
|
7.08 Transactions with Affiliates
|
|
|
|
|
10.02 Administrative Agents Office, Certain Addresses for Notices
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
EXHIBITS
|
|
|
|
|
Form
of
|
A Loan Notice
|
|
|
|
|
B Note
|
|
|
|
|
C Compliance Certificate
|
|
|
|
|
D Assignment and Assumption
|
|
|
|
|
E Administrative Questionnaire
|
|
|
|
|
iii
CREDIT AGREEMENT
This CREDIT AGREEMENT (this
Agreement
) is entered into as of May 29, 2009, among RIGNET,
INC., a Delaware corporation (
Borrower
), each lender from time to time party hereto
(collectively,
Lenders
and each individually, a
Lender
), and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., a national
banking association, as Administrative Agent for itself and the other Lenders.
Borrower has requested that Lenders extend credit to Borrower in the form of a $35,000,000
term loan credit facility, and Lenders are willing to do so on the terms and conditions set forth
herein. In consideration of the mutual covenants and agreements herein contained, the parties
hereto covenant and agree as follows:
ARTICLE I
DEFINITIONS AND ACCOUNTING TERMS
1.01 Defined Terms.
As used in this Agreement, the following terms shall have the meanings set
forth below:
Administrative Agent
or
Agent
means Bank of America in its capacity as administrative
agent under any of the Loan Documents, or any successor administrative agent.
Administrative Agents Office
means Agents address and, as appropriate, account as set
forth on
Schedule 10.02
, or such other address or account as Agent may from time to time notify
Borrower and Lenders.
Administrative Questionnaire
means an Administrative Questionnaire in substantially the form
of
Exhibit E
or any other form approved by Agent.
Affiliate
means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly
through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control with
the Person specified.
Agent Parties
has the meaning specified in
Section 10.02
.
Aggregate Commitments
means the Commitments of all Lenders.
Agreement
means this Credit Agreement.
Applicable Percentage
means (a) on or prior to the date of the initial Credit Extension,
with respect to any Lender, the percentage set forth opposite the name of such Lender on
Schedule
2.01
, and (b) at any time after the date of the initial Credit Extension, with respect to any
Lender, the percentage (carried out to the ninth decimal place) of the Outstanding Amount
represented by such Lenders Loans at such time.
Applicable Rate
means, from time to time, the following percentages per annum, based upon the
ratio of Funded Debt to EBITDA (the
Financial Covenant
), in each case as set forth in the most
recent Compliance Certificate received by Agent pursuant to
Section 6.02(b)
:
1
|
|
|
|
|
Pricing Level
|
|
Ratio of Funded Debt to EBITDA
|
|
Applicable Rate
|
1
|
|
Greater than or equal to 1.50 to 1.00
|
|
+5.25%
|
|
|
|
|
|
2
|
|
Greater than or equal to 0.75 to 1.00,
but less than 1.50 to 1.00
|
|
+4.75%
|
|
|
|
|
|
3
|
|
Less than 0.75 to 1.00
|
|
+4.25%
|
Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Financial
Covenant shall become effective commencing on the fifth Business Day immediately following
the date a Compliance Certificate for the most recent fiscal quarter is delivered pursuant
to
Section 6.02(b)
;
provided
that, if a Compliance Certificate is not delivered when
due in accordance with
Section 6.02(b)
, then, upon the request of the Required Lenders,
Pricing Level 1 shall apply commencing on the fifth Business Day following the date
such Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered and shall remain
in effect until the date on which such Compliance Certificate is delivered. The Applicable
Rate in effect from the Closing Date through the date on which Agent receives the Compliance
Certificate for the fiscal quarter ending September 30, 2009, shall be determined based upon
Pricing Level 2.
Assignee Group
means two or more Eligible Assignees that are Affiliates of one another.
Assignment and Assumption
means an assignment and assumption entered into by a Lender and an
assignee (with the consent of any party whose consent is required by
Section 10.06(b)
), and
accepted by Agent, in substantially the form of
Exhibit D
or any other form approved by Agent.
Attributable Indebtedness
means, on any date, (a) in respect of any capital lease of any
Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared
as of such date in accordance with GAAP or IFRS, as applicable, and (b) in respect of any Synthetic
Lease Obligation, the capitalized amount of the remaining lease payments under the relevant lease
that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person prepared as of such date in accordance with
GAAP or IFRS, as applicable, if such lease were accounted for as a capital lease.
Audited Financial Statements
means the audited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and
its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31 and the related consolidated statements of
income or operations, shareholders equity and cash flows for such fiscal year of Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, including the notes thereto.
Bank of America
means Bank of America, N.A., a national banking association, and its
successors.
Borrower
has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
2
Borrower Materials
has the meaning specified in
Section 6.02
.
Borrowing
means a borrowing consisting of simultaneous Loans of the same Type and, in the
case of Eurodollar Rate Loans, having the same Interest Period made by each of the Lenders pursuant
to
Section 2.01
.
Business Day
means any day other than a Saturday, Sunday or other day on which commercial
banks are authorized to close under the Laws of, or are in fact closed in, the state where
Administrative Agents Office is located and, if such day relates to any Eurodollar Rate Loan,
means any such day on which dealings in Dollar deposits are conducted by and between banks in the
London interbank eurodollar market.
Change in Law
means the occurrence, after the date of this Agreement, of any of the
following: (a) the adoption or taking effect of any law, rule, regulation or treaty, (b) any change
in any law, rule, regulation or treaty or in the administration, interpretation or application
thereof by any Governmental Authority, or (c) the making or issuance of any request, guideline or
directive (whether or not having the force of law) by any Governmental Authority.
Change of Control
means, with respect to Borrower, an event or series of events by which:
(a) any person or group (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934, but excluding any employee benefit plan of such person or its
subsidiaries, and any person or entity acting in its capacity as trustee, agent or other fiduciary
or administrator of any such plan), other than any Permitted Investor, becomes the beneficial
owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, except that
a person or group shall be deemed to have beneficial ownership of all securities that such person
or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or
only after the passage of time (such right, an option right)), directly or indirectly, of
30% or more of the equity securities of such Person entitled to vote for members of the board of
directors or equivalent governing body of such Person on a fully-diluted basis (and taking into
account all such securities that such person or group has the right to acquire pursuant to any
option right); or
(b) during any period of 24 consecutive months, a majority of the members of the board of
directors or other equivalent governing body of such Person cease to be composed of individuals (i)
who were members of that board or equivalent governing body on the first day of such period, (ii)
whose election or nomination to that board or equivalent governing body was approved by individuals
referred to in
clause (i)
above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a
majority of that board or equivalent governing body or (iii) whose election or nomination to that
board or other equivalent governing body was approved by individuals referred to in
clauses (i)
and
(ii)
above constituting at the time of such election or nomination at least a majority of that
board or equivalent governing body (excluding, in the case of both
clause (ii)
and
clause (iii)
,
any individual whose initial nomination for, or assumption of office as, a member of that board or
equivalent governing body occurs as a result of an actual or threatened solicitation of proxies or
consents for the election or removal of one or more
3
directors by any person or group other than a
solicitation for the election of one or more directors by or on behalf of the board of directors).
Closing Date
means the first date that all the conditions precedent in
Section 4.01
are
satisfied or waived in accordance with
Section 10.01
and the Loans are extended by the Lenders.
Code
means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.
Collateral
shall mean any and all assets and rights and interests in or to property of
Borrower and each of the other Loan Parties, whether real or personal, tangible or intangible, in
which a Lien is granted or purported to be granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents.
Collateral Documents
means all agreements, instruments, certificate of deposit pledge
agreements, and documents now or hereafter executed and delivered in connection with this Agreement
pursuant to which Liens are granted or purported to be granted to Agent in Collateral securing all
or part of the Obligations each in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.
Comerica
means Comerica Bank, a Texas banking association, and its successors.
Commitment
means, as to each Lender, its obligation to make Loans to Borrower pursuant to
Section 2.01
, in an aggregate principal amount at any one time outstanding not to exceed the amount
set forth opposite such Lenders name on
Schedule 2.01
.
Compliance Certificate
means a certificate substantially in the form of
Exhibit C
.
Contractual Obligation
means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by such
Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a party or by
which it or any of its property is bound.
Control
means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise voting
power, by contract or otherwise.
Controlling
and
Controlled
have meanings correlative thereto.
Credit Extension
means a Borrowing.
Debtor Relief Laws
means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other
liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors, moratorium,
rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief Laws of the
United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and affecting the
rights of creditors generally.
Default
means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the
giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.
Default Rate
means an interest rate equal to the interest rate (including any Applicable
Rate) otherwise applicable to such Loan plus 2% per annum.
4
Defaulting Lender
means any Lender that (a) has failed to fund any portion of the Loans
required to be funded by it hereunder within one Business Day of the date required to be funded by
it hereunder unless such failure has been cured, (b) has otherwise failed to pay over to Agent or
any other Lender any other amount required to be paid by it hereunder within one Business Day of
the date when due, unless the subject of a good faith dispute or unless such failure has been
cured, or (c) has been deemed insolvent or become the subject of a bankruptcy or insolvency
proceeding.
Disposition
or
Dispose
means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition
(including any sale and leaseback transaction) of any property by any Person, including any sale,
assignment, transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts
receivable or any rights and claims associated therewith. For the avoidance of doubt, a
Disposition shall not include the issuance by any Person of its Equity Interests.
Dollar
and
$
mean lawful money of the United States.
Domestic Subsidiary
means each Subsidiary of Borrower that is not a Foreign Person.
EBITDA
means, for Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, net income, less
income or plus loss from discontinued operations and extraordinary items, plus income taxes (to the
extent deducted in calculating net income), plus interest expense and all other non-cash finance
expense (including but not limited to (i) changes in valuations of preferred stock, (ii) changes in
valuations of the Put Option, and (iii) non-share based compensation expenses) plus depreciation,
depletion, and amortization, plus up to $4,200,000 in the aggregate comprised of transaction costs
or expenses (including non-recurring attorneys fees) paid by Borrower during the applicable
reporting period and prior to the Closing Date in connection with the documentation, preparation
(including compliance with any applicable law and setting up foreign offices), and negotiation of
the proposed initial public offering of Borrowers capital stock.
Eligible Assignee
means any Person that meets the requirements to be an assignee under
Section 10.
06(b)(iii)
,
(v)
and
(vi)
(subject to such consents, if any, as may be required under
Section 10.
06(b)(iii)
).
Environmental Laws
means any and all applicable Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes,
laws, regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants,
franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the
protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including those
related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or public systems.
Environmental Liability
means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any
liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities), of
Borrower, any other Loan Party or any of their respective Subsidiaries directly or indirectly
resulting from or based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use,
handling, transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure
to any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials into
5
the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant to which
liability is assumed or imposed with respect to any of the foregoing.
Equity Interests
means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of
(or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or other
rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of (or other
ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible into or
exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person
or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of such shares (or
such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit interests in such Person (including
partnership, member
or trust interests therein), whether voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares,
warrants, options, rights or other interests are outstanding on any date of determination.
ERISA
means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.
ERISA Affiliate
means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common
control with Borrower within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and Sections 414(m)
and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the Code).
ERISA Event
means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal by
Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA during a plan
year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2) of ERISA) or a
cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section 4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a
complete or partial withdrawal by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate from a Multiemployer Plan or
notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d) the filing of a notice of intent
to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a termination under Section 4041 or 4041A of
ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer
Plan; (e) an event or condition which constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the
termination of, or the appointment of a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer
Plan; or (f) the imposition of any liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums
due but not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA, upon Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate.
Eurodollar Base Rate
has the meaning specified in the definition of Eurodollar Rate.
Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate
means a fluctuating rate of interest equal to the rate per
annum (rounded upwards to the nearest 1/100 of one percent) equal to the British Bankers
Association LIBOR Rate (
BBA LIBOR
), as published by Reuters (or other commercially available
source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as selected by Agent from time to time) as determined for
each banking day at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days prior to the date in
question, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first day of such interest period) with a one
month term, as adjusted from time to time in Agents sole discretion for reserve requirements,
deposit insurance assessment rates and other regulatory costs. If such rate is not available at
such time for any reason, then the rate for that interest period will be determined by such
alternate method as reasonably selected by Agent.
6
Eurodollar Rate
means, for any Interest Period with respect to a Eurodollar Rate Loan, a
rate per annum determined by Agent pursuant to the following formula:
|
|
|
|
|
Eurodollar Rate =
|
|
Eurodollar Base Rate
|
|
|
|
|
1.00 Eurodollar Reserve Percentage
|
|
|
Where,
Eurodollar Base Rate
means, for such Interest Period, the rate per annum equal to BBA LIBOR, as
published by Reuters (or other commercially available source providing quotations of BBA LIBOR as
designated by Agent from time to time) at approximately 11:00 a.m., London time, two Business Days
prior to the commencement of such Interest Period, for Dollar deposits (for delivery on the first
day of such Interest Period) with a term equivalent to such Interest Period. If such rate is not
available at such time for any reason, then the
Eurodollar Base Rate
for such Interest Period
shall be the rate per annum determined by Agent to be the rate at which deposits in Dollars for
delivery on the first day of such Interest Period in same day funds in the approximate amount of
the Eurodollar Rate Loan being made, continued or converted by Bank of America and with a term
equivalent to such Interest Period would be offered by Bank of Americas London Branch to major
banks in the London interbank eurodollar market at their request at approximately 11:00 a.m.
(London time) two Business Days prior to the commencement of such Interest Period.
Eurodollar Reserve Percentage
means, for any day during any Interest Period, the reserve
percentage (expressed as a decimal, carried out to five decimal places) in effect on such day,
whether or not applicable to any
Lender, under regulations issued from time to time by the Board of Governors of the Federal
Reserve System of the United States for determining the maximum reserve requirement (including any
emergency, supplemental or other marginal reserve requirement) with respect to Eurocurrency funding
(currently referred to as Eurocurrency liabilities). The Eurodollar Rate for each outstanding
Eurodollar Rate Loan shall be adjusted automatically as of the effective date of any change in the
Eurodollar Reserve Percentage.
Eurodollar Rate Loan
means a Loan that bears interest at a rate based on the Eurodollar
Rate, but excluding any Loan that bears interest based on the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate.
Event of Default
has the meaning specified in
Section 8.01
.
Excluded Taxes
means, with respect to Agent, any Lender, or any other recipient of any
payment to be made by or on account of any obligation of Borrower hereunder, (a) taxes imposed on
or measured by its overall net or gross income (however denominated), and franchise taxes (however
denominated) imposed on it (in lieu of net income taxes), by the jurisdiction (or any political
subdivision thereof) under the Laws of which such recipient is organized or in which its principal
office is located or, in the case of any Lender, in which its applicable Lending Office is located,
(b) any branch profits taxes imposed by the United States or any similar tax imposed by any other
jurisdiction in which Borrower is located, (c) any backup withholding tax that is required by the
Code to be withheld from amounts payable to a
7
Lender that has failed to comply with clause (A) of
Section 3.01(e)(ii)
and (d) in the case of a Foreign Lender, any United States withholding tax that
(i) is required to be imposed on amounts payable to such Foreign Lender pursuant to the Laws in
force at the time such Foreign Lender becomes a party hereto (or designates a new Lending Office)
or (ii) is attributable to such Foreign Lenders failure or inability (other than as a result of a
Change in Law) to comply with clause (B) of
Section 3.01(e)(ii)
, except to the extent that such
Foreign Lender (or its assignor, if any) was entitled, at the time of designation of a new Lending
Office (or assignment), to receive additional amounts from Borrower with respect to such
withholding tax pursuant to
Section 3.01(a)(ii)
.
Federal Funds Rate
means, for any day, the rate per annum equal to the weighted
average of the rates on overnight Federal funds transactions with members of the Federal Reserve
System arranged by Federal funds brokers on such day, as published by the Federal Reserve Bank of
New York on the Business Day next succeeding such day;
provided
that (a) if such day is not
a Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day shall be such rate on such transactions on the
next preceding Business Day as so published on the next succeeding Business Day, and (b) if no such
rate is so published on such next succeeding Business Day, the Federal Funds Rate for such day
shall be the average rate (rounded upward, if necessary, to a whole multiple of 1/100 of 1%)
charged to Bank of America on such day on such transactions as determined by Agent.
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
means, when determined, the ratio of (a) for Borrower and its
Subsidiaries, EBITDA minus cash Taxes, minus cash Restricted Payments made by Borrower to its
stockholders, minus $1,000,000 attributable to maintenance capital expenditures, plus any voluntary
prepayment of the Obligations, in each case for the immediately preceding four fiscal-quarter
period, to (b) for Borrower and its Subsidiaries, the sum of (without duplication) current
maturities of long term debt (including, but not limited to, any Subordinated Liabilities and
capital leases), plus interest expense, plus principal payments made in respect of Subordinated
Liabilities, in each case for the immediately preceding four fiscal-quarter period.
Foreign Lender
means any Lender that is organized under the Laws of a jurisdiction other
than that in which Borrower is resident for tax purposes. For purposes of this definition, the
United States, each State thereof and the District of Columbia shall be deemed to constitute a
single jurisdiction.
Foreign Person
means (a) an individual who does not reside in the United States, or (b) any
partnership, limited partnership, corporation, limited liability company, business trust, joint
stock company, trust, unincorporated association, joint venture, syndicate, Governmental Authority,
or other entity or organization of whatever nature that is not organized and validly existing under
the laws of the United States or a state thereof or the District of Columbia.
FRB
means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.
Funded Debt
means all outstanding liabilities for borrowed money and other interest-bearing
liabilities, including current and long term liabilities.
8
GAAP
means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in the
opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute of
Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting
Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the
accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date
of determination.
Governmental Authority
means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of
any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority,
instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive,
legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or pertaining to
government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or the European Central
Bank).
Guarantee
means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such
Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other
obligation payable or performable by another Person (the primary obligor) in any manner, whether
directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or indirect, (i) to
purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or
other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or services for the purpose of
assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or
performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to maintain working capital, equity
capital or any other financial statement condition or liquidity or level of income or cash flow of
the primary obligor so as to enable the primary obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other
obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee in
respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment or performance thereof or to
protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any
assets of such Person securing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or
not such Indebtedness or other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or
otherwise, of any holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien). The amount of any
Guarantee shall be deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the related
primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made or, if not
stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect thereof as
determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term Guarantee as a verb has a
corresponding meaning.
Guarantor
means, collectively, LandTel, Inc., a Delaware corporation, LandTel
Communications, L.L.C., a Louisiana limited liability company, RigNet Satcom, Inc., and each other
Person who executes a Guaranty.
Guaranty
means the guaranty made by each Guarantor in favor of Agent for the benefit of the
Lenders, in form and substance satisfactory to Agent.
Hazardous Materials
means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all
hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum
distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas,
9
infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated pursuant to
any Environmental Law.
IFRS
means the International Financial Reporting Standards adopted by the International
Accounting Standards Board, that are applicable to the circumstances as of the date of
determination.
Indebtedness
means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the
following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP or IFRS,
as applicable:
(a) all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such Person
evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar instruments;
(b) all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of credit
(including standby and commercial), bankers acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar
instruments;
(c) net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;
(d) all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or services
(other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business and, in each case, not past
due for more than 60 days after the due date therefor or outstanding for more than 90 days after
the date on which such trade account payable was created unless such account is being contested in
good faith and appropriate reserves made);
(e) indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property owned or
being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under conditional sales or other
title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness shall have been assumed by such
Person or is limited in recourse;
(f) capital leases and Synthetic Lease Obligations;
(g) all obligations of such Person to purchase, redeem, retire, defease or otherwise make any
payment in respect of any Equity Interest in such Person or any other Person, valued, in the case
of a redeemable preferred interest, at the greater of its voluntary or involuntary liquidation
preference
plus
accrued and unpaid dividends; and
(h) all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing.
For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any
partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation or limited
liability company) in which such Person is a general partner or a joint venturer, unless such
Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under
any Swap Contract on any date shall be deemed to be the Swap Termination Value thereof as of such
date. The amount of any capital lease or Synthetic Lease Obligation as of any date shall be deemed
to be the amount of Attributable Indebtedness in respect thereof as of such date.
10
Indemnified Taxes
means Taxes other than Excluded Taxes.
Indemnitees
has the meaning specified in
Section 10.
04(b)
.
Information
has the meaning specified in
Section 10.07
.
Interest Payment Date
means, (a) as to any Loan bearing interest based on the Eurodollar
Rate, the last day of each Interest Period applicable to such Loan and the Maturity Date; and (b)
as to any Loan bearing interest based on the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate, the last day of each
month and the Maturity Date.
Interest Period
means, as to each Eurodollar Rate Loan, the period commencing on the date
such Eurodollar Rate Loan is disbursed or converted to or continued as a Eurodollar Rate Loan and
ending on the date one, two, or three months thereafter, as selected by Borrower in its Loan
Notice;
provided
that:
(i) any Interest Period that would otherwise end on a day that is not a Business Day
shall be extended to the next succeeding Business Day unless such Business Day falls in
another calendar month, in which case such Interest Period shall end on the next preceding
Business Day;
(ii) any Interest Period that begins on the last Business Day of a calendar month (or
on a day for which there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month at the
end of such Interest Period) shall end on the last Business Day of the calendar month at the
end of such Interest Period; and
(iii) no Interest Period shall extend beyond the Maturity Date.
Investment
means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by such
Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of capital stock or other
securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee or
assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity participation
or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture interest in
such other Person and any arrangement pursuant to which the investor Guarantees Indebtedness
of such other Person, or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one transaction or a series of
transactions) of assets of another Person that constitute a business unit. For purposes of
covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be the amount actually invested, without
adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the value of such Investment.
IRS
means the United States Internal Revenue Service.
Laws
means, collectively, all applicable international, foreign, Federal, state and local
statutes, treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or
judicial precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any
Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration thereof, and
all applicable administrative orders, licenses, authorizations and permits of, and agreements with,
any Governmental Authority, in each case whether or not having the force of law.
11
Lender
has the meaning specified in the introductory paragraph hereto.
Lending Office
means, as to any Lender, the office or offices of such Lender described as
such in such Lenders Administrative Questionnaire, or such other office or offices as a Lender may
from time to time notify Borrower and Agent.
Lien
means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement,
encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security interest
or preferential arrangement in the nature of a security interest of any kind or nature whatsoever
(including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement, any easement, right of way or
other encumbrance on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same
economic effect as any of the foregoing).
Loan
means an extension of credit by a Lender to Borrower under
Article II
.
Loan Notice
means a notice of (a) a Borrowing, (b) a conversion of Loans from one Type to
the other, or (c) a continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, pursuant to
Section 2.02(a)
, which, if
in writing, shall be substantially in the form of
Exhibit A
.
Loan Documents
means this Agreement, each Note, each Collateral Document, each Guaranty, and
each other agreement or instrument executed at any time by any Loan Party in connection with this
Agreement.
Loan Parties
means, collectively, Borrower, each Guarantor, and each Subsidiary of Borrower
(which is not a Foreign Person) executing a Collateral Document.
Material Adverse Effect
means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse effect
upon, the operations, business, properties, liabilities (actual or contingent), or financial
condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries taken as a whole; (b) a material impairment of the
ability of Borrower, or the Loan Parties taken as a whole, to perform their obligations under any
Loan Document to which it is a party; (c) a material adverse effect upon the legality, validity,
binding effect or enforceability against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries of any Loan Document
to which it is a party; or (d) a material adverse effect on the interest of the Loan Parties, taken
as a whole, in, or the value, perfection or priority of Agents security interest in a material
portion of the Collateral.
Material Foreign Subsidiary
means each of RigNet Europe AS, an entity organized under the
laws of Norway, RigNet PTE, Ltd., an entity organized under the laws of Singapore, and each other
Significant Subsidiary of Borrower that is a Foreign Person.
Maturity Date
means May 31, 2012;
provided
,
however
, that if such date is
not a Business Day, the Maturity Date shall be the next preceding Business Day.
Minority Member
means Babin Interests, LLC, which is a member of LandTel Communications,
L.L.C., a Louisiana limited liability company, on the Closing Date.
Multiemployer Plan
means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section
4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated
12
to make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to make
contributions.
Note
means a promissory note made by Borrower in favor of a Lender evidencing Loans made by
such Lender, substantially in the form of
Exhibit B
.
Obligations
means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and duties
of, any Loan Party arising under any Loan Document or otherwise with respect to any Loan or Swap
Contract executed between Borrower and Agent or any Affiliate of Agent, whether direct or indirect
(including those acquired by assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now
existing or hereafter arising and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by
or against any Loan Party or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws
naming such Person as the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees
are allowed claims in such proceeding.
Organization Documents
means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or
articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents with
respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability company, the
certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement; and (c) with respect
to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business entity, the partnership, joint
venture or other applicable agreement of formation or organization and any agreement, instrument,
filing or notice with respect thereto filed in connection with its formation or organization with
the applicable Governmental Authority in the jurisdiction of its formation or organization and, if
applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of such entity.
Other Taxes
means all present or future stamp, intangible or documentary taxes or any other
excise or property taxes, charges or similar levies arising from any payment made hereunder or
under any other Loan Document or from the execution, delivery or enforcement of, or otherwise with
respect to, this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
Outstanding Amount
means, with respect to Loans on any date, the aggregate outstanding
principal amount thereof after giving effect to any prepayments or repayments of Loans occurring on
such date.
Participant
has the meaning specified in
Section 10.
06(d)
.
PBGC
means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.
Pension Plan
means any employee pension benefit plan (as such term is defined in Section
3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is
sponsored or maintained by Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate or to which Borrower or any ERISA
Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple employer or
other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any time during the
immediately preceding five plan years.
Permitted Investors
means each of (a) Cubera Private Equity, (b) Altira Group LLC, (c)
Sanders Morris Harris Group (including SMH Private Equity Group, Sanders Opportunity
13
Fund, Don A. Sanders and Katherine U. Sanders), and (d) Duncan Interests, and for each of them shall include its
respective investment funds, investment entities which it, or its officers or employees (i) manage
or control, (ii) holds a contract management responsibility for, or (iii) in which it holds a
profits interest.
Person
means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint
venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.
Plan
means any employee benefit plan (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA)
established by Borrower or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412 of the
Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.
Platform
has the meaning specified in
Section 6.02
.
Prime Rate
means the rate of interest in effect for such day as publicly announced from time
to time by Bank of America as its prime rate. The prime rate is set by Bank of America based
upon various factors including Bank of Americas costs and desired return, general economic
conditions and other factors, and is used as a reference point for pricing some loans, which may be
priced at, above, or below such announced rate. Any change in such rate announced by Bank of
America shall take effect at the opening of business on the day specified in the public
announcement of such change.
Public Lender
has the meaning specified in
Section 6.02
.
Put Option
means the right of Minority Member to require LandTel Communications, L.L.C., to
purchase all of Minority Members Equity Interests in LandTel Communications, L.L.C., pursuant to
the terms of that certain Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of LandTel Communications,
L.L.C. dated August 25, 2006, as amended by that certain Letter Agreement and Amendment to
Operating Agreement dated December 17, 2008, as amended by that certain Amendment to Letter
Agreement dated February 2, 2009, as amended by that certain Amendment No. 2 to Letter Agreement
dated May 28, 2009.
Register
has the meaning specified in
Section 10.06(c)
.
Related Parties
means, with respect to any Person, such Persons Affiliates and the
partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, trustees and advisors of such Person and of such
Persons Affiliates.
Reportable Event
means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than
events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.
Request for Credit Extension
means with respect to a Borrowing, conversion or continuation
of Loans, a Loan Notice.
Required Lenders
means, on or prior to the Closing Date, Lenders having more than 66
2
/
3
% of
the Aggregate Commitments and at all times after the Closing Date, Lenders holding in the aggregate
more than 66
2
/
3
% of the Outstanding Amount;
provided
that
, (a) the portion of the
Outstanding Amount held or deemed held by, any Defaulting Lender shall be excluded for
14
purposes of making a determination of Required Lenders, and (b) if there are only two Lenders, then Required
Lenders shall mean both Lenders.
Responsible Officer
means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer,
treasurer, assistant treasurer or controller of a Loan Party and, solely for purposes of notices
given pursuant to
Article II
, any other officer or employee of the applicable Loan Party so
designated by any of the foregoing officers in a notice to Agent. Any document delivered hereunder
that is signed by a Responsible Officer of a Loan Party shall be conclusively presumed to have been
authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part of such Loan
Party and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on behalf of such
Loan Party.
Restricted Payment
means any dividend or other distribution (whether in cash, securities or
other property) with respect to any capital stock or other Equity Interest of Borrower or any
Subsidiary, or any payment (whether in cash, securities or other property), including any sinking
fund or similar deposit or any payment in respect of the Put Option, on account of the purchase,
redemption, retirement, acquisition, cancellation or termination of any such capital stock or other
Equity Interest or on account of any return of capital to Borrowers stockholders, partners or
members (or the equivalent Person thereof).
SEC
means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding
to any of its principal functions.
Subordinated Liabilities
means liabilities subordinated to the Obligations in a manner
acceptable to Agent in its sole discretion.
Significant Subsidiary
means, at any time, each Subsidiary of Borrower that owns 15% or more
of the total assets or earns 15% percent or more of the total income of Borrower and its
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis.
Subsidiary
of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability
company or other business entity of which a majority of the shares of securities or other interests
having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than
securities or interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at
the time beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise controlled, directly, or
indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person. Unless otherwise
specified, all references herein to a
Subsidiary
or to
Subsidiaries
shall refer to a Subsidiary
or Subsidiaries of Borrower.
Swap Contract
means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative
transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward commodity
contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond index swaps or
options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index transactions, interest rate
options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions, floor transactions, collar
transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap transactions, currency options,
spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any combination of any of the foregoing
(including any options to enter into any of the foregoing),
15
whether or not any such transaction is
governed by or subject to any master agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and
the related confirmations, which are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any
form of master agreement published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc.,
any International Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master
agreement, together with any related schedules, a
Master Agreement
), including any such
obligations or liabilities under any Master Agreement.
Swap Termination Value
means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking
into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap
Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and
termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b) for any
date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the mark-to-market
value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more mid-market or other readily
available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such Swap Contracts (which may include a
Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).
Synthetic Lease Obligation
means the monetary obligation of a Person under (a) a so-called
synthetic, off-balance sheet or tax retention lease, or (b) an agreement for the use or possession
of property creating obligations that do not appear on the balance sheet of such Person but which,
upon the insolvency or bankruptcy of such Person, would be characterized as the indebtedness of
such Person (without regard to accounting treatment).
Taxes
means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings
(including backup withholding), assessments, fees or other similar charges imposed by any
Governmental Authority, including any interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.
Threshold Amount
means $1,000,000.
Type
means, with respect to a Loan, its character as a Eurodollar Rate Loan which bears
interest based on the Eurodollar Rate, or a Eurodollar Rate Loan which bears interest based on the
Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate.
Unfunded Pension Liability
means the excess of a Pension Plans benefit liabilities under
Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plans assets, determined in
accordance with the assumptions used for funding the Pension Plan pursuant to Section 412 of the
Code for the applicable plan year.
United States
and
U.S.
mean the United States of America.
1.02 Other Interpretive Provisions.
With reference to this Agreement and each other Loan Document,
unless otherwise specified herein or in such other Loan Document:
(a) The definitions of terms herein shall apply equally to the singular and plural forms of
the terms defined. Whenever the context may require, any pronoun shall include the corresponding
masculine, feminine and neuter forms. The words
include
,
includes
and
including
shall be
deemed to be followed by the phrase without limitation. The word
16
will
shall be construed to
have the same meaning and effect as the word
shall
. Unless the context requires otherwise, (i)
any definition of or reference to any agreement, instrument or other document (including any
Organization Document) shall be construed as referring to such agreement, instrument or other
document as from time to time amended, supplemented or otherwise modified (subject to any
restrictions on such amendments, supplements or modifications set forth herein or in any other Loan
Document), (ii) any reference herein to any Person shall be construed to include such Persons
successors and assigns, (iii) the words
herein
,
hereof
and
hereunder
, and words of similar
import when used in any Loan Document, shall be construed to refer to such Loan Document in its
entirety and not to any particular provision thereof, (iv) all references in a Loan Document to
Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules shall be construed to refer to Articles and Sections of,
and Exhibits and Schedules to, the Loan Document in which such references appear, (v) any reference
to any law shall include all statutory and regulatory provisions consolidating, amending, replacing
or interpreting such law and any reference to any law or regulation shall, unless otherwise
specified, refer to such law or regulation as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time,
and (vi) the words
asset
and
property
shall be construed to have the same meaning and effect
and to refer to any and all tangible and intangible assets and properties, including cash,
securities, accounts and contract rights.
(b) In the computation of periods of time from a specified date to a later specified date, the
word
from
means
from and including
; the words
to
and
until
each mean
to but excluding
;
and the word
through
means
to and including
.
(c) Section headings herein and in the other Loan Documents are included for convenience of
reference only and shall not affect the interpretation of this Agreement or any other Loan
Document.
1.03 Accounting Terms
.
(a)
Generally
. All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein
shall be construed in conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other
financial calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared at
Borrowers option in conformity with, GAAP or IFRS, as in effect from time to time, applied in a
manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements,
except
as
otherwise specifically prescribed herein or as required by Law.
(b)
Changes in GAAP or IFRS
. If at any time any change in GAAP or IFRS, or the
application thereof, would affect the computation of any financial ratio or requirement set forth
in any Loan Document, and either Borrower or the Required Lenders shall so request, Agent and
Borrower shall negotiate in good faith to amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original
intent thereof in light of such change in GAAP or IFRS or the application thereof, as applicable
(subject to the approval of the Required Lenders);
provided
that
, until so amended,
(i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP or IFRS, as
applicable, prior to such change therein and (ii) Borrower shall provide to Agent and Lenders a
reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or requirement made before and after giving
effect to such change in GAAP or IFRS, as applicable.
17
(c)
Consolidation of Variable Interest Entities
. All references herein to
consolidated financial statements of Borrower and its Subsidiaries or to the determination of any
amount for Borrower and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis or any similar reference shall, in
each case if GAAP is applicable, be deemed to include each variable interest entity that Borrower
is required to consolidate pursuant to FASB Interpretation No. 46 Consolidation of Variable
Interest Entities: an interpretation of ARB No. 51 (January 2003) as if such variable interest
entity were a Subsidiary as defined herein.
1.04 Rounding.
Any financial ratios required to be maintained by Borrower pursuant to this
Agreement shall be calculated by dividing the appropriate component by the other component,
carrying the result to one place more than the number of places by which such ratio is expressed
herein and rounding the result up or down to the nearest number (with a rounding-up if there is no
nearest number).
1.05 Times of Day.
Unless otherwise specified, all references herein to times of day shall be
references to Central time (daylight or standard, as applicable).
ARTICLE II .
THE COMMITMENTS AND CREDIT EXTENSIONS
2.01 Term Loan Commitment.
Subject to the terms and conditions set forth herein, each Lender
severally agrees to make a single advance term loan (each such loan, a
Loan
) to Borrower on the
Closing Date, in an amount not to exceed at any time outstanding the amount of such Lenders
Commitment;
provided
,
however
, that after giving effect to the Borrowing on the
Closing Date, (i) the Outstanding Amount shall not exceed the Aggregate Commitments, and (ii) the
aggregate Outstanding Amount of the Loans of any Lender shall not exceed such Lenders Commitment.
Borrower may prepay the Loans under
Section 2.03
, and shall repay the Loans pursuant to
Section
2.04
, but once prepaid or repaid, such Loans shall not be reborrowed. The initial Borrowing on the
Closing Date shall bear interest based on the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate, subject to subsequent
conversion at Borrowers option to Eurodollar Rate Loans, as further provided herein.
2.02 Conversions and Continuations of Loans
.
(a) Each continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be made upon Borrowers irrevocable
notice to Agent, which may be given by telephone. Each such notice must be received by Agent not
later than 11:00 a.m. three Business Days prior to the conversion or continuation of Eurodollar
Rate Loans. Each telephonic notice by Borrower pursuant to this
Section 2.02(a)
must be confirmed
promptly by delivery to Agent of a written Loan Notice, appropriately completed and signed by a
Responsible Officer of Borrower. Each conversion or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be
in a principal amount of $2,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof. Each Loan
Notice (whether telephonic or written) shall specify (i) whether Borrower is requesting the
conversion or continuation of Eurodollar Rate Loans, (ii) the requested date of conversion or
continuation, as the case may be (which shall be a Business Day), (iii) the principal amount of
Loans to be converted or continued, (iv) whether the Loans being converted or continued will bear
interest based on the Eurodollar Rate or the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate, and (v) if applicable,
the duration of the Interest Period with
18
respect thereto. If Borrower fails to give a timely
notice requesting a conversion or continuation, then the applicable Loans shall be made as, or
converted to, Loans bearing interest based on the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate. Any such
automatic conversion shall be effective as of the last day of the Interest Period then in effect
with respect to the applicable Loans. If Borrower requests a conversion to, or continuation of
Eurodollar Rate Loans in any such Loan Notice, but fails to specify an Interest Period, it will be
deemed to have specified an Interest Period of one month.
(b) Following receipt of a Loan Notice, Agent shall promptly notify each Lender of the amount
of its Applicable Percentage of the applicable Loans, and if no timely notice of a conversion or
continuation is provided by Borrower, Agent shall notify each Lender of the details of any
automatic conversion to Eurodollar Rate Loans described in the preceding subsection. On the
Closing Date, each Lender shall make the amount of its Loan available to Agent in immediately
available funds at Administrative Agents Office not later than 1:00 p.m. on the Business Day
specified in the applicable Loan Notice. Upon satisfaction of the applicable conditions set forth
in
Sections 4.01
and
4.02
on the Closing Date,
Section 4.01
, Agent shall make the funds so received
available to Borrower in like funds as received by Agent either by (i) crediting the account of
Borrower on the books of Bank of America with the amount of such funds or (ii) wire transfer of
such funds, in each case in accordance with instructions provided to (and reasonably acceptable to)
Agent by Borrower.
(c) Except as otherwise provided herein, a Eurodollar Rate Loan may be continued or converted
only on the last day of an Interest Period for such Eurodollar Rate Loan. During the existence of
a Default, no Loans may be requested as, converted to or continued as Eurodollar Rate Loans without
the consent of the Required Lenders, and the Required Lenders may demand that any or all of the
then outstanding Eurodollar Rate Loans be converted immediately to Loans bearing interest based on
the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate and Borrower agrees to pay all amounts due under
Section 3.05
in
accordance with the terms thereof due to any such conversion.
(d) Agent shall promptly notify Borrower and Lenders of the interest rate applicable to any
Interest Period for Eurodollar Rate Loans upon determination of such interest rate.
(e) After giving effect to all Borrowings, all conversions of Loans from one Type to the
other, and all continuations of Loans as the same Type, there shall not be more than four Interest
Periods in effect with respect to Loans.
2.03 Prepayments.
(a) Borrower may, upon notice to Agent, at any time or from time to time voluntarily prepay
Loans in whole or in part without premium or penalty;
provided
that (i) such notice must be
received by Agent not later than 11:00 a.m. (A) three Business Days prior to any date of prepayment
of Eurodollar Rate Loans and (B) on the date of prepayment of Loans bearing interest based on the
Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate; (ii) any prepayment of Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be in a
principal amount of $1,000,000 or a whole multiple of $500,000 in excess thereof; and (iii) any
prepayment of Loans bearing interest based on the Eurodollar Daily
19
Floating Rate shall be in a
principal amount of $500,000 or a whole multiple of $100,000 in excess thereof or, in each case, if
less, the entire principal amount thereof then outstanding. Each such notice shall specify the
date and amount of such prepayment and the Type(s) of Loans to be prepaid and, if Eurodollar Rate
Loans are to be prepaid, the Interest Period(s) of such Loans. Agent will promptly notify each
Lender of its receipt of each such notice, and of the amount of such Lenders Applicable Percentage
of such prepayment. If such notice is given by Borrower, Borrower shall make such prepayment and
the payment amount specified in such notice shall be due and payable on the date specified therein.
Any prepayment of a Loan shall be accompanied by all accrued interest on the amount prepaid,
together with any additional amounts required pursuant to
Section 3.05
. Each such prepayment shall
be applied to the Loans of Lenders in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages.
(b) If for any reason the Outstanding Amount at any time exceeds the Aggregate Commitments
then in effect, Borrower shall immediately prepay Loans in an aggregate amount equal to such
excess.
2.04 Repayment of Loans.
On June 30, 2009, Borrower shall repay to the Lenders the principal
amount of $729,166.67 and commencing on September 30, 2009, and continuing on the last Business Day
of each quarter thereafter, Borrower shall repay to the Lenders the principal amount of $2,187,500.
On the Maturity Date, Borrower shall repay to the Lenders the Outstanding Amount, together with
any accrued and unpaid interest. Any payment of the Loans shall be applied first to Loans bearing
interest based on the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate and then to Eurodollar Rate Loans beginning
with those Loans with the least number of days remaining in the Interest Period applicable thereto
and ending with those Loans with the most number of days remaining in the Interest Period
applicable thereto.
2.05 Interest
.
(a) Subject to the provisions of subsection (b) below, (i) each Loan bearing interest based on
the Eurodollar Rate shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof for each
Interest Period at a rate per annum equal to the Eurodollar Rate for such Interest Period
plus
the Applicable Rate; and (ii) each Loan bearing interest based on the Eurodollar Daily
Floating Rate shall bear interest on the outstanding principal amount thereof at the Eurodollar
Daily Floating Rate
plus
the Applicable Rate.
(b) (i) If any amount of principal of any Loan is not paid when due (without regard to any
applicable grace periods), whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, such amount
shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the
Default Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
(ii) If any amount (other than principal of any Loan) payable by Borrower under any
Loan Document is not paid when due (without regard to any applicable grace periods),
whether at stated maturity, by acceleration or otherwise, then upon the request of
the Required Lenders, such amount shall thereafter bear interest at a fluctuating
interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default Rate to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable Laws.
20
(iii) Upon the request of the Required Lenders, while any Event of Default exists,
Borrower shall pay interest on the principal amount of all outstanding Obligations
hereunder at a fluctuating interest rate per annum at all times equal to the Default
Rate to the fullest extent permitted by applicable Laws.
(iv) Accrued and unpaid interest on past due amounts (including interest on past due
interest) shall be due and payable upon demand.
(c) Interest on each Loan shall be due and payable in arrears on each Interest Payment Date
applicable thereto and at such other times as may be specified herein. Interest hereunder shall be
due and payable in accordance with the terms hereof before and after judgment, and before and after
the commencement of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law.
2.06 Fees
.
(a)
Agents Fee
. Borrower shall pay to Agent for Agents own account an annual agency
fee in the amount of $15,000 to be paid on the Closing Date and on each anniversary of the Closing
Date. The fees paid under this
Section 2.06
shall be fully earned when paid and shall be
nonrefundable for any reason whatsoever.
(b)
Upfront Fee
. On the Closing Date, Borrower shall pay to Agent, for the account of
each Lender in accordance with their respective Applicable Percentages, an upfront fee in the
amount of $175,000. Such upfront fees are for the credit facilities committed by Lenders under
this Agreement and are fully earned on the date paid. The upfront fee paid to each Lender is
solely for its own account and is not refundable for any reason whatsoever.
2.07 Computation of Interest and Fees.
(a) All computations of fees and interest shall be made on the basis of a 360-day year and
actual days elapsed (which results in more fees or interest, as applicable, being paid than if
computed on the basis of a 365-day year). Interest shall accrue on each Loan for the day on which
the Loan is made, and shall not accrue on a Loan for the day on which the Loan or such portion is
paid. Each determination by Agent of an interest rate or fee hereunder shall be conclusive and
binding for all purposes, absent manifest error.
(b) If, as a result of any restatement of or other adjustment to the financial statements of
Borrower, or for any other reason, Borrower or the Lenders determine that (i) the Financial
Covenant used in the definition
Applicable Rate
as calculated by Borrower as of any applicable
date was inaccurate and (ii) a proper calculation of such Financial Covenant would have resulted
in higher pricing for such period, Borrower shall immediately and retroactively be obligated to pay
to Agent for the account of the applicable Lenders, promptly upon demand by Agent (or, after the
occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to Borrower under the
Bankruptcy Code of the United States, automatically and without further action by Agent or any
Lender), an amount equal to the excess of the amount of interest and fees that should have been
paid for such period over the amount of interest and fees actually paid for such period. This
paragraph shall not limit the rights of Agent or any Lender, as the case may be, under
Section
2.05(b)
or under
Article VIII
.
21
2.08 Evidence of Debt.
The Credit Extensions made by each Lender shall be evidenced by one or
more accounts or records maintained by such Lender and by Agent in the ordinary course of business.
The accounts or records maintained by Agent and each Lender shall be conclusive absent manifest
error of the amount of the Credit Extensions made by Lenders to Borrower and the interest and
payments thereon. Any failure to so record or any error in doing so shall not, however, limit or
otherwise affect the obligation of Borrower hereunder to pay any amount owing with respect to the
Obligations. In the event of any conflict between the accounts and records maintained by any
Lender and the accounts and records of Agent in respect of such matters, the accounts and records
of Agent shall control in the absence of manifest error. Upon the request of any Lender made
through Agent, Borrower shall execute and deliver to such Lender (through Agent) a Note, which
shall evidence such Lenders Loans in addition to such accounts or records. Each Lender may attach
schedules to its Note and endorse thereon the date, Type (if applicable), amount and maturity of
its Loans and payments with respect thereto.
2.09 Payments Generally; Agents Clawback
.
(a) (i)
General
. All payments to be made by Borrower shall be made without condition
or deduction for any counterclaim, defense, recoupment or setoff. Except as otherwise expressly
provided herein, all payments by Borrower hereunder shall be made to Agent, for the account of the
respective Lenders to which such payment is owed, at the Administrative Agents Office in Dollars
and in immediately available funds not later than 2:00 pm on the date specified herein. Agent will
promptly distribute to each Lender its Applicable Percentage (or other applicable share as provided
herein) of such payment in like funds as received by wire transfer to such Lenders Lending Office.
All payments received by Agent after 2:00 pm shall be deemed received on the next succeeding
Business Day and any applicable interest or fee shall continue to accrue. If any payment to be
made by Borrower shall come due on a day other than a Business Day, payment shall be made on the
next following Business Day, and such extension of time shall be reflected in computing interest or
fees, as the case may be.
(ii) On each date when the payment of any principal, interest or fees are due
hereunder or under any Note, Borrower agrees to maintain on deposit in an ordinary
checking account maintained by Borrower with Agent (as such account shall be
designated by Borrower in a written notice to Agent from time to time, the
Borrower
Account
) an amount sufficient to pay such principal, interest or fees in full on
such date. Borrower hereby authorizes Agent (A) to deduct automatically all
principal, interest or fees when due hereunder or under any Note from the Borrower
Account, and (B) if and to the extent any payment of principal, interest or fees
under this Agreement or any Note is not made when due to deduct any such amount from
any or all of the accounts of Borrower maintained at Agent. Agent agrees to provide
written notice to Borrower of any automatic deduction made pursuant to this
Section
2.
09(a)(ii)
showing in reasonable detail the amounts of such deduction. Lenders
agree to reimburse Borrower based on their Applicable Percentage for any amounts
deducted from such accounts in excess of the amount due hereunder and under any
other Loan Documents.
(b) (i)
Funding by Lenders; Presumption by Agent
. Unless Agent shall have received
notice from a Lender prior to the proposed date of any Borrowing that such
22
Lender will not make
available to Agent such Lenders share of such Borrowing, Agent may assume that such Lender has
made such share available on such date in accordance with
Section 2.02
and may, in reliance upon
such assumption, make available to Borrower a corresponding amount. In such event, if a Lender has
not in fact made its share of the applicable Borrowing available to Agent, then the applicable
Lender and Borrower severally agree to pay to Agent forthwith on demand such corresponding amount
in immediately available funds with interest thereon, for each day from and including the date such
amount is made available to Borrower to but excluding the date of payment to Agent, at (A) in the
case of a payment to be made by such Lender, the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and a rate
determined by Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank compensation, plus any
administrative, processing or similar fees customarily charged by Agent in connection with the
foregoing and (B) in the case of a payment to be made by Borrower, the Eurodollar Daily Floating
Rate
plus
the Applicable Rate. If Borrower and such Lender shall pay such interest to Agent for
the same or an overlapping period, Agent shall promptly remit to Borrower the amount of such
interest paid by Borrower for such period. If such Lender pays its share of the applicable
Borrowing to Agent, then the amount so paid shall constitute such Lenders Loan included in such
Borrowing. Any payment by Borrower shall be without prejudice to any claim Borrower may have
against a Lender that shall have failed to make such payment to Agent.
(ii)
Payments by Borrower; Presumptions by Agent
. Unless Agent shall have
received notice from Borrower prior to the date on which any payment is due to Agent
for the account of the Lenders hereunder that Borrower will not make such payment,
Agent may assume that Borrower has made such payment on such date in accordance
herewith and may, in reliance upon such assumption, distribute to Lenders, the
amount due. In such event, if Borrower has not in fact made such payment, then each
of Lenders severally agrees to repay to Agent forthwith on demand the amount so
distributed to such Lender, in immediately available funds with interest thereon,
for each day from and including the date such amount is distributed to it to but
excluding the date of payment to Agent, at the greater of the Federal Funds Rate and
a rate determined by Agent in accordance with banking industry rules on interbank
compensation. A notice of Agent to any Lender or Borrower with respect to any
amount owing under this subsection (b) shall be conclusive, absent manifest error.
(c)
Failure to Satisfy Conditions Precedent
. If any Lender makes available to Agent
funds for any Loan to be made by such Lender as provided in the foregoing provisions of this
Article II
, and such funds are not made available to Borrower by Agent because the conditions to
the applicable Credit Extension set forth in
Article IV
are not satisfied or waived in accordance
with the terms hereof, Agent shall return such funds (in like funds as received from such Lender)
to such Lender, without interest.
(d)
Obligations of Lenders Several
. The obligations of Lenders hereunder to make
Loans and to make payments under
Section 10.04(c)
are several and not joint. The failure of any
Lender to make any Loan, to fund any such participation or to make any payment under
Section
10.04(c)
on any date required hereunder shall not relieve any other Lender of its corresponding
obligation to do so on such date, and no Lender shall be responsible for the
23
failure of any other
Lender to so make its Loan, purchase its participation or to make its payment under
Section
10.04(c)
.
(e)
Funding Source
. Nothing herein shall be deemed to obligate any Lender to obtain
the funds for any Loan in any particular place or manner or to constitute a representation by any
Lender that it has obtained or will obtain the funds for any Loan in any particular place or
manner.
2.10 Sharing of Payments
. If any Lender shall, by exercising any right of setoff or
counterclaim or otherwise, obtain payment in respect of any principal of or interest on any of the
Loans made by it, resulting in such Lenders receiving payment of a proportion of the aggregate
amount of such Loans or participations and accrued interest thereon greater than its
pro rata
share
thereof as provided herein, then the Lender receiving such greater proportion shall (a) notify
Agent of such fact, and (b) purchase (for cash at face value) participations in the Loans, or make
such other adjustments as shall be equitable, so that the benefit of all such payments shall be
shared by the Lenders ratably in accordance with the aggregate amount of principal of and accrued
interest on their respective Loans and other amounts owing them,
provided
that:
(i) if any such participations or subparticipations are purchased and all or any
portion of the payment giving rise thereto is recovered, such participations or
subparticipations shall be rescinded and the purchase price restored to the extent of such
recovery, without interest; and
(ii) the provisions of this Section shall not be construed to apply to any payment made
by Borrower pursuant to and in accordance with the express terms of this Agreement.
Each Loan Party consents to the foregoing and agrees, to the extent it may effectively do so under
applicable law, that any Lender acquiring a participation pursuant to the foregoing arrangements
may exercise against such Loan Party rights of setoff and counterclaim with respect to such
participation as fully as if such Lender were a direct creditor of such Loan Party in the amount of
such participation.
ARTICLE III
TAXES, YIELD PROTECTION AND ILLEGALITY
3.01 Taxes
.
(a)
Payments Free of Taxes; Obligation to Withhold; Payments on Account of Taxes
.
(i) Any and all payments by Borrower to or on account of any obligation of Borrower
hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall to the extent permitted by applicable Laws
be made free and clear of and without reduction or withholding for any Indemnified Taxes or
Other Taxes. If, however, applicable Laws require Borrower or Agent to withhold or deduct
any Tax, such Tax shall be withheld or deducted in accordance with such Laws as determined
by Borrower or Agent, as the case may be,
24
upon the basis of the information and
documentation to be delivered pursuant to subsection (e) below.
(ii) If Borrower or Agent shall be required by the Code to withhold or deduct any
Taxes, including both United States Federal backup withholding and withholding taxes, from
any payment, then (A) Agent shall withhold or make such deductions as are determined by
Agent to be required based upon the information and documentation it has received pursuant
to subsection (e) below, (B) Agent shall timely pay the full amount withheld or deducted to
the relevant Governmental Authority in accordance with the Code, and (C) to the extent that
the withholding or deduction is made on account of Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes, the sum
payable by the Borrower shall be increased as necessary so that after any required
withholding or the making of all required deductions (including deductions applicable to
additional sums payable under this Section), Agent or Lender as the case may be, receives an
amount equal to the sum it would have received had no such withholding or deduction been
made.
(b)
Payment of Other Taxes by Borrower
. Without limiting the provisions of subsection
(a) above, Borrower shall timely pay any Other Taxes to the relevant Governmental Authority in
accordance with applicable Laws.
(c)
Tax Indemnifications
.
(i) Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) or (b) above, Borrower shall, and
does hereby, indemnify Agent and each Lender, and shall make payment in respect thereof
within 10 days after demand therefor, for the full amount of any Indemnified Taxes or Other
Taxes (including Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes imposed or asserted on or attributable to
amounts payable under this Section) withheld or deducted by Borrower or Agent or paid by
Agent or such Lender, as the case may be, and any penalties, interest and reasonable
expenses arising therefrom or with respect thereto, whether or not such Indemnified Taxes or
Other Taxes were correctly or legally imposed or asserted by the relevant Governmental
Authority. Borrower shall also, and does hereby, indemnify Agent, and shall make payment in
respect thereof within 10 days after demand therefor, for any amount which a Lender for any
reason fails to pay indefeasibly to Agent as required by clause (ii) of this subsection. A
certificate as to the amount of any such payment or liability delivered to Borrower by a
Lender (with a copy to Agent), or by Agent on its own behalf or on behalf of a Lender, shall
be conclusive absent manifest error.
(ii) Without limiting the provisions of subsection (a) or (b) above, each Lender shall,
and does hereby, indemnify Borrower and Agent, and shall make payment in respect thereof
within 10 days after demand therefor, against any and all Taxes and any and all related
losses, claims, liabilities, penalties, interest and expenses (including the fees, charges
and disbursements of any counsel for Borrower or Agent) incurred by or asserted against
Borrower or Agent by any Governmental Authority as a result of the failure by such Lender,
to deliver, or as a result of the inaccuracy, inadequacy or deficiency of, any documentation
required to be delivered by such Lender, to Borrower or Agent pursuant to subsection (e).
Each Lender hereby authorizes Agent to set off and
25
apply any and all amounts at any time
owing to such Lender under this Agreement or any other Loan Document against any amount due
to Agent under this clause (ii). The agreements in this clause (ii) shall survive the
resignation and/or replacement of Agent, any assignment of rights by, or the replacement of,
a Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment, satisfaction or
discharge of all other Obligations.
(d)
Evidence of Payments
. Upon request by Borrower or Agent, as the case may be,
after any payment of Taxes by Borrower or by Agent to a Governmental Authority as provided in this
Section 3.01
, Borrower shall deliver to Agent or Agent shall deliver to Borrower, as the case may
be, the original or a certified copy of a receipt issued by such Governmental Authority evidencing
such payment, a copy of any return required by Laws to report such payment or other evidence of
such payment reasonably satisfactory to Borrower or Agent, as the case may be.
(e)
Status of Lenders
.
(i) Each Lender shall deliver to Borrower and to Agent, at the time or times prescribed
by applicable Laws or when reasonably requested by Borrower or Agent, such properly
completed and executed documentation prescribed by applicable Laws or by the taxing
authorities of any jurisdiction and such other reasonably requested information as will
permit Borrower or Agent, as the case may be, to determine (A) whether or not payments made
hereunder or under any other Loan Document are subject to Taxes, (B) if applicable, the
required rate of withholding or deduction, and (C) such Lenders entitlement to any
available exemption from, or reduction of, applicable Taxes in respect of all payments to be
made to such Lender by Borrower pursuant to this Agreement or otherwise to establish such
Lenders status for withholding tax purposes in the applicable jurisdiction.
(ii) Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, if Borrower is resident for tax
purposes in the United States,
(A) any Lender that is a United States person within the meaning of Section
7701(a)(30) of the Code shall deliver to Borrower and Agent executed originals of
Internal Revenue Service Form W-9 or such other documentation or information
prescribed by applicable Laws or reasonably requested by Borrower or Agent as will
enable Borrower or Agent, as the case may be, to determine whether or not such
Lender is subject to backup withholding or information reporting requirements; and
(B) each Foreign Lender that is entitled under the Code or any applicable
treaty to an exemption from or reduction of withholding tax with respect to payments
hereunder or under any other Loan Document shall deliver to Borrower and Agent (in
such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) on or prior to the
date on which such Foreign Lender becomes a Lender under this Agreement (and from
time to time thereafter upon the request of
26
Borrower or Agent, but only if such
Foreign Lender is legally entitled to do so), whichever of the following is
applicable:
(1) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN claiming
eligibility for benefits of an income tax treaty to which the United States is a
party,
(2) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8ECI,
(3) executed originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8IMY and all required
supporting documentation,
(4) in the case of a Foreign Lender claiming the benefits of the exemption for
portfolio interest under section 881(c) of the Code, (x) a certificate to the effect
that such Foreign Lender is not (A) a bank within the meaning of section
881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a 10 percent shareholder of Borrower within the
meaning of section 881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a controlled foreign
corporation described in section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (y) executed
originals of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN, or
(5) executed originals of any other form prescribed by applicable Laws as a
basis for claiming exemption from or a reduction in United States Federal
withholding tax together with such supplementary documentation as may be prescribed
by applicable Laws to permit the Borrower or the Administrative Agent to determine
the withholding or deduction required to be made.
(iii) Each Lender shall promptly (A) notify Borrower and Agent of any change in
circumstances which would modify or render invalid any claimed exemption or reduction, and
(B) take such steps as shall not be materially disadvantageous to it, in the reasonable
judgment of such Lender, and as may be reasonably necessary (including the re-designation of
its Lending Office) to avoid any requirement of applicable Laws of any jurisdiction that
Borrower or Agent make any withholding or deduction for taxes from amounts payable to such
Lender.
(f)
Treatment of Certain Refunds
. Unless required by applicable Laws, at no time
shall Agent have any obligation to file for or otherwise pursue on behalf of a Lender, or have any
obligation to pay to any Lender, any refund of Taxes withheld or deducted from funds paid for the
account of such Lender. If Agent or any Lender determines, in its sole discretion, that it has
received a refund of any Taxes or Other Taxes as to which it has been indemnified by Borrower or
with respect to which Borrower has paid additional amounts pursuant to this Section, it shall pay
to Borrower an amount equal to such refund (but only to the extent of indemnity payments made, or
additional amounts paid, by Borrower under this Section with respect to the Taxes or Other Taxes
giving rise to such refund), net of all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Agent or such Lender and
without interest (other than any interest paid by the relevant Governmental Authority with respect
to such refund),
provided
that Borrower, upon the request of Agent, such Lender agrees to
repay the amount paid over to Borrower (plus any penalties, interest or other charges imposed by
the relevant Governmental Authority) to Agent,
27
such Lender in the event Agent or such Lender is
required to repay such refund to such Governmental Authority. This subsection shall not be
construed to require Agent or any Lender to make available its tax returns (or any other
information relating to its taxes that it deems confidential) to Borrower or any other Person.
3.02 Illegality.
If any Lender determines that any Law has made it unlawful, or that any
Governmental Authority has asserted that it is unlawful, for any Lender or its applicable Lending
Office to make, maintain or fund Eurodollar Rate Loans, or to determine or charge interest rates
based upon the Eurodollar Rate, or any Governmental Authority has imposed material restrictions on
the authority of such Lender to purchase or sell, or to take deposits of, Dollars in the London
interbank market, then, on notice thereof by such Lender to Borrower through Agent, any obligation
of such Lender to make or continue Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until such Lender
notifies Agent and Borrower that the circumstances giving rise to such determination no longer
exist. Upon receipt of such notice, Borrower shall, upon demand from such Lender (with a copy to
Agent), prepay or, if applicable, convert all Eurodollar Rate Loans of such Lender to Loan bearing
interest based on the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate, either on the last day of the Interest Period
therefor, if such Lender may lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans to such day,
or immediately, if such Lender may not lawfully continue to maintain such Eurodollar Rate Loans.
Upon any such prepayment or conversion, Borrower shall also pay accrued interest on the amount so
prepaid or converted and all amounts due under
Section 3.05
in accordance with the terms thereof
due to such prepayment or conversion.
3.03 Inability to Determine Rates.
If Agent determines in connection with any request for a
Eurodollar Rate Loan or a conversion to or continuation thereof that (a) Dollar deposits are not
being offered to banks in the London interbank eurodollar market for the applicable amount and
Interest Period of such Eurodollar Rate Loan, (b) adequate and reasonable means do not exist for
determining the Eurodollar Base Rate for any requested Interest Period with respect to a proposed
Eurodollar Rate Loan, or (c) the Eurodollar Base Rate for any requested Interest Period with
respect to a proposed Eurodollar Rate Loan does not adequately and fairly reflect the cost to such
Lenders of funding such Loan, Agent will promptly so notify Borrower and each Lender. Thereafter,
the obligation of Lenders to make or maintain Eurodollar Rate Loans shall be suspended until Agent
(upon the instruction of the Required Lenders) revokes such notice. Upon receipt of such notice,
Borrower may revoke any pending request for a Borrowing of, conversion to or continuation of
Eurodollar Rate Loans or, failing that, will be deemed to have converted such request into a
request for a Borrowing of Loans bearing interest based on the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate in
the amount specified therein.
3.04 Increased Costs
.
(a)
Increased Costs Generally
. If any Change in Law shall:
(i) impose, modify or deem applicable any reserve, special deposit, compulsory loan,
insurance charge or similar requirement against assets of, deposits with or for the account
of, or credit extended or participated in by, any Lender (except any reserve requirement
reflected in the Eurodollar Rate);
28
(ii) subject any Lender to any tax of any kind whatsoever with respect to this
Agreement, or any Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it, or change the basis of taxation of
payments to such Lender in respect thereof (except for Indemnified Taxes or Other Taxes
covered by
Section 3.01
and the imposition of, or any change in the rate of, any Excluded
Tax payable by such Lender); or
(iii) impose on any Lender or the London interbank market any other condition, cost or
expense affecting this Agreement or Eurodollar Rate Loans made by such Lender or
participation therein;
and the result of any of the foregoing shall be to increase the cost to such Lender of making or
maintaining any Eurodollar Rate Loan (or of maintaining its obligation to make any such Loan), or
to reduce the amount of any sum received or receivable by such Lender hereunder (whether of
principal, interest or any other amount) then, upon request of such Lender, Borrower will pay to
such Lender, such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender, for such additional
costs incurred or reduction suffered.
(b)
Capital Requirements
. If any Lender determines that any Change in Law affecting
such Lender or any Lending Office of such Lender or such Lenders holding company, if any,
regarding capital requirements has or would have the effect of reducing the rate of return on such
Lenders capital or on the capital of such Lenders holding company, if any, as a consequence of
this Agreement, the Commitments of such Lender or the Loans made by such Lender, to a level below
that which such Lender or such Lenders holding company could have achieved but for such Change in
Law (taking into consideration such Lenders policies and the policies of such Lenders holding
company with respect to capital adequacy), then from time to time Borrower will pay to such Lender
such additional amount or amounts as will compensate such Lender or such Lenders holding company
for any such reduction suffered.
(c)
Certificates for Reimbursement
. A certificate of a Lender setting forth the
amount or amounts necessary to compensate such Lender or its holding company, as the case may be,
as specified in subsection (a) or (b) of this Section and delivered to Borrower shall be conclusive
absent manifest error. Borrower shall pay such Lender the amount shown as due on any such
certificate within 10 days after receipt thereof.
(d)
Delay in Requests
. Failure or delay on the part of any Lender to demand
compensation pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section shall not constitute a waiver of
such Lenders right to demand such compensation,
provided
that Borrower shall not be
required to compensate a Lender pursuant to the foregoing provisions of this Section for any
increased costs incurred or reductions suffered more than nine months prior to the date that such
Lender notifies Borrower of the Change in Law giving rise to such increased costs or reductions and
of such Lenders intention to claim compensation therefor (except that, if the Change in Law giving
rise to such increased costs or reductions is retroactive, then the nine-month period referred to
above shall be extended to include the period of retroactive effect thereof).
3.05 Compensation for Losses.
Upon demand of any Lender (with a copy to Agent) from time to
time, Borrower shall promptly compensate such Lender for and hold such Lender harmless from any
loss, cost or expense incurred by it as a result of:
29
(a) any continuation, conversion, payment or prepayment of any Loan other than a Loan bearing
interest based on the Eurodollar Daily Floating Rate, on a day other than the last day of the
Interest Period for such Loan (whether voluntary, mandatory, automatic, by reason of acceleration,
or otherwise); or
(b) any failure by Borrower (for a reason other than the failure of such Lender to make a
Loan) to prepay, borrow, continue or convert any Loan on the date or in the amount notified by
Borrower;
including any loss of anticipated profits and any loss or expense arising from the liquidation or
reemployment of funds obtained by it to maintain such Loan or from fees payable to terminate the
deposits from which such funds were obtained. Borrower shall also pay any customary administrative
fees charged by such Lender in connection with the foregoing. For purposes of calculating amounts
payable by Borrower to Lenders under this
Section 3.05
, each Lender shall be deemed to have funded
each Eurodollar Rate Loan made by it at the Eurodollar Base Rate used in determining the Eurodollar
Rate for such Loan by a matching deposit or other borrowing in the London interbank eurodollar
market for a comparable amount and for a comparable period, whether or not such Eurodollar Rate
Loan was in fact so funded.
3.06 Mitigation Obligations.
(a)
Designation of a Different Lending Office
If any Lender requests compensation
under
Section 3.04
, or Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any
Governmental Authority for the account of any Lender, pursuant to
Section 3.01
, or if any Lender
gives a notice pursuant to
Section 3.02
, then such Lender shall, as applicable, use reasonable
efforts to designate a different Lending Office for funding or booking its Loans hereunder or to
assign its rights and obligations hereunder to another of its offices, branches or affiliates, if,
in the judgment of such Lender, such designation or assignment (i) would eliminate or reduce
amounts payable pursuant to
Section 3.01
or
3.04
, as the case may be, in the future, or eliminate
the need for the notice pursuant to
Section 3.02
, as applicable, and (ii) in each case, would not
subject such Lender to any unreimbursed cost or expense and would not otherwise be disadvantageous
to such Lender. Borrower hereby agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by any in
connection with any such designation or assignment.
(b)
Replacement of Lenders
. If (i) any Lender requests compensation under
Section
3.04
, (ii) a Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental
Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to
Section 3.01
, or (iii) any Lender ceases to
make Eurodollar Rate Loans as a result of any condition described in
Sections 3.02
or
3.03
,
Borrower may replace such Lender in accordance with
Section 10.13
.
3.07 Survival.
All of Borrowers obligations under this
Article III
shall survive termination
of the Aggregate Commitments, and repayment of all other Obligations hereunder and resignation of
Agent.
30
ARTICLE IV .
CONDITIONS PRECEDENT TO CREDIT EXTENSIONS
4.01 Conditions of Initial Credit Extension
. The obligation of each Lender to make its
initial Credit Extension hereunder is subject to satisfaction of the following conditions
precedent:
(a) Agents receipt of the following, each of which shall be originals or telecopies (followed
promptly by originals) unless otherwise specified, each properly executed by a Responsible Officer
of the signing Loan Party, each dated the Closing Date (or, in the case of certificates of
governmental officials, a recent date before the Closing Date) and each in form and substance
satisfactory to Agent and each of the Lenders:
(i) executed counterparts of this Agreement, all Collateral Documents, and the
Guaranty, sufficient in number for distribution to Agent, each Lender and Borrower;
(ii) a Note executed by Borrower in favor of each Lender that requests a Note;
(iii) such certificates of resolutions or other action, incumbency certificates and/or
other certificates of Responsible Officers of each Loan Party as Agent may require
evidencing the identity, authority and capacity of each Responsible Officer thereof
authorized to act as a Responsible Officer in connection with this Agreement and the other
Loan Documents to which such Loan Party is a party;
(iv) such documents and certifications as Agent may reasonably require to evidence that
each Loan Party is duly organized or formed, and that each Loan Party is validly existing,
in good standing and qualified to engage in business in each jurisdiction where its
ownership, lease or operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such
qualification, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect;
(v) an opinion of Fulbright & Jaworski, counsel to the Loan Parties, and of Gibson,
Gruenert & Zaunbrecher, P.L.L.C., counsel to LandTel Communications, L.L.C., in each case
addressed to Agent and each Lender, as to the matters set forth concerning the Loan Parties
and the Loan Documents in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent;
(vi) a certificate of a Responsible Officer of each Loan Party either (A) attaching
copies of all consents, licenses and approvals required in connection with the execution,
delivery and performance by such Loan Party and the validity against such Loan Party of the
Loan Documents to which it is a party, and such consents, licenses and approvals shall be in
full force and effect, or (B) stating that no such consents, licenses or approvals are so
required;
(vii) a certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower certifying (A) that the
conditions specified in
Sections 4.
02(a)
and
(b)
have been satisfied, and (B) that there has
been no event or circumstance since the date of the Audited Financial Statements that has
had or could be reasonably expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a
Material Adverse Effect;
31
(viii) evidence that all insurance required to be maintained pursuant to the Loan
Documents has been obtained and is in effect;
(ix) a Subordination Agreement executed among Minority Member, Agent, and Borrower,
with respect to the Put Option, on such terms as are acceptable to Agent its sole
discretion;
(x) evidence that Borrower has satisfied the requirements of
Section 6.16
together a
duly executed deposit account control agreement among Borrower, Agent, and Comerica with
respect to Borrowers account at Comerica;
(xi) executed payoff letters and lien releases from Comerica and Guggenheim Corporate
Funding, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent;
(xii) executed payoff letters from the holders of Borrowers Series A Notes and Series
B Notes, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Agent;
(xiii) delivery to Agent of all original stock certificates and executed blank stock
powers with respect to all Collateral that is comprised of certificated equity interests;
and
(xiv) such other assurances, certificates, documents, consents or opinions as Agent, or
the Required Lenders reasonably may require.
(b) Any fees required to be paid on or before the Closing Date shall have been paid.
(c) Unless waived by Agent, Borrower shall have paid all fees, charges and disbursements of
counsel to Agent (directly to such counsel if requested by Agent) to the extent invoiced prior to
or on the Closing Date, plus such additional amounts of such fees, charges and disbursements as
shall constitute its reasonable estimate of such fees, charges and disbursements incurred or to be
incurred by it through the closing proceedings (
provided
that such estimate shall not
thereafter preclude a final settling of accounts between Borrower and Agent).
(d) The Closing Date shall have occurred on or before June 1, 2009.
Without limiting the generality of the provisions of the last sentence of
Section 9.03(d)
, for
purposes of determining compliance with the conditions specified in this
Section 4.01
, each Lender
that has signed this Agreement shall be deemed to have consented to, approved or accepted or to be
satisfied with, each document or other matter required thereunder to be consented to or approved by
or acceptable or satisfactory to a Lender unless Agent shall have received notice from such Lender
at least one (1) Business Day prior to the proposed Closing Date specifying its objection thereto.
4.02 Conditions to all Credit Extensions.
The obligation of each Lender to honor any Request
for Credit Extension is subject to the following conditions precedent:
32
(a) The representations and warranties of Borrower and each other Loan Party contained in
Article V
or any other Loan Document, or which are contained in any document furnished at any time
under or in connection herewith or therewith, shall be true and correct in all material respects on
and as of the date of such Credit Extension, except to the extent that such representations and
warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case they shall be true and correct in
all material respects as of such earlier date, and except that for purposes of this
Section 4.02
,
the representations and warranties contained in subsections (a) and (b) of
Section 5.05
shall be
deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to clauses (a) and (b),
respectively, of
Section 6.01
.
(b) No Default shall exist, or would result from such proposed Credit Extension or from the
application of the proceeds thereof.
(c) Agent shall have received a Request for Credit Extension in accordance with the
requirements hereof.
ARTICLE V .
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES
Borrower represents and warrants to Agent and the Lenders that:
5.01 Existence, Qualification and Power.
Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof (a) is
duly organized or formed, validly existing and, as applicable, in good standing under the Laws of
the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority
and all requisite governmental licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own or lease
its assets and carry on its business and (ii) execute, deliver and perform its obligations under
the Loan Documents to which it is a party, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and, as
applicable, in good standing under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or
operation of properties or the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license;
except in each case referred to in clause (b)(i), or (c), to the extent that failure to do so could
not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.02 Authorization; No Contravention.
The execution, delivery and performance by each Loan
Party of each Loan Document to which such Person is party, have been duly authorized by all
necessary corporate or other organizational action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the
terms of any of such Persons Organization Documents; (b) conflict with or result in any breach or
contravention of, or the creation of any Lien under, or require any payment to be made under (i)
any Contractual Obligation to which such Person is a party or affecting such Person or the
properties of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction, writ or decree
of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which such Person or its property is
subject; or (c) violate any Law.
5.03 Governmental Authorization; Other Consents.
No approval, consent, exemption,
authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority or any
other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or performance by,
or enforcement against, any Loan Party of this Agreement or any other Loan Document.
33
5.04 Binding Effect.
This Agreement has been, and each other Loan Document, when delivered
hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by each Loan Party that is party thereto.
This Agreement constitutes, and each other Loan Document when so delivered will constitute, a
legal, valid and binding obligation of such Loan Party, enforceable against each Loan Party that is
party thereto in accordance with its terms, except as enforceability may be limited by Debtor
Relief Laws and by general principles of equity.
5.05 Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect
.
(a) The Audited Financial Statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2008, and when
delivered for each fiscal year thereafter (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP or IFRS as the
case may be, in each case consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as
otherwise expressly noted therein; (ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial
condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of operations
for the period covered thereby in accordance with GAAP or IFRS, as applicable, in each case
consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted
therein; and (iii) show all material indebtedness and other material liabilities, direct or
contingent, of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof, including liabilities for
material taxes, commitments and Indebtedness.
(b) The unaudited consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries dated March 31,
2009, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders equity, and
cash flows for the fiscal quarter ended on that date (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP or
IFRS as the case may be, in each case consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby,
except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present in all material respects the
financial condition of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their results of
operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and (ii), to the
absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.
(c) Since the date of the Audited Financial Statements, there has been no event or
circumstance, either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.06 Litigation.
There are no actions, suits, proceedings, claims or disputes pending or, to
the knowledge of Borrower after due inquiry, threatened or contemplated, at law, in equity, in
arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, by or against Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
or against any of their properties or revenues that (a) affect or pertain to this Agreement or any
other Loan Document, or any of the transactions contemplated hereby, or (b) except as specifically
disclosed in
Schedule 5.06
, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected
to have a Material Adverse Effect, and there has been no adverse change in the status, or financial
effect on any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof, of the matters described on
Schedule 5.06
.
5.07 No Default.
Neither any Loan Party nor any Subsidiary thereof is in default under or
with respect to any Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred
34
and is
continuing or would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement
or any other Loan Document.
5.08 Ownership of Property; Liens.
Each of Borrower and each Subsidiary has good record and
marketable title in fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or
used in the ordinary conduct of its business, except for such defects in title as could not,
individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The
property of Borrower and its Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Liens permitted by
Section 7.01
.
5.09 Environmental Compliance.
There are no claims alleging potential liability or
responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law on the respective businesses, operations and
properties of Borrower and its Subsidiaries that could, individually or in the aggregate,
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.10 Insurance.
The properties of Borrower and its Subsidiaries are insured with financially
sound and reputable insurance companies not Affiliates of Borrower, in such amounts (after giving
effect to any self-insurance compatible with the following standards), with such deductibles and
covering such risks as are customarily carried by companies engaged in similar businesses and
owning similar properties in localities where Borrower or the applicable Subsidiary operates.
5.11 Taxes.
Borrower and its Subsidiaries have filed all Federal, state and other material
tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Federal, state and other material
taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed upon them or their
properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable, except those which are being contested in
good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and for which adequate reserves have
been provided in accordance with GAAP or IFRS, as applicable. There is no proposed tax assessment
against Borrower or any Subsidiary that would, if made, have a Material Adverse Effect.
5.12 ERISA Compliance
.
(a) Each Plan is in compliance in all material respects with the applicable provisions of
ERISA, the Code and other Federal or state Laws. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under
Section 401(a) of the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an
application for such a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to
the best knowledge of Borrower, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of,
such qualification. Borrower and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to each
Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, and no application for a funding waiver or an extension of
any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code has been made with respect to any Plan.
(b) There are no pending or, to the knowledge of Borrower, threatened claims, actions or
lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could be
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no
35
prohibited transaction
or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that has resulted or
could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
(c) (i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan
has any Unfunded Pension Liability; (iii) neither Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or
reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect to any Pension Plan
(other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA); (iv) neither Borrower nor
any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability (and no event has
occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219 of ERISA, would result in such
liability) under Section 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to a Multiemployer Plan; and (v)
neither Borrower nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a transaction that could be subject to
Section 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.
5.13 Subsidiaries.
As of the Closing Date, Borrower has no Subsidiaries other than those
specifically disclosed in Part (a) of
Schedule 5.13
, and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in
such Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by
Borrower, directly or indirectly, in the amounts specified on Part (a) of
Schedule 5.13
free and
clear of all Liens. Borrower has no equity investments in any other corporation or entity other
than those specifically disclosed in Part (b) of
Schedule 5.13
. All of the outstanding Equity
Interests in Borrower have been validly issued and are fully paid and nonassessable and are owned
by the shareholders in the amounts specified on Part (c) of
Schedule 5.13
.
5.14 Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act
.
(a) Borrower is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important
activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of
Regulation U issued by the FRB), or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying
margin stock.
(b) None of Borrower, any Person Controlling Borrower, or any Subsidiary is, or is required to
be registered as, an investment company under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
5.15 Disclosure.
Borrower has disclosed to Agent and Lenders all agreements, instruments and
corporate or other restrictions to which it or any Loan Party is subject, and all other matters
known to it, that, individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect. No written report, financial statement, certificate or other information
furnished (whether in writing or orally) by or on behalf of any Loan Party to Agent or any Lender
in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement or
delivered hereunder or under any other Loan Document (in each case, as modified or supplemented by
other information so furnished) contains any material misstatement of fact or omits to state any
material fact necessary to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under
which they were made, not materially misleading;
provided
that, with respect to projected
financial information, Borrower represents only that such information was prepared in good faith
based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time (it being understood that actual
results may vary and that such variances could be material).
36
5.16 Compliance with Laws.
Each Loan Party and each Subsidiary thereof is in compliance in
all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and
decrees applicable to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such
requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either
individually or in the aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse
Effect.
5.17 Taxpayer Identification Number
. Borrowers true and correct U.S. taxpayer identification
number is set forth on
Schedule 10.02
.
5.18 Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc.
Borrower and its Subsidiaries own, or possess the
right to use, all of the trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent
rights, franchises, licenses and other intellectual property rights that are reasonably necessary
for the operation of their respective businesses, without conflict with the rights of any other
Person. To the knowledge of Borrower, no slogan or other advertising device, product, process,
method, substance, part or other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by
Borrower or any Subsidiary infringes upon any rights held by any other Person. No claim or
litigation regarding any of the foregoing is pending or, to the best knowledge of Borrower,
threatened, which, either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.
5.19 Rights in Collateral; Priority of Liens.
Borrower and each other Loan Party owns the
property granted by it as Collateral under the Collateral Documents, free and clear of any and all
Liens in favor of third parties, other than Liens permitted by
Section 7.01
. Upon the proper
filing of UCC financing statements, and the taking of the other actions required by Law or the
Required Lenders, the Liens granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents will constitute valid and
enforceable first, prior and perfected Liens (subject to Liens permitted by
Section 7.01
) on the
Collateral in favor of Agent, for the ratable benefit of Agent and Lenders.
ARTICLE VI .
AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or other Obligation
hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, Borrower shall, and shall cause each Subsidiary to:
6.01 Financial Statements.
Deliver to Agent, in form and detail satisfactory to Agent:
(a) as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each fiscal year
of Borrower, a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such
fiscal year, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, changes in
shareholders equity and cash flows for such fiscal year, setting forth in each case in comparative
form the figures for the previous fiscal year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance
with, at Borrowers option, GAAP or IFRS, such consolidated statements to be audited and
accompanied by a report and opinion of Deloitte & Touche or of an independent certified public
accountant of nationally recognized standing or otherwise reasonably acceptable to Agent, which
report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with generally accepted
37
auditing standards and
shall not be subject to any going concern or like qualification or exception or any qualification
or exception as to the scope of such audit;
(b) as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each fiscal quarter
of Borrower, a consolidated balance sheet of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such
fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations for the portion of
Borrowers fiscal year then ended, all in reasonable detail, such consolidated statements to be
certified by the chief executive officer, chief financial officer, treasurer or controller of
Borrower as fairly presenting in all material respects the financial condition and results of
operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with, at Borrowers option, GAAP or
IFRS, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes; and
(c) as soon as available, but in any event within 30 days after the end of each month, a
financial report summarizing on a consolidated basis, the results of operations and financial
performance of Borrower and its Subsidiaries as at the end of such month, in each case in
accordance with, at Borrowers option, GAAP or IFRS, and in substantially similar form as
previously provided to Agent by Borrower for the month ended March 31, 2009.
6.02 Certificates; Other Information.
Deliver to Agent, in form and detail reasonably
satisfactory to Agent:
(a) concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in
Sections 6.01(a)
and
(b
), a duly completed Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of Borrower, which
shall disclose any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by
Borrower or any Subsidiary, if any;
(b) promptly after any request by Agent, copies of any final audit reports or management
letters submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee of the board of directors) of
Borrower by independent accountants in connection with the accounts or books of Borrower or any
Subsidiary, or any audit of any of them;
(c) promptly after the same are available, copies of each annual report, proxy or financial
statement or other report or communication sent to the stockholders of Borrower, and copies of all
annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which Borrower may file
or be required to file with the Securities and Exchange Commission (or comparable agency in any
applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction) under Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
and not otherwise required to be delivered to Agent pursuant hereto;
(d) promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any statement or report furnished to any
holder of debt securities of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof pursuant to the terms of any
indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement and not otherwise required to be furnished to the
Lenders pursuant to
Section 6.01
or any other clause of this
Section 6.02
;
(e) promptly, and in any event within five Business Days after receipt thereof by any Loan
Party or any Subsidiary thereof, copies of each notice or other correspondence received from the
Securities and Exchange Commission (or comparable agency in any
38
applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction)
concerning any investigation or possible investigation or other inquiry by such agency regarding
financial or other operational results of any Loan Party or any Subsidiary thereof;
(f) by not later than 45 days after the end of each fiscal year of Borrower, a detailed annual
operating budget and financial statement projections for Borrowers next succeeding fiscal year,
approved by Borrowers board of directors; and
(g) promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or corporate
affairs of Borrower or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the Loan Documents, as Agent
or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.
Documents required to be delivered pursuant to
Section 6.01(a)
,
(b)
, or
(c)
, or
Section 6.02(d)
(to
the extent any such documents are included in materials otherwise filed with the SEC (or comparable
agency in any applicable non-U.S. jurisdiction)) may be delivered electronically and if so
delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which Borrower posts such
documents, or provides a link thereto on Borrowers website on the Internet at the website address
listed on
Schedule 10.02
; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on Borrowers behalf on an
Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender and Agent have access (whether a
commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by Agent);
provided
that: (i) upon
request Borrower shall deliver paper copies of such documents to Agent until a written request to
cease delivering paper copies is given by Agent and (ii) Borrower shall notify Agent and each
Lender (by telecopier or electronic mail) of the posting of any such documents and provide to Agent
by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents. Agent shall have no
obligation to request the delivery or to maintain copies of the documents referred to above, and in
any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by Borrower with any such request for
delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for requesting delivery to it or maintaining
its copies of such documents.
Borrower hereby acknowledges that (a) Agent will make available to Lenders materials and/or
information provided by or on behalf of Borrower hereunder (collectively,
Borrower Materials
) by
posting Borrower Materials on IntraLinks or another similar electronic system (the
Platform
) and
(b) certain of the Lenders (each, a
Public Lender
) may have personnel who do not wish to receive
material non-public information with respect to Borrower or its Affiliates or the respective
securities of any of the foregoing, and who may be engaged in investment and other market-related
activities with respect to such Persons securities. Borrower hereby agrees that (w) all Borrower
Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders shall be clearly and conspicuously marked
PUBLIC which, at a minimum, shall mean that the word PUBLIC shall appear prominently on the
first page thereof; (x) by marking Borrower Materials PUBLIC, Borrower shall be deemed to have
authorized Agent and the Lenders to treat such Borrower Materials as not containing any material
non-public information with respect to Borrower or its securities for purposes of United States
Federal and state securities laws (provided, however, that to the extent such Borrower Materials
constitute Information, they shall be treated as set forth in
Section 10.07
); (y) all Borrower
Materials marked PUBLIC are permitted to be made available through a portion of the Platform that
is designated Public Side Information; and (z) Agent shall be entitled to treat any Borrower
Materials that are not marked PUBLIC as being suitable only for posting on a portion of the
Platform not designated Public
39
Side Information. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Borrower shall be
under no obligation to mark any Borrower Materials PUBLIC.
6.03 Notices
. Promptly notify Agent and each Lender:
(a) of the occurrence of any Default;
(b) of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material
Adverse Effect, including (i) breach or non-performance of, or any default under, a Contractual
Obligation of Borrower or any Subsidiary; (ii) any dispute, litigation, investigation, proceeding
or suspension between Borrower or any Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the
commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation or proceeding affecting Borrower or
any Subsidiary, including pursuant to any applicable Environmental Laws; and
(c) of the occurrence of any ERISA Event.
Each notice pursuant to this Section shall be accompanied by a statement of a Responsible Officer
of Borrower setting forth details of the occurrence referred to therein and stating what action
Borrower has taken and proposes to take with respect thereto. Each notice pursuant to
Section
6.03(a)
shall describe with particularity any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other
Loan Document that have been breached.
6.04 Payment of Obligations.
Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable, all
its obligations and liabilities, including (a) all tax liabilities, assessments and governmental
charges or levies in excess of $25,000 in the aggregate upon it or its properties or assets, unless
the same are being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and
adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP or IFRS, as applicable, are being maintained by Borrower
or such Subsidiary; (b) all lawful claims in excess of the Threshold Amount which, if unpaid, would
by law become a Lien upon any of its property; and (c) all Indebtedness for borrowed money with a
principal amount in excess of the Threshold Amount, as and when due and payable, but subject to any
subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing such Indebtedness.
6.05 Preservation of Existence, Etc
. (a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and
effect its legal existence and good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization
except in a transaction permitted by
Section 7.04
or
7.05
; (b) take all reasonable action to
maintain all rights, privileges, permits, licenses and franchises necessary or desirable in the
normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of its registered
patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation of which could reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.06 Maintenance of Properties.
(a) Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material
properties and equipment necessary in the operation of its business in good working order and
condition, ordinary wear and tear excepted; (b) make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and
replacements thereof except where the failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to
40
have a
Material Adverse Effect; and (c) use the standard of care typical in the industry in the operation
and maintenance of its facilities.
6.07 Maintenance of Insurance.
Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance
companies not Affiliates of Borrower, insurance with respect to its properties and business against
loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar
business, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any self-insurance compatible
with the following standards) as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other
Persons and providing for not less than 30 days prior notice to Agent of termination, lapse or
cancellation of such insurance.
6.08 Compliance with Laws.
Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws
and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property,
except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, write, injunction or decree
is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the
failure to comply therewith could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
6.09 Books and Records.
(a) Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true
and correct entries in conformity with GAAP or IFRS, as applicable, shall be made of all financial
transactions and matters involving the assets and business of Borrower or such Subsidiary, as the
case may be; and (b) maintain such books of record and account in material conformity with all
applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over Borrower
or such Subsidiary, as the case may be. Borrower shall maintain at all times books and records
pertaining to the Collateral in such detail, form and scope as Agent or any Lender shall reasonably
require.
6.10 Inspection Rights.
Permit representatives and independent contractors of Agent and each
Lender to visit and inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and
operating records, and make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs,
finances and accounts with its directors, officers, and independent public accountants, all at the
expense of Borrower and at such reasonable times during normal business hours and as often as may
be reasonably desired, upon reasonable advance notice to Borrower;
provided
,
however
, that, excluding any such visits and inspections during the continuation of an
Event of Default, Agent (who may be accompanied by any Lender at such Lenders option and sole
expense), may exercise rights under this
Section 6.10
no more often than two (2) times during any
calendar year and only one (1) such time shall be at the expense of Borrower, absent the existence
and continuation of an Event of Default;
provided
further
that when an Event of
Default exists Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or independent
contractors) may do any of the foregoing at the sole expense of Borrower at any time during normal
business hours, without advance notice, and without restriction as to the number of visits per
year. The Agent and the Lenders shall give Borrower the opportunity to participate in any
discussions they may have with Borrowers accountants.
6.11 Use of Proceeds.
Use the proceeds of the Credit Extensions to refinance existing
Indebtedness, in each case not in contravention of any Law or of any Loan Document.
41
6.12 Financial Covenants
.
(a)
Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio
. Maintain on a consolidated basis, as of the end of
each fiscal quarter, a Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio of not less than 1.50 to 1.00. The Fixed Charge
Coverage Ratio shall be calculated and tested quarterly for the four fiscal-quarter period ended as
of the last day of each fiscal quarter, beginning June 30, 2009, and on the last day of each fiscal
quarter thereafter.
(b)
Ratio of Funded Debt to EBITDA
. Maintain on a consolidated basis, as of the end
of each fiscal quarter, a ratio of Funded Debt to EBITDA that is less than or equal to 2.00 to
1.00. The ratio of Funded Debt to EBITDA shall be calculated and tested quarterly for the four
fiscal-quarter period ended as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, beginning June 30, 2009, and
on the last day of each fiscal quarter thereafter.
6.13 Collateral Records.
Execute and deliver promptly, and to cause each other Loan Party to
execute and deliver promptly, to Agent, from time to time, solely for Agents convenience in
maintaining a record of the Collateral, such written statements and schedules as Agent may
reasonably require designating, identifying or describing the Collateral. The failure by Borrower
or any other Loan Party, however, to promptly give Agent such statements or schedules shall not
affect, diminish, modify or otherwise limit the Liens on the Collateral granted pursuant to the
Collateral Documents.
6.14 Security Interests.
To, and to cause each other Loan Party to, (a) defend the Collateral
against all claims and demands of all Persons at any time claiming the same or any interest therein
(other than holders of Liens permitted under
Section 7.01
), (b) comply with the requirements of all
state and federal laws in order to grant to Agent and Lenders valid security interests in the
Collateral which constitute a perfected first priority lien (subject only to prior Liens expressly
permitted under
Section 7.01
), with perfection, in the case of any investment property, deposit
account or letter of credit, being effected by using commercially reasonable efforts to give Agent
control of such investment property or deposit account or letter of credit, rather than by the
filing of a Uniform Commercial Code (
UCC
) financing statement with respect to such investment
property, and (c) do whatever Agent may reasonably request, from time to time, to effect the
purposes of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents, including filing notices of liens, UCC
financing statements, fixture filings and amendments, renewals and continuations thereof; and
keeping stock records. Agent is hereby authorized by Borrower to file any UCC financing statements
covering the Collateral whether or not Borrowers signatures appear thereon.
6.15 Additional Guarantors; Pledge of Equity of Foreign Subsidiaries.
Notify Agent at the
time that any Person becomes a Subsidiary, and promptly thereafter (and in any event within 30
days), unless otherwise agreed to by Agent in writing:
(a) with respect to each Significant Subsidiary that is neither a Foreign Person nor owned by
a Foreign Person, (i) cause such Subsidiary to become a Guarantor by executing and delivering to
Agent a Guaranty, (ii) cause Borrower or any Guarantor to pledge all of their respective Equity
Interests in such Significant Subsidiary, and (iii) cause such Significant Subsidiary to execute a
security agreement granting a lien on substantially all of its assets in the form executed by the
Guarantors on the Closing Date, or to execute such other documents and instruments requested by
Agent in its reasonable discretion;
42
(b) with respect to each Subsidiary that becomes a Material Foreign Subsidiary of Borrower
after the Closing Date (other than any Material Foreign Subsidiary whose Equity Interests are
issued to a Foreign Person), pledge 65% of its Equity Interests in such Material Foreign Subsidiary
to Agent by executing a pledge agreement in the form executed by Borrower on the Closing Date, and
to provide such evidence that such security interest has been recorded and is enforceable under the
laws of the applicable foreign jurisdiction if requested by Agent in its reasonable discretion; and
(c) deliver to Agent documents of the types referred to in
clauses (iii) and (iv)
of
Section
4.
01(a)
and, if requested by Agent, opinions of counsel to such Person (which shall cover, among
other things, the legality, validity, binding effect and enforceability of the documentation
referred to in
clause (a)
), all in form, content and scope reasonably satisfactory to Agent.
6.16 Cash Collateral.
Borrower shall at all times maintain (a) a cash balance of no less than
$5,000,000 on deposit in its main operating account at Bank of America (or, at Borrowers option,
invested by Borrower in a certificate of deposit issued by Bank of America), and (b) a cash balance
of no less than $5,000,000 on deposit in a demand deposit account at Comerica (or, at Borrowers
option, invested by Borrower in a certificate of deposit issued by Comerica), subject to reduction
as follows:
(i) commencing on July 3, 2010, provided that Borrower has made each scheduled
principal payment in respect of the Principal Debt when due, Borrower shall at all times
maintain (A) a cash balance of no less than $3,750,000 on deposit in its main operating
account at Bank of America (or, at Borrowers option, invested by Borrower in a certificate
of deposit issued by Bank of America), and (B) a cash balance of no less than $3,750,000 on
deposit in a demand deposit account at Comerica (or, at Borrowers option, invested by
Borrower in a certificate of deposit issued by Comerica); and
(ii) commencing on July 3, 2011, provided that Borrower has made each scheduled
principal payment in respect of the Principal Debt when due, Borrower shall at all times
maintain (A) a cash balance of no less than $2,500,000 on deposit in its main operating
account at Bank of America (or, at Borrowers option, invested by Borrower in a certificate
of deposit issued by Bank of America), and (B) a cash balance of no less than $2,500,000 on
deposit in a demand deposit account at Comerica (or, at Borrowers option, invested by
Borrower in a certificate of deposit issued by Comerica); and
provided that, if any Default or Event of Default exists and is continuing on any proposed date of
reduction in the preceding
clauses (i) and (ii)
, then such reduction shall be postponed until the
earliest date on which (x) any such Default or Event of Default has been cured, waived or otherwise
ceases to exist, and (y) no other Default or Event or Default then exists.
6.17 Principal Depository.
To maintain Bank of America as its principal depository bank,
including for the maintenance of business, cash management, operating and administrative deposit
accounts.
43
ARTICLE VII .
NEGATIVE COVENANTS
So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, or any Loan or other Obligation
hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied, Borrower shall not, nor shall it permit any
Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
7.01 Liens.
Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property,
assets or revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:
(a) Liens pursuant to any Loan Document;
(b) Liens existing on the date hereof and listed on
Schedule 7.01
and any renewals or
extensions thereof,
provided
that (i) the property covered thereby is not changed (other
than after-acquired property that is affixed to or incorporated in the property covered by such
Lien), (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased except as contemplated by
Section 7.03(b)
, (iii) the direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed,
and (iv) and any renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is permitted
by
Section 7.03(b)
;
(c) Liens for taxes not yet past due or which are being contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto are
maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP or IFRS, as applicable;
(d) carriers, warehousemens, mechanics, materialmens, repairmens or other like Liens
arising in the ordinary course of business which are not overdue for a period of more than 30 days
or which are being contested in good faith and by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if
adequate reserves with respect thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person;
(e) pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with workers
compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation, other than any Lien
imposed by ERISA;
(f) deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other than
Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety and appeal bonds, performance bonds and other
obligations of a like nature incurred in the ordinary course of business;
(g) easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting real
property which do not in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto
or materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;
(h) Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of Default
under
Section 8.01(h)
;
44
(i) Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under
Section 7.03(e)
;
provided
that (i)
such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the property financed by such
Indebtedness (other than after-acquired property that is affixed to or incorporated in the property
covered by such Lien) and (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does not exceed the cost or fair
market value, whichever is lower, of the property being acquired on the date of acquisition;
(j) leases, licenses, subleases or sublicenses granted to its customers in the ordinary course
of business and in furtherance of the business of Borrower and its Subsidiaries;
(k) Liens (i) of a collection bank arising under Section 4-210 of the Uniform Commercial Code
on items in the course of collection and (ii) in favor of a banking institution arising as a matter
of law encumbering deposits (including the right of set-off) and which are within the general
parameters customary in the banking industry;
(l) Liens consisting of an agreement to Dispose of any property permitted under
Section 7.05
,
solely to the extent such Disposition is permitted on the date of the creation of such Lien;
(m) Liens on property of any Foreign Subsidiary securing Indebtedness of such Foreign
Subsidiary to the extent permitted under
Section 7.03
;
(n) Liens in favor of customs and revenue authorities arising as a matter of law to secure
payment of customs duties in connection with the importation of goods in the ordinary course of
business; and
(o) Liens securing Indebtedness that is permitted to be incurred under
Section 7.03(k)
,
provided that such secured Indebtedness does not exceed $500,000 at anytime.
7.02 Investments.
Make any Investments, except:
(a) Investments held by Borrower or such Subsidiary in the form of cash equivalents or
short-term marketable debt securities;
(b) advances to officers, directors and employees of Borrower and Subsidiaries (i) in an
aggregate amount not to exceed $50,000 at any time outstanding, for travel, entertainment,
relocation and analogous ordinary business purposes, and (ii) after the Closing Date in an
aggregate amount not to exceed $500,000 to enable such officers, directors and employees to pay
taxes incurred in connection with the exercise of cashless warrants and penny warrants;
(c) Investments (i) by Borrower and its Subsidiaries in any Subsidiaries of Borrower, provided
that the aggregate amount of all such Investments in any fiscal year does not exceed $2,500,000,
and (ii) by any Loan Party or any Subsidiary in any Loan Party;
(d) Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts receivable or
notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary course of
45
business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction thereof from financially troubled
account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in order to prevent or limit loss;
(e) Guarantees permitted by
Section 7.03
;
(f) Investments existing on the date hereof and set forth on
Schedule 7.02
;
(g) promissory notes and other non-cash consideration received in connection with Dispositions
permitted under
Section 7.05
;
(h) Investments in the ordinary course of business consisting of endorsements for collection
or deposit;
(i) to the extent constituting Investments, transactions permitted under
Sections 7.03
,
7.04
,
7.05
and
7.06
; and
(j) so long as immediately after giving effect to any such Investment no Event of Default has
occurred and is continuing, other Investments not exceeding $1,000,000 in the aggregate for
Borrower and its Subsidiaries in any fiscal year of Borrower.
7.03 Indebtedness.
Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:
(a) Indebtedness under the Loan Documents;
(b) Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on
Schedule 7.03
and any
refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof;
provided
that (i) the amount of
such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing, refunding, renewal or extension
except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or other reasonable amount paid, and fees and
expenses reasonably incurred, in connection with such refinancing and by an amount equal to any
existing commitments unutilized thereunder and (ii) the terms relating to principal amount,
amortization, maturity, collateral (if any) and subordination (if any), and other material terms
taken as a whole, of any such refinancing, refunding, renewing or extending Indebtedness, and of
any agreement entered into and of any instrument issued in connection therewith, are no less
favorable in any material respect to the Loan Parties or Lenders than the terms of any agreement or
instrument governing the Indebtedness being refinanced, refunded, renewed or extended;
(c) Guarantees of Borrower or any Subsidiary in respect of Indebtedness otherwise permitted
hereunder of Borrower or any Subsidiary;
(d) obligations (contingent or otherwise) of Borrower or any Subsidiary existing or arising
under any Swap Contract,
provided
that (i) such obligations are (or were) entered into by
such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of directly mitigating risks
associated with liabilities, commitments, investments, assets, or property held or reasonably
anticipated by such Person, or changes in the value of securities issued by such Person, and not
for purposes of speculation or taking a market view; and (ii) such Swap Contract does not contain
any provision exonerating the non-defaulting party from its obligation to make payments on
outstanding transactions to the defaulting party;
46
(e) Indebtedness in respect of capital leases, Synthetic Lease Obligations and purchase money
obligations for fixed or capital assets within the limitations set forth in
Section 7.01(i)
;
provided
,
however
, that the aggregate amount of all such Indebtedness at any one
time outstanding shall not exceed $1,500,000;
(f) Indebtedness that is approved by the Required Lenders in writing in their sole discretion;
(g) Indebtedness representing deferred compensation to key executive officers of Borrower and
its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;
(h) Indebtedness consisting of promissory notes issued by any Loan Party to current or former
officers, directors and employees, their respective estates, spouses or former spouses to finance
the purchase or redemption of Equity Interests of Borrower permitted by
Section 7.06(d)
;
(i) Indebtedness consisting of a purchase price or similar adjustment which is incurred by
Borrower or its Subsidiaries in connection with any Disposition permitted under
Section 7.05
;
(j) Indebtedness in respect of netting services, overdraft protection and similar treasury
arrangements in each case in connection with deposit accounts; and
(k) Indebtedness in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any one time
outstanding, of which up to $500,000 may constitute secured Indebtedness pursuant to
Section
7.01(o)
.
7.04 Fundamental Changes.
Merge, dissolve, liquidate, consolidate with or into another
Person, or Dispose of (whether in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or
substantially all of its assets (whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favor of any
Person, except that, so long as no Default exists or would result therefrom:
(a) any Subsidiary may merge with (i) Borrower,
provided
that Borrower shall be the
continuing or surviving Person, or (ii) any one or more other Subsidiaries (including a merger the
purpose of which is to reorganize such Subsidiary in a new jurisdiction),
provided
that
when any wholly-owned Subsidiary is merging with another Subsidiary, the wholly-owned Subsidiary
shall be the continuing or surviving Person, and,
provided further
that if a Guarantor is
merging with another Subsidiary, the Guarantor shall be the surviving Person; and
(b) any Subsidiary may Dispose of all or substantially all of its assets (upon voluntary
liquidation or otherwise) to Borrower or to another Subsidiary;
provided
that if the
transferor in such a transaction is a wholly-owned Subsidiary, then the transferee must either be
Borrower or a wholly-owned Subsidiary and, provided further that if the transferor of such assets
is a Guarantor, the transferee must either be Borrower or a Guarantor.
7.05 Dispositions.
Make any Disposition, except:
47
(a) Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property or property no longer used in the conduct of
business, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, in the ordinary course of business;
(b) Dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business;
(c) Dispositions of equipment or real property to the extent that (i) such property is
exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or (ii) the
proceeds of such Disposition are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase price of such
replacement property;
(d) Dispositions of property by Borrower to any Subsidiary or by any Subsidiary to Borrower or
another Subsidiary of Borrower;
provided
that if the transferor of such property is a Loan
Party, (i) the transferee thereof must be a Loan Party, or (ii) such transaction must be an
intercompany Investment permitted under
Section 7.02(c)
;
(e) Dispositions permitted by
Section 7.04
;
(f) Dispositions of cash equivalents for fair market value;
(g) Dispositions of accounts receivable in connection with the collection or compromise
thereof;
(h) leases, subleases, licenses or sublicenses of property to its customers in the ordinary
course of business and which do not materially interfere with the business of Borrower and its
Subsidiaries;
(i) Dispositions not otherwise permitted under this
Section 7.05
; provided that (i) at the
time of such Disposition, no Event of Default shall exist or would result therefrom, (ii) the
aggregate book value of all property Disposed in reliance on this clause (i) shall not exceed
$1,000,000 and (iii) the purchase price for such property shall be paid to Borrower or such
Subsidiary for not less than 75% cash consideration.
provided
,
however
, that any Disposition pursuant to
clauses (a),(b),(c),(f),(h) and
(i)
shall be for fair market value.
To the extent any Collateral is Disposed of as expressly permitted by this
Section 7.05
, such
Collateral shall be sold free and clear of the Liens created by the Loan Documents, and the Agent
shall be authorized to and shall take any actions it deems appropriate in order to effectuate the
foregoing.
7.06 Restricted Payments.
Declare or make, directly or indirectly, any Restricted Payment, or
incur any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to do so, except that:
(a) each Subsidiary may make Restricted Payments to Borrower, Guarantors and any other Person
that owns an Equity Interest in such Subsidiary, ratably according to their respective holdings of
the type of Equity Interest in respect of which such Restricted Payment is being made;
48
(b) Borrower and each Subsidiary may declare and make dividend payments or other distributions
payable solely in the common stock or other common Equity Interests of such Person;
(c) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom,
Borrower and each Subsidiary may purchase, redeem or otherwise acquire Equity Interests issued by
it with the proceeds received from the substantially concurrent issue of new shares of its common
stock or other common Equity Interests;
(d) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom,
Borrower may repurchase Equity Interests issued by it from directors, employees or members of
management of Borrower or any Subsidiary (or their estate, family members, spouse and/or former
spouses) after the Closing Date in an aggregate amount not in excess of $2,000,000;
(e) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom,
Borrower may make repurchases of Equity Interests issued by it deemed to occur upon the exercise of
cashless or penny warrants or employee stock options; and
(f) so long as no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result therefrom,
Borrower may, or may cause LandTel, Inc. or LandTel Communications, L.L.C., to (i) repurchase for
cash Minority Members Equity Interests in LandTel Communications, L.L.C. upon Minoritys Members
exercise of its Put Option and so long as such cash payment is permitted under the Subordination
Agreement among Minority Member, Agent, and Borrower, and (ii) issue Equity Interests in the form
of penny warrants as contemplated by that certain Amendment No. 2 to Letter Agreement dated May
28, 2009, among Borrower, LandTel, Inc., LandTel Communications, L.L.C., Babin Interests, LLC, and
Leslie K. Babin, individually.
7.07 Change in Nature of Business.
Engage in any material line of business substantially
different from those lines of business conducted by Borrower and its Subsidiaries on the date
hereof or any business substantially related or incidental thereto.
7.08 Transactions with Affiliates.
Except as disclosed on
Schedule 7.08
, enter into any
transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of Borrower, whether or not in the ordinary course of
business, other than on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable to Borrower or such
Subsidiary as would be obtainable by Borrower or such Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arms
length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate, provided that the foregoing restriction
shall not apply to intercompany transactions between or among Borrower and any of its Subsidiaries
which are expressly permitted under
Sections 7.02, 7.03, 7.04, 7.05
and
7.06
.
7.09 Burdensome Agreements.
Enter into any Contractual Obligation (other than this Agreement,
any other Loan Document, or any loan agreements relating to the Indebtedness listed on
Schedule
7.03
) that (a) limits the ability (i) of any Subsidiary to make Restricted Payments to Borrower or
any Guarantor or to otherwise transfer property to Borrower or any Guarantor, (ii) of any
Subsidiary to Guarantee the Indebtedness of Borrower or (iii) of Borrower or any
49
Subsidiary to
create, incur, assume or suffer to exist Liens on property of such Person;
provided
,
however
, that this clause (iii) shall not prohibit (x) any negative pledge incurred or
provided in favor of any holder of Indebtedness permitted under
Section 7.03(e)
solely to the
extent any such negative pledge relates to the property financed by or the subject of such
Indebtedness, or (y) customary restrictions in leases, subleases, licenses, or asset sale
agreements otherwise permitted under this Agreement so long as such restrictions relate solely to
the assets subject thereto; or (b) requires the grant of a Lien to secure an obligation of such
Person if a Lien is granted to secure another obligation of such Person.
7.10 Use of Proceeds.
Use the proceeds of any Credit Extension, whether directly or
indirectly, and whether immediately, incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock
(within the meaning of Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of
purchasing or carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.
ARTICLE VIII .
EVENTS OF DEFAULT AND REMEDIES
8.01 Events of Default.
Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default:
(a)
Non-Payment
. Borrower or any other Loan Party fails to pay (i) when and as
required to be paid herein, any amount of principal of any Loan, or (ii) within three days after
the same becomes due, any interest on any Loan, or any fee due hereunder, or (iii) within five days
after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document; or
(b)
Specific Covenants
. Borrower fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or
agreement contained in any of
Section 6.01, 6.
03(a)
, 6.05
(with respect to Borrower)
, 6.11, 6.12,
or
Article VII
, or any Guarantor fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement
contained in the Guaranty; or
(c)
Other Defaults
. Any Loan Party fails to perform or observe any other covenant or
agreement (not specified in
subsection (a) or (b)
above) contained in any Loan Document on its part
to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days or any event of default occurs
under (or as defined in) any other Loan Document; or
(d)
Representations and Warranties
. Any representation, warranty, certification or
statement of fact made or deemed made by or on behalf of Borrower or any other Loan Party herein,
in any other Loan Document, or in any document delivered in connection herewith or therewith shall
be incorrect or misleading in any material respect when made or deemed made; or
(e)
Cross-Default
. (i) Borrower or any Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment when
due (whether by scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in
respect of any Indebtedness or Guarantee of Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder and
Indebtedness under Swap Contracts) having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn
committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any combined or
syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the Threshold
50
Amount, or (B) fails to observe or
perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee or
contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any other
event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the holder or
holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee (or a trustee or
agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries) to cause, with the
giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to become due or to be
repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise), or an offer to repurchase,
prepay, defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such
Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; or (ii) there
occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap Contract)
resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which Borrower or any
Subsidiary is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap Contract) or (B) any Termination Event
(as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which Borrower or any Subsidiary is an Affected
Party (as so defined) and, in either event, the Swap Termination Value owed by Borrower or such
Subsidiary as a result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount; or
(f)
Insolvency Proceedings, Etc.
Any Loan Party or any of its Subsidiaries institutes
or consents to the institution of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an
assignment for the benefit of creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any
receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or
for all or any material part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator,
liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of
such Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed (i) for 45 calendar days for
Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary, or (ii) for 60 calendar days for any Subsidiary of Borrower
that is a Foreign Person; or any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person
or to all or any material part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and
continues undismissed or unstayed (i) for 45 calendar days for Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary,
or (ii) for 60 calendar days for any Subsidiary of Borrower that is a Foreign Person; or an order
for relief is entered in any such proceeding; or
(g)
Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment
. (i) Borrower or any Subsidiary becomes unable
or admits in writing its inability or fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or (ii)
any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against all
or any material part of the property of Borrower or any Subsidiary and is not released, vacated or
fully bonded (A) for any Subsidiary of Borrower that is a Foreign Person, within 60 days after its
issue or levy, and (B) for Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary, within 30 days after its issue or
levy; or
(h)
Judgments
. There is entered against Borrower or any Subsidiary (i) one or more
final judgments or orders for the payment of money in an aggregate amount (as to all such judgments
or orders) exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the extent not covered by independent third-party
insurance as to which the insurer does not dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary
final judgments has, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect and, in either
case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such judgment or order, or (B)
there is a period of (x) 10 consecutive days for Borrower or any Domestic Subsidiary, or (y) 60
consecutive days for any Subsidiary of Borrower that is a
51
Foreign Person, during which a stay of
enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect; or
(i)
ERISA
. (i) An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer
Plan which has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of Borrower under
Title IV of ERISA to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in
excess of the Threshold Amount, or (ii) Borrower or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due,
after the expiration of any applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its
withdrawal liability under Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount
in excess of the Threshold Amount; or
(j)
Invalidity of Loan Documents
. Any Loan Document or any provision thereof, at any
time after its execution and delivery and for any reason other than as expressly permitted
hereunder or thereunder or satisfaction in full of all the Obligations, ceases to be in full force
and effect; or any Loan Party, or any Subsidiary that is party to a Collateral Document, contests
in writing the validity or enforceability of any Loan Document or any provision thereof; or any
Loan Party, or any Subsidiary that is party to a Collateral Document, denies that it has any or
further liability or obligation under any Loan Document, or purports to revoke, terminate or
rescind any Loan Document or any provision thereof; or
(k)
Change of Control
. There occurs any Change of Control.
8.02 Remedies Upon Event of Default.
If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, Agent
shall, at the request of, or may, with the consent of, the Required Lenders, take any or all of the
following actions:
(a) declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest accrued and
unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document
to be immediately due and payable, without presentment, demand, protest or other notice of any
kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by Borrower;
(b) exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders, all rights and remedies available to it and
the Lenders under the Loan Documents;
provided
,
however
, that upon the occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an
order for relief with respect to Borrower under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the
obligation of each Lender to make Loans shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount
of all outstanding Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become
due and payable, in each case without further act of Agent or any Lender.
8.03 Application of Funds.
After the exercise of remedies provided for in
Section 8.02
(or
after the Loans have automatically become immediately due and payable), any amounts received on
account of the Obligations shall be applied by Agent in the following order:
First
, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities,
expenses and other amounts (including reasonable fees, charges, out-of-pocket expenses,
52
and
disbursements of outside counsel to Agent and amounts payable under
Article III
) payable to
Agent in its capacity as such;
Second
, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting fees, indemnities
and other amounts (other than principal and interest) payable to Lenders (including
reasonable fees, charges, out-of-pocket expenses, and disbursements of outside counsel to
the respective Lenders and amounts payable under
Article III
), ratably among them in
proportion to the respective amounts described in this clause
Second
payable to
them;
Third
, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting accrued and unpaid
interest on the Loans, and other Obligations, ratably among Lenders in proportion to the
respective amounts described in this clause
Third
payable to them;
Fourth
, to payment of that portion of the Obligations constituting unpaid principal
of the Loans, ratably among Lenders in proportion to the respective amounts described in
this clause
Fourth
held by them; and
Last
, the balance, if any, after all of the Obligations have been indefeasibly paid
in full, to Borrower or as otherwise required by Law.
ARTICLE IX .
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT
9.01 Appointment and Authorization of Administrative Agent
.
(a) Each of the Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints Bank of America to act on its behalf as
Administrative Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents and authorizes Agent to take
such actions on its behalf and to exercise such powers as are delegated to Agent by the terms
hereof and thereof, together with such actions and powers as are reasonably incidental thereto.
The provisions of this Article are solely for the benefit of Agent and the Lenders, and neither
Borrower nor any other Loan Party shall have rights as a third party beneficiary of any of such
provisions.
(b) Agent shall also act as the collateral agent under the Loan Documents, and each of the
Lenders hereby irrevocably appoints and authorizes Agent to act as the agent of such Lender for
purposes of acquiring, holding and enforcing any and all Liens on Collateral granted by any of the
Loan Parties to secure any of the Obligations, together with such powers and discretion as are
reasonably incidental thereto. In this connection, Agent, as collateral agent and any co-agents,
sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact appointed by Agent pursuant to
Section 9.05
or otherwise for
purposes of holding or enforcing any Lien on the Collateral (or any portion thereof) granted under
the Collateral Documents, or for exercising any rights and remedies thereunder at the direction of
Agent), shall be entitled to the benefits of all provisions of this
Article IX
and
Article X
, as
though such co-agents, sub-agents and attorneys-in-fact were the collateral agent under the Loan
Documents as if set forth in full herein with respect thereto.
9.02 Rights as a Lender.
The Person serving as Agent hereunder shall have the same rights and
powers in its capacity as a Lender as any other Lender and may exercise the same as
53
though it were
not Agent and the term Lender or Lenders shall, unless otherwise expressly indicated or unless
the context otherwise requires, include the Person serving as Agent hereunder in its individual
capacity. Such Person and its Affiliates may accept deposits from, lend money to, act as the
financial advisor or in any other advisory capacity for and generally engage in any kind of
business with Borrower or any Subsidiary or other Affiliate thereof as if such Person were not
Agent hereunder and without any duty to account therefor to Lenders.
9.03 Exculpatory Provisions
. Agent shall not have any duties or obligations except those
expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, Agent:
(a) shall not be subject to any fiduciary or other implied duties, regardless of whether a
Default has occurred and is continuing;
(b) shall not have any duty to take any discretionary action or exercise any discretionary
powers, except discretionary rights and powers expressly contemplated hereby or by the other Loan
Documents that Agent is required to exercise as directed in writing by the Required Lenders (or
such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall be expressly provided for herein or in the
other Loan Documents),
provided
that Agent shall not be required to take any action that,
in its opinion or the opinion of its counsel, may expose Agent to liability or that is contrary to
any Loan Document or applicable Law;
(c) shall not, except as expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents, have any
duty to disclose, and shall not be liable for the failure to disclose, any information relating to
Borrower or any of its Affiliates that is communicated to or obtained by the Person serving as
Agent or any of its Affiliates in any capacity; and
(d) Agent shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it (i) with the consent or
at the request of the Required Lenders (or such other number or percentage of the Lenders as shall
be necessary, or as Agent shall believe in good faith shall be necessary, under the circumstances
as provided in
Sections 8.02
and
10.01
) or (ii) in the absence of its own gross negligence or
willful misconduct. Agent shall be deemed not to have knowledge of any Default unless and until
written notice describing such Default is given to Agent by Borrower or a Lender. Agent shall not
be responsible for or have any duty to ascertain or inquire into (i) any statement, warranty or
representation made in or in connection with this Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the
contents of any certificate, report or other document delivered hereunder or thereunder or in
connection herewith or therewith, (iii) the performance or observance of any of the covenants,
agreements or other terms or conditions set forth herein or therein or the occurrence of any
Default, (iv) the validity, enforceability, effectiveness or genuineness of this Agreement, any
other Loan Document or any other agreement, instrument or document or (v) the satisfaction of any
condition set forth in
Article IV
or elsewhere herein, other than to confirm receipt of items
expressly required to be delivered to Agent.
9.04 Reliance by Administrative Agent
. Agent shall be entitled to rely upon, and shall not
incur any liability for relying upon, any notice, request, certificate, consent, statement,
instrument, document or other writing (including any electronic message, Internet or intranet
website posting or other distribution) believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed, sent
54
or otherwise authenticated by the proper Person. Agent also may rely upon any statement made to it
orally or by telephone and believed by it to have been made by the proper Person, and shall not
incur any liability for relying thereon. In determining compliance with any condition hereunder to
the making of a Loan, that by its terms must be fulfilled to the satisfaction of a Lender, Agent
may presume that such condition is satisfactory to such Lender unless Agent shall have received
notice to the contrary from such Lender prior to the making of such Loan. Agent may consult with
legal counsel (who may be counsel for Borrower), independent accountants and other experts selected
by it, and shall not be liable for any action taken or not taken by it in accordance with the
advice of any such counsel, accountants or experts.
9.05 Delegation of Duties.
Agent may perform any and all of its duties and exercise its
rights and powers hereunder or under any other Loan Document by or through any one or more
sub-agents appointed by Agent. Agent and any such sub-agent may perform any and all of its duties
and exercise its rights and powers by or through their respective Related Parties. The exculpatory
provisions of this Article shall apply to any such sub-agent and to the Related Parties of Agent
and any such sub-agent, and shall apply to their respective activities in connection with the
syndication of the credit facilities provided for herein as well as activities as Agent.
9.06 Resignation of Agent.
Agent may at any time give notice of its resignation to Lenders
and Borrower. Upon receipt of any such notice of resignation, the Required Lenders shall have the
right, with Borrowers consent so long as no Default or Event of Default exists (which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), to appoint a successor, which shall be a bank with
an office in the United States, or an Affiliate of any such bank with an office in the United
States. If no such successor shall have been so appointed by the Required Lenders and shall have
accepted such appointment within 30 days after the retiring Agent gives notice of its resignation,
then the retiring Agent may on behalf of Lenders, appoint a successor Agent meeting the
qualifications set forth above;
provided
that if Agent shall notify Borrower and the
Lenders that no qualifying Person has accepted such appointment, then such resignation shall
nonetheless become effective in accordance with such notice and (1) the retiring Agent shall be
discharged from its duties and obligations hereunder and under the other Loan Documents (except
that in the case of any collateral security held by Agent on behalf of the Lenders under any of the
Loan Documents, the retiring Agent shall continue to hold such collateral security until such time
as a successor Agent is appointed) and (2) all payments, communications and determinations provided
to be made by, to or through Agent shall instead be made by or to each Lender directly, until such
time as the Required Lenders appoint a successor Agent as provided for above in this Section. Upon
the acceptance of a successors appointment as Agent hereunder, such successor shall succeed to and
become vested with all of the rights, powers, privileges and duties of the retiring (or retired)
Agent, and the retiring Agent shall be discharged from all of its duties and obligations hereunder
or under the other Loan Documents (if not already discharged therefrom as provided above in this
Section). The fees payable by Borrower to a successor Agent shall be the same as those payable to
its predecessor unless otherwise agreed between Borrower and such successor. After the retiring
Agents resignation hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, the provisions of this Article
and
Section 10.04
shall continue in effect for the benefit of such retiring Agent, its sub-agents
and their respective Related Parties in respect of any actions taken or omitted to be taken by any
of them while the retiring Administrative Agent was acting as Administrative Agent.
55
9.07 Non-Reliance on Agent and Other Lenders.
Each Lender acknowledges that it has,
independently and without reliance upon Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties
and based on such documents and information as it has deemed appropriate, made its own credit
analysis and decision to enter into this Agreement. Each Lender also acknowledges that it will,
independently and without reliance upon Agent or any other Lender or any of their Related Parties
and based on such documents and information as it shall from time to time deem appropriate,
continue to make its own decisions in taking or not taking action under or based upon this
Agreement, any other Loan Document or any related agreement or any document furnished hereunder or
thereunder.
9.08 No Other Duties, Etc.
Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, no Lender holding
a title listed on the cover page hereof shall have any powers, duties or responsibilities under
this Agreement or any of the other Loan Documents, except in its capacity, as applicable, as Agent,
a Lender hereunder.
9.09 Administrative Agent May File Proofs of Claim.
In case of the pendency of any proceeding
under any Debtor Relief Law or any other judicial proceeding relative to any Loan Party, Agent
(irrespective of whether the principal of any Loan shall then be due and payable as herein
expressed or by declaration or otherwise and irrespective of whether Agent shall have made any
demand on Borrower) shall be entitled and empowered, by intervention in such proceeding or
otherwise
(a) to file and prove a claim for the whole amount of the principal and interest owing and
unpaid in respect of the Loans and all other Obligations that are owing and unpaid and to file such
other documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of Lenders and Agent
(including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of
Lenders and Agent and their respective agents and counsel and all other amounts due Lenders and
Agent under
Sections 2.
03(i)
and
(j), 2.09
and
10.04
) allowed in such judicial proceeding; and
(b) to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such
claims and to distribute the same;
and any custodian, receiver, assignee, trustee, liquidator, sequestrator or other similar official
in any such judicial proceeding is hereby authorized by each Lender to make such payments to Agent
and, in the event that Agent shall consent to the making of such payments directly to Lenders, to
pay to Agent any amount due for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances
of Agent and its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due Agent under
Sections 2.06
and
10.04
.
Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to authorize Agent to authorize or consent to or accept
or adopt on behalf of any Lender any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition
affecting the Obligations or the rights of any Lender or to authorize Agent to vote in respect of
the claim of any Lender in any such proceeding.
56
9.10 Collateral Matters
.
(a) Each Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes and directs Agent to enter into the Collateral
Documents for the benefit of such Lender. Each Lender hereby agrees, and each holder of any Note
by the acceptance thereof will be deemed to agree, that, except as otherwise set forth in
Section
10.01
, any action taken by the Required Lenders, in accordance with the provisions of this
Agreement or the Collateral Documents, and the exercise by the Required Lenders of the powers set
forth herein or therein, together with such other powers as are reasonably incidental thereto,
shall be authorized and binding upon all of Lenders. Agent is hereby authorized (but not
obligated) on behalf of all of Lenders, without the necessity of any notice to or further consent
from any Lender from time to time prior to, an Event of Default, to take any action with respect to
any Collateral or Collateral Documents which may be necessary to perfect and maintain perfected the
Liens upon the Collateral granted pursuant to the Collateral Documents.
(b) Each Lender hereby irrevocably authorizes Agent, at its option and in its discretion,
(i) to release any Lien on any property granted to or held by Agent under any Loan
Document (A) upon payment in full of all Obligations (other than contingent indemnification
obligations), (B) that is sold or to be sold as part of or in connection with any sale
permitted hereunder or under any other Loan Document, (C) subject to
Section 10.01
, if
approved, authorized or ratified in writing by the Required Lenders, or (D) in connection
with any foreclosure sale or other disposition of Collateral after the occurrence of an
Event of Default; and
(ii) to subordinate any Lien on any property granted to or held by Agent under any Loan
Document to the holder of any Lien on such property that is permitted by this Agreement or
any other Loan Document.
Upon request by Agent at any time, each Lender will confirm in writing Agents authority to release
or subordinate its interest in particular types or items of Collateral pursuant to this
Section
9.10
.
(c) Subject to
subsection (b)
above, Agent shall (and is hereby irrevocably authorized by each
Lender, to execute such documents as may be necessary to evidence the release or subordination of
the Liens granted to Agent for the benefit of Agent and Lenders herein or pursuant hereto upon the
applicable Collateral;
provided
that (i) Agent shall not be required to execute any such
document on terms which, in Agents opinion, would expose Agent to or create any liability or
entail any consequence other than the release or subordination of such Liens without recourse or
warranty and (ii) such release or subordination shall not in any manner discharge, affect or impair
the Obligations or any Liens upon (or obligations of Borrower or any other Loan Party in respect
of) all interests retained by Borrower or any other Loan Party, including the proceeds of the sale,
all of which shall continue to constitute part of the Collateral. In the event of any sale or
transfer of Collateral, or any foreclosure with respect to any of the Collateral, Agent shall be
authorized to deduct all expenses reasonably incurred by Agent from the proceeds of any such sale,
transfer or foreclosure.
57
(d) Agent shall have no obligation whatsoever to any Lender or any other Person to assure that
the Collateral exists or is owned by Borrower or any other Loan Party or is cared for, protected or
insured or that the Liens granted to Agent herein or in any of the Collateral Documents or pursuant
hereto or thereto have been properly or sufficiently or lawfully created, perfected, protected or
enforced or are entitled to any particular priority, or to exercise or to continue exercising at
all or in any manner or under any duty of care, disclosure or fidelity any of the rights,
authorities and powers granted or available to Agent in this
Section 9.10
or in any of the
Collateral Documents, it being understood and agreed that in respect of the Collateral, or any act,
omission or event related thereto, Agent may act in any manner it may deem appropriate, in its sole
discretion, given Agents own interest in the Collateral as one of Lenders and that Agent shall
have no duty or liability whatsoever to Lenders.
(e) Each Lender hereby appoints each other Lender as agent for the purpose of perfecting
Lenders security interest in assets which, in accordance with Article 9 of the UCC can be
perfected only by possession. Should any Lender (other than Agent) obtain possession of any such
Collateral, such Lender shall notify Agent thereof, and, promptly upon Agents request therefor
shall deliver such Collateral to Agent or in accordance with Agents instructions.
ARTICLE X .
MISCELLANEOUS
10.01 Amendments, Etc.
No amendment or waiver of any provision of this Agreement or any other
Loan Document, and no consent to any departure by Borrower or any other Loan Party therefrom, shall
be effective unless in writing signed by the Required Lenders and Borrower or the applicable Loan
Party, as the case may be, and acknowledged by Agent, and each such waiver or consent shall be
effective only in the specific instance and for the specific purpose for which given;
provided
,
however
, that no such amendment, waiver or consent shall:
(a) waive any condition set forth in
Section 4.
01(a)
without the written consent of each
Lender;
provided
,
however
, in the sole discretion of Agent, only a waiver by Agent
shall be required with respect to immaterial matters or items specified in
Section 4.
01(a)
(iii)
or
(iv)
with respect to which Borrower has given assurances satisfactory to Agent that such items
shall be delivered promptly following the Closing Date;
(b) extend or increase the Commitment of any Lender (or reinstate any Commitment terminated
pursuant to
Section 8.02
) without the written consent of such Lender;
(c) postpone any date fixed by this Agreement or any other Loan Document for any payment
(excluding mandatory prepayments) of principal, interest, fees or other amounts due to Lenders (or
any of them) hereunder or under any other Loan Document without the written consent of each Lender
directly affected thereby;
(d) reduce the principal of, or the rate of interest specified herein on, any Loan, or
(subject to clause (ii) of the second proviso to this
Section 10.01
) any fees or other amounts
payable hereunder or under any other Loan Document, without the written consent of each Lender
directly affected thereby;
provided
,
however
, that only the consent of the Required
58
Lenders shall be necessary (i) to amend the definition of Default Rate or to waive any obligation
of Borrower to pay interest at the Default Rate or (ii) to amend any financial covenant hereunder
(or any defined term used therein) even if the effect of such amendment would be to reduce the rate
of interest on any Loan or to reduce any fee payable hereunder;
(e) change
Section 2.10
or
Section 8.03
in a manner that would alter the pro rata sharing of
payments required thereby without the written consent of each Lender;
(f) change any provision of this Section or the definition of Required Lenders or any other
provision hereof specifying the number or percentage of Lenders required to amend, waive or
otherwise modify any rights hereunder or make any determination or grant any consent hereunder,
without the written consent of each Lender; or
(g) release any Guarantor from the Guaranty (other than in connection with a transaction
permitted under
Section 7.04
) or release the Liens on all or substantially all of the Collateral in
any transaction or series of related transactions except in accordance with the terms of any Loan
Document, without the written consent of each Lender;
and,
provided
further
, that (i) no amendment, waiver or consent shall, unless in
writing and signed by Agent in addition to the Lenders required above, affect the rights or duties
of Agent under this Agreement or any other Loan Document; and (ii) any fee letter to which Agent is
a party may not be amended, or rights or privileges thereunder waived, unless done in a writing
executed by Agent and all parties thereto. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, no
Defaulting Lender shall have any right to approve or disapprove any amendment, waiver or consent
hereunder, except that the Commitment of such Lender may not be increased or extended without the
consent of such Lender.
10.02 Notices; Effectiveness; Electronic Communications
.
(a)
Notices Generally
. Except in the case of notices and other communications
expressly permitted to be given by telephone (and except as provided in subsection (b) below), all
notices and other communications provided for herein shall be in writing and shall be delivered by
hand or overnight courier service, mailed by certified or registered mail or sent by telecopier as
follows, and all notices and other communications expressly permitted hereunder to be given by
telephone shall be made to the applicable telephone number, as follows:
(i) if to Borrower or Agent, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address
or telephone number specified for such Person on
Schedule 10.02
; and
(ii) if to any other Lender, to the address, telecopier number, electronic mail address
or telephone number specified in its Administrative Questionnaire.
Notices sent by hand or overnight courier service shall be deemed to have been given when received;
notices sent by certified or registered mail shall be deemed to have been given upon the earlier of
actual receipt by the relevant party and four (4) Business Days after deposit in the mail, postage
prepaid; notices sent by telecopier shall be deemed to have been given when sent (except that, if
not given during normal business hours for the recipient, shall be deemed to have been
59
given at the
opening of business on the next business day for the recipient). Notices delivered through
electronic communications to the extent provided in subsection (b) below, shall be effective as
provided in such subsection (b).
(b)
Electronic Communications
. Notices and other communications to Lenders hereunder
may be delivered or furnished by electronic communication (including e-mail and Internet or
intranet websites) pursuant to procedures approved by Agent, provided that the foregoing shall not
apply to notices to any Lender pursuant to
Article II
if such Lender has notified the Agent that it
is incapable of receiving notices under such Article by electronic communication. Agent or
Borrower may, in its discretion, agree to accept notices and other communications to it hereunder
by electronic communications pursuant to procedures approved by it, provided that approval of such
procedures may be limited to particular notices or communications. Unless Agent otherwise
prescribes, (i) notices and other communications sent to an e-mail address shall be deemed received
upon the senders receipt of an acknowledgement from the intended recipient (such as by the return
receipt requested function, as available, return e-mail or other written acknowledgement),
provided
that if such notice or other communication is not sent during the normal business
hours of the recipient, such notice or communication shall be deemed to have been sent at the
opening of business on the next business day for the recipient, and (ii) notices or communications
posted to an Internet or intranet website shall be deemed received upon the deemed receipt by the
intended recipient at its e-mail address as described in the foregoing clause (i) of notification
that such notice or communication is available and identifying the website address therefor.
(c)
The Platform
. THE PLATFORM IS PROVIDED AS IS AND AS AVAILABLE. THE AGENT
PARTIES (AS DEFINED BELOW) DO NOT WARRANT THE ACCURACY OR COMPLETENESS OF BORROWER MATERIALS OR THE
ADEQUACY OF THE PLATFORM, AND EXPRESSLY DISCLAIM LIABILITY FOR ERRORS IN OR OMISSIONS FROM BORROWER
MATERIALS. NO WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY, INCLUDING ANY WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NON-INFRINGEMENT OF THIRD PARTY RIGHTS OR
FREEDOM FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER CODE DEFECTS, IS MADE BY ANY AGENT PARTY IN CONNECTION WITH BORROWER
MATERIALS OR THE PLATFORM. In no event shall Agent or any of its Related Parties (collectively,
the
Agent Parties
) have any liability to Borrower, any Lender, or any other Person for losses,
claims, damages, liabilities or expenses of any kind (whether in tort, contract or otherwise)
arising out of Borrowers or Agents transmission of Borrower Materials through the Internet,
except to the extent that such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or expenses are determined by a
court of competent jurisdiction by a final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the
gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Agent Party; provided, however, that in no event
shall any Agent Party have any liability to Borrower, any Lender, or any other Person for indirect,
special, incidental, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to direct or actual damages).
(d)
Change of Address, Etc
. Each of Borrower and Agent, may change its address,
telecopier or telephone number for notices and other communications hereunder by notice to the
other parties hereto. Each other Lender may change its address, telecopier or telephone number for
notices and other communications hereunder by notice to Borrower and
60
Agent. In addition, each
Lender agrees to notify Agent from time to time to ensure that Agent has on record (i) an effective
address, contact name, telephone number, telecopier number and electronic mail address to which
notices and other communications may be sent and (ii) accurate wire instructions for such Lender.
Furthermore, each Public Lender agrees to cause at least one individual at or on behalf of such
Public Lender to at all times have selected the Private Side Information or similar designation
on the content declaration screen of the Platform in order to enable such Public Lender or its
delegate, in accordance with such Public Lenders compliance procedures and applicable Law,
including United States Federal and state securities Laws, to make reference to Borrower Materials
that are not made available through the Public Side Information portion of the Platform and that
may contain material non-public information with respect to the Borrower or its securities for
purposes of United States Federal or state securities laws.
(e)
Reliance by Agent and Lenders
. Agent and Lenders shall be entitled to rely and
act upon any notices (including telephonic Loan Notices) purportedly given by or on behalf of
Borrower even if (i) such notices were not made in a manner specified herein, were incomplete or
were not preceded or followed by any other form of notice specified herein, or (ii) the terms
thereof, as understood by the recipient, varied from any confirmation thereof. Borrower shall
indemnify Agent, each Lender and the Related Parties of each of them from all losses, costs,
expenses and liabilities resulting from the reliance by such Person on each notice purportedly
given by or on behalf of Borrower. All telephonic notices to and other telephonic communications
with Agent may be recorded by Agent, and each of the parties hereto hereby consents to such
recording.
10.03 No Waiver; Cumulative Remedies: Enforcement.
No failure by any Lender or Agent to
exercise, and no delay by any such Person in exercising, any right, remedy, power or privilege
hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof; nor shall any single or partial exercise of any right,
remedy, power or privilege hereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise
of any other right, remedy, power or privilege. The rights, remedies, powers and privileges herein
provided are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights, remedies, powers and privileges provided
by law.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Loan Document, the
authority to enforce rights and remedies hereunder and under the other Loan Documents against the
Loan Parties or any of them shall be vested exclusively in, and all actions and proceedings at law
in connection with such enforcement shall be instituted and maintained exclusively by, Agent in
accordance with
Section 8.02
for the benefit of all Lenders;
provided
,
however
,
that the foregoing shall not prohibit (a) Agent from exercising on its own behalf the rights and
remedies that inure to its benefit (solely in its capacity as Agent) hereunder and under the other
Loan Documents, (b) any Lender from exercising setoff rights in accordance with
Section 10.08
(subject to the terms of
Section 2.10
), or (c) any Lender from filing proofs of claim or appearing
and filing pleadings on its own behalf during the pendency of a proceeding relative to any Loan
Party under any Debtor Relief Law; and
provided
,
further
, that if at any time there
is no Person acting Agent hereunder and under the other Loan Documents, then (i) the Required
Lenders shall have the rights otherwise ascribed to Agent pursuant to
Section 8.02
and (ii) in
addition to the matters set forth in clauses (b), (c) and (d) of the preceding proviso and
61
subject
to
Section 2.10
, any Lender may, with the consent of the Required Lenders, enforce any rights and
remedies available to it and as authorized by the Required Lenders.
10.04 Expenses; Indemnity; Damage Waiver
.
(a)
Costs and Expenses
. Borrower shall pay (i) all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses
incurred by Agent and its Affiliates (including the reasonable fees, charges, out-of pocket
expenses and disbursements of outside counsel for Agent), in connection with the syndication of the
credit facilities provided for herein, the preparation, negotiation, execution, delivery and
administration of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents or any amendments, modifications or
waivers of the provisions hereof or thereof (whether or not the transactions contemplated hereby or
thereby shall be consummated), (ii) all out-of-pocket expenses incurred by Agent or any Lender
(including the fees, charges and disbursements of any outside counsel for Agent or any Lender), in
connection with the enforcement or protection of its rights (A) in connection with this Agreement
and the other Loan Documents, including its rights under this Section, or (B) in connection with
the Loans made hereunder, including all such out-of-pocket expenses incurred during any workout,
restructuring or negotiations in respect of such Loans.
(b)
Indemnification by Borrower
. Borrower shall indemnify Agent (and any sub-agent
thereof), each Lender, and each Related Party of any of the foregoing Persons (each such Person
being called an
Indemnitee
) against, and hold each Indemnitee harmless from, any and all losses,
claims, damages, liabilities and related expenses (including the fees, charges, out-of-pocket
expenses, and disbursements of any outside counsel for any Indemnitee), incurred by any Indemnitee
or asserted against any Indemnitee by any third party or by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries
arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of (i) the execution or delivery of this
Agreement, any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby or thereby,
the performance by the parties hereto of their respective obligations hereunder or thereunder, or
the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or thereby, or, in the case of Agent (and
any sub-agent thereof) and its Related Parties only, the administration of this Agreement and the
other Loan Documents (including in respect of any matters addressed in
Section 3.01
), (ii) any Loan
or the use or proposed use of the proceeds therefrom, (iii) any actual or alleged presence or
release of Hazardous Materials on or from any property owned or operated by Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries, or any Environmental Liability related in any way to Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries, or (iv) any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding
relating to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether
brought by a third party or by Borrower or any of its Subsidiaries and regardless of whether any
Indemnitee is a party thereto
IN ALL CASES, WHETHER OR NOT CAUSED BY OR ARISING, IN WHOLE OR IN
PART, OUT OF THE COMPARATIVE, CONTRIBUTORY OR SOLE NEGLIGENCE OF THE INDEMNITEE
;
provided
that such indemnity shall not, as to any Indemnitee, be available to the extent that such losses,
claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court of competent
jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the gross negligence or
willful misconduct of such Indemnitee or (y) result from a claim brought by Borrower or any of its
Subsidiaries against an Indemnitee for breach in bad faith of such Indemnitees obligations
hereunder or under any other Loan
62
Document, if Borrower or such Subsidiary has obtained a final and
nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of competent
jurisdiction.
(c)
Reimbursement by Lenders
. To the extent that Borrower for any reason fails to
indefeasibly pay any amount required under subsection (a) or (b) of this Section to be paid by it
to Agent (or any sub-agent thereof), or any Related Party, each Lender severally agrees to pay to
Agent (or any such sub-agent) or such Related Party, as the case may be, such Lenders Applicable
Percentage (determined as of the time that the applicable unreimbursed expense or indemnity payment
is sought) of such unpaid amount,
provided
that the unreimbursed expense or indemnified
loss, claim, damage, liability or related expense, as the case may be, was incurred by or asserted
against Agent (or any such sub-agent) in its capacity as such, or against any Related Party of any
of the foregoing acting for Agent (or any such sub-agent) in connection with such capacity. The
obligations of the Lenders under this subsection (c) are subject to the provisions of
Section
2.09(d)
.
(d)
Waiver of Consequential Damages, Etc.
To the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, Borrower shall not assert, and hereby waives, any claim against any Indemnitee, on
any theory of liability, for special, indirect, consequential or punitive damages (as opposed to
direct or actual damages) arising out of, in connection with, or as a result of, this Agreement,
any other Loan Document or any agreement or instrument contemplated hereby, the transactions
contemplated hereby or thereby, any Loan or the use of the proceeds thereof. No Indemnitee
referred to in subsection (b) above shall be liable for any damages arising from the use by
unintended recipients of any information or other materials distributed to such unintended
recipients by such Indemnitee through telecommunications, electronic or other information
transmission systems in connection with this Agreement or the other Loan Documents or the
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby other than for direct or actual damages resulting from
the gross negligence or willful misconduct of such Indemnitee as determined by a final and
nonappealable judgment of a court of competent jurisdiction.
(e)
Payments
. All amounts due under this Section shall be payable not later than ten
Business Days after demand therefor.
(f)
Survival
. The agreements in this Section shall survive the resignation of Agent,
the replacement of any Lender, the termination of the Aggregate Commitments and the repayment,
satisfaction or discharge of all the other Obligations.
10.05 Payments Set Aside.
To the extent that any payment by or on behalf of Borrower is made
to Agent, or any Lender, or Agent, or any Lender exercises its right of setoff, and such payment or
the proceeds of such setoff or any part thereof is subsequently invalidated, declared to be
fraudulent or preferential, set aside or required (including pursuant to any settlement entered
into by Agent or such Lender in its discretion) to be repaid to a trustee, receiver or any other
party, in connection with any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law or otherwise, then (a) to the
extent of such recovery, the obligation or part thereof originally intended to be satisfied shall
be revived and continued in full force and effect as if such payment had not been made or such
setoff had not occurred, and (b) each Lender severally agrees to pay to Agent upon demand its
applicable share (without duplication) of any amount so recovered from or repaid by Agent, plus
interest thereon from the date of such demand to the date such
63
payment is made at a rate per annum
equal to the Federal Funds Rate from time to time in effect. The obligations of the Lenders under
clause (b) of the preceding sentence shall survive the payment in full of the Obligations and the
termination of this Agreement.
10.06 Successors and Assigns.
(a)
Successors and Assigns Generally
. The provisions of this Agreement shall be
binding upon and inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective successors and
assigns permitted hereby, except that neither Borrower nor any other Loan Party may assign or
otherwise transfer any of its rights or obligations hereunder without the prior written consent of
Agent and each Lender and no Lender may assign or otherwise transfer any of its rights or
obligations hereunder except (i) to an assignee in accordance with the provisions of subsection (b)
of this Section, (ii) by way of participation in accordance with the provisions of subsection (d)
of this Section, or (iii) by way of pledge or assignment of a security interest subject to the
restrictions of subsection (f) of this Section (and any other attempted assignment or transfer by
any party hereto shall be null and void). Nothing in this Agreement, expressed or implied, shall
be construed to confer upon any Person (other than the parties hereto, their respective successors
and assigns permitted hereby, Participants to the extent provided in subsection (d) of this Section
and, to the extent expressly contemplated hereby, the Related Parties of each of Agent and the
Lenders) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or by reason of this Agreement.
(b)
Assignments by Lenders
. Any Lender may at any time assign to one or more
assignees all or a portion of its rights and obligations under this Agreement (including all or a
portion of its Commitment and the Loans;
provided
that any such assignment shall be subject
to the following conditions:
(i) Minimum Amounts
(A) in the case of an assignment of the entire remaining amount of the Loans at
the time owing to it or in the case of an assignment to a Lender or an Affiliate of
a Lender no minimum amount need be assigned; and
(B) in any case not described in subsection (b)(i)(A) of this Section, the
aggregate amount of the Commitment (which for this purpose includes Loans
outstanding thereunder) or, if the Commitment is not then in effect, the principal
outstanding balance of the Loans of the assigning Lender subject to each such
assignment, determined as of the date the Assignment and Assumption with respect to
such assignment is delivered to Agent or, if Trade Date is specified in the
Assignment and Assumption, as of the Trade Date, shall not be less than $5,000,000
unless each of Agent and, so long as no Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing, Borrower otherwise consents (each such consent not to be unreasonably
withheld or delayed); provided, however, that concurrent assignments to members of
an Assignee Group and concurrent assignments from members of an Assignee Group to a
single Eligible Assignee (or to an Eligible Assignee and members of its Assignee
Group) will be treated as a single
64
assignment for purposes of determining whether
such minimum amount has been met;
(ii)
Proportionate Amounts
. Each partial assignment shall be made as an
assignment of a proportionate part of all the assigning Lenders rights and obligations
under this Agreement with respect to the Loans or the Commitment assigned.
(iii)
Required Consents
. No consent shall be required for any assignment
except to the extent required by subsection (b)(i)(B) of this Section and, in addition:
(A) the consent of Borrower (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or
delayed) shall be required unless (1) an Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing at the time of such assignment or (2) such assignment is to a Lender or
an Affiliate of a Lender;
(B) the consent of Agent (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or
delayed) shall be required for assignments in respect of (1) any Commitment if such
assignment is to a Person that is not a Lender, or an Affiliate of such Lender or
(2) any Loan to a Person that is not a Lender; or an Affiliate of a Lender.
(iv)
Assignment and Assumption
. The parties to each assignment shall execute
and deliver to Agent an Assignment and Assumption, together with a processing and
recordation fee in the amount of $3,500;
provided
,
however
, that the Agent
may, in its sole discretion, elect to waive such processing and recordation fee in the case
of any assignment. The assignee, if it is not a Lender, shall deliver to Agent an
Administrative Questionnaire.
(v)
No Assignment to Borrower
. No such assignment shall be made to Borrower or
any of Borrowers Affiliates or Subsidiaries.
(vi)
No Assignment to Natural Persons
. No such assignment shall be made to a
natural person.
Subject to acceptance and recording thereof by Agent pursuant to subsection (c) of this Section,
from and after the effective date specified in each Assignment and Assumption, the assignee
thereunder shall be a party to this Agreement and, to the extent of the interest assigned by such
Assignment and Assumption, have the rights and obligations of a Lender under this Agreement, and
the assigning Lender thereunder shall, to the extent of the interest assigned by such Assignment
and Assumption, be released from its obligations under this Agreement (and, in the case of an
Assignment and Assumption covering all of the assigning Lenders rights and obligations under this
Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a party hereto) but shall continue to be entitled to the
benefits of
Sections 3.01, 3.04, 3.05,
and
10.04
with respect to facts and circumstances occurring
prior to the effective date of such assignment. Upon request and upon the return of any Note
executed in favor of the assigning Lender, Borrower (at its expense) shall execute and deliver a
Note to the assignee Lender. Any assignment or transfer by a Lender of rights or obligations under
this Agreement that does not comply with this subsection shall be
65
treated for purposes of this
Agreement as a sale by such Lender of a participation in such rights and obligations in accordance
with subsection (d) of this Section.
(c)
Register
. Agent, acting solely for this purpose as an agent of Borrower, shall
maintain at Administrative Agents Office a copy of each Assignment and Assumption delivered to it
and a register for the recordation of the names and addresses of the Lenders, and the Commitments
of, and principal amounts of the Loans owing to, each Lender pursuant to the terms hereof from time
to time (the
Register
). The entries in the Register shall be conclusive, and Borrower, Agent and
the Lenders may treat each Person whose name is recorded in the Register pursuant to the terms
hereof as a Lender hereunder for all purposes of this Agreement, notwithstanding notice to the
contrary. The Register shall be available for inspection by Borrower and any Lender, at any
reasonable time and from time to time upon reasonable prior notice.
(d)
Participations
. Any Lender may at any time, without the consent of, or notice to,
Borrower or Agent, sell participations to any Person (other than a natural person or Borrower or
any of Borrowers Affiliates or Subsidiaries) (each, a
Participant
) in all or a portion of such
Lenders rights and/or obligations under this Agreement (including all or a portion of its
Commitment and/or the Loans;
provided
that (i) such Lenders obligations under this
Agreement shall remain unchanged, (ii) such Lender shall remain solely responsible to the other
parties hereto for the performance of such obligations and (iii) Borrower, Agent, and the Lenders
shall continue to deal solely and directly with such Lender in connection with such Lenders rights
and obligations under this Agreement. Any agreement or instrument pursuant to which a Lender sells
such a participation shall provide that such Lender shall retain the sole right to enforce this
Agreement and to approve any amendment, modification or waiver of any provision of this Agreement;
provided
that such agreement or instrument may provide that such Lender will not, without
the consent of the Participant, agree to any amendment, waiver or other modification described in
the first proviso to
Section 10.01
that affects such Participant. Subject to subsection (e) of
this Section, Borrower agrees that each Participant shall be entitled to the benefits of
Sections
3.01
,
3.04
and
3.05
to the same extent as if it were a Lender and had acquired its interest by
assignment pursuant to subsection (b) of this Section. To the extent permitted by law, each
Participant also shall be entitled to the benefits of
Section 10.08
as though it were a Lender,
provided
such Participant agrees to be subject to
Section 2.10
as though it were a Lender.
(e)
Limitations upon Participant Rights
. A Participant shall not be entitled to
receive any greater payment under
Section 3.01
or
3.04
than the applicable Lender would have been
entitled to receive with respect to the participation sold to such Participant, unless the sale of
the participation to such Participant is made with Borrowers prior written consent. A Participant
that would be a Foreign Lender if it were a Lender shall not be entitled to the benefits of
Section
3.01
unless Borrower is notified of and consents to (which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld or delayed) the participation sold to such Participant and such Participant agrees, for
the benefit of Borrower, to comply with
Section 3.
01(e)
as though it were a Lender.
(f)
Certain Pledges
. Any Lender may at any time pledge or assign a security interest
in all or any portion of its rights under this Agreement (including under its Note, if any)
66
to
secure obligations of such Lender, including any pledge or assignment to secure obligations to a
Federal Reserve Bank;
provided
that no such pledge or assignment shall release such Lender
from any of its obligations hereunder or substitute any such pledgee or assignee for such Lender as
a party hereto.
(g)
Deemed Consent of Borrower
. If the consent of Borrower to an assignment to an
assignee is required hereunder (including a consent to an assignment which does not meet the
minimum assignment threshold specified in
Section 10.
06(b)(i)
(B)
), Borrower shall be deemed to have
given its consent five Business Days after the date notice thereof has been delivered to Borrower
by the assigning Lender (through Agent) unless such consent is expressly refused by Borrower prior
to such five Business Day.
10.07 Treatment of Certain Information; Confidentiality.
Each of Agent and the Lenders agrees
to maintain the confidentiality of the Information (as defined below), except that Information may
be disclosed (a) solely in connection with the transaction contemplated hereby, to its Affiliates
and to its and its Affiliates respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents,
trustees, advisors and representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such
disclosure is made will be informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed
to keep such Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority,
purporting to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the
National Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable laws or
regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e) in
connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Loan Document or any
action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Loan Document or the enforcement of
rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing provisions substantially the
same as those of this Section, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective
assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement, or (ii) any
actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative transaction relating
to Borrower and its obligations, (g) with the consent of Borrower or (h) to the extent such
Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a breach of this Section or
(y) becomes available to Agent, any Lender, or any of their respective Affiliates on a
nonconfidential basis from a source (not known to Agent or such Lender to be bound by a
confidentiality agreement) other than Borrower. For purposes of this Section,
Information
means
all information received from Borrower or any Subsidiary relating to Borrower or any Subsidiary or
any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is available to Agent or
any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by Borrower or any Subsidiary. Any
Person required to maintain the confidentiality of Information as provided in this Section shall be
considered to have complied with its obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same
degree of care to maintain the confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to
its own confidential information. Each of Agent and the Lenders acknowledges that (a) the
Information may include material non-public information concerning Borrower or a Subsidiary, as the
case may be, (b) it has developed compliance procedures regarding the use of material non-public
information and (c) it will handle such material non-public information in accordance with
applicable Law, including Federal and state securities Laws.
67
10.08 Right of Setoff.
If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, each
Lender, and each of their respective Affiliates is hereby authorized at any time and from time to
time, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, to set off and apply any and all deposits
(general or special, time or demand, provisional or final, in whatever currency) at any time held
and other obligations (in whatever currency) at any time owing by such Lender, or any such
Affiliate to or for the credit or the account of Borrower or any other Loan Party against any and
all of the obligations of Borrower or such Loan Party now or hereafter existing under this
Agreement or any other Loan Document to such Lender or any such Affiliate, irrespective of whether
or not such Lender shall have made any demand under this Agreement or any other Loan Document and
although such obligations of Borrower or such Loan Party may be contingent or unmatured or are owed
to a branch or office of such Lender different from the branch or office holding such deposit or
obligated on such indebtedness. The rights of each Lender, and their respective Affiliates under
this Section are (a) subject to
Section 2.10
and
Section 8.03
and (b) in addition to other rights
and remedies (including other rights of setoff) that Lender, or their respective Affiliates may
have. Each Lender agrees to notify Borrower and Agent promptly after any such setoff and
application,
provided
that the failure to give such notice shall not affect the validity of
such setoff and application. In the event of any conflict between the right of setoff of any
Lender pursuant to a deposit account control agreement among any Loan Party, Agent, and such Lender
in its capacity as depository bank, and this
Section 10.08
, such Lender agrees that provisions of
this
Section 10.08
shall control.
10.09 Interest Rate Limitation.
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any
Loan Document, the interest paid or agreed to be paid under the Loan Documents shall not exceed the
maximum rate of non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the
Maximum Rate
). If Agent
or any Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess
interest shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal,
refunded to Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or received by
Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent permitted by applicable
Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an expense, fee, or premium rather than
interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate,
allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts the total amount of interest throughout the
contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.
10.10 Counterparts; Integration; Effectiveness.
This Agreement may be executed in
counterparts (and by different parties hereto in different counterparts), each of which shall
constitute an original, but all of which when taken together shall constitute a single contract.
This Agreement and the other Loan Documents constitute the entire contract among the parties
relating to the subject matter hereof and supersede any and all previous agreements and
understandings, oral or written, relating to the subject matter hereof. Except as provided in
Section 4.01
, this Agreement shall become effective when it shall have been executed by Agent and
when Agent shall have received counterparts hereof that, when taken together, bear the signatures
of each of the other parties hereto. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of
this Agreement by telecopy or other electronic imaging means shall be effective as delivery of a
manually executed counterpart of this Agreement.
10.11 Survival of Representations and Warranties.
All representations and warranties made
hereunder and in any other Loan Document or other document delivered
68
pursuant hereto or thereto or
in connection herewith or therewith shall survive the execution and delivery hereof and thereof.
Such representations and warranties have been or will be relied upon by Agent and each Lender,
regardless of any investigation made by Agent or any Lender or on their behalf and notwithstanding
that Agent or any Lender may have had notice or knowledge of any Default at the time of any Credit
Extension, and shall continue in full force and effect as long as any Loan or any other Obligation
hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied.
10.12 Severability.
If any provision of this Agreement or the other Loan Documents is held to
be illegal, invalid or unenforceable, (a) the legality, validity and enforceability of the
remaining provisions of this Agreement and the other Loan Documents shall not be affected or
impaired thereby and (b) the parties shall endeavor in good faith negotiations to replace the
illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions with valid provisions the economic effect of which
comes as close as possible to that of the illegal, invalid or unenforceable provisions. The
invalidity of a provision in a particular jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable
such provision in any other jurisdiction.
10.13
Replacement of Lenders
. If (i) any Lender requests compensation under
Section
3.04
, (ii) Borrower is required to pay any additional amount to any Lender or any Governmental
Authority for the account of any Lender pursuant to
Section 3.01
, (iii) any Lender ceases to make
Eurodollar Rate Loans as a result of any condition described in
Section 3.02
or
3.03
, (iv) a Lender
does not consent (a
Non-Consenting Lender
) to a proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination
with respect to any Loan Document that has been approved by the Required Lenders as provided in
Section 10.01
but requires unanimous consent of all Lenders or all Lenders directly affected
thereby (as applicable), or (v) any Lender is a Defaulting Lender, then Borrower may, at its sole
expense and effort, upon notice to such Lender and the Administrative Agent, require such Lender to
assign and delegate, without recourse (in accordance with and subject to the restrictions contained
in, and consents required by,
Section 10.06
), all of its interests, rights and obligations under
this Agreement and the related Loan Documents to an assignee that shall assume such obligations
(which assignee may be another Lender, if a Lender accepts such assignment),
provided
that:
(a) Borrower shall have paid to the Administrative Agent the assignment fee specified in
Section 10.06(b)
, unless waived in writing by the Administrative Agent;
(b) such Lender shall have received payment of an amount equal to the outstanding principal of
its Loans, accrued interest thereon, accrued fees and all other amounts payable to it hereunder and
under the other Loan Documents (including any amounts under
Section 3.05
) from the assignee (to the
extent of such outstanding principal and accrued interest and fees) or the applicable Borrower (in
the case of all other amounts);
(c) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a claim for compensation under
Section
3.04
or payments required to be made pursuant to
Section 3.01
, such assignment will result in a
reduction in such compensation or payments thereafter;
(d) such assignment does not conflict with applicable Laws; and
69
(e) in the case of any such assignment resulting from a Non-Consenting Lenders failure to
consent to a proposed change, waiver, discharge or termination with respect to any Loan Document,
the applicable replacement bank, financial institution or fund consents to the proposed change,
waiver, discharge or termination;
provided
that the failure by such Non-Consenting Lender
to execute and deliver an Assignment and Assumption shall not impair the validity of the removal of
such Non-Consenting Lender and the mandatory assignment of such Non-Consenting Lenders outstanding
Loans pursuant to this
Section 10.13
shall nevertheless be effective without the execution by such
Non-Consenting Lender of an Assignment and Assumption and such Non-Consenting Lender shall be
deemed to have consented to such Assignment and Assumption.
A Lender shall not be required to make any such assignment or delegation if, prior thereto, as
a result of a waiver by such Lender or otherwise, the circumstances entitling Borrower to require
such assignment and delegation cease to apply.
10.14 Governing Law; Jurisdiction; Etc.
(a)
GOVERNING LAW
. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH, THE LAW OF THE STATE OF TEXAS.
(b)
SUBMISSION TO JURISDICTION
. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY
SUBMITS, FOR ITSELF AND ITS PROPERTY, TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE JURISDICTION OF THE COURTS OF THE STATE
OF TEXAS SITTING IN HARRIS COUNTY AND OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT OF THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT
OF TEXAS, AND ANY APPELLATE COURT FROM ANY THEREOF, IN ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT, OR FOR RECOGNITION OR ENFORCEMENT OF ANY
JUDGMENT, AND EACH OF THE PARTIES HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY AGREES THAT ALL CLAIMS IN
RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING MAY BE HEARD AND DETERMINED IN SUCH TEXAS STATE COURT OR,
TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, IN SUCH FEDERAL COURT. EACH OF THE PARTIES
HERETO AGREES THAT A FINAL NONAPPEALABLE JUDGMENT IN ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING SHALL BE
CONCLUSIVE AND MAY BE ENFORCED IN OTHER JURISDICTIONS BY SUIT ON THE JUDGMENT OR IN ANY OTHER
MANNER PROVIDED BY LAW. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT OR IN ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT SHALL AFFECT ANY
RIGHT ANY PARTY HERETO MAY OTHERWISE HAVE TO BRING ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING RELATING TO THIS
AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT AGAINST BORROWER OR ANY OTHER LOAN PARTY OR ITS PROPERTIES IN
THE COURTS OF ANY JURISDICTION.
(c)
WAIVER OF VENUE
. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES, TO THE
FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY OBJECTION THAT IT MAY NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE
LAYING OF VENUE OF ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY
OTHER LOAN DOCUMENT IN ANY
70
COURT REFERRED TO IN PARAGRAPH (B) OF THIS SECTION. EACH OF THE PARTIES
HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, THE DEFENSE OF
AN INCONVENIENT FORUM TO THE MAINTENANCE OF SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING IN ANY SUCH COURT.
(d)
SERVICE OF PROCESS
. EACH PARTY HERETO IRREVOCABLY CONSENTS TO SERVICE OF PROCESS
IN THE MANNER PROVIDED FOR NOTICES IN
SECTION 10.02
. NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT WILL AFFECT THE
RIGHT OF ANY PARTY HERETO TO SERVE PROCESS IN ANY OTHER MANNER PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW.
10.15 Waiver of Jury Trial.
EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST
EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL
PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER LOAN
DOCUMENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY
OTHER THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY
OTHER PERSON HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PERSON WOULD NOT, IN THE
EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT AND THE
OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS
BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION.
10.16 No Advisory or Fiduciary Responsibility.
In connection with all aspects of each
transaction contemplated hereby (including in connection with any amendment, waiver or other
modification hereof or of any other Loan Document), Borrower and each other Loan Party acknowledges
and agrees and acknowledges its Affiliates understanding that: (i) (A) the services regarding
this Agreement provided by Agent are arms-length commercial transactions between Borrower, each
other Loan Party and their respective Affiliates, on the one hand, and Agent, on the other hand,
(B) each of Borrower and the other Loan Parties have consulted their own legal, accounting,
regulatory and tax advisors to the extent they have deemed appropriate, and (C) Borrower and each
other Loan Party is capable of evaluating and understanding, and understands and accepts, the
terms, risks and conditions of the transactions contemplated hereby and by the other Loan
Documents; (ii) (A) Agent is and has been acting solely as a principal and, except as expressly
agreed in writing by the relevant parties, has not been, is not, and will not be acting as an
advisor, agent or fiduciary, for Borrower, any other Loan Party, or any of their respective
Affiliates, or any other Person and (B) Agent does not have any obligation to Borrower, any other
Loan Party or any of their Affiliates with respect to the transaction contemplated hereby except
those obligations expressly set forth herein and in the other Loan Documents; and (iii) Agent and
its Affiliates may be engaged in a broad range of transactions that involve interests that differ
from those of Borrower, the other Loan Parties and their respective Affiliates, and Agent has no
obligation to disclose any of such interests to Borrower, any other Loan Party of any of their
respective Affiliates. To the fullest extent permitted by law, each of Borrower and the other Loan
Parties hereby waive and release, any claims that it may
71
have against Agent with respect to any
breach or alleged breach of agency or fiduciary duty in connection with any aspect of any
transaction contemplated hereby.
10.17 Electronic Execution of Assignments and Certain Other Documents
. The words execution,
signed, signature, and words of like import in any Assignment and Assumption or in any
amendment or other modification hereof (including waivers and consents) shall be deemed to include
electronic signatures or the keeping of records in electronic form, each of which shall be of the
same legal effect, validity or enforceability as a manually executed signature or the use of a
paper-based recordkeeping system, as the case may be, to the extent and as provided for in any
applicable law, including the Federal Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act,
the New York State Electronic Signatures and Records Act, or any other similar state laws based on
the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act.
10.18 USA PATRIOT Act Notice
. Each Lender that is subject to the Act (as hereinafter defined)
and Agent (for itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies Borrower that pursuant to
the requirements of the USA PATRIOT Act (Title III of Pub. L. 107-56 (signed into law October 26,
2001)) (the
Act
), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies
Borrower, which information includes the name and address of Borrower and other information that
will allow such Lender or Agent, as applicable, to identify Borrower in accordance with the Act.
Borrower shall, promptly following a request by Agent or any Lender, provide all documentation and
other information that Agent or such Lender requests in order to comply with its ongoing
obligations under applicable know your customer and anti-money laundering rules and regulations,
including the Act.
10.19 Time of the Essence.
Time is of the essence of the Loan Documents.
10.20 Entire Agreement
. THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER LOAN DOCUMENTS REPRESENT THE FINAL
AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES AND MAY NOT BE CONTRADICTED BY EVIDENCE OF PRIOR, CONTEMPORANEOUS, OR
SUBSEQUENT ORAL AGREEMENTS OF THE PARTIES. THERE ARE NO UNWRITTEN ORAL AGREEMENTS AMONG THE
PARTIES.
[
Signatures appear on following pages.
]
72
IN WITNESS WHEREOF
,
the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed
as of the date first above written.
|
|
|
|
|
|
BORROWER:
RIGNET, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Martin L. Jimmerson
|
|
|
|
Martin L. Jimmerson
|
|
|
|
Chief Financial Officer
|
|
|
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
AGENT:
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
a national banking association,
as Administrative Agent
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Anthony Kell
|
|
|
|
Anthony Kell
|
|
|
|
Assistant Vice President
|
|
|
|
LENDER:
BANK OF AMERICA, N.A.,
a national banking association,
as a Lender
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Michelle C. Tabor
|
|
|
|
Michelle C. Tabor
|
|
|
|
Vice President
|
|
|
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
|
|
|
|
|
|
LENDER:
COMERICA BANK,
a Texas banking association,
as a Lender
|
|
|
By:
|
/s/
Steven J. DiPasquale
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
Steven J. DiPasquale
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
Vice President
|
|
|
Signature Page to Credit Agreement
SCHEDULE 2.01
COMMITMENTS
AND APPLICABLE PERCENTAGES
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Lender
|
|
Commitment
|
|
Applicable Percentage
|
Bank of America, N.A.
|
|
$
|
20,000,000
|
|
|
|
57.142857143
|
%
|
Comerica Bank
|
|
$
|
15,000,000
|
|
|
|
42.857142857
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Total
|
|
$
|
35,000,000
|
|
|
|
100.000000000
|
%
|
Schedule 1.01
SCHEDULE 5.06
LITIGATION
None.
Schedule 5.06
SCHEDULE 5.13
SUBSIDIARIES
AND OTHER EQUITY INVESTMENTS
AND EQUITY INTERESTS IN BORROWER
Part (a).
Subsidiaries
.
|
|
|
Entity Name
|
|
Ownership
|
RigNet SatCom, Inc.
|
|
100% owned by RigNet, Inc.
|
LandTel, Inc.
|
|
100% owned by RigNet, Inc.
|
RigNet UK Ltd.
|
|
100% owned by RigNet, Inc.
|
RigNet Saudi Arabia (Branch)
|
|
100% owned by RigNet, Inc.
|
RigNet PTE, Ltd.
|
|
100% owned by RigNet, Inc.
|
RigNet Europe AS
|
|
100% owned by RigNet, Inc.
|
RigNet Qatar WLL
|
|
49% owned by RigNet PTE, Ltd.
|
|
|
51% owned by Gulf International
Development and Trading Company W.L.
|
PG Net AS
|
|
100% owned by RigNet, Inc.
|
RigNet Holdings Brazil Ltda.
|
|
99% owned by RigNet, Inc.
1% owned by RigNet PTE Ltd.
|
RigNet Services Nigeria, Ltd.
|
|
99.9999999% owned by RigNet, Inc.
0.00000001% owned by RigNet PTE, Ltd.
|
RigNet Services de Telecomunicacoes
|
|
99% owned by RigNet Holding Brazil
Ltda.
1% owned by RigNet PTE, Ltd.
|
RigNet AS
|
|
100% owned by RigNet Europe AS
|
OilCamp UK, Ltd.
|
|
100% owned by RigNet AS
|
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
|
|
93% owned by LandTel, Inc.
7% owned by Babin Interests LLC
|
Part (b).
Other Equity Investments
.
See part (a) above.
Schedule 5.13
Part (c).
Owners of Equity Interests in Borrower
.
Schedule 5.13
(c).
Summary of Cap Table May 29, 2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cubera
|
|
|
SMH
|
|
|
Altira
|
|
|
Duncan
|
|
|
Other
|
|
|
Total
|
|
Common Shares Outstanding (1,2)
|
|
|
7,879,251
|
|
|
|
4,197,696
|
|
|
|
4,776,665
|
|
|
|
639,051
|
|
|
|
3,719,352
|
|
|
|
21,212,015
|
|
Preferred Shared A Issued
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
500,000
|
|
|
|
2,000,000
|
|
|
|
250,000
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
2,750,000
|
|
Preferred Shared B Issued
|
|
|
2,919,100
|
|
|
|
37,910
|
|
|
|
151,642
|
|
|
|
18,956
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
3,127,608
|
|
Preferred Shared C Issued
|
|
|
1,701,129
|
|
|
|
1,963,433
|
|
|
|
1,187,056
|
|
|
|
148,382
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
5,000,000
|
|
Preferred Shared C Dividends Issued
|
|
|
612,405
|
|
|
|
706,834
|
|
|
|
427,340
|
|
|
|
53,417
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1,799,996
|
|
Preferred Shared B Accrued
|
|
|
1,596,046
|
|
|
|
20,938
|
|
|
|
83,753
|
|
|
|
10,470
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
1,713,207
|
|
Preferred Shared C Accrued
|
|
|
191,832
|
|
|
|
221,411
|
|
|
|
133,861
|
|
|
|
16,733
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
563,836
|
|
$0.01 Warrants Shareholders
|
|
|
1,518,431
|
|
|
|
801,804
|
|
|
|
384,115
|
|
|
|
123,236
|
|
|
|
47,414
|
|
|
|
2,875,000
|
|
$0.01 Warrants Escalate Capital
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
881,380
|
|
|
|
881,380
|
|
$0.01 Warrants Les Babin (2)
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
$1.75 Warrants Shareholders
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
46,246
|
|
|
|
46,246
|
|
Stock Options
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
0
|
|
|
|
2,432,000
|
|
|
|
2,432,000
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Fully Diluted Shares Before Cashless Warrant
Conversion (3)
|
|
|
16,420,193
|
|
|
|
8,450,026
|
|
|
|
9,144,432
|
|
|
|
1,260,244
|
|
|
|
7,126,392
|
|
|
|
42,401,288
|
|
|
|
|
Fully Diluted % Before Cashless Warrant Conversion
|
|
|
38.73
|
%
|
|
|
19.93
|
%
|
|
|
21.57
|
%
|
|
|
2.97
|
%
|
|
|
16.81
|
%
|
|
|
100.00
|
%
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cashless Warrants (3)
|
|
|
1,447,197
|
|
|
|
736,009
|
|
|
|
936,740
|
|
|
|
117,631
|
|
|
|
115,626
|
|
|
|
3,353,203
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(1)
|
|
4 RigNet founders and 2 Oil Camp owners hold 3,371,206 common shares reported as Other.
|
|
(2)
|
|
Babin may receive 1mm warrants issuable by RigNet if the Minority Interest PUT Obligation is not paid in full by Company or Investors.
|
|
(3)
|
|
Convertible into common shares based upon FMV in excess of $1.75. Assuming FMV of $3 and $4 per share RigNet would issue additional estimated 2.3 million & 2.5 million shares, respectively.
|
Schedule 5.13
SCHEDULE 7.01
EXISTING LIENS
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Original Filing
|
|
Original Filing
|
|
|
Debtor
|
|
Secured Party
|
|
Jurisdiction
|
|
Date
|
|
Number
|
|
Collateral Summary
|
RigNet, Inc.
|
|
Cisco Systems Capital
Corporation
|
|
Delaware
|
|
10/12/2005
|
|
|
53232007
|
|
|
$1 out with
Schedule A listing
specific equipment
forming part of
Master Lease
Schedule No. 01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RigNet, Inc.
|
|
Citicorp Vendor
Finance, Inc.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
11/15/2006
|
|
|
64194742
|
|
|
Specific equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RigNet, Inc.
|
|
IBM Credit LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
8/21/2007
|
|
|
2007 3190302
|
|
|
Specific equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RigNet, Inc.
|
|
CIT Technology
Financing Services
I LLC
|
|
Delaware
|
|
11/26/2007
|
|
|
2007 4462163
|
|
|
Specific equipment
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RigNet, Inc.
|
|
Texas Capital Bank, N.A.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
9/2/2008
|
|
|
2008 2965935
|
|
|
Relates to Motor
Vehicle Lease
Agreement #22532
dated 7/31/2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RigNet, Inc.
|
|
Texas Capital Bank, N.A.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
9/4/2008
|
|
|
2008 2988531
|
|
|
Relates to Motor
Vehicle Lease
Agreement #22533
dated 7/31/2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RigNet, Inc.
|
|
Texas Capital Bank,
N.A.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
9/26/2008
|
|
|
2008 3271663
|
|
|
Relates to Motor
Vehicle Lease
Agreement #22548
dated 8/20/2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RigNet, Inc.
|
|
Texas Capital Bank,
N.A.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
12/9/2008
|
|
|
2008 4085732
|
|
|
Relates to Motor
Vehicle Lease
Agreement #22690
dated 12/4/2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RigNet, Inc.
|
|
Texas Capital Bank,
N.A.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
12/31/2008
|
|
|
2008 4325021
|
|
|
Relates to Motor
Vehicle Lease
Agreement #22475
dated 6/25/2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
RigNet, Inc.
|
|
Texas Capital Bank,
N.A.
|
|
Delaware
|
|
12/31/2008
|
|
|
2008 4328272
|
|
|
Relates to Motor
Vehicle Lease
Agreement #22476
dated 6/25/2008
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
|
|
Great America
Leasing Corporation
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
5/31/2006
|
|
|
09-1059345
|
|
|
Fax machines
|
Schedule 7.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Original Filing
|
|
Original Filing
|
|
|
Debtor
|
|
Secured Party
|
|
Jurisdiction
|
|
Date
|
|
Number
|
|
Collateral Summary
|
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
|
|
Great America
Leasing Corporation
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
10/31/2005
|
|
09-1050140
|
|
Fax machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
|
|
Great America
Leasing Corporation
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
12/9/2005
|
|
09-1051860
|
|
Fax machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
|
|
Great America
Leasing Corporation
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
1/11/2006
|
|
09-1053127
|
|
Fax machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
|
|
Great America
Leasing Corporation
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
2/22/2006
|
|
09-1054747
|
|
Fax machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
|
|
Great America
Leasing Corporation
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
3/24/2006
|
|
09-1055932
|
|
Fax machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
|
|
Great America
Leasing Corporation
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
4/4/2006
|
|
09-1056407
|
|
Fax machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
|
|
Great America
Leasing Corporation
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
5/8/2006
|
|
09-1058345
|
|
Fax machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
|
|
Great America
Leasing Corporation
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
5/18/2006
|
|
09-1058815
|
|
Fax machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
|
|
Great America
Leasing Corporation
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
7/17/2006
|
|
09-1061616
|
|
Fax machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
|
|
Great America
Leasing Corporation
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
7/31/2006
|
|
09-1062308
|
|
Fax machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
|
|
Great America
Leasing Corporation
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
8/17/2005
|
|
09-1046725
|
|
Fax machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
|
|
Great America
Leasing Corporation
|
|
|
|
9/16/2005
|
|
09-1047862
|
|
Fax machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
|
|
Great America
Leasing Corporation
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
10/18/2006
|
|
09-1066212
|
|
Fax machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
|
|
Great America
Leasing Corporation
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
11/16/2006
|
|
09-1067551
|
|
Fax machines
|
Schedule 7.01
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Original Filing
|
|
Original Filing
|
|
|
Debtor
|
|
Secured Party
|
|
Jurisdiction
|
|
Date
|
|
Number
|
|
Collateral Summary
|
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
|
|
Great America
Leasing Corporation
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
4/27/2007
|
|
09-1075500
|
|
Fax machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
|
|
Great America
Leasing Corporation
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
5/1/2007
|
|
09-1075701
|
|
Fax machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
|
|
Great America
Leasing Corporation
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
7/5/2007
|
|
09-1079260
|
|
Fax machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
|
|
Great America
Leasing Corporation
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
11/7/2007
|
|
09-1085829
|
|
Fax machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
|
|
Great America
Leasing Corporation
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
12/7/2007
|
|
09-1087241
|
|
Fax machines
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
LandTel Communications, L.L.C.
|
|
Great America
Leasing Corporation
|
|
Louisiana
|
|
12/1/2008
|
|
09-1106022
|
|
Fax machines
|
Schedule 7.01
SCHEDULE 7.02
INVESTMENTS
See Schedule 5.13.
Schedule 7.02
SCHEDULE 7.03
EXISTING INDEBTEDNESS
LandTel Communications, L.L.C., as borrower
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal Debt as
|
|
Description of collateral/VIN
|
Lender
|
|
Loan Number
|
|
of April 30, 2009
|
|
(Vehicle Identification #)
|
Home Bank
|
|
|
485017986
|
|
|
$
|
10,505.20
|
|
|
1GTHK29K37E574246
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Bank
|
|
|
485016627
|
|
|
$
|
2,410.89
|
|
|
1GTHK29U26E166319
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Bank
|
|
|
485016719
|
|
|
$
|
2,478.3
|
|
|
1GTEC19Z67E103215
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Bank
|
|
|
485016720
|
|
|
$
|
2,478.3
|
|
|
1GTEC19Z57E100824
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Bank
|
|
|
485016451
|
|
|
$
|
3,212.76
|
|
|
1GTEC19V47E104232
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Bank
|
|
|
485017765
|
|
|
$
|
8,545.10
|
|
|
1GTHK29U77E101936
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Bank
|
|
|
485017481
|
|
|
$
|
6,289.83
|
|
|
1GTEC190X7E515249
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Bank
|
|
|
485017373
|
|
|
$
|
7,607.80
|
|
|
1GTHK29UX7E151651
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Bank
|
|
|
485017630
|
|
|
$
|
8,423.1
|
|
|
1GTHK29U77E144009
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Bank
|
|
|
485017684
|
|
|
$
|
8,211.45
|
|
|
1GTEC19C37Z501289
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Bank
|
|
|
485017736
|
|
|
$
|
8,365.65
|
|
|
1GTH529UO7E185209
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Bank
|
|
|
485017737
|
|
|
$
|
12,211.95
|
|
|
1FTPW14V57FB16665
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Bank
|
|
|
485017766
|
|
|
$
|
8,506.10
|
|
|
1GTHK29U07E188529
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Bank
|
|
|
485018132
|
|
|
$
|
10,068.85
|
|
|
1GTEC19J57E565145
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Bank
|
|
|
485018333
|
|
|
$
|
9,581.44
|
|
|
1GTEC19J97E597175
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Bank
|
|
|
485018334
|
|
|
$
|
9,581.44
|
|
|
1GTEC19J17E599373
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Bank
|
|
|
485018335
|
|
|
$
|
12,111.53
|
|
|
1GTHK29KX7E574485
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Home Bank
|
|
|
485018501
|
|
|
$
|
13,920.79
|
|
|
1GTHK29K18E114956
|
Schedule 7.03
SCHEDULE 7.08
TRANSACTIONS WITH AFFILIATES
LandTel Communications, L.L.C. Lease Agreement with Apollo Ventures (an entity wholly-owned by Les
Babin, a manager of LandTel Communications, L.L.C.) dated September 30, 2009.
Employment Agreement dated as of August 15, 2007 between RigNet, Inc. and Mark B. Slaughter.
Employment Agreement dated as of August 15, 2007 between RigNet, Inc. and Marty Jimmerson.
Amended and Restated Operating Agreement of LandTel Communications, L.L.C. dated August 25, 2006,
as amended.
Schedule 7.08
SCHEDULE 10.02
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENTS OFFICE,
CERTAIN ADDRESSES FOR NOTICES
RigNet, Inc.
1880 South Dairy Ashford, Suite 300
Houston, Texas 77077
Attention: Marty Jimmerson, Chief Financial Officer
Telephone: 281-674-0118
Telecopier: 281-674-0101
Electronic Mail: Marty.jimmerson@rig.net
Website Address: www.rig.net
U.S. Taxpayer Identification Number: 76-0677208
with a copy to:
Fulbright & Jaworski, L.L.P.
2200 Ross Avenue, Suite 2800
Dallas, Texas 75201
Attention: Courtney Solcher Marcus
Telephone: 214-855-7464
Telecopier: 214-855-8200
Electronic Mail: cmarcus@fulbright.com
ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT:
Administrative Agents Office
(for payments and Requests for Credit Extensions):
Bank of America, N.A.
Bank of America Plaza
901 Main Street
Dallas, Texas 75202-3714
Attention: Jennifer Ollek, Credit Service Representative
Telephone: 214.209.2642
Telecopier: 214.290.8374
Electronic Mail: Jennifer.a.ollek@bankofamerica.com
Bank of America, N.A.
ABA # 026009593
Dallas, Texas
Acct. # 129-2000-883
Attn: Corporate Credit Services
Ref: RIGNET, INC.
Schedule 10.02
Other Notices as Administrative Agent:
Bank of America, N.A. Agency Management
Bank of America Plaza
901 Main Street
Dallas, Texas 75202
Attention: Anthony Kell, Agency Management Officer
Telephone: 214.209.4124
Telecopier: 214.290.9422
Electronic Mail: Anthony.w.kell@bankofamerica.com
LENDERS:
Bank of America, N.A.
700 Louisiana, 7
th
Floor
Houston, Texas 77002
Attention: Michelle Tabor, Vice President
Telephone: 713-247-6522
Telecopier: 713-247-7175
Electronic Mail: michelle.c.tabor@bankofamerica.com
with a copy to:
Porter & Hedges, L.L.P.
1000 Main Street, 36
th
Floor
Houston, Texas 77002
Attention: Joyce K. Soliman
Telephone: 713-226-6685
Telecopier: 713-226-6285
Electronic Mail: jsoliman@porterhedges.com
Comerica Bank
300 W. Sixth Street, Suite 1300
Austin, Texas 78701
Attention: Steven J. DiPasquale, Vice President
Telephone: 512-427-7160
Telecopier: 512-427-7178
Electronic Mail: sdipasquale@comerica.com
with a copy to:
DLA Piper LLP(US)
4365 Executive Drive, Suite 1100
San Diego, California 92121
Attention: Matt Schwartz
Telephone: (858) 638-6834
Facsimile: (858) 638-5134
Electronic Mail: Matt.schwartz@dlapiper.com
Schedule 10.02
EXHIBIT A
FORM OF LOAN NOTICE
Date: ___________, _____
To: Bank of America, N.A., as Agent
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2009 (as amended,
restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the
Agreement
; the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among RigNet, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (the
Borrower
), the Lenders from time to time party thereto, Bank of
America, N.A., as Administrative Agent for itself and the other Lenders.
The undersigned hereby requests (select one):
A Borrowing of Loans
1
A conversion or continuation of Loans
1. On
(a Business Day).
2. In the amount of $
.
3. Comprised of
.
[Type of Loan requested]
4. For Eurodollar Rate Loans: with an Interest Period of _____ months.
The Borrowing, if any, requested herein complies with the provisos to the first sentence of
Section 2.01
of the Agreement.
|
|
|
|
|
|
RIGNET, INC.,
a Delaware corporation,
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
1
|
|
Applicable to the initial Credit Extension only.
|
Exhibit A
Form of Loan Notice
EXHIBIT B
FORM OF NOTE
|
|
|
|
|
|
$ _______________________
|
|
_______________________
|
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned (
Borrower
), hereby promises to pay to
or registered assigns (
Lender
), in accordance with the provisions of the
Agreement (as hereinafter defined), the principal amount of each Loan from time to time made by the
Lender to Borrower under that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2009 (as amended,
restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the
"
Agreement
; the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among Borrower, the
Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent for
itself and the other Lenders.
Borrower promises to pay interest on the unpaid principal amount of each Loan from the date of
such Loan until such principal amount is paid in full, at such interest rates and at such times as
provided in the Agreement. All payments of principal and interest shall be made to Agent for the
account of the Lender in Dollars in immediately available funds at the Administrative Agents
Office. If any amount is not paid in full when due hereunder, such unpaid amount shall bear
interest, to be paid upon demand, from the due date thereof until the date of actual payment (and
before as well as after judgment) computed at the per annum rate set forth in the Agreement.
This Note is one of the Notes referred to in the Agreement, is entitled to the benefits
thereof and may be prepaid in whole or in part subject to the terms and conditions provided
therein. This Note is also entitled to the benefits of the Guaranty and is secured by the
Collateral
.
Upon the occurrence and continuation of one or more of the Events of Default specified
in the Agreement, all amounts then remaining unpaid on this Note shall become, or may be declared
to be, immediately due and payable all as provided in the Agreement. Loans made by the Lender
shall be evidenced by one or more loan accounts or records maintained by the Lender in the ordinary
course of business. The Lender may also attach schedules to this Note and endorse thereon the date,
amount and maturity of its Loans and payments with respect thereto.
Borrower, for itself, its successors and assigns, hereby waives diligence, presentment,
protest and demand and notice of protest, demand, dishonor and non-payment of this Note.
THIS NOTE SHALL BE GOVERNED BY AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF
TEXAS.
|
|
|
|
|
|
RIGNET, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
Exhibit B - 1
Form of Note
LOANS AND PAYMENTS WITH RESPECT THERETO
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Principal or
|
|
|
Outstanding
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
End of
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Principal
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Type of
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
Interest
|
|
|
Paid This
|
|
|
Balance
|
|
|
Notation
|
|
Date
|
|
Loan Made
|
|
|
Loan Made
|
|
|
Period
|
|
|
Date
|
|
|
This Date
|
|
|
Made By
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit B - 2
Form of Note
EXHIBIT C
FORM OF COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATE
Financial Statement Date:
, 20___
To: Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent
Ladies and Gentlemen:
Reference is made to that certain Credit Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2009 (as amended,
restated, extended, supplemented or otherwise modified in writing from time to time, the
"
Agreement
; the terms defined therein being used herein as therein defined), among RigNet, Inc., a
Delaware corporation (
Borrower
), the Lenders from time to time party thereto, and Bank of
America, N.A., as Administrative Agent for itself and the other Lenders.
The undersigned Responsible Officer hereby certifies, in such capacity and not individually,
as of the date hereof that he/she is the
of Borrower, and that, as such, he/she
is authorized to execute and deliver this Certificate to Agent on the behalf of Borrower, and that:
[Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal year-end financial statements]
1. Borrower has delivered the year-end audited financial statements required by
Section
6.
01(a)
of the Agreement for the fiscal year of Borrower ended as of the above date, together with
the report and opinion of an independent certified public accountant required by such section.
[Use following paragraph 1 for fiscal quarter-end financial statements]
1. Borrower has delivered the unaudited financial statements required by
Section 6.
01(b)
of
the Agreement for the fiscal quarter of Borrower ended as of the above date. Such financial
statements fairly present in all material respects the financial condition and results of
operations of Borrower and its Subsidiaries in accordance with [GAAP][IFRS] as at such date and for
such period, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments and the absence of footnotes.
2. The undersigned has reviewed and is familiar with the terms of the Agreement and has made,
or has caused to be made under his/her supervision, a detailed review of the transactions and
condition (financial or otherwise) of Borrower during the accounting period covered by such
financial statements.
3. A review of the activities of Borrower during such fiscal period has been made under the
supervision of the undersigned with a view to determining whether during such fiscal period
Borrower performed and observed all its Obligations under the Loan Documents, and
[select one:]
[to the knowledge of the undersigned during such fiscal period, Borrower performed and observed
each covenant and condition of the Loan Documents applicable to it, and no Default has occurred and
is continuing.]
Exhibit C - 1
Form of Compliance Certificate
or
[to the knowledge of the undersigned, during such fiscal period, the following covenants or
conditions have not been performed or observed and the following is a list of each such Default and
its nature and status:]
4. The financial covenant analyses and information set forth on
Schedules 2 and 3
attached
hereto are true and accurate on and as of the date of this Certificate.
5. [Since the date of the Compliance Certificate delivered for the prior reporting period,
there have been no material changes in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by
Borrower or any Subsidiary.] [The following material changes in accounting policies or financial
reporting practices by Borrower or any Subsidiary have occurred:]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF,
the undersigned has executed this Certificate as of
.
|
|
|
|
|
|
RIGNET, INC.,
a Delaware corporation
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
Exhibit C - 2
Form of Compliance Certificate
For the [Quarter][Year] ended
(
Statement Date
)
SCHEDULE 2
to the Compliance Certificate
($ in 000s)
I. Section 6.12(a) Fixed Charge Coverage Ratio.
II. Section 6.12(b) Funded Debt to EBITDA.
Exhibit C - 3
Form of Compliance Certificate
EXHIBIT D
FORM
OF
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
This Assignment and Assumption (this
Assignment and Assumption
) is dated as of the Effective
Date set forth below and is entered into by and between [the][each] Assignor identified in item 1
below ([the][each, an]
Assignor
) and [the][each] Assignee identified in item 2 below
([the][each, an]
Assignee
). [It is understood and agreed that the rights and obligations of [the
Assignors][the Assignees] hereunder are several and not joint.] Capitalized terms used but not
defined herein shall have the meanings given to them in the Credit Agreement identified below (the
Credit Agreement
), receipt of a copy of which is hereby acknowledged by the Assignee. The
Standard Terms and Conditions set forth in
Annex 1
attached hereto are hereby agreed to and
incorporated herein by reference and made a part of this Assignment and Assumption as if set forth
herein in full.
For an agreed consideration, [the][each] Assignor hereby irrevocably sells and assigns to [the
Assignee][the respective Assignees], and [the][each] Assignee hereby irrevocably purchases and
assumes from [the Assignor][the respective Assignors], subject to and in accordance with the
Standard Terms and Conditions and the Credit Agreement, as of the Effective Date inserted by Agent
as contemplated below (i) all of [the Assignors][the respective Assignors] rights and obligations
in [its capacity as a Lender][their respective capacities as Lenders] under the Credit Agreement
and any other documents or instruments delivered pursuant thereto to the extent related to the
amount and percentage interest identified below of all of such outstanding rights and obligations
of [the Assignor][the respective Assignors] under the respective facilities identified below and
(ii) to the extent permitted to be assigned under applicable law, all claims, suits, causes of
action and any other right of [the Assignor (in its capacity as a Lender)][the respective Assignors
(in their respective capacities as Lenders)] against any Person, whether known or unknown, arising
under or in connection with the Credit Agreement, any other documents or instruments delivered
pursuant thereto or the loan transactions governed thereby or in any way based on or related to any
of the foregoing, including, but not limited to, contract claims, tort claims, malpractice claims,
statutory claims and all other claims at law or in equity related to the rights and obligations
sold and assigned pursuant to clause (i) above (the rights and obligations sold and assigned by
[the][any] Assignor to [the][any] Assignee pursuant to clauses (i) and (ii) above being referred to
herein collectively as, [the][an]
Assigned Interest
). Each such sale and assignment is without
recourse to [the][any] Assignor and, except as expressly provided in this Assignment and
Assumption, without representation or warranty by [the][any] Assignor.
1. Assignor[s]:
2. Assignee[s]:
for each Assignee, indicate Affiliate of [identify Lender]]
Exhibit D - 1
Form of Assignment and Assumption
3. Borrower: RigNet, Inc., a Delaware corporation
4. Administrative Agent: Bank of America, N. A., as the administrative agent under the Credit
Agreement
5. Credit Agreement: Credit Agreement, dated as of May 29, 2009, among RigNet, Inc., a Delaware
corporation, the Lenders from time to time party thereto, Bank of America, N.A., as
Administrative Agent for itself and the other Lenders
6. Assigned Interest[s]:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Aggregate
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
Amount of
|
|
|
Percentage
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
Assigned of
|
|
|
|
|
|
Assignor[s]
|
|
Assignee[s]
|
|
|
Facility Assigned
|
|
|
for all Lenders
|
|
|
Assigned
|
|
|
Loans
|
|
|
CUSIP No.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
term loan
|
|
$
|
__________
|
|
|
$
|
_____________
|
|
|
|
__________
|
%
|
|
|
_________
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
term loan
|
|
$
|
__________
|
|
|
$
|
_____________
|
|
|
|
__________
|
%
|
|
|
_________
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
term loan
|
|
$
|
__________
|
|
|
$
|
_____________
|
|
|
|
__________
|
%
|
|
|
_________
|
|
[7.
Trade Date
:
]
Effective
Date:
,
20
[TO BE INSERTED BY ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT AND WHICH SHALL BE
THE EFFECTIVE DATE OF RECORDATION OF TRANSFER IN THE REGISTER THEREFOR.]
The terms set forth in this Assignment and Assumption are hereby agreed to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSIGNOR
[NAME OF ASSIGNOR]
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
ASSIGNEE
[NAME OF ASSIGNEE
]
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit D - 2
Form of Assignment and Assumption
[Consented to and
] Accepted:
Bank of America, N. A., as
Administrative
Agent
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
[Consented to:]
RigNet, Inc.
|
|
|
By:
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit D - 3
Form of Assignment and Assumption
ANNEX 1 TO ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
STANDARD TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR
ASSIGNMENT AND ASSUMPTION
1.
Representations and Warranties
.
1.1.
Assignor
. [The][Each] Assignor (a) represents and warrants that (i) it is the
legal and beneficial owner of [the][the relevant] Assigned Interest, (ii) [the][such] Assigned
Interest is free and clear of any lien, encumbrance or other adverse claim and (iii) it has full
power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and
Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby; and (b) assumes no
responsibility with respect to (i) any statements, warranties or representations made in or in
connection with the Credit Agreement or any other Loan Document, (ii) the execution, legality,
validity, enforceability, genuineness, sufficiency or value of the Loan Documents or any collateral
thereunder, (iii) the financial condition of Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any
other Person obligated in respect of any Loan Document or (iv) the performance or observance by
Borrower, any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates or any other Person of any of their respective
obligations under any Loan Document.
1.2.
Assignee
. [The][Each] Assignee (a) represents and warrants that (i) it has full
power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Assignment and
Assumption and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and to become a Lender under the
Credit Agreement, (ii) it meets all the requirements to be an assignee under
Section
10.06(b)(iii),(v)
and
(vi)
of the Credit Agreement (subject to such consents, if any, as may be
required under Section 10.06(b)(iii) of the Credit Agreement), (iii) from and after the Effective
Date, it shall be bound by the provisions of the Credit Agreement as a Lender thereunder and, to
the extent of [the][the relevant] Assigned Interest, shall have the obligations of a Lender
thereunder, and (iv) it is sophisticated with respect to decisions to acquire assets of the type
represented by [the][such] Assigned Interest and either it, or the Person exercising discretion in
making its decision to acquire [the][such] Assigned Interest, is experienced in acquiring assets of
such type, (v) it has received a copy of the Credit Agreement, and has received or has been
accorded the opportunity to receive copies of the most recent financial statements delivered
pursuant to
Section 6.01
thereof, as applicable, and such other documents and information as it
deems appropriate to make its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and
Assumption and to purchase [the][such] Assigned Interest (vi) it has independently and without
reliance upon Agent or any other Lender and based on such documents and information as it has
deemed appropriate, made its own credit analysis and decision to enter into this Assignment and
Assumption and to purchase [the][such] Assigned Interest and (vii) if it is a Foreign Lender,
attached hereto is any documentation required to be delivered by it pursuant to the terms of the
Credit Agreement, duly completed and executed by [the][such] Assignee; and (b) agrees that (i) it
will, independently and without reliance upon Agent, [the][any] Assignor or any other Lender, and
based on such documents and information as it shall deem appropriate at the time, continue to make
its own credit decisions in taking or not taking action under the Loan Documents, and (ii) it will
perform in accordance with their terms
Exhibit D - 4
Form of Assignment and Assumption
all of the obligations which by the terms of the Loan
Documents are required to be performed by it as a Lender.
2.
Payments
. From and after the Effective Date, Agent shall make all payments in
respect of [the][each] Assigned Interest (including payments of principal, interest, fees and other
amounts) to [the][the relevant] Assignor for amounts which have accrued to but excluding the
Effective Date and to [the][the relevant] Assignee for amounts which have accrued from and after
the Effective Date.
3.
General Provisions
. This Assignment and Assumption shall be binding upon, and
inure to the benefit of, the parties hereto and their respective successors and assigns. This
Assignment and Assumption may be executed in any number of counterparts, which together shall
constitute one instrument. Delivery of an executed counterpart of a signature page of this
Assignment and Assumption by telecopy shall be effective as delivery of a manually executed
counterpart of this Assignment and Assumption. This Assignment and Assumption shall be governed
by, and construed in accordance with, the law of the State of Texas.
Exhibit D - 5
Form of Assignment and Assumption
EXHIBIT E
FORM OF ADMINISTRATIVE QUESTIONNAIRE
ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS REPLY FORM US DOLLAR ONLY
CONFIDENTIAL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FAX ALONG WITH COMMITMENT LETTER TO:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
FAX:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
I.
|
|
Borrower Name:
|
|
RigNet Inc.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
$
|
|
Type of Credit Facility:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
II.
|
|
Legal Name of Lender of Record for Signature Page:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Signing Credit Agreement
|
|
YES
|
|
NO
|
|
|
Coming in via Assignment
|
|
YES
|
|
NO
|
|
|
|
|
|
III.
|
|
Type of Lender:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Bank, Asset Manager, Broker/Dealer, CLO/CDO, Finance Company, Hedge Fund, Insurance, Mutual Fund,
Pension Fund, Other Regulated investment Fund, Special Purpose Vehicle, Other please specify)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IV.
|
|
Domestic Address:
|
|
|
|
V.
|
|
Eurodollar Address:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VI. Contact Information:
Syndicate level information (which may contain material non- public information about the Borrower
and its related parties or their respective securities will be made available to the Credit
Contact(s). The Credit Contacts identified must be able to receive such information in accordance
with his/her Institutions compliance procedures and applicable laws, including Federal and State
securities laws.
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Primary
|
|
|
|
Secondary
|
|
|
|
|
Credit Contact
|
|
|
|
Operations Contact
|
|
|
|
Operations Contact
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Facsimile:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E Mail Address:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit E - 1
Form of Administrative Questionnaire
ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS REPLY FORM US DOLLAR ONLY
CONFIDENTIAL
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
IntraLinks E Mail
Address:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Exhibit E - 2
Form of Administrative Questionnaire
ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS REPLY FORM US DOLLAR ONLY
CONFIDENTIAL
Does Secondary Operations Contact need copy of notices?
YES
NO
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Letter of Credit
|
|
|
|
Draft Documentation
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Contact
|
|
|
|
Contact
|
|
|
|
Legal Counsel
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Facsimile:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E Mail Address:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
VII. Lenders Standby Letter of Credit, Commercial Letter of Credit, and Bankers Acceptance Fed
Wire Payment Instructions (if applicable):
|
|
|
|
|
Pay to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Bank Name)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ABA #)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Account #)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Attention)
|
|
|
VIII. Lenders Fed Wire Payment Instructions:
|
|
|
|
|
Pay to:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Bank Name)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(ABA #)
|
|
(City, State)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Account #)
|
|
(Account Name)
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(Attention)
|
|
|
|
|
|
*
|
|
Day one funding ONLY fax request to Tina Mills 617- 263- 0439
|
Exhibit E - 3
Form of Administrative Questionnaire
ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS REPLY FORM US DOLLAR ONLY
CONFIDENTIAL
IX. Organizational Structure and Tax Status
Please refer to the enclosed withholding tax instructions below and then complete this section
accordingly:
|
|
|
Lender Taxpayer Identification Number (TIN):
|
|
|
Tax Withholding Form Delivered to Bank of America*:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
X
|
|
W-9
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
W-8BEN
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
W-8ECI
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
W-8EXP
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
W-8IMY
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Tax Contact
|
|
|
Name:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Title:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Address:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Telephone:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Facsimile:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
E Mail Address:
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
NON-U.S. LENDER INSTITUTIONS
1. Corporations:
If your institution is incorporated outside of the United States for U.S. federal income tax
purposes, and is the beneficial owner of the interest and other income it receives, you must
complete one of the following three tax forms, as applicable to your institution: a.) Form W- 8BEN
(Certificate of Foreign Status of Beneficial Owner), b.) Form W- 8ECI (Income Effectively Connected
to a U.S. Trade or Business), or c.) Form W- 8EXP (Certificate of Foreign Government or
Governmental Agency).
A U.S. taxpayer identification number is required for any institution submitting a Form W- 8 ECI.
It is also required on Form W- 8BEN for certain institutions claiming the benefits of a tax treaty
with the U.S. Please refer to the instructions when completing the form
Exhibit E - 4
Form of Administrative Questionnaire
ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS REPLY FORM US DOLLAR ONLY
CONFIDENTIAL
applicable to your institution. In addition, please be advised that U.S. tax regulations do not
permit the acceptance of faxed forms.
An original tax form must be submitted.
Exhibit E - 5
Form of Administrative Questionnaire
ADMINISTRATIVE DETAILS REPLY FORM US DOLLAR ONLY
CONFIDENTIAL
2. Flow- Through Entities
If your institution is organized outside the U.S., and is classified for U.S. federal income tax
purposes as either a Partnership, Trust, Qualified or Non- Qualified Intermediary, or other non-
U.S. flow- through entity, an original Form W- 8IMY (Certificate of Foreign Intermediary, Foreign
Flow- Through Entity, or Certain U.S. branches for United States Tax Withholding) must be completed
by the intermediary together with a withholding statement. Flow- through entities other than
Qualified Intermediaries are required to include tax forms for each of the underlying beneficial
owners.
Please refer to the instructions when completing this form. In addition, please be advised that
U.S. tax regulations do not permit the acceptance of faxed forms.
Original tax form(s) must be
submitted.
U.S. LENDER INSTITUTIONS:
If your institution is incorporated or organized within the United States, you must complete and
return Form W- 9 (Request for Taxpayer identification Number and Certification).
Please be advised
that we require an original form W- 9.
Pursuant to the language contained in the tax section of the Credit Agreement, the applicable tax
form for your institution must be completed and retuned on or prior to the date on which your
institution becomes a lender under this Credit Agreement. Failure to provide the proper tax form
when requested will subject your institution to U.S. tax withholding.
|
|
|
*
|
|
Additional guidance and instructions as to where to submit this documentation can be found at
this link:
|
X. Bank of America Payment Instructions:
|
|
|
Pay to:
|
|
Bank of America, N.A.
|
|
|
ABA #026009593
|
|
|
Dallas, Texas
|
|
|
Acct. #129-2000-883
|
|
|
Attn: Corporate Credit Services
|
|
|
Ref: RIGNET, INC.
|
Exhibit E - 6
Form of Administrative Questionnaire